The first and second volumes of Chronicles. [vol. 1] comprising 1 The description and historie of England, 2 The description and historie of Ireland, 3 The description and historie of Scotland: first collected and published by Raphaell Holinshed, William Harrison, and others: now newlie augmented and continued (with manifold matters of singular note and worthie memorie) to the yeare 1586. by Iohn Hooker aliàs Vowell Gent and others. With conuenient tables at the end of these volumes.

About this Item

Title
The first and second volumes of Chronicles. [vol. 1] comprising 1 The description and historie of England, 2 The description and historie of Ireland, 3 The description and historie of Scotland: first collected and published by Raphaell Holinshed, William Harrison, and others: now newlie augmented and continued (with manifold matters of singular note and worthie memorie) to the yeare 1586. by Iohn Hooker aliàs Vowell Gent and others. With conuenient tables at the end of these volumes.
Author
Holinshed, Raphael, d. 1580?
Publication
[[London] :: Finished in Ianuarie 1587, and the 29 of the Queenes Maiesties reigne, with the full continuation of the former yeares, at the expenses of Iohn Harison, George Bishop, Rafe Newberie, Henrie Denham, and Thomas VVoodcocke. At London printed [by Henry Denham] in Aldersgate street at the signe of the Starre,
[1587]]
Rights/Permissions

To the extent possible under law, the Text Creation Partnership has waived all copyright and related or neighboring rights to this keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above, according to the terms of the CC0 1.0 Public Domain Dedication (http://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/). This waiver does not extend to any page images or other supplementary files associated with this work, which may be protected by copyright or other license restrictions. Please go to http://www.textcreationpartnership.org/ for more information.

Subject terms
Great Britain -- History -- Early works to 1800.
Link to this Item
http://name.umdl.umich.edu/A68197.0001.001
Cite this Item
"The first and second volumes of Chronicles. [vol. 1] comprising 1 The description and historie of England, 2 The description and historie of Ireland, 3 The description and historie of Scotland: first collected and published by Raphaell Holinshed, William Harrison, and others: now newlie augmented and continued (with manifold matters of singular note and worthie memorie) to the yeare 1586. by Iohn Hooker aliàs Vowell Gent and others. With conuenient tables at the end of these volumes." In the digital collection Early English Books Online. https://name.umdl.umich.edu/A68197.0001.001. University of Michigan Library Digital Collections. Accessed April 24, 2025.

Pages

Page 1

[illustration]
(Book 1)

❧ An Historicall description of the Iland of Britaine, with a briefe rehersall of the nature and qualities of the people of England▪ and such commodities as are to be found in the same. Comprehended in three bookes, and written by W. H. (Book 1)

Of the diuision of the whole earth. Chapter. 1.

WE read that the earth hath beene diuided into thrée parts, euen sithens the generall floud. And the common opinion is,* 1.1 that Noah limited and bestowed it vpon his [unspec 10] three sons, Iaphet, Cham, and Sem, preserued with him in the Arke, giuing vnto each of them such portions thereof as to him séemed good, and neuer∣thelesse reteining the souereigntie of the whole still vn∣to himselfe: albeit as yet it be left vncertaine how those seuerall parts were bounded, and from whome they tooke such names as in our times are attributed to each of them. Certes the words, Asia, Europa, and Africa, [unspec 20] are denominations giuen but of late (to speake of) vnto them, and it is to be doubted, whether sithens the time of Noah, the sea hath in sundrie places wonne or lost, added or diminished to and from each of them; or whe∣ther Europa, and Lybia were but one portion; and the same westerlie regions of late discouered (and now cal∣led America,) was the third part (counting Asia for the second) or the selfe region of the Atlantides, which Plato and others, for want of traffike thither in their times, supposed to be dissolued and sunke into the sea: as by [unspec 30] their writings appeereth.

Not long before my time,* 1.2 we reckoned Asia, Europa, and Africa, for a full and perfect diuision of the whole earth, which are parcels onelie of that huge Iland that lieth east of the Atlantike sea, and where∣of the first is diuided from the second by Tanais (which riseth in the rocks of Caucasus, and hideth it selfe in the Meotine moores) and the Ocean sea; and the last from them both by the Mediterrane and red sea, other∣wise called Mare Erythraeum. But now all men, especi∣ally [unspec 40] the learned, begin to doubt of the soundnes of that partition; bicause a no lesse part than the greatest of the thrée ioined with those Ilands and maine which lie vn∣der the north and Southpoles, if not double in quanti∣tie vnto the same, are found out and discouered by the diligence of our trauellers. Hereby it appeereth, that either the earth was not exactlie diuided in time past by antiquitie; or els, that the true diuision thereof came not to the hands and notice of their posteritie, so that our ancestors haue hitherto as it were laboured in the [unspec 50] Cimmerian darkenesse, and were vtterlie ignorant of the truth of that whereabout they indeuoured to shew their trauels and knowledge in their writings. Some peece of this confusion also is to be found amongst the ancient and Romane writers, who (notwithstanding their large conquests) did sticke in the same mire with their successors; not being able (as appeereth by their treatises) to deliuer and set downe the veritie.* 1.3 For Sa∣lust in his booke De bello Iugurthino cannot tell whether Africa be parcell of Asia or not. And with the same scru∣ple Varro in his booke De lingua Lat. is not a litle incum∣bred, who in the end concludeth, that the whole earth is diuided into Asia and Europa: so that Africa is excluded and driuen out of his place. Silius also writeth of Africa, (as one not yet resolued wherevnto to leane,) that it is;

Aut ingens Asiae latus, aut pars tertia rerum.
Wherein Lucane lib. 9. sheweth himselfe to be far of another iudgement, in that he ascribeth it to Europa, saieng after this maner:
Tertia pars rerum Lybia: si credere famae Cuncta velis, si ventos coelúmque sequaris, Pars erit Europae, nec enim plus littora Nili Quàm Scythicus Tanais primis à gradibus absunt.

Whereby (I saie) we may well vnderstand, that in the time of Augustus Tiberius, Claudius & Nero, the Ro∣manes were not yet resolued of the diuision of the earth. For my part, as I indeuour not to remooue the credit of that which antiquitie hath deliuered (and yet loth to continue and maintaine any corruption that may be redressed) so I thinke good to giue foorth a new diuision more probable, & better agreeing with a truth. And therefore I diuide the whole into fiue seuerall par∣cels,* 1.4 reteining the common diuision in the first three, as before; and vnto the fourth allowing not onelie all that portion that lieth by north of the Magellan streicts, and those Hyperborean Ilands which lie west of the line of longitude, of late discouered by Frobisher, and called by hir Maiestie Meta incognita: but likewise so manie Ilands as are within 180. degrées Westwards from our beginning or common line of longitude, whereby they are parted from those, which by this diuisi∣on are allotted vnto Asia, and the portion it selfe made equipollent with the same for greatnes, & far excéeding either Europa or Africa, if it be not fullie so much in quantitie as they both vnited and laid togither. The fift & last part is the Antartike portion with hir Ilands an∣nexed, that region (I meane) which lieth vnder the South pole, cut off from America, or the fourth part by the Ma∣gellan streits; & from Africa by the sea which passeth by the Cape of good hope;* 1.5 a countrie no lesse large for limits and bounds than Africa or America, and there∣fore right worthie to be called the fift: howsoeuer it shall please the curious to mislike of this diuision. This also I will adde, that albeit the continent hereof doo not extend it selfe vnto the verie Antartike point, but lieth as it were a long table betwéene two seas, of which the later is vnder the South poole,* 1.6 and as I may call it a maine sea vnder the aforesaid pricke, yet is it not with∣out

Page 2

sundrie Ilands also adioining vnto it, and the inner most sea not destitute of manie, as by experience hath béene of late confirmed. Furthermore, whereas our de∣scribers of the earth haue made it such in their descrip∣tions, as hath reached litle or nothing into the peace∣able sea without the Antartike circle: it is now found by Theuet and others, that it extendeth it selfe north∣wards into that trace, by no small number of leagues, euen in maner to the Equator, in so much that the we∣sterlie part thereof from America, is supposed to reach [unspec 10] northward so far from the Antartike article, as Africa dooth southwards from the tropike of Cancer, which is no small portion of ground; & I maruell why not obser∣ued by such as heretofore haue written of the same. But they excuse themselues by the ingratitude of the Por∣tingals and Spaniards, who haue of purpose concealed manie things found out in their trauell, least they should séeme to open a gap by dooing otherwise, for strangers to enter into their conquests. As for those Ilands also which lie in the peaceable sea, scattered here [unspec 20] and there, as Iaua the greater, the lesser Sumatra, Ia∣pan, Burneo, &c: with a number of other, I refer them still vnto Asia, as before, so as they be without the compasse of 90. degrées eastward from the line of lon∣gitude, & not aboue 180. as I doo the Ile of S. Laurence, and a number of other vnto Africa within the said pro∣portion, wishing so little alteration as I may: and yet not yéelding vnto any confusion, whereby the truth of the diuision should hereafter be impeached.

And whereas by Virgil (speaking of our Iland) saith; [unspec 30]

Et penitùs toto diuisos orbe Britannos,

And some other authors not vnwoorthie to be read and perused,* 1.7 it is not certeine vnto which portion of the earth our Ilands, and Thule, with sundrie the like scattered in the north seas should be ascribed, bi∣cause they excluded them (as you sée) from the rest of the whole earth: I haue thought good, for facilitie sake of diuision, to refer them all which lie within the first mi∣nute of longitude, set downe by Ptolome, to Europa, and that as reason requireth: so that the aforesaid line [unspec 40] shall henceforth be their Meta & partition from such as are to be ascribed to America; albeit they come verie neere vnto the aforesaid portion, & may otherwise (with∣out preiudice) be numbred with the same. It may be that some will thinke this my dealing either to be su∣perfiuous, or to procéed from (I wot not what) foolish curiositie: for the world is now growne to be very apt and readie to iudge the hardest of euerie attempt. But forsomuch as my purpose is to leaue a plaine report of such matter as I doo write of, and deliuer such things [unspec 50] as I intreat of in distinct and vpright order; though me∣thod now and then doo faile, I will go forward with my indeuour, referring the examination of my dooings to the indifferent and learned eare, without regard what the other doo conceiue and imagine of me. In the meane season therefore it shall suffice to say at this time, that Albion as the mother, and the rest of the Ilands as hir daughters, lieng east of the line of longitude, be still ascribed vnto Europa: wherevnto some good authours heretofore in their writings, & their owne proper or na∣turall [unspec 60] situations also haue not amisse referred them.

Of the position, circuit, forme and quan∣titie of the Ile of Britaine. Cap. 2.

BRitannia or Britain,* 1.8 as we now terme it in our English toong, or Brutania as some pronounce it (by reason of the letter y in the first syllable of the word, as antiquitie did sometime deliuer it) is an Ile lieng in the Ocean sea, directlie ouer against that part of France which conteineth Picardie, Norman∣die, and thereto the greatest part of little Britaine, which later region was called in time past Armorica, of the situation thereof vpon the sea coast, vntill such time as a companie of Britons (either led ouer by some of the Romane Emperours, or flieng thither from the tyrannie of such as oppressed them here in this Iland) did setle themselues there, and called it Britaine, after the name of their owne countrie, from whence they aduentured thither. It hath Ireland vpon the west side, on the north the maine sea, euen to Thule and the Hyperboreans; and on the east side also the Germane Ocean, by which we passe dailie through the trade of merchandize, not onlie into the low countries of Bel∣gie, now miserablie afflicted betwéene the Spanish power and popish inquisition (as spice betwéene the morter and the pestell) but also into Germanie, Friezeland, Denmarke, and Norwaie, carrieng from hence thither, and bringing from thence hither, all such necessarie commodities as the seuerall countries doo yéeld: through which meanes, and besides common a∣mitie conserued, traffike is mainteined, and the neces∣sitie of each partie abundantlie reléeued.

It conteineth in longitude taken by the middest of the region 19. degrees exactlie:* 1.9 and in latitude 53. de∣grées, and thirtie min. after the opinions of those that haue diligentlie obserued the same in our daies, and the faithfull report of such writers as haue left notice there∣of vnto vs, in their learned treatises to be perpetuallie remembred. Howbeit, whereas some in setting downe of these two lines, haue séemed to varie about the pla∣cing of the same, each of them diuerstie remembring the names of sundrie cities and townes, whereby they affirme them to haue their seuerall courses: for my part I haue thought good to procéed somewhat after another sort; that is, by diuiding the latest and best chards each way into two equall parts (so neere as I can possible bring the same to passe) wherby for the middle of lati∣tude, I product Caerlile and Newcastell vpon Tine, (whose longest day consisteth of sixtéene houres, 48. mi∣nuts) and for the longitude, Newberie,* 1.10 Warwike, Shef∣field, Skipton, &c: which dealing, in mine opinion, is most easie and indifferent, and likeliest meane to come by the certeine standing and situation of our Iland.

Touching the length and bredth of the same,* 1.11 I find some variance amongst writers: for after some, there are from the Piere or point of Douer, vnto the farthest part of Cornewall westwards 320. miles: from thence againe to the point of Cathnesse by the Irish sea 800. Wherby Polydore and other doo gather, that the circuit of the whole Iland of Britaine is 1720. miles, which is full 280. lesse than Caesar dooth set downe, except there be some difference betwéene the Romane and British miles, as there is indéed; wherof hereafter I may make some farther conference.

Martianus writing of the bredth of Britaine, hath on∣lie 300. miles, but Orosius hath 1200. in the whole com∣passe. Ethicus also agreeing with Plinie, Martianus, and Solinus, hath 800. miles of length, but in the breadth he commeth short of their account by 120. miles. In like maner Dion in Seuero maketh the one of 891. miles: but the other; to wit, where it is broadest, of 289. and where it is narowest, of 37. Finally, Diodorus Siculus affirmeth the south coast to conteine 7000 furlongs, the second; to wit, à Carione ad Promontorium 15000. the third 20000. and the whole circuit to consist of 42000. But in our time we reckon the breadth from Douer to Cornewall, not to be aboue 300. miles, and the length from Douer to Cathnesse, no more than 500. which ne∣uerthelesse must be measured by a right line, for other∣wise I see not how the said diuision can hold.

The forme and fashion of this Ile is thrée cornered,* 1.12 as some haue deuised, like vnto a triangle, bastard sword, wedge, or partesant, being broadest in the south

Page 3

part, and gathering still narrower and narrower, till it come to the farthest point of Cathnesse northward, where it is narrowest of all, & there endeth in maner of a promontorie called Caledonium & Orchas in British Morwerydh, which is not aboue 30. miles ouer, as dai∣lie experience by actuall trauell dooth confirme.

The old writers giue vnto the thrée principall cor∣ners, crags,* 1.13 points, and promontories of this Iland, thrée seuerall names. As vnto that of Kent, Cantium, that of Cornewall, Hellenes, and of Scotland, Caledo∣nium, [unspec 10] and Orchas; and these are called principall, in re∣spect of the other, which are Taruisium, Nouantum, Epi∣dium, Gangacum, Octapites, Herculeum, Antiueste∣um, Ocrinum, Berubium, Taizalum, Acantium, &c: of which I thought good also to leaue this notice, to the end that such as shall come after, may thereby take oc∣casion to seeke out their true places, wherof as yet I am in maner ignorant, I meane for the most part; bicause I haue no sound author that dooth leade mée to their knowledge. [unspec 20]

Furthermore,* 1.14 the shortest and most vsuall cut that we haue out of our Iland to the maine, is from Douer (the farthest part of Kent eastward) vnto Calice a towne in Picardie 1300 miles from Rome, in old time called Petressa and Scalas, though some like better of black∣nesse where the breadth of the sea is not aboue thir∣tie miles. Which course, as it is now frequented and vsed for the most common and safe passage of such as come into our countrie out of France and diuers other realms, so it hath not beene vnknowne of old time [unspec 30] vnto the Romans, who for the most part vsed these two hauens for their passage and repassage to and fro; al∣though we finde, that now and then diuerse of them came also from Bullen, and landed at Sandwich, or some other places of the coast more toward the west, or betweene Hide and Lid; to wit, Romneie marsh, which in old time was called Romania or Romanorum insula) as to auoid the force of the wind & weather, that often molesteth seafaringmen in these narrowe seas, best liked them for their safegards. Betweene the part [unspec 40] of Holland also, which lieth néere the mouth of the Rhene and this our Iland, are 900. furlongs, as Sosimus saith; and besides him, diuers other writers, which being con∣uerted into English miles, doo yeeld 112. and foure od furlongs, whereby the iust distance of the neerest part of Britaine, from that part of the maine also dooth cer∣teinlie appéere to be much lesse than the common maps of our countrie haue hitherto set downe.

Of the ancient names or deno∣minations [unspec 50] of this Iland. Cap. 3.

IN the diligent perusall of their treatises, who haue written of the state of this our Iland, I find that at the first it séemed to be a parcell of the Celtike king∣dome,* 1.15 whereof Dis otherwise called Samothes, one of the [unspec 60] sonnes of Iaphet was the Sa∣turne or originall beginner, and of him thencefoorth for a long while called Samothea. Afterward in processe of time, when desire of rule began to take hold in the minds of men, and ech prince endeuouted to enlarge his owne dominions:* 1.16 Albion the sonne of Neptune, Amphitrite surnamed Marioticus (bicause his domi∣nions laie among the Ilands of the Mediterran sea, as those of Plutus did on the lower grounds neere vnto shore, as contrariwise his father Iupiter dwelled on the high hils néerer to heauen) hearing of the commo∣dities of the countrie, and plentifulnesse of soile here, made a voiage ouer,* 1.17 and finding the thing not onelie correspondent vnto, but also farre surmounting the re∣port that went of this Iland, it was not long after yer he inuaded the same by force of armes, brought it to his subiection, in the 29. yeare after his grandfathers de∣cease, and finallie changed the name thereof into Albi∣on, whereby the former denomination after Samothes did grow out of mind, and fall into vtter forgetfulnesse. And thus was this Iland bereft at on time both of hir ancient name,* 1.18 and also of hir lawfull succession of prin∣ces descended of the line of Iaphet, vnder whom it had continued by the space of 341. yeres and nine princes, as by the Chronologie following shall easilie appeere.

Goropius our neighbor being verie nice in the deno∣mination of our Iland, as in most other points of his huge volume of the originall of Antwarpe lib. 6. (whom Buchanan also followeth in part) is brought into great doubt, whether Britaine was called Albion of the word Alb, white; or Alp an hill; as Bodinus is no lesse trou∣bled with fetching the same ab Olbijs, or as he wresteth it, ab Albijs gallis. But here his inconstancie appeareth, in that in his Gotthadamca liber. 7. he taketh no lesse paines to bring the Britaines out of Denmarke, whereby the name of the Iland should be called Vrida∣nia; Freedania, Brithania, or Bridania, tanquam libera Dania, as another also dooth to fetch the originall out of Spaine, where Breta signifieth soile or earth. But as such as walke in darkenesse doo often straie, bicause they wot not whither they go: euen so doo these men, whilest they séeke to extenuate the certeintie of our hi∣stories, and bring vs altogither to vncerteinties & their coniectures. They in like maner, which will haue the Welshmen come from the French with this one que∣stion, vnder Walli nisia Gallis, or from some Spanish colo∣nie, doo greatlie bewraie their ouersights; but most of all they erre that endeuour to fetch it from Albine the imagined daughter of a forged Dioclesian, wherewith our ignorant writers haue of late not a little stained our historie, and brought the sound part thereof into some discredit and mistrust: but more of this hereafter.

Now to speake somewhat also of Neptune as by the waie (sith I haue made mention of him in this place) it shall not be altogither impertinent. Wherfore you shall vnderstand, that for his excellent knowledge in the art of nauigation (as nauigation then went) he was re∣puted* 1.19 the most skilfull prince that liued in his time. And therfore, and likewise for his courage & boldnesse in ad∣uenturing to and fro, he was after his decease honou∣red as a god,* 1.20 and the protection of such as trauelled by sea committed to his charge. So rude also was the ma∣king of ships wherewith to saile in his time (which were for the most part flat bottomed and broad) that for lacke of better experience to calke and trim the same after they were builded, they vsed to naile them ouer with rawe hides of bulles, buffles, and such like, and with such a kind of nauie (as they say) first Samothes, & then Albi∣on arriued in this Iland, which vnto me doth not séeme a thing impossible. The northerlie or artike regions, doo not naile their ships with iron, which they vtterly want, but with wooden pins, or els they bind the planks togi∣ther verie artificiallie with bast ropes, osiers, rinds of trées, or twigs of popler, the substance of those vessels being either of fir or pine, sith oke is verie deintie & hard to be had amongst them. Of their wooden anchors I speake not (which neuerthelesse are common to them, and to the Gothlanders) more than of ships wrought of wickers, sometime vsed in our Britaine, and coue∣red with leather euen in the time of Plinie, lib. 7. cap. 56. as also bofes made of rushes and réeds, &c. Nei∣ther haue I iust occasion to speake of ships made of canes, of which sort Staurobates, king of India figh∣ting against Semiramis, brought 4000. with him and fought with hir the first battell on the water that euer I read of, and vpon the riuer Indus, but to his losse, for he was ouercome by hir power, & his nauie either drowned or burned by the furie of hir souldiers.

Page 13

But to proceed, when the said Albion had gouerned here in this countrie by the space of seauen yeares, it came to passe that both he and his brother Bergion were killed by Hercules at the mouth of Rhodanus, as the said Hercules passed out of Spaine by the Cel∣tes to go ouer into Italie, and vpon this occasion (as I gather among the writers) not vnworthie to be remem∣bred. It happened in time of Lucus king of the Celts,* 1.21 that Lestrigo and his issue (whom Osyris his grandfa∣ther had placed ouer the Ianigenes) did exercise great [unspec 10] tyrannie,* 1.22 not onelie ouer his owne kingdome, but also in molestation of such princes as inhabited round a∣bout him in most intollerable maner. Moreouer he was not a little incouraged in these his dooings by Neptune his father,* 1.23 who thirsted greatly to leaue his xxxiii. sonnes settled in the mightiest kingdoms of the world, as men of whom he had alreadie conceiued this opinion, that if they had once gotten foot into any region whatsoeuer, it would not be long yer they did by some meanes or o∣ther, not onelie establish their seats, but also increase [unspec 20] their limits to the better maintenance of themselues and their posteritie for euermore. To be short therefore, after the giants, and great princes, or mightie men of the world had conspired and slaine the aforsaid Osyris, onelie for that he was an obstacle vnto them in their tyrannous dealing; Hercules his sonne, surnamed La∣abin, Lubim, or Libius, in the reuenge of his fathers death, proclaimed open warres against them all, and going from place to place, he ceased not to spoile their kingdomes, and therewithall to kill them with great [unspec 30] courage that fell into his hands. Finallie, hauing a∣mong sundrie other ouercome the Lomnimi or Gerio∣nes in Spaine,* 1.24 and vnderstanding that Lestrigo and his sonnes did yet remaine in Italie, he directed his viage into those parts, and taking the kingdome of the Celts in his waie, he remained for a season with Lu∣cus the king of that countrie, where he also maried his daughter Galathea,* 1.25 and begat a sonne by hir, calling him after his mothers name Galates,* 1.26 of whom in my said Chronologie I haue spoken more at large. [unspec 40]

In the meane time Albion vnderstanding how Her∣cules intended to make warres against his brother Le∣strigo, he thought good if it were possible to stop him that tide,* 1.27 and therefore sending for his brother Bergi∣on out of the Orchades (where he also reigned as su∣preame lord and gouernour) they ioined their powers, and sailed ouer into France. Being arriued there,* 1.28 it was not long yer they met with Hercules and his ar∣mie, neare vnto the mouth of the riuer called Roen (or the Rhodanus) where happened a cruell conflict be∣twéene [unspec 50] them, in which Hercules and his men were like to haue lost the day, for that they were in maner wearied with long warres, and their munition sore wasted in the last viage that he had made for Spaine. Herevpon Hercules perceiuing the courages of his souldiours somewhat to abate, and seeing the want of artillerie like to be the cause of his fatall daie and pre∣sent ouerthrowe at hand, it came suddenlie into his mind to will each of them to defend himselfe by throw∣ing stones at his enimie,* 1.29 whereof there laie great [unspec 60] store then scattered in the place. The policie was no sooner published than hearkened vnto and put in execu∣tion, whereby they so preuailed in the end, that Hercu∣les wan the field, their enimies were put to flight, and Albion and his brother both slaine, and buried in that plot. Thus was Britaine rid of a tyrant, Lucus king of the Celts deliuered from an vsurper (that dailie in∣croched vpon him, building sundrie cities and holds, of which some were placed among the Alps & called after his owne name, and other also euen in his owne king∣dome on that side) and Lestrigo greatlie weakened by the slaughter of his brethren. Of this inuention of Her∣cules in like sort it commeth, that Iupiter father vnto Hercules (who indeed was none other but Osyris) is feigned to throw downe stones from heauen vpon Al∣bion and Bergion, in the defense of his sonne: which came so thicke vpon them, as if great drops of raine or haile should haue descended from aboue, no man well knowing which waie to turne him from their force, they came so fast and with so great a violence.

But to go forward, albeit that Albion and his power were thus discomfited and slaine, yet the name that he gaue vnto this Iland died not, but still remained vnto the time of Brute, who arriuing héere in the 1116. be∣fore Christ, and 2850. after the creation of the world, not onelie changed it into Britaine (after it had beene called Albion, by the space of about 600. yeares) but to declare his souereigntie ouer the rest of the Ilands also that lie scattered round about it, he called them all af∣ter the same maner, so that Albion was said in time to be Britanniarum insula maxima, that is, The greatest of those Iles that beare the name of Britaine, which Pli∣nie also confirmeth, and Strabo in his first and second bookes denieth not. There are some, which vtterlie de∣nieng that this Iland tooke hir name of Brute, doo affirme it rather to be so called of the rich mettals sometime carried from the mines there into all the world as growing in the same. Vibius Sequester also saith that Calabria was sometime called Britannia, Ob immensam affluentiam totius delitiae atque vbertatis, that was to be found heerein. Other contend that it should be written with P (Pritannia.) All which opini∣ons as I absolutelie denie not, so I willinglie leane vnto none of them in peremptorie maner, sith the anti∣quitie of our historie carrieth me withall vnto the for∣mer iudgements. And for the same cause I reiect them also, which deriue the aforesaid denomination from Bri∣tona the nymph, in following Textor (or Prutus or Prytus the sonne of Araxa) which Britona was borne in Creta daughter to Mars, and fled by sea from thence onelie to escape the villanie of Minos, who attempted to rauish and make hir one of his paramours: but if I should forsake the authoritie of Galfride, I would ra∣ther leane to the report of Parthenius, whereof else∣where I haue made a more large rehersall.

It is altogither impertinent, to discusse whether Her∣cules came into this Iland after the death of Albion, or not, although that by an ancient monument seene of late, as I heare, and the cape of Hartland or Harcland in the West countrie (called Promontorium Herculis in old time) diuers of our British antiquaries doo gather great likelihood that he should also be here. But sith his pre∣sence or absence maketh nothing with the alteration of the name of this our region and countrie, and to search out whether the said monument was but some token e∣rected in his honour of later times (as some haue beene elsewhere, among the Celts framed, & those like an old criple with a bow bent in one hand & a club in the other, a rough skin on his backe, the haire of his head all to be matted like that of the Irishmens, and drawing ma∣nie men captiue after him in chaines) is but smallie a∣uailable, and therefore I passe it ouer as not incident to my purpose. Neither will I spend any time in the de∣termination, whether Britaine had beene sometime a parcell of the maine, although it should well séeme so to haue beene, bicause that before the generall floud of Noah, we doo not read of Ilands, more than of hils and vallies. Wherfore as Wilden Arguis also noteth in his philosophie and tractation of meteors, it is verie like∣lie that they were onelie caused by the violent motion and working of the sea, in the time of the floud, which if S. Augustine had well considered, he would neuer haue asked how such creatures as liued in Ilands far distant from the maine could come into the arke, De ciuit. lib. 16. cap. 7. howbeit in the end he concludeth with another matter more profitable than his demand.

As for the speedie and timelie inhabitation there∣of, this is mine opinion, to wit, that it was inha∣bited

Page 5

shortlie after the diuision of the earth. For I read that when each capteinie and his companie had their portions assigned vnto them by Noah in the par∣tition that he made of the whole among his posteri∣tie, they neuer ceased to trauell and search out the vttermost parts of the same, vntill they found out their bounds allotted, and had seene and vewed their limits, euen vnto the verie poles. It shall suffice therefore onelie to haue touched these things in this manner a farre off, and in returning to our pur∣pose, [unspec 10] to procéed with the rest concerning the denomina∣tion of our Iland,* 1.30 which was knowne vnto most of the Gréekes for a long time, by none other name than Al∣bion, and to saie the truth, euen vnto Alexanders daies, as appeareth by the words of Aristotle in his De mundo, and to the time of Ptolomie: notwithstanding that Brute, as I haue said, had changed the same into Bri∣taine, manie hundred yeares before.

After Brutus I doo not find that anie men attemp∣ted to change it againe, vntill the time that Theodosius, [unspec 20] in the daies of Ualentinianus and Ualens endeuou∣red, in the remembrance of the two aforesaid Empe∣rours, to call it Valentia, as Marcellinus saith. But as this deuise tooke no hold among the common sort, so it retained still the name of Britaine, vntill the reigne of Ecbert, who about the 800. yeare of Grace, and first of his reigne, gaue foorth an especiall edict, dated at Win∣chester, that it should be called Angles land, or Angel∣landt, for which in our time we doo pronounce it Eng∣land. And this is all (right honorable) that I haue to say, [unspec 30] touching the seuerall names of this Iland, vtterlie misliking in the meane season their deuises, which make Hengist the onlie parent of the later denomina∣tion, whereas Ecbert, bicause his ancestours descen∣ded from the Angles one of the sixe nations that came with the Saxons into Britaine (for they were not all of one, but of diuers countries, as Angles, Saxons, Germans, Switzers, Norwegiens, Iutes other∣wise called Iutons, Uites, Gothes or Getes, and Uan∣dals, and all comprehended vnder the name of Sax∣ons, [unspec 40] bicause of Hengist the Saxon and his companie that first arriued here before anie of the other) and ther∣to hauing now the monarchie and preheminence in maner of this whole Iland, called the same after the name of the countrie from whence he deriued his ori∣ginall,* 1.31 neither Hengist, neither anie Queene named Angla, neither whatsoeuer deriuation ab Angulo, as from a corner of the world bearing swaie, or hauing ought to doo at all in that behalfe. [unspec 50]

What sundrie nations haue dwel∣led in Albion. Cap. 4.

AS few or no nations can iustlie boast themselues to haue con∣tinued sithence their countrie was first replenished, without any mixture, more or lesse, of [unspec 60] forreine inhabitants; no more can this our Iland, whose mani∣fold commodities haue oft allu∣red sundrie princes and famous capteines of the world to conquer and subdue the same vnto their owne sub∣iection. Manie sorts of people therfore haue come in hi∣ther and settled themselues here in this Ile, and first of all other, a parcell of the linage and posteritie of Ia∣phet,* 1.32 brought in by Samothes in the 1910. after the creation of Adam. Howbeit in processe of time, and after they had indifferentlie replenished and furnished this Iland with people (which was doone in the space of 335. yeares) Albion the giant afore mentioned, repai∣red hither with a companie of his owne race procéeding from Cham, and not onelie annexed the same to his owne dominion, but brought all such in like sort as he found here of the line of Iaphet, into miserable serui∣tude and most extreame thraldome. After him also, and within lesse than sixe hundred and two yeares, came Brute the sonne of Syluius with a great traine of the posteritie of the dispersed Troians in 324. ships:* 1.33 who rendering the like courtesie vnto the Chemminits as they had doone before vnto the séed of Iaphet,* 1.34 brought them also wholie vnder his rule and gouernance, and dispossessing the peeres & inferior owners of their lands and possessions, he diuided the countrie among such princes and capteines as he in his arriuall here had led out of Grecia with him.

From hencefoorth I doo not find any sound report of other nation whatsoeuer,* 1.35 that should aduenture hither to dwell, and alter the state of the land, vntill the Ro∣mane emperours subdued it to their dominion, sa∣uing of a few Galles, (and those peraduenture of Belgie) who first comming ouer to rob and pilfer vpon the coasts, did afterward plant themselues for altogi∣ther neere vnto the shore, and there builded sundrie ci∣ties and townes which they named after those of the maine, from whence they came vnto vs. And this is not onelie to be gathered out of Cesar where he wri∣teth of Britaine of set purpose, but also else-where, as in his second booke a litle after the beginning: for spea∣king of Deuiaticus king of the Swessions liuing in his time, he affirmeth him not onelie to be the mightiest prince of all the Galles, but also to hold vnder his sub∣iection the Ile of Britaine, of which his sonne Galba was afterward dispossessed. But after the com∣ming of the Romans, it is hard to say with how manie sorts of people we were dailie pestered, almost in euerie steed. For as they planted their forworne legions in the most fertile places of the realme, and where they might best lie for the safegard of their conquests: so their armies did commonlie consist of manie sorts of people, and were (as I may call them) a confused mixture of all other countries and nations then liuing in the world. Howbeit, I thinke it best, bicause they did all beare the title of Romans, to re∣teine onelie that name for them all, albeit they were wofull ghests to this our Iland: sith that with them came all maner of vice and vicious liuing, all riot and excesse of behauiour into our countrie, which their legi∣ons brought hither from each corner of their domini∣ons: for there was no prouince vnder them from whence they had not seruitours.

How and when the Scots,* 1.36 a people mixed of the Scithian and Spanish blood, should arriue here out of Ireland, & when the Picts should come vnto vs out of Sarmatia, or from further toward the north & the Scithi∣an Hyperboreans, as yet it is vncerteine. For though the Scotish histories doo carrie great countenance of their antiquitie in this Iland: yet (to saie fréelie what I thinke) I iudge them rather to haue stolne in hither within the space of 100. yeares before Christ, than to haue continued here so long as they themselues pre∣tend, if my coniecture be any thing. Yet I denie not, but that as the Picts were long planted in this Iland be∣fore the Scots aduentured to settle themselues also in Britaine; so the Scots did often aduenture hither to rob and steale out of Ireland, and were finallie called in by the Meats or Picts (as the Romans named them, be∣cause they painted their bodies) to helpe them against the Britains, after the which they so planted them∣selues in these parts, that vnto our time that portion of the land cannot he cleansed of them. I find also that as these Scots were reputed for the most Scithian-like and barbarous nation, and longest without letters; so they vsed commonlie to steale ouer into Britaine in leather skewes, and began to helpe the Picts about or not long before the beginning of Cesars time. For both

Page 6

Diodorus lib. 6. and Strabo lib. 4. doo seeme to speake of a parcell of the Irish nation that should inhabit Bri∣taine in their time, which were giuen to the eating of mans flesh, and therefore called Anthropophagi. Ma∣mertinus in like sort dooth note the Redshanks and the Irish (which are properlie the Scots) to be the onelie enimies of our nation, before the comming of Caesar, as appeareth in his panegyricall oration, so that hereby it is found that they are no new ghestes in Britaine. Wherefore all the controuersie dooth rest in the time [unspec 10] of their first attempt to inhabit in this Iland. Certein∣lie I maruell much whie they trauell not to come in with Cantaber and Partholonus: but I see perfectlie that this shift should be too grosse for the maintenance of their desired antiquitie. Now, as concerning their name, the Saxons translated the word Scotus for Irish: whereby it appeareth that those Irish, of whom Strabo and Diodorus doo speake, are none other than those Scots, of whom Ierome speaketh A duersus Iouini∣anum, lib. 2. who vsed to féed on the buttocks of boies and [unspec 20] womens paps, as delicate dishes. Aethicus writing of the Ile of Man, affirmeth it to be inhabited with Scots so well as Ireland euen in his time. Which is another proofe that the Scots and Irish are all one people. They were also called Scoti by the Romans, bicause their I∣land & originall inhabitation thereof were vnknowne, and they themselues an obscure nation in the sight of all the world. Now as concerning the Picts,* 1.37 whatso∣euer Ranulphus Hygden imagineth to the contrarie of their latter enterance, it is easie to find by Herodian [unspec 30] and Mamertinus (of which the one calleth them Meates, the other Redshankes and Pictones) that they were setled in this Ile long before the time of Seuerus, yea of Caesar, and comming of the Scots. Which is proofe suffi∣cient, if no further authoritie remained extant for the same. So that the controuersie lieth not in their com∣ming also, but in the true time of their repaire and ad∣uenture into this Iland out of the Orchades (out of which they gat ouer into the North parts of our coun∣trie, as the writers doo report) and from whence they [unspec 40] came at the first into the aforsaid Ilands. For my part I suppose with other, that they came hither out of Sar∣matia or Scythia: for that nation hauing how al∣waies an eie vnto the commodities of our countrie, hath sent out manie companies to inuade and spoile the same. It may be that some will gather, those to be the Picts, of whom Caesar saith that they stained their faces with wad and madder, to the end they might ap∣peare terrible and fearefull to their enimies; and so in∣ferre that the Picts were naturall Britans. But it is [unspec 50] one thing to staine the face onelie as the Britans did, of whom Propertius saith,

Nunc etiam infectos demummutare Britannos,
And to paint the images and portrattures of beasts, fish and foules ouer the whole bodie, as the Picts did, of whom Martial saith,
Barbara depictis veni Bascauda Britannis.
Certes the times of Samothes and Albion, haue some likelie limitation: and so we may gather of the comming in of Brute, of Caesar, the Saxons, the [unspec 60] Danes, the Normans, and finallie of the Flemmings, (who had the Rosse in Wales assigned vnto them 1066. after the drowning of their countrie.) But when first the Picts, & then the Scots should come ouer into our. I∣land, as they were obscure people, so the time of their arriuall is as far to me vnknowne. Wherefore the reso∣lution of this point must still remaine In tenebris. This neuerthelesse is certeine, that Maximus first Le∣gate of Britaine, and afterward emperour, draue the Scots out of Britaine, and compelled them to get ha∣bitation in Ireland, the out Iles, and the North part of the maine, and finallie diuided their region betwéene the Britaines and the Picts. He denounced warre also against the Irishmen, for receiuing them into their land: but they crauing the peace, yéelded to subscribe, that from thence-foorth they would not receiue any Scot into their dominions; and so much the more, for that they were pronounced enimies to the Romans, and disturbers of the common peace and quietnesse of their prouinces here in England.

The Saxons became first acquainted with this Ile, by meanes of the piracie which they dailie practi∣sed vpon our coastes (after they had once begun to ad∣uenture themselues also vpon the seas, thereby to seeke out more wealth than was now to be gotten in the West parts of the maine, which they and their neigh∣bours had alreadie spoiled in most lamentable and bar∣barous maner) howbeit they neuer durst presume to inhabit in this Iland,* 1.38 vntill they were sent for by Vor∣tiger to serue him in his warres against the Picts and Scots, after that the Romans had giuen vs ouer, and lest vs wholie to our owne defense and regiment. Be∣ing therefore come vnder Hengist in three bottoms or kéeles, and in short time espieng the idle and negligent behauiour of the Britaines, and fertilitie of our soile, they were not a little inflamed to make a full conquest of such as at the first they came to aid and succour. Herevpon also they fell by little and little to the wind∣ing in of greater numbers of their countrimen and neighbours, with their wiues and children into this re∣gion, so that within a while these new comlings began to molest the homelings, and ceased not from time to time to continue their purpose, vntill they had gotten possession of the whole, or at the leastwise the greatest part of our countrie; the Britons in the meane sea∣son being driuen either into Wales and Cornewall, or altogither out of the Iland to séeke new habitati∣ons.

In like maner the Danes (the next nation that succéeded) came at the first onelie to pilfer and robbe vpon the frontiers of our Iland,* 1.39 till that in the end, being let in by the Welshmen or Britons through an earnest desire to be reuenged vpon the Saxons, they no lesse plagued the one than the other, their fréends than their aduersaries, seeking by all meanes possible to establish themselues also in the sure pos∣session of Britaine. But such was their successe, that they prospered not long in their deuise: for so great was their lordlinesse, crueltie, and infatiable desire of riches, beside their detestable abusing of chast matrons, and yoong virgins (whose husbands and pa∣rents were dailie inforced to become their drudges and slaues, whilest they sat at home and fed like drone bées of the sweet of their trauell and labours) that God I say would not suffer them to continue any while ouer vs, but when he saw his time he remooued their yoke, and gaue vs libertie as it were to breath vs, thereby to see whether this his sharpe scourge could haue mooued vs to repentance and amendment of our lewd and sinfull liues, or not. But when no signe thereof appeared in our hearts, he called in an other nation to vex vs, I meane the Normans,* 1.40 a people mixed with Danes, and of whom it is worthilie doubted, whether they were more hard and cruell to our countrimen than the Danes, or more heauie and intollerable to our Iland than the Saxons or the Romans. This nation came out of Newstria, the people thereof were called Nor∣mans by the French, bicause the Danes which sub∣dued that region, came out of the North parts of the world: neuerthelesse, I suppose that the ancient word Newstria, is corrupted from West-rijc, bi∣cause that if you marke the situation, it lieth oppo∣site from Austria or Ost-rijc, which is called the East region, as Newstria is the Weast: for Rijc in the old Scithian toong dooth signifie a region or kingdome, as in Franc-rijc, or Franc-reich, Westsaxon-reich, Ost saxon-reich, Su-rijc, Angel-rijc, &c, is else to be séene. But howsoeuer this falleth out, these Normans

Page 7

or Danish French, were dedlie aduersaries to the Eng∣lish Saxons, first by meane of a quarell that grew be∣twéene them in the daies of Edward the Confessour, at such time as the Earle of Bullen, and William Duke of Normandie, arriued in this land to visit him, & their freends; such Normans (I meane) as came ouer with him and Emma his mother before him, in the time of Canutus and Ethelred. For the first footing that euer the French did set in this Iland, sithence the time of Ethel∣bert & Sigebert, was with Emma, which Ladie brought [unspec 10] ouer a traine of French Gentlemen and Ladies with hir into England.

After hir also no small numbers of attendants came in with Edward the Confessour,* 1.41 whome he pre∣ferred to the greatest offices in the realme, in so much that one Robert a Norman, became Archbishop of Canturburie, whose preferment so much enhanced the minds of the French, on the one side, as their lord∣lie and outragious demeanour kindled the stomachs of the English nobilitie against them on the other: in∣somuch [unspec 20] that not long before the death of Emma the kings mother, and vpon occasion of the brall hapning at Douer (whereof I haue made sufficient mention in my Chronologie, not regarding the report of the French authors in this behalfe, who write altogither in the fauour of their Archbishop Robert, but following the authoritie of an English préest then liuing in the court) the English Peeres began to shew their disli∣king in manifest maner. Neuerthelesse, the Normans so bewitched the king with their lieng and bosting, Ro∣bert [unspec 30] the Archbishop being the chéefe instrument of their practise, that he beléeued them, and therevpon vexed sundrie of the nobilitie, amongst whom Earle Good∣wijn of Kent was the chéefe, a noble Gentleman and father in law to king Edward by the mariage of his daughter. The matter also came to such issue against him, that he was exiled, and fiue of his sonnes with him, wherevpon he goeth ouer the sea, and soone after returning with his said sonnes, they inuaded the land in sundrie places, the father himselfe comming to Lon∣don, [unspec 40] where when the kings power was readie to ioine with him in battell, it vtterlie refused so to doo: affir∣ming plainelie, that it should be méere follie for one Englishman to fight against another, in the reuenge of Frenchmens quarels: which answer entred so déep∣lie into the kings mind, that he was contented to haue the matter heard, and appointing commissioners for that purpose; they concluded at the vpshot, that all the French should depart out of England by a day, few excepted, whom the king should appoint and nominate. [unspec 50] By this means therfore Robert the Archbishop,* 1.42 & of se∣cret counsell with the king, was first exiled as princi∣pall abuser & seducer of the king, who goeth to Rome, & there complaineth to the Pope of his iniurie receiued by the English. Howbeit as he returned home a∣gaine with no small hope of the readeption of his See, he died in Normandie, whereby he saued a killing. Cer∣tes he was the first that euer tendered complaint out of England vnto Rome, & with him went William Bi∣shop of London (afterward reuoked) and Vlfo of Lin∣colne, [unspec 60] who hardlie escaped the furie of the English no∣bilitie. Some also went into Scotland, and there held themselues, expecting a better time. And this is the true historie of the originall cause of the conquest of Eng∣land by the French: for after they were well beaten at Douer, bicause of their insolent demeanour there shewed, their harts neuer ceased to boile with a desire of reuenge that brake out into a flame, so soone as their Robert possessed the primacie, which being once obtei∣ned, and to set his mischéefe intended abroch withall, a contention was quicklie procured about certeine Kentish lands, and controuersie kindled, whether he or the Earle should haue most right vnto them. The king held with the priest as with the church, the nobilitie with the Earle. In processe also of this businesse,* 1.43 the Archbi∣shop accused the Earle of high treason, burdening him with the slaughter of Alfred the kings brother, which was altogither false: as appeareth by a treatise yet extant of that matter, written by a chaplaine to king Edward the Confessour, in the hands of Iohn Stow my verie fréend, wherein he saith thus, Alfredus incautè agens in aduentu suo in Angliam a Danis circumuen∣tus occiditur. He addeth moreouer, that giuing out as he came through the countrie accompanied with his few proud Normans, how his meaning was to recouer his right vnto the kingdome, and supposing that all men would haue yéelded vnto him, he fell into their hands, whome Harald then king did send to apprehend him, vpon the fame onelie of this report brought vnto his eares. So that (to be short) after the king had made his pacification with the Earle, the French (I say) were exiled, the Quéene restored to his fauour (whom he at the beginning of this broile had imprisoned at Wilton, allowing hir but one onlie maid to wait vpon hir) and the land reduced to hir former quietnesse, which conti∣nued vntill the death of the king. After which the Nor∣mans not forgetting their old grudge, remembred still their quarell, that in the end turned to their conquest of this Iland. After which obteined, they were so cruellie bent to our vtter subuersion and ouerthrow, that in the beginning it was lesse reproch to be accoun∣ted a slaue than an Englishman,* 1.44 or a drudge in anie filthie businesse than a Britaine: insomuch that eue∣rie French page was superiour to the greatest Peere; and the losse of an Englishmans life but a pastime to such of them as contended in their brauerie, who should giue the greatest strokes or wounds vnto their bodies, when their toiling and drudgerie could not please them, or satisfie their gréedie humors. Yet such was our lot in those daies by the diuine appointed order, that we must needs obey such as the Lord did set ouer vs, and so much the rather, for that all power to resist was vtterlie ta∣ken from vs, and our armes made so weake and feeble that they were not now able to remooue the importable load of the enimie from our surburdened shoulders. And this onelie I saie againe,* 1.45 bicause we refused grace offered in time, and would not heare when God by his Preachers did call vs so fauourablie vnto him. Oh how miserable was the estate of our countrie vnder the French and Normans, wherein the Brittish and English that remained, could not be called to any func∣tion in the commonwealth, no not so much as to be con∣stables and headburowes in small villages, except they could bring 2. or 3. Normans for suerties to the Lords of the soile for their good behauiour in their offices! Oh what numbers of all degrées of English and Brittish were made slaues and bondmen, and bought and sold as oxen in open market! In so much that at the first comming, the French bond were set free; and those that afterward became bond, were of our owne coun∣trie and nation, so that few or rather none of vs re∣mained free without some note of bondage and ser∣uitude to the French. Hereby then we perceiue, how from time to time this Iland hath not onelie béene a prey, but as it were a common receptacle for strangers, the naturall homelings or Britons being still cut shorter and shorter, as I said before, till in the end they came not onelie to be driuen into a corner of this region,* 1.46 but in time also verie like vtterlie to haue beene extinguished. For had not king Edward, surna∣med the saint, in his time, after greeuous wars made vpon them 1063. (wherein Harald latelie made Earle of Oxenford, sonne to Goodwin Earle of Kent, and af∣ter king of England, was his generall) permitted the remnant of their women to ioine in mariage with the Englishmen (when the most part of their husbands and male children were slaine with the sword) it could not haue béene otherwise chosen, but their whole race must

Page 8

needs haue susteined the vttermost confusion, and there∣by the memorie of the Britons vtterlie haue perished a∣mong vs.

Thus we see how England hath six times beene subiect to the reproch of conquest. And wheras the Scots séeme to challenge manie famous victories also ouer vs, be∣side gréeuous impositions, tributs, & dishonorable com∣positions: it shall suffice for answer, that they deale in this as in the most part of their historie, which is to seeke great honor by lieng, & great renowme by prating and [unspec 10] craking. Indeed they haue doone great mischéefe in this Iland, & with extreme crueltie; but as for any conquest the first is yet to heare of. Diuers other conquests also haue béene pretended by sundrie princes sithence the conquest, onelie to the end that all pristinate lawes and tenures of possession might cease, and they make a new disposition of all things at their owne pleasure. As one by king Edw. the 3. but it tooke none effect. An∣other by Henrie the 4. who neuerthelesse was at the last though hardlie drawne from the challenge by William [unspec 20] Thorington, then cheefe Iustice of England. The third by Henrie the 7. who had some better shew of right, but yet without effect. And the last of all by Q. Marie, as some of the papists gaue out, and also would haue had hir to haue obtained, but God also staied their mali∣ces, and hir challenge. But beside the six afore menti∣oned, Huntingdon the old historiographer speaketh of a seuenth, likelie (as he saith) to come one daie out of the North, which is a wind that bloweth no man to good, sith nothing is to be had in those parts, but hunger & much [unspec 30] cold. Sée more hereof in the historie of S. Albons, and aforsaid author which lieth on the left side of the librarie belonging now to Paules: for I regard no prophesies as one that doubteth from what spirit they doo procéed, or who should be the author of them.

Whether it be likelie that any giants were, and whether they inhabited in this Ile or not. [unspec 40] Cap. 5.

BEsides these aforesaid nations, which haue crept (as you haue heard) into our Iland, we read of sundrie giants that should inhabit here. Which report as it is not altogither incredible, sith the posterities of diuers princes [unspec 50] were called by the name: so vn∣to some mens eares it séemeth so strange a rehersall, that for the same onelie cause they suspect the credit of our whole historie, & reiect it as a fable, vnworthie to be read. They also condemne the like in all other histories, especiallie of the North, where men are naturallie of greatest stature, imagining all to be but fables that is written of Starcater, Hartben, Angrine, Aruerode, &c: of whom Saxo, Iohannes Magnus and Olaus doo make mention, & whose bones doo yet remaine to be seene as [unspec 60] rare miracles in nature. Of these also some in their life time were able to lift vp (as they write) a vessell of liquor of 1000. weight, or an horsse, or an oxe, & cast it on their shoulders (wherein their verie women haue beene like∣wise knowne to come néere vnto them) and of the race of those men, some were séene of no lesse strength in the 1500. of Grace, wherein Olaus liued, and wrote the same of his owne experience and knowledge. Of the giant of Spaine that died of late yeares by a fall vpon the Alpes, as he either went or came from Rome, about the purchase of a dispensation to marrie with his kinswoman (a woman also of much more than com∣mon stature) there be men yet liuing, and may liue long for age, that can saie verie much euen by their owne knowledge. Wherfore it appeareth by present ex∣perience, that all is not absolutelie vntrue which is re∣membred of men of such giants. For this cause ther∣fore I haue now taken vpon me to make this breefe discourse insuing, as indeuouring therby to prooue, that the opinion of giants is not altogither grounded vpon vaine and fabulous narrations, inuented onelie to de∣light the cares of the hearers with the report of mar∣uellous things: but that there haue beene such men in déed, as for their hugenesse of person haue resembled rather* 1.47 high towers than mortall men, although their posterities are now consumed, and their monstruous races vtterlie worne out of knowledge.

I doo not meane herein to dispute, whether this name Gigas or Nephilim was giuen vnto them, rather for their tyrannie and oppression of the people, than for their greatnesse of bodie, or large steps, as Goropius would haue it (for he denieth that euer men were greater than at this present) or bicause their parents were not knowne, for such in old time were called Terrae filij; or whether the word Gigas dooth onlie signifie Indigenas, or homelings, borne in the land or not; neither whether all men were of like quantitie in stature, and farre more greater in old time, than now they be: and yet ab∣solutelie I denie neither of these, sith verie probable reasons may be brought for ech of them, but especiallie the last rehearsed, whose confirmation dependeth vpon the authorities of sundrie ancient writers, who make diuers of noble race, equall to the giants in strength and manhood, and yet doo not giue the same name vnto them, bicause their quarels were iust, and commonlie taken in hand for defense of the oppressed. Examples hereof we may take of Hercules and Antheus,* 1.48 whose wrestling declareth that they were equall in stature & stomach. Such also was the courage of Antheus, that being often ouercome, and as it were vtterlie vanqui∣shed by the said Hercules, yet if he did estsoones returne againe into his kingdome, he foorthwith recouered his force, returned and held Hercules tacke, till he gat at the last betwéene him and home, so cutting off the far∣ther hope of the restitution of his armie, and killing fi∣nallie his aduersarie in the field, of which victorie Poli∣tian writeth thus:

Incaluere animis dura certare palaestra, Neptuni quondàm filius atque Iouis: Non certamen erant operoso ex aere lebetes, Sed qui vel vitam vel ferat interitum: Occidit Antaeus Ioue natum viuere fas est, Est{que} magistra Pales Graecia, non Lybia.

The like doo our histories report of Corineus and Go∣magot,* 1.49 peraduenture king of this Ile, who fought a combat hand to hand, till one of them was slaine, and yet for all this no man reputeth Hercules or Corineus for giants, albeit that Hanuile in his Architrenion make the later to be 12. cubits in height, which is full 18. foot, if poeticall licence doo not take place in his report and assertion. But sith (I say againe) it is not my purpose to stand vpon these points, I passe ouer to speake any more of them. And whereas also I might haue procéeded in such order, that I should first set downe by manie circumstances, whether any gi∣ants were, then whether they were of such huge and in∣credible stature as the authours doo remember, and fi∣nallie whether any of them haue beene in this our I∣land or not, I protest plainlie, that my mind is not here bent to deale in any such maner, but rather generallie to confirme and by sufficient authoritie, that there haue beene such mightie men of stature, and some of them al∣so in Britaine, which I will set downe onelie by sundrie examples, whereby it shall fall out, that neither our Iland, nor any part of the maine, haue at one time or other béen altogither without them. First of all therfore, & to begin with the scriptures, the most sure & certeine ground of all knowledge: you shall haue out of them

Page 9

such notable examples set downe, as I haue obserued in reading the same, which vnto the godlie may suffice for sufficient proofe of my position. Neuerthelesse, after the scriptures I will resort to the wrttings of our lear∣ned Diuines, and finallie of the infidell and pagane authors, whereby nothing shall seeme to want that may confute Goropius, and all his cauillations.

Moses the prophet of the Lord,* 1.50 writing of the estate of things before the floud, hath these words in his booke of generations. In these daies saith he, there were gi∣ants [unspec 10] vpon the earth. Berosus also the Chalde writeth,* 1.51 that néere vnto Libanus there was a citie called Oe∣non (which I take to be Hanoch, builded sometime by Cham) wherein giants did inhabit, who trusting to the strength and hugenesse of their bodies, did verie great oppression and mischeefe in the world. The Hebrues called them generallie Enach, of Hanach the Che∣bronite, father to Achimam, Scheschai and Talma, al∣though their first originall was deriued from Henoch the sonne of Caine, of whome that pestilent race des∣cended, [unspec 20] as I read. The Moabits named them Emims, and the Ammonites Zamsummims, and it should seeme by the second of Deut. cap. 19, 20. that Ammon and Moab were greatlie replenished with such men, when Moses wrote that treatise. For of these monsters some families remained of greater stature than other vnto his daies,* 1.52 in comparison of whome the children of Israell confessed themselues to be but grashoppers. Which is one noble testimonie that the word Gigas or Enach is so well taken for a man of huge stature, as for [unspec 30] an homeborne child, wicked tyrant, or oppressour of the people.

Furthermore,* 1.53 there is mention made also in the scriptures of Og, sometime king of Basan, who was the last of the race of the giants, that was left in the land of promise to be ouercome by the Israelits, & whose iron bed was afterward shewed for a woonder at Rabbath (a citie of the Ammonites) conteining 9. cubits in length, and 4. in bredth, which cubits I take not to be geometri∣call, (that is, each one so great as six of the smaller, as [unspec 40] those were wherof the Arke was made, as our Diuines affirme, especiallie Augustine: whereas Origen, hom. 2. in Gen. out of whom he seemeth to borrow it, appeareth to haue no such meaning directlie) but rather of the arme of a meane man, which oftentimes dooth varie & differ from the standard. Oh how Goropius dalieth about the historie of this Og, of the breaking of his pate against the beds head, & of hurting his ribs against the sides, and all to prooue, that Og was not bigger than other men, and so he leaueth the matter as sufficientlie an∣swered [unspec 50] with a French countenance of truth. But see August. de ciuit. lib. 15. cap. 25. & ad Faustum Manich. lib. 12. Ambros. &c. and Iohannes Buteo that excellent geo∣metrician, who hath written of purpose of the capacitie of the Arke.

In the first of Samuel you shall read of Goliah a Philistine,* 1.54 the weight of whose brigandine or shirt of maile was of 5000. sicles, or 1250. ounces of brasse, which amounteth to 104. pound of Troie weight after 4. common sicles to the ounce. The head of his speare [unspec 60] came vnto ten pound English or 600. sicles of that me∣tall. His height also was measured at six cubits and an hand bredth. All which doo import that he was a notable giant, and a man of great stature & strength to weare such an armour, and beweld so heauie a lance. But Goropius thinking himselfe still to haue Og in hand, and indeuouring to extenuate the fulnesse of the letter to his vttermost power, dooth neuerthelesse earnest∣lie affirme, that he was not aboue three foot more than the common sort of men, or two foot higher than Saule: and so he leaueth it as determined.

In the second of Samuel,* 1.55 I find report of foure gi∣ants borne in Geth; of which Ishbenob the first, that would haue killed Dauid, had a speare, whose head weighed the iust halfe of that of Golias: the second cal∣led Siphai, Sippai or Saph, 1. Par. 20. was nothing infe∣riour to the first: the third hight also Goliah, the staffe of whose speare was like vnto the beame of a weauers loome, neuerthelesse he was slaine in the second battell in Gob by Elhanan, as the first was by Abisai Ioabs brother, and the second by Elhanan. The fourth brother (for they were all brethren) was slaine at Gath by Io∣nathan nephew to Dauid, and he was not onlie huge of personage, but also of disfigured forme, for he had 24. fingers and toes. Wherby it is euident, that the genera∣tion of giants was not extinguished in Palestine, vn∣till the time of Dauid, which was 2890. after the floud, nor vtterlie consumed in Og, as some of our expositors would haue it.

Now to come vnto our christian writers. For though the authorities alreadie alleged out of the word, are suf∣ficient to confirme my purpose at the full; yet will I not let to set downe such other notes as experience hath reuealed, onelie to the end that the reader shall not thinke the name of giants, with their quantities, and other circumstances, mentioned in the scriptures, ra∣ther to haue some mysticall interpretation depending vpon them, than that the sense of the text in this be∣halfe is to be taken simplie as it speaketh. And first of all to omit that which Tertullian Lib. 2. de resurrect. saith; S. Augustine noteth,* 1.56 how he with other saw the tooth of a man, wherof he tooke good aduisement, and pronounced in the end that it would haue made 100. of his owne, or anie other mans that liued in his time. The like hereof also dooth Iohn Boccace set downe,* 1.57 in the 68. chapter of his 4. booke, saieng that in the caue of a mountaine, not far from Drepanum (a towne of Sicilia called E∣ryx as he gesseth) the bodie of an excéeding high giant was discouered, thrée of whose teeth did weigh 100. ounces, which being conuerted into English poise, doth yeeld eight pound and foure ounces, after twelue oun∣ces to the pound, that is 33. ounces euerie tooth.

He addeth farther, that the forepart of his scull was able to conteine manie bushels of wheat, and by the proportion of the bone of his thigh, the Sym∣metricians iudged his bodie to be aboue 200. cubits. Those teeth,* 1.58 scull, and bones, were (and as I thinke yet are, for ought I know to the contrarie) to be seene in the church of Drepanum in perpetuall memorie of his greatnesse, whose bodie was found vpon this occasi∣on. As some digged in the earth to laie the foundati∣on of an house, the miners happened vpon a great vault, not farre from Drepanum: whereinto when they were entred, they saw the huge bodie of a man sitting in the caue, of whose greatnesse they were so afraid, that they ranne awaie, and made an outcrie in the citie, how there sat a man in such a place, so great as an hill: the people hearing the newes, ran out with clubs and wea∣pons, as if they should haue gone vnto a foughten field, and 300. of them entring into the caue, they foorth∣with saw that he was dead, and yet sat as if he had béen aliue, hauing a staffe in his hand, compared by mine author vnto the mast of a tall ship, which being touched fell by and by to dust, sauing the nether end betwéene his hand and the ground, whose hollownesse was filled with 1500. pound weight of lead, to beare vp his arme that it should not fall in péeces: neuerthelesse, his bodie also being touched fell likewise into dust, sauing three of his aforesaid teeth, the forepart of his scull, and one of his thigh bones, which are reserued to be séene of such as will hardlie beleeue these reports.

In the histories of Brabant I read of a giant found, whose bones were 17. or 18. cubits in length, but Goro∣pius, as his maner is, denieth them to be the bones of a man, affirming rather that they were the bones of an elephant, because they somwhat resembled those of two such beasts which were found at the making of the fa∣mous ditch betwéene Bruxels and Machlin. As though

Page 10

there were anie precise resemblance betwéene the bones of a man and of an elephant, or that there had euer béene any elephant of 27. foot in length. But sée his demeanour. In the end he granteth that another bodie was found vpon the shore of Rhodanus, of thirtie foot in length. Which somewhat staieth his iudgement, but not altogither remooueth his error.

The bodie of Pallas was found in Italie,* 1.59 in the yeare of Grace 1038. and being measured it conteined twen∣tie foot in length, this Pallas was companion with Ae∣neas. [unspec 10]

There was a carcase also laid bare 1170. in England vpon the shore (where the beating of the sea had wash∣ed awaie the earth from the stone wherein it laie) and when it was taken vp,* 1.60 it conteined 50. foot in measu••••, as our histories doo report. The like was seene before in Wales, in the yeare 1087. of another of 14. foot.

In Perth moreouer a village in Scotland another was taken vp, which to this daie they shew in a church, vnder the name of little Iohn (per Antiphrasin) being [unspec 20] also 14. foot in length, as diuerse doo affirme which haue beholden the same,* 1.61 and whereof Hector Boetius dooth saie, that he did put his whole arme into one of the hanch bones: which is worthie to be remembred.

In the yeare of Grace 1475. the bodie of Tulliola the daughter of Cicero was taken vp, & found higher by not a few foot than the common sort of women li∣uing in those daies.

Geruasius Tilberiensis,* 1.62 head Marshall to the king of Arles writeth in his Chronicle dedicated to Otho 4. [unspec 30] how that at Isoretum, in the suburbes of Paris, he saw the bodie of a man that was twentie foot long, beside the head and the necke, which was missing & not found, the owner hauing peraduenture béene beheaded for some notable trespasse committed in times past, or (as he saith) killed by S. William.

The Greeke writers make mention of Andronicus their emperour, who liued 1183. of Grace, and was ten foot in height, that is, thrée foot higher than the Dutch man that shewed himselfe in manie places of Eng∣land, [unspec 40] 1582. this man maried Anna daughter to Lewis of France (before assured to Alexius, whome he stran∣gled, dismembred and drowned in the sea) the ladie not being aboue eleuen yeares of age, whereas he was an old dotard, and beside hir he kept Marpaca a fine har∣lot, who ruled him as she listed.

Zonaras speaketh of a woman that liued in the daies of Iustine, who being borne in Cilicia, and of verie comelie personage, was neuerthelesse almost two foot taller than the tallest woman of hir time. [unspec 50]

A carcase was taken vp at Iuie church neere Sa∣lisburie but of late yeares to speake of,* 1.63 almost fourtéene foot long. in Dictionario Eliotae.

In Gillesland in Come Whitton paroche not far from the chappell of the Moore,* 1.64 six miles by east from Carleill, a coffin of stone was found, and therein the bones of a man, of more than incredible greatnes. In like sort Leland speaketh of another found in the Ile called Alderney, whereof you shall read more in the chapiter of our Ilands. [unspec 60]

Richard Grafton in his Manuell telleth of one whose shinbone conteined six foot,* 1.65 and thereto his scull so great that it was able to receiue fiue pecks of wheat. Where∣fore by coniecturall symmetrie of these parts, his bodie must needs be of 24. foot, or rather more, if it were dili∣gentlie measured. For the proportion of a comelie and well featured bodie, answereth 9. times to the length of the face, taken at large from the pitch of the crowne to the chin,* 1.66 as the whole length is from the same place vnto the sole of the foot, measured by an imagined line, and seuered into so manie parts by like ouerthwart draughts, as Drurerus in his lineall description of mans bodie doth deliuer. Neuertheles, this symmetrie is not taken by other than the well proportioned face, for Recta, orbiculata (or fornicata) prona, resupinata, and lacu∣nata (or repanda) doo so far degenerate from the true pro∣portion as from the forme and beautie of the comelie. Hereby also they make the face taken in strict maner, to be the tenth part of the whole bodie, that is, frō the high∣est part of the forehead to the pitch of the chin, so that in the vse of the word face there is a difference, wherby the 9. part is taken (I say) from the crowne (called Vertex, because the haire there turneth into a circle) so that if the space by a rule were truelie taken, I meane from the crowne or highest part of the head to the pitch of the nether chap, and multiplied by nine, the length of the whole bodie would easilie appeare, & shew it selfe at the full. In like maner I find, that from the elbow to the top of the midle finger is the 4. part of the whole length, called a cubit: from the wrist to the top of the same fin∣ger, a tenth part: the length of the shinbone to the ancle a fourth part (and all one with the cubit:) from the top of the finger to the third ioint, two third parts of the face from the top of the forehead. Which obseruations I willinglie remember in this place, to the end that if anie such carcases happen to be found hereafter, it shall not be hard by some of these bones here mentioned, to come by the stature of the whole bodie, in certeine & ex∣act maner. As for the rest of the bones, ioints, parts, &c: you may resort to Drurerus, Cardan, and other writers, sith the farther deliuerie of them concerneth not my purpose. To proceed therefore with other examples, I read that the bodie of king Arthur being found in the yeare 1189. was two foot higher than anie man that* 1.67 came to behold the same. Finallie the carcase of Wil∣liam conqueror was séene not manie yeares since (to wit, 1542.) in the citie of Cane, twelue inches longer, by the iudgment of such as saw it,* 1.68 than anie man which dwelled in the countrie. All which testimonies I note togither, bicause they proceed from christian writers, from whome nothing should be farther or more distant, than of set purpose to lie, and feed the world with fables.

In our times also, and whilest Francis the first reig∣ned ouer France, there was a man séene in Aqui∣teine, whome the king being in those parties made of his gard, whose height was such, that a man of common heigth might easilie go vnder his twist without stoo∣ping, a stature incredible. Moreouer Casanion, a wri∣ter of our time, telleth of the bones of Briat a giant found of late in Delphinois,* 1.69 of 15. cubits, the diame∣ter of whose scull was two cubits, and the breadth of his shoulders foure, as he himselfe beheld in the late se∣cond wars of France, & wherevnto the report of Ioan Marius made in his bookes De Galliarum illustrationibus, where he writeth of the carcase of the same giant found not farre from the Rhodanus, which was 22. foot long, from the scull to the sole of the feet, dooth yéeld sufficient testimonie. Also Calameus in his commentaries De Biturigibus, confirmeth no lesse, adding that he was found 1556. & so dooth Baptista Fulgosus, lib. 1. cap. 6. sai∣eng farther, that his graue was seene not farre from Valentia, and discouered by the violence and current of the Rhodanus. The said Casanion in like sort spea∣keth of the bones of a man which he beheld, one of whose téeth was a foot long, and eight pound in weight. Also of the sepulchre of another neere vnto Charmes castell, which was nine paces in length, things incredible to vs, if eiesight did not confirme it in our owne times, and these carcases were not reserued by the verie pro∣uidence of God, to the end we might behold his works, and by these relikes vnderstand, that such men were in old time in deed, of whose statures we now begin to doubt. Now to say somwhat also of mine owne know∣ledge, there is the thighbone of a man to be séene in the church of S. Laurence néere Guildhall in London, which in time past was 26. inches in length, but now it beginneth to decaie, so that it is shorter by foure inches than it was in the time of king Edward. Another also

Page 11

is to be seene in Aldermare burie, of some called Al∣dermanburie, of 32. inches and rather more, whereof the symmetrie hath beene taken by some skilfull in that practise, and an image made according to that pro∣portiō, which is fixed in the east end of the cloister of the same church, not farre from the said bone, and sheweth the person of a man full ten or eleuen foot high, which as some say was found in the cloister of Poules, that was neere to the librarie, at such time as the Duke of So∣merset did pull it downe to the verie foundation, and [unspec 10] carried the stones thereof to the Strand, where he did build his house. These two bones haue I séene, beside other, whereof at the beholding I tooke no great heed, bicause I minded not as then to haue had any such vse of their proportions, and therefore I will speake no more of them: this is sufficient for my purpose that is deliuered out of the christian authors.

Now it resteth furthermore that I set downe, what I haue read therof in Pagane writers, who had alwaies great regard of their credit, and so ought all men that [unspec 20] dedicate any thing vnto posteriie, least in going about otherwise to reape renowme and praise, they doo pro∣cure vnto themselues in the end nothing else but meere contempt and infamie. For my part I will touch rare things, and such as to my selfe doo séeme almost incredi∣ble: howbeit as I find them, so I note them, requiring your Honour in reading hereof, to let euerie Author beare his owne burden, and euerie oxe his bundle.

Plutarch telleth how Sertorius being in Lybia,* 1.70 néere to the streicts of Maroco, to wit, at Tingi (or Tanger [unspec 30] in Mauritania, as it is now called) caused the sepulchre of Antheus, afore remembred to be opened: for hearing by common report that the said giant laie buried there, whose corps was fiftie cubits long at the least, he was so far off from crediting the same, that he would not be∣leeue it, vntill he saw the coffin open wherein the bones of the aforesaid prince did rest. To be short therefore, he caused his souldiers to cast downe the hill made some∣time ouer the tombe, and finding the bodie in the bot∣tome coffined in stone, after the measure therof taken, [unspec 40] he saw it manifestlie to be 60. cubits in length, which were ten more than the people made accompt of, which Strabo also confirmeth.

Pausanias reporteth out of one Miso, that when the bodie of Aiax was found, the whirlebone of his knée was adindged so broad as a pretie dish: also that the bo∣die of Asterius somtime king of Creta was ten cubits long, and that of Hyllus or Gerion no lesse maruelous than the rest, all which Goropius still condemneth to be the bones of monsters of the sea (notwithstanding the [unspec 50] manifest formes of their bones, epitaphes, and inscripti∣ons found ingrauen in brasse and lead with them in their sepulchres) so far is he from being persuaded and led from his opinion.

Philostrate in Heroicis saith,* 1.71 how he saw the bodie of a giant thirtie cubits in length, also the carcase of ano∣ther of two and twentie, and the third of twelue.

Liuie in the seauenth of his first decade, speaketh of an huge person which made a challenge as he stood at the end of the Anien bridge, against any Romane that [unspec 60] would come out and fight with him, whose stature was not much inferiour to that of Golias, of Artaches (of whome Herodot speaketh in the historie of Xerxes) who was sixe common cubits of stature, which make but fiue of the kings standard, bicause this is longer by thrée fingers than the other. Of Pusio, Secundilla, & Cabaras, of which the first two liuing vnder Augustus were aboue ten foot, and the later vnder Claudius of full nine▪ and all remembred by Plinie; of Eleazar a Iew, of whome Iosephus saith, that he was sent to Tiberius, and a per∣son of heigth fiue cubits, of another of whom Nice∣phorus maketh mention lib. 12. cap. 13. Hist. eccles. of fiue cubits and an handfull, I say nothing, bicause Casani∣on of Mutterell hath alredie sufficientlie discoursed vp∣on these examples in his De gigantibus, which as I gesse he hath written of set purpose against Goropius, who in his Gigantomachia, supposeth himselfe to haue killed all the giants in the world, and like a new Iupiter Al∣terum carcasse Herculem, as the said Casanion dooth meri∣lie charge and vpbraid him.

Plinie telleth of an earthquake at Creta,* 1.72 which disco∣uered the body of a giant, that was 46. cubits in length after the Romane standard, and by diuerse supposed to be the bodie of Orion or Aetion. Neuerthelesse I read, that Lucius Flaccus and Metellus did sweare Per sua ca∣pita, that it was either the carcase of some monster of the sea, or a forged deuise to bleare the peoples eies withall, wherein it is wonderfull to see, how they please Goropius as one that first deriued his fantasticall ima∣gination from their asseueration & oth. The said Plinie also addeth that the bodie of Orestes was seuen cubits in length, one Gabbara of Arabia nine foot nine inches, and two reserued In conditorio Sallustianorum halfe a foot longer than Gabbara was, for which I neuer read that anie man was driuen to sweare.

Trallianus writeth how the Athenienses digging on a time in the ground,* 1.73 to laie the foundation of a new wall to be made in a certeine Iland in the daies of an emperour, did find the bones of Macrosyris in a coffin of hard stone, of 100. cubits in length after the ac∣compt of the Romane cubit, which was then either a foot and a halfe, or not much in difference from halfe a yard of our measure now in England. These verses al∣so, as they are now translated out of Gréeke were found withall,

Sepultus ego Macrosyris in longa insula Vitae peractis annis mille quinquies: which amounteth
to 81. yeares foure moneths, after the Aegyptian rec∣koning.

In the time of Hadrian the emperour, the bodie of the giant Ida was taken vp at Messana, conteining 20. foot in length, and hauing a double row of teeth, yet standing whole in his chaps. Eumachus also in Perigesi, telleth that when the Carthaginenses went about to dich in their prouince, they found two bodies in seue∣rall coffins of stone, the one was 23. the other 24. cubits in length, such another was found in Bosphoro Cymmerio after an earthquake, but the inhabitants did cast those bones into the Meotidan marris. In Dal∣matia, manie graues were shaken open with an earth∣quake, in diuerse of which certein carcases were found, whose ribs conteined 16. els, after the Romane mea∣sure, whereby the whole bodies were iudged to be 64. sith the longest rib is commonlie about the fourth part of a man, as some rouing symmetricians affirme.

Arrhianus, saith that in the time of Alexander the bo∣dies of the Asianes were generallie of huge stature, and commonlie of fiue cubits, and such was the heigth of Porus of Inde, whom the said Alexander vanquished and ouerthrew in battell.

Suidas speaketh of Ganges, killed also by the said prince, who farre exceeded Porus; for he was ten cubits long. What should I speake of Artaceas a capitaine in the host of Xerxes▪ afore remembred, whose heigth was within 4. fingers bredth of fiue cubits, & the tallest man in the armie except the king himselfe. Herod. lib. 7. Of Athanatus whom Plinie remembreth I saie nothing. But of all these, this one example shall passe, which I doo read of in Trallianus, and he setteth downe in forme and manner following.

In the daies of Tiberius th' emperor saith he, a corps was left bare or laid open after an earthquake, of which ech tooth (taken one with another) conteined 12. inches ouer at the least. Now forsomuch as in such as be full mouthed,* 1.74 ech chap hath commonlie 16. teeth at the least, which amount vnto 32. in the whole, needs must the widenesse of this mans chaps be welneere of 16. foot, and the opening of his lips fiue at the least. A large

Page 12

mouth in mine opinion, and not to eat peason with La∣dies of my time, besides that if occasion serued, it was able to receiue the whole bodies of mo than one of the greatest men, I meane of such as we be in our daies. When this carcase was thus found, euerie man mar∣uelled at it, & good cause why. A messenger was sent to Tiberius the emperour also to know his pleasure,* 1.75 whe∣ther he would haue the same brought ouer vnto Rome or not, but he forbad them, willing his Legate not to remooue the dead out of his resting place, but rather [unspec 10] somewhat to satisfie his phantasie to send him a tooth out of his head, which being done, he gaue it to a cunning workeman, commanding him to shape a carcase of light matter, after the proportion of the tooth, that at the least by such means he might satisfie his curious mind, and the fantasies of such as are delited with nouelties. To be short,* 1.76 when the image was once made and set vp on end, it appéered rather an huge colossie than the true carcase of a man, and when it had stood in Rome vntill the people were wearie & throughlie satisfied with the [unspec 20] sight thereof, he caused it to be broken all to peeces, and the tooth sent againe to the carcase frō whence it came, willing them moreouer to couer it diligentlie, and in anie wise not to dismember the corps, nor from thence∣foorth to be so hardie as to open the sepulchre anie more. Pausan. lib. 8. telleth in like maner of Hiplodanus & his fellowes, who liued when Rhea was with child of Osyris by Cham, and were called to hir aid at such time as she feared to be molested by Hammon hir first husband, whilest she remained vpon the Thoumasian hill, In ipso loco,* 1.77 saith he, spectantur ossa maiora multo quàm vt humana [unspec 30] existimari possunt, &c. Of Protophanes who had but one great and broad bone in steed of all his ribs on ech side I saie nothing, sith it concerneth not his stature.

I could rehearse manie mo examples of the bodies of such men, out of Solinus, Sabellicus, D. Cooper, and o∣thers. As of Oetas and Ephialtes, who were said to be nine orgies or paces in heigth, and foure in bredth, which are taken for so many cubits, bicause there is small dif∣ference betwéene a mans ordinarie pace and his cubit, [unspec 40] and finallie of our Richard the first, who is noted to beare an axe in the wars, the iron of whose head onelie weighed twentie pound after our greatest weight, and whereof an old writer that I haue seene, saith thus:

This king Richard I vnderstand, Yer he went out of England, Let make an axe for the nones, Therewith to cleaue the Saracens bones, The head in sooth was wrought full weele, Thereon were twentie pound of steele, [unspec 50] And when he came in Cyprus land, That ilkon axe he tooke in hand, &c.

I could speake also of Gerards staffe or lance, yet to be seene in Gerards hall at London in Basing lane, which is so great and long that no man can beweld it, neither go to the top thereof without a ladder, which of set purpose and for greater countenance of the wonder is fixed by the same. I haue seene a man my selfe of se∣uen foot in height, but lame of his legs. The chronicles also of Cogshall speake of one in Wales, who was halfe [unspec 60] a foot higher, but through infirmitie and wounds not able to beweld himselfe. I might (if I thought good) speake also of another of no lesse heigth than either of these and liuing of late yeares, but these here remem∣bred shall suffice to prooue my purpose withall. I might tell you in like sort of the marke stone which Turnus threw at Aeneas, and was such as that twelue chosen and picked men (saith Virgil,

(Qualia nunc hominum producit corpora tellus)
were not able so stur and remooue out of the place: but I passe it ouer,* 1.78 and diuerse of the like, concluding that these huge blocks were ordeined and created by God: first for a testimonie vnto vs of his power and might; and secondlie for a confirmation, that hugenes of bodie is not to be accompted of as a part of our felicitie, sith they which possessed the same, were not onelie tyrants, doltish, & euill men, but also oftentimes ouercome euen by the weake & féeble. Finallie they were such indéed as in whom the Lord delited not, according to the saieng of the prophet* 1.79 Baruch; Ibi fuerunt gigantes nominati, illi qui ab initio fuerunt statura magna, scientes bellum, hos non elegit Dominus, neque illis viam disciplinae dedit, propterea perierunt, & quoniam non habuerunt sapientiam, interierunt propter suam insipientiam, &c. that is, There were the giants famous from the beginning, that were of great stature and expert in warre, those did not the Lord choose, neither gaue he the waie of knowledge vnto them, but they were destroied, because they had no wisedome, and pe∣rished through their owne foolishnesse. That the bodies of men also doo dailie decaie in stature, beside Plinie lib. 7. Esdras likewise confesseth lib. 4. cap. 5. whose authoritie* 1.80 is so good herein as that of Homer or Plinie, who doo af∣firme so much, whereas Goropius still continuing his woonted pertinacitie also in this behalfe, maketh his proportion first by the old Romane foot, and then by his owne, & therevpon concludeth that men in these daies be fullie so great as euer they were, whereby as in the former dealing he thinketh it nothing to conclude a∣gainst the scriptures, chosen writers and testimonies of the oldest pagans. But see how he would salue all at last in the end of his Gigantomachia, where he saith, I denie not but that od huge personages haue bene seene, as a woman of ten, and a man of nine foot long, which I my selfe also haue beholden, but as now so in old time the common sort did so much woonder at the like as we doo at these, because they were seldome séene, and not commonlie to be heard of.

Of the languages spoken in this Iland. Cap. 6.

WHat language came first with* 1.81 Samothes and afterward with Albion, and the giants of his companie, it is hard for me to determine, sith nothing of sound credit remaineth in writing, which may resolue vs in the truth hereof. Yet of so much are we certeine,* 1.82 that the speach of the ancient Britons, and of the Celts, had great affinitie one with another, so that they were either all one, or at leastwise such as ei∣ther nation with small helpe of interpretors might vn∣derstand other, and readilie discerne what the speaker meant. Some are of the opinion that the Celts spake Greeke, and how the British toong resembled the same, which was spoken in Grecia before Homer did reforme it: but I see that these men doo speake without authori∣tie and therefore I reiect them, for if the Celts which were properlie called Galles did speake Gréeke, why did Cesar in his letters sent to Rome vse that lan∣guage, because that if they should be intercepted they might not vnderstand them, or why did he not vnder∣stand the Galles, he being so skilfull in the language without an interpretor? Yet I denie not but that the Celtish and British speaches might haue great affini∣tie one with another, and the British aboue all other with the Greeke, for both doo appéere by certeine words, as first in tri for three, march for an horsse, & trimarchia, whereof Pausanias speaketh, for both. Atheneus also wri∣teth of Bathanasius a capitaine of the Galles, whose name is méere British, compounded of Bath & Ynad, & signifieth a noble or comelie iudge. And wheras he saith that the reliques of the Galles tooke vp their first dwelling about Isther, and afterward diuided them∣selues in such wise, that they which went and dwelled in Hungarie were called Sordsai, and the other that

Page 4

inhabited within the dominion of Tyroll) Brenni, whose seate was on the mount Brenhere parcell of the Alpes, what else signifieth the word Iscaredich in Bri∣tish, from whence the word Scordisci commeth, but to be diuided? Hereby then, and sundrie other the like testi∣monies, I gather that the British and the Celtish spea∣ches had great affinitie one with another, as I said, which Cesar (speaking of the similitude or likenesse of religion in both nations) doth also auerre, & Tacitus in vita Agricolae, in like sort plainlie affirmeth, or else it [unspec 10] must needs be that the Galles which inuaded Italie and Greece were meere Britons, of whose likenes of speech with the Gréeke toong I need not make anie triall, sith no man (I hope) will readilie denie it. Appianus tal∣king of the Brenni calleth them Cymbres, and by this I gather also that the Celts and the Britons were in∣differentlie called Cymbri in their owne language, or else that the Britons were the right Cymbri, who vnto this daie doo not refuse to be called by that name. Bodinus writing of the meanes by which the originall of [unspec 20] euerie kingdome and nation is to be had and discer∣ned, setteth downe thrée waies whereby the knowledge thereof is to be found, one is (saith he) the infallible te∣stimonie of the sound writers, the other the description and site of the region, the third the relikes of the anci∣ent speech remaining in the same. Which later if it be of any force, then I must conclude, that the spéech of the Britons and Celts was sometime either all one or ve∣rie like one to another, or else it must follow that the Britons ouerflowed the continent vnder the name of [unspec 30] Cymbres, being peraduenture associat in this voiage, or mixed by inuasion with the Danes, and Norwegi∣ens, who are called Cymbri and Cymmerij, as most writers doo remember. This also is euident (as Plutarch likewise confesseth In vita Mary) that no man knew from whence the Cymbres came in his daies, and ther∣fore I ••••••••eeue that they came out of Britaine, for all the maine was well knowne vnto them, I meane euen to the vttermost part of the north, as may appeare fur∣thermore by the slaues which were dailie brought from [unspec 40] thence vnto them, whom of their countries they called Daui for Daci, Getae for Gothes, &c for of their con∣quests I need not make rehearsall, sith they are com∣monlie knowne and remembred by the writers, both of the Greekes and Latines.

The British toong called Camberaec dooth yet re∣maine in that part of the Iland,* 1.83 which is now called Wales, whither the Britons were driuen after the Sarons had made a full conquest of the other, which we now call England, although the pristinate integritie [unspec 50] thereof be not a little diminished by mixture of the Latine and Saxon speaches withall. Howbeit, manie poesies and writings (in making whereof that nation hath euermore delited) are yet extant in my time, wher∣by some difference betwéene the ancient and present language may easilie be discerned, notwithstanding that among all these there is nothing to be found, which can set downe anie sound and full testimonie of their owne originall, in remembrance whereof, their Bards and cunning men haue béene most slacke and negli∣gent. [unspec 60] Giraldus in praising the Britons affirmeth that there is not one word in all their language, that is not either Gréeke or Latine. Which being rightly vnder∣standed and conferred with the likenesse that was in old time betwéene the Celts & the British toongs, will not a little helpe those that thinke the old Celtish to haue some fauour of the Gréeke. But how soeuer that matter standeth, after the British speach came once o∣uer into this Iland, sure it is, that it could neuer be ex∣tinguished for all the attempts that the Romans, Saxons, Normans, and Englishmen could make a∣gainst that nation, in anie maner of wise.

Petigrées and genealogies also the Welsh Britons haue plentie in their owne toong,* 1.84 insomuch that manie of them can readilie deriue the same, either from Brute or some of his band, euen vnto Aeneas and other of the Troians, and so foorth vnto Noah without anie maner of stop. But as I know not what credit is to be giuen vnto them in this behalfe, although I must néeds con∣fesse that their ancient Bards were verie diligent in there collection, and had also publike allowance or sa∣larie for the same; so I dare not absolutelie impugne their assertions, sith that in times past all nations (lear∣ning it no doubt of the Hebrues) did verie solemnelie preserue the catalogs of their descents, thereby either to shew themselues of ancient and noble race, or else to be descended from some one of the gods. But

Stemmata quid faciunt? quid prodest Pontice longo Sanguine censeri? aut quid auorum ducere turmas? &c.

Next vnto the British speach,* 1.85 the Latine toong was brought in by the Romans, and in maner generallie planted through the whole region, as the French was after by the Normans. Of this toong I will not say much, bicause there are few which be not skilfull in the same. Howbeit, as the speach it selfe is easie and dle∣ctable, so hath it peruerted the names of the ancient ri∣uers, regions, & cities of Britaine in such wise, that in these our daies their old British denominations are quite growne out of memorie, and yet those of the new Latine left as most vncertaine. This remaineth also vnto my time, borowed from the Romans, that all our déeds, euidences, charters, & writings of record, are set downe in the Latine toong, though now verie barba∣rous, and therevnto the copies and court-rolles, and processes of courts and leets registred in the same.

The third language apparantlie knowne is the Sci∣thian or high Dutch,* 1.86 induced at the first by the Saxons (which the Britons call Saysonaec, as they doo the spea∣kers Sayson) an hard and rough kind of speach, God wot, when our nation was brought first into acquain∣tance withall, but now changed with vs into a farre more fine and easie kind of vtterance, and so polished and helped with new and milder words, that it is to be aduouched how there is no one speach vnder the sunne spoken in our time, that hath or can haue more varietie of words, copie of phrases, or figures and floures of elo∣quence, than hath our English toong, although some haue affirmed vs rather to barke as dogs, than talke like men, bicause the most of our words (as they doo in∣déed) incline vnto one syllable. This also is to be noted as a testimonie remaining still of our language, deri∣ued from the Saxons, that the generall name for the most part of euerie skilfull artificer in his trade endeth in Here with vs, albeit the H be left out, and er onlie in∣serted, as Scriuenhere, writehere, shiphere, &c: for scri∣uener, writer, and shipper, &c: beside manie other re∣likes of that spéech, neuer to be abolished.

After the Saxon toong,* 1.87 came the Norman or French language ouer into our countrie, and therein were our lawes written for a long time. Our children also were by an especiall decrée taught first to speake the same, and therevnto inforced to learne their constructions in the French, whensoeuer they were set to the Grammar schoole. In like sort few bishops, abbats, or other clergie men, were admitted vnto anie ecclesiasticall function here among vs, but such as came out of religious hou∣ses from beyond the seas, to the end they should not vse the English toong in their sermons to the people. In the court also it grew into such contempt, that most men thought it no small dishonor to speake any English there. Which brauerie tooke his hold at the last likewise in the countrie with euerie plowman, that euen the ve∣rie carters began to wax wearie of there mother toong, & laboured to speake French, which as then was coun∣ted no small token of gentilitie. And no maruell, for e∣uerie French rascall, when he came once hither, was taken for a gentleman, onelie bicause he was proud, and could vse his owne language, and all this (I say) to

Page 14

exile the English and British speaches quite out of the countrie. But in vaine, for in the time of king Edward the first, to wit, toward the latter end of his reigne, the French it selfe ceased to be spoken generallie, but most of all and by law in the midst of Edward the third, and then began the English to recouer and grow in more estimation than before; notwithstanding that among our artificers, the most part of their implements, tooles and words of art reteine still their French denomina∣tions euen to these our daies, as the language it selfe [unspec 10] is vsed likewise in sundrie courts, bookes of record, and matters of law; whereof here is no place to make any particular rehearsall. Afterward also, by diligent tra∣uell of Geffray Chaucer,* 1.88 and Iohn Gowre, in the time of Richard the second, and after them of Iohn Scogan, and Iohn Lydgate monke of Berrie, our said toong was brought to an excellent passe, notwithstanding that it neuer came vnto the type of perfection, vntill the time of Quéene Elizabeth, wherein Iohn Iewell B. of Sarum, Iohn Fox, and sundrie learned & excellent wri∣ters [unspec 20] haue fullie accomplished the ornature of the same, to their great praise and immortall commendation; although not a few other doo greatlie séeke to staine the same, by fond affectation of forren and strange words, presuming that to be the best English, which is most cor∣rupted with externall termes of eloquence, and sound of manie syllables. But as this excellencie of the Eng∣lish toong is found in one, and the south part of this I∣land; so in Wales the greatest number (as I said) re∣taine still their owne ancient language, that of the [unspec 30] north part of the said countrie being lesse corrupted than the other, and therefore reputed for the better in their owne estimation and iudgement. This also is proper to vs Englishmen,* 1.89 that sith ours is a meane language, and neither too rough nor too smooth in vtte∣rance, we may with much facilitie learne any other language, beside Hebrue, Gréeke & Latine, and speake it naturallie, as if we were home-borne in those coun∣tries; & yet on the other side it falleth out, I wot not by what other meanes, that few forren nations can right∣lie [unspec 40] pronounce ours, without some and that great note of imperfection, especiallie the French men, who also seldome write any thing that sauoreth of English tru∣lie. It is a pastime to read how Natalis Comes in like maner, speaking of our affaires, dooth clip the names of our English lords. But this of all the rest dooth bréed most admiration with me, that if any stranger doo hit vpon some likelie pronuntiation of our toong, yet in age he swarueth so much from the same, that he is woorse therein than euer he was, and thereto peraduen∣ture [unspec 50] halteth not a litle also in his owne, as I haue séene by experience in Reginald Wolfe, and other, whereof I haue iustlie maruelled.

The Cornish and Deuonshire men,* 1.90 whose countrie the Britons call Cerniw, haue a speach in like sort of their owne, and such as hath in déed more affinitie with the Armoricane toong than I can well discusse of. Yet in mine opinion, they are both but a corrupted kind of British, albeit so far degenerating in these daies from the old, that if either of them doo méete with a Welsh∣man, [unspec 60] they are not able at the first to vnderstand one an other, except here and there in some od words, without the helpe of interpretors. And no maruell in mine opi∣nion that the British of Cornewall is thus corrupted, sith the Welsh toong that is spoken in the north & south part of Wales, doth differ so much in it selfe, as the En∣glish vsed in Scotland dooth from that which is spo∣ken among vs here in this side of the Iland, as I haue said alreadie.

The Scottish english* 1.91 hath beene much broader and lesse pleasant in vtterance than ours, because that na∣tion hath not till of late indeuored to bring the same to any perfect order, and yet it was such in maner, as Englishmen themselues did speake for the most part beyond the Trent, whither any great amendement of our language had not as then extended it selfe. How∣beit in our time the Scottish language endeuoreth to come neere, if not altogither to match our toong in fine∣nesse of phrase, and copie of words, and this may in part appeare by an historie of the Apocripa translated into Scottish verse by Hudson, dedicated to the king of that countrie, and conteining sixe books, except my me∣morie doo faile me.

Thus we sée how that vnder the dominion of the king of England, and in the south parts of the realme, we haue thrée seuerall toongs, that is to saie, English, Bri∣tish, and Cornish, and euen so manie are in Scotland, if you accompt the English speach for one: notwith∣standing that for bredth and quantitie of the region, I meane onelie of the soile of the maine Iland, it be some∣what lesse to see to than the other. For in the north part of the region, where the wild Scots,* 1.92 otherwise called the Redshanks, or rough footed Scots* 1.93 (because they go bare footed and clad in mantels ouer their saffron shirts af∣ter the Irish maner) doo inhabit,* 1.94 they speake good Irish which they call Gachtlet, as they saie of one Gathelus, whereby they shew their originall to haue in times past béene fetched out of Ireland: as I noted also in the cha∣piter precedent, and wherevnto Vincentius cap. de insulis Oceani dooth yéeld his assent, saieng that Ireland was in time past called Scotia; Scotia eadem (saith he) & Hiber∣nia, proxima Britanniae insula, spatio terrarum angustior, sed si∣tu foecundior; Scotia autem à Scotorum gentibus traditur appella∣ta, &c. Out of the 14. booke of Isidorus intituled Origi∣num, where he also addeth that it is called Hybernia, be∣cause it bendeth toward Iberia. But I find elsewhere that it is so called by certeine Spaniards which came to seeke and plant their inhabitation in the same, wher∣of in my Chronologie I haue spoken more at large.

In the Iles of the Orchades, or Orkeney, as we now call them, & such coasts of Britaine as doo abbut vpon the same, the Gottish or Danish speach is altogither in vse, and also in Shetland, by reason (as I take it) that the princes of Norwaie held those Ilands so long vn∣der their subiection, albeit they were otherwise reputed as rather to belong to Ireland, bicause that the verie soile of them is enimie to poison, as some write, al∣though for my part I had neuer any sound experience of the truth hereof. And thus much haue I thought good to speake of our old speaches, and those fiue languages now vsuallie spoken within the limits of our Iland.

Into how manie kingdoms this Iland hath beene diuided. Cap. 7.

IT is not to be doubted,* 1.95 but that at the first, the whole Iland was ruled by one onelie prince, and so continued from time to time, vntill ciuill discord, grounded vpō ambitious desire to reigne, caused the same to be gouerned by diuerse. And this I meane so well of the time before the comming of Brute, as af∣ter the extinction of his whole race & posteritie. Howbe∣it, as it is vncerteine into how manie regions it was seuered, after the first partition; so it is most sure that this latter disturbed estate of regiment, continued in the same, not onelie vntill the time of Caesar, but also in maner vnto the daies of Lucius, with whome the whole race of the Britons had an end, and the Romans full possession of this Iland, who gouerned it by Legats after the maner of prouince. It should séeme also that within a while after the time of Dunwallon (who ra∣ther brought those foure princes that vsurped in his time to obedience, than extinguished their titles, & such partition as they had made of the Iland among them∣selues)

Page 15

each great citie had hir fréedome and seuerall kind of regiment, proper vnto hir selfe, beside a large circuit of the countrie appertinent vnto the same, wherein were sundrie other cities also of lesse name, which owght homage and all subiection vnto the great∣ter sort. And to saie truth, hereof it came to passe, that each of these regions, whereinto this Iland was then diuided, tooke his name of some one of these cities; al∣though Ciuitas after Caesar doth sometime signifie an whole continent or kingdome, whereby there were in [unspec 10] old time Tot ciuitates quot regna, and contrariwise as may appeare by that of the Trinobantes, which was so called of Trinobantum the chiefe citie of that portion, whose territories conteined all Essex, Middlesex, and part of Hertfordshire, euen as the iurisdiction of the bishop of London is now extended, for the ouersight of such things as belong vnto the church. Ech of the go∣uernors also of these regions, called themselues kings, and therevnto either of them dailie made warre vpon other, for the inlarging of their limits. But for somuch [unspec 20] as I am not able to saie how manie did challenge this authoritie at once, and how long they reigned ouer their seuerall portions, I will passe ouer these ancient times, and come néerer vnto our owne, I meane the 600. yéere of Christ, whereof we haue more certeine no∣tice, & at which season there is euident proofe, that there were twelue or thirtéene kings reigning in this Iland.

We find therefore for the first, how that Wales had hir thrée seuerall kingdomes,* 1.96 which being accompted togither conteined (as Giraldus saith) 49. cantreds or [unspec 30] cantons (whereof thrée were in his time possessed by the French and English) although that whole portion of the Iland extended in those daies no farder than a∣bout 200. miles in length, and one hundred in bredth, and was cut from Lhoegres by the riuers Sauerne and Dée, of which two streames this dooth fall into the Irish sea at Westchester, the other into the maine O∣cean, betwixt Somersetshire and Southwales, as their seuerall courses shall witnesse more at large.

In the begining it was diuided into two kingdoms [unspec 40] onelie, that is to saie, Venedotia or Gwynhedh* 1.97 (other∣wise called Dehenbarth) and Demetia, for which we now vse most cōmonlie the names of South & North∣wales. But in a short processe of time a third sprung vp in the verie middest betwéene them both, which from thence-foorth was called Powisy, as shalbe shewed here∣after. For Roderijc the great, who flourished 850. of Christ, and was king of all Wales (which then contei∣ned onlie six regions) leauing thrée sons behind him, by his last will & testament diuided the countrie into thrée [unspec 50] portions, according to the number of his children, of which he assigned one vnto either of them, wherby Mor∣wing or Morwinner had Gwynhedh or Northwales, Cadelh Demetia or Southwales, and Anaralt Powisy, as Giraldus and other doo remember. Howbeit it came to passe that after this diuision, Cadelh suruiued all his brethren, and thereby became lord of both their porti∣ons, and his successors after him vntill the time of Teu∣ther or Theodor (all is one) after which they were con∣tended to kéepe themselues within the compasse of De∣metia, [unspec 60] which (as I said) conteined 29. of those 49. can∣treds before mentioned, as Powisy did six, and Gwin∣hedh fouretéene, except my memorie doo faile me.

The first of these thrée, being called as (I said) North∣wales or Venedotia* 1.98 (or as Paulus Iouius saith Malfa∣brene, for he diuideth Wales also into thrée regions, of which he calleth the first Dumbera, the second Berfrona, and the third Malfabrene) lieth directlie ouer against the Ile of Anglesei, the chiefe citie whereof stood in the Ile of Angleset* 1.99 and was called Aberfraw. It conteineth 4. regions, of which the said Iland is the first, and whereof in the chapter insuing I will intreate more at large. The second is called Arfon,* 1.100 and situate betwéene two riuers,* 1.101 the Segwy and the Conwy. The third is Me∣rioneth, and as it is seuered from Arfon by the Con∣wy, so is it separated from Tegenia* 1.102 (otherwise called Stradcluyd and Igenia the fourth region) by the riuer Cluda. Finallie, the limits of this latter are extended also euen vnto the Dée it selfe, and of these foure regi∣ons consisteth the kingdome of Venedotia, whereof in times past the region of the Canges was not the smal∣lest portion.

The kingdome of Powisy, last of all erected,* 1.103 as I said, hath on the north side Gwinhedh, on the east (from Chester to Hereford, or rather to Deane forest) Eng∣land, on the south and west the riuer Wy and verie high hilles, whereby it is notablie seuered from South∣wales, the chiefe citie thereof being at the first Salops∣burg, in old time Pengwerne, and Ynwithig, but now Shrowesburie, a citie or towne raised out of the ruines of Vricouium, which (standing 4. miles from thence, and by the Saxons called Wrekencester and Wroke∣cester, before they ouerthrew it) is now inhabited with méere English, and where in old time the kings of Powisy did dwell and hold their palaces, till English∣men draue them from thence to Matrauall in the same prouince, where they from thencefoorth aboad. Upon the limits of this kingdome, and not far from Holt ca∣stell, upon ech side of the riuer, as the chanell now run∣neth, stood sometime the famous monasterie of Ban∣gor,* 1.104 whilest the abated glorie of the Britons yet remai∣ned vnextinguished, and herein were 2100. monkes, of which, the learned sort did preach the Gospell, and the vnlearned labored with their hands, thereby to main∣teine themselues, and to sustaine their preachers. This region was in like sort diuided afterward in twaine, of which,* 1.105 the one was called Mailor or Mailrosse, the other reteined still hir old denomination, and of these the first laie by south, & the latter by north of the Sauerne.

As touching Mailrosse, I read moreouer in the gests of Fowkes de Warren,* 1.106 how that one William sonne to a certeine ladie sister to Paine Peuerell, the first lord of Whittington, after the conquest did win a part of the same, and the hundred of Ellesmore from the Welshmen, in which enterprise he was so desperat∣lie wounded, that no man hight him life; yet at the last by eating of the shield of a wild bore, he got an appetite and recouered his health. This William had issue two daughters,* 1.107 to wit, Helene maried to the heire of the Alans, and Mellent which refused mariage with anie man, except he were frist tried to be a knight of prow∣esse. Herevpon hir father made proclamation, that a∣gainst such a daie & at such a place, whatsoeuer Gentle∣man could shew himselfe most valiant in the field, should marrie Mellent his daughter, & haue with hir his castell of Whittington with sufficient liueliehood to mainteine their estates for euer. This report being spred, Fowkes de Warren came thither all in red, with a shield of siluer and pecocke for his crest, whereof he was called the red knight, and there ouercomming the kings sonne of Scotland, and a Baron of Burgundie, he maried the maid, and by hir had issue as in the trea∣tise appeareth. There is yet great mention of the red knight in the countrie there about; and much like vnto this Mellent was the daughter sometime of one of the lord Rosses, called Kudall, who bare such good will to Fitz-Henrie clarke of hir fathers kitchen,* 1.108 that she made him carie hir awaie on horssebacke behind him, onlie for his manhood sake, which presentlie was tried. For being pursued & ouer taken, she made him light, & held his cloke whilest he killed and draue hir fathers men to flight: and then awaie they go, till hir father conceiuing a good opinion of Fitz-Henrie for this act, receiued him to his fauour, whereby that familie came vp. And thus much (by the waie) of Mailrosse, whereof this may suffice, sith mine intent is not as now to make anie precise description of the particulars of Wales; but onelie to shew how those regions laie,

Page 16

which sometime were knowne to be gouerned in that countrie.* 1.109 The third kingdome is Demetia, or South∣wales, sometime knowne for the region of the Syl∣lures, wherevnto I also am persuaded, that the Ordo∣lukes laie in the east part thereof, and extended their re∣gion euen vnto the Sauerne: but howsoeuer that mat∣ter falleth out, Demetia hath the Sauerne on hir south, the Irish sea on hir west parts, on the east the Sauerne onelie, and by north the land of Powisy, whereof I spake of late. [unspec 10]

Of this region also Caermarden, which the old wri∣ters call Maridunum,* 1.110 was the chéefe citie and palace belonging to the kings of Southwales, vntill at the last through forren and ciuill inuasions of enimies, the princes thereof were constrained to remooue their courts to Dinefar (which is in Cantermawr, and si∣tuate neuerthelesse vpon the same riuer Tewy, wher∣on Caermarden standeth) in which place it is far better defended with high hils, thicke woods, craggie rocks, and déepe marises. In this region also lieth Pembroke [unspec 20] aliàs Penmoroc shire, whose fawcons haue béene in old time very much regarded, and therein likewise in Mil∣ford hauen, whereof the Welsh wisards doo yet dreame strange toies, which they beleeue shall one daie come to passe. For they are a nation much giuen to fortelling of things to come, but more to beléeue such blind pro∣phesies as haue béene made of old time, and no man is accompted for learned in Wales that is not supposed to haue the spirit of prophesie.

That Scotland had in those daies two kingdoms,* 1.111 [unspec 30] (besides that of the Orchades) whereof the one consisted of the Picts, and was called Pightland or Pictland, the other of the Irish race, and named Scotland: I hope no wise man will readilie denie. The whole region or portion of the Ile beyond the Scotish sea also was so diuided, that the Picts laie on the east side, and the Scots on the west, ech of them being seuered from o∣ther, either by huge hils or great lakes and riuers, that ran out of the south into the north betwéene them. It séemeth also that at the first these two kingdoms were [unspec 40] diuided from the rest of those of the Britons by the ri∣uers Cluda and Forth, till both of them desirous to in∣large their dominions, draue the Britons ouer the Solue and the Twede, which then became march be∣twéene both the nations. Wherefore the case being so plaine, I will saie no more of these two, but procéed in order with the rehersall of the rest of the particular-kingdoms of this our south part of the Ile, limiting out the same by shires as they now lie, so néere as I can, for otherwise it shall be vnpossible for me to leaue [unspec 50] certaine notice of the likeliest quantities of these their seuerall portions.

The first of these kingdoms therefore was begunne in Kent by Henghist in the 456. of Christ,* 1.112 and thereof called the kingdome of Kent or Cantwarland, and as the limits thereof extended it selfe no farther than the said countie (the cheefe citie whereof was Dorobernia or Cantwarbyry now Canturburie) so it indured well néere by the space of 400. yeares, before it was made and earledome or Heretochie, and vnited by Inas vnto [unspec 60] that of the West Saxons, Athelstane his sonne, being the first Earle or Heretoch of the same. Maister Lam∣bert in his historie of Kent dooth gather, by verie proba∣ble coniectures, that this part of the Iland was first in∣habited by Samothes, and afterward by Albion. But howsoeuer that case standeth, sure it is that it hath béen the onlie doore, whereby the Romans and Saxons made their entrie vnto the conquest of the region, but first of all Caesar, who entred into this Iland vpon the eightéenth Cal. or 14. of September, which was foure daies before the full of the moone, as he himselfe confes∣seth, and then fell out about the 17. or 18. of that mo∣neth, twelue daies before the equinoctiall (apparant) so that he did not tarrie at that time aboue eight or ten daies in Britaine. And as this platforme cannot be de∣nied for his entrance, so the said region and east part of Kent, was the onelie place by which the knowledge of Christ was first brought ouer vnto vs, whereby we became partakers of saluation, and from the darke∣nesse of mistie errour, true conuerts vnto the light and bright beames of the shining truth, to our eternall be∣nefit and euerlasting comforts.

The second kingdome conteined onelie Sussex,* 1.113 and a part of (or as some saie all) Surrie, which Ella the Saxon first held: who also erected his chéefe palace at Chichester, when he had destroied Andredswald in the 492. of Christ. And after it had continued by the space of 232. years, it ceased, being the verie least kingdome of all the rest, which were founded in this Ile after the comming of the Saxons (for to saie truth, it conteined little aboue 7000. families) & within a while after the erection of the kingdome of the Gewisses or West sax∣ons, notwithstanding that before the kings of Sussex pretended and made claime to all that which laie west of Kent, and south of the Thames, vnto the point of Corinwall, as I haue often read.

The third regiment was of the East Saxons,* 1.114 or Trinobantes. This kingdome began vnder Erken∣wijn, whose chéefe seat was in London (or rather Col∣chester) and conteined whole Essex, Middlesex, and part of Herfordshire. It indured also much about the pricke of 303. yeares, and was diuided from that of the East Angles onlie by the riuer Stoure, as Houeden and o∣thers doo report, & so it continueth separated from Suf∣folke euen vnto our times, although the said riuer be now growne verie small, and not of such greatnesse as it hath béene in times past, by reason that our countrie∣men make small accompt of riuers, thinking carriage made by horsse and cart to be the lesse chargeable waie. But herin how far they are deceiued, I will else-where make manifest declaration.

The fourth kingdome was of the West Saxons,* 1.115 and so called, bicause it laie in the west part of the realme, as that of Essex did in the east, and of Sussex in the south. It began in the yeare of Grace 519. vn∣der Cerdije,* 1.116 and indured vntill the comming of the Normans, including at the last all Wiltshire, Bar ke∣shire, Dorset, Southampton, Somersetshire, Glocester¦shire, some part of Deuonshire (which the Britons occu∣pied not) Cornewall, and the rest of Surrie, as the best authors doo set downe. At the first it conteined onelie Wiltshire, Dorcetshire, and Barkeshire, but yer long the princes thereof conquered whatsoeuer the kings of Sussex and the Britons held vnto the point of Corne∣wall, and then became first Dorchester (vntill the time of Kinigils) then Winchester the chéefe citie of that kingdome. For when Birinus the moonke came into England, the said Kinigils gaue him Dorchester, and all the land within seauen miles about, toward the maintenance of his cathedrall sea, by meanes where∣of he himselfe remooued his palace to Winchester.

The first kingdome began vnder Ida,* 1.117 in the 548. of Christ, and was called Northumberland, bicause it laie by north of the riuer Humber. And from the comming of Henghist to this Ida, it was onlie gouerned by earls or Heretoches as an Heretochy, till the said Ida conuer∣ted it into a kingdome. It conteined all that region which (as it should séeme) was in time past either wholie apperteining to the Brigants; or whereof the said Bri∣gants did possesse the greater part. The cheefe citie of the same in like maner was Yorke, as Beda, Capgraue, Leyland, and others doo set downe, who ad thereto that it extended from the Humber vnto the Scotish sea, vn∣till the slaughter of Egfride of the Northumbers, after which time the Picts gat hold of all, betweene the Forth and the Twede, which afterward descending to the Scots by meanes of the vtter destruction of the Picts, hath not béene sithens vnited to the crowne

Page 17

of England, nor in possession of the meere English, as before time it had béene. Such was the crueltie of these Picts also in their recouerie of the same, that at a cer∣teine houre they made a Sicilien euensong, and slew euerie English man, woman and child, that they could laie hold vpon within the aforesaid region, but some es∣caped narrowlie, and saued themselues by flight.

Afterward in the yeare of Grace 560. it was parted in twaine,* 1.118 vnder Adda, that yeelded vp all his portion, which lay betweene Humber and the Tine vnto his [unspec 10] brother Ella (according to their fathers appointment) who called it Deira, or Southumberland, but reteining the rest still vnto his owne vse, he diminished not his title, but wrote himselfe as before king of all Northum∣berland. Howbeit after 91. yeares, it was revnited a∣gaine, and so continued vntill Alfred annexed the whole to his kingdome, in the 331. after Ida, or 878. of the birth of Iesus Christ our Sauiour.

The seauenth kingdome,* 1.119 called of the East-angles, began at Norwich in the 561. after Christ, vnder Of∣fa, [unspec 20] of whom the people of that region were long time called Offlings. This included all Norfolke, Suffolke, Cambridgeshire, and Elie, and continuing 228. yeares, it flourished onelie 35. yeares in perfect estate of liber∣te, the rest being consumed vnder the tribut and vassal∣lage of the Mercians, who had the souereigntie thereof, and held it with great honour, till the Danes gat hold of it, who spoiled it verie sore, so that it became more miserable than any of the other, and so remained till the kings of the West-saxons vnited it to their crownes. [unspec 30] Some saie that Grantcester, but now Cambridge (a towne erected out of hir ruines) was the chéefe citie of this kingdome, and not Norwich. Wherein I may well shew the discord of writers, but I cannot resolue the scruple. Some take this region also to be all one with that of the Icenes, but as yet for my part I cannot yeeld to their assertions, I meane it of Leland himselfe, whose helpe I vse chéefelie in these collections, albeit in this behalfe I am not resolued that he doth iudge aright.

The 8. & last was that of Mertia, which indured 291. [unspec 40] yeares, and for greatnesse exceeded all the rest. It tooke the name either of Mearc the Saxon word, bicause it was march to the rest (and trulie, the limits of most of the other kingdomes abutted vpon the same) or else for that the lawes of Martia the Queene were first vsed in that part of the Iland.* 1.120 But as this later is but a méere coniecture of some, so the said kingdome began vnder Creodda, in the 585. of Christ, & indured well néere 300. yeares before it was vnited to that of the West-saxons by Alfred, then reigning in this Ile. Before him the [unspec 50] Danes had gotten hold thereof, and placed one Ceo∣lulph an idiot in the same; but as he was soone reiec∣ted for his follie, so it was not long after yer the said Alfred (I saie) annexed it to his kingdome by his man∣hood. The limits of the Mertian dominions included Lincolne,* 1.121 Northampton, Chester, Darbie, Notting∣ham, Stafford, Huntington, Rutland, Oxford, Buc∣kingham, Worcester, Bedford shires, and the greatest part of Shropshire (which the Welsh occupied not) Lan∣caster, Glocester, Hereford (aliàs Hurchford) Warwijc and Hertford shires: the rest of whose territories were holden by such princes of other kingdomes through force as bordered vpon the same. Moreouer, this king∣dome was at one time diuided into south and north Mertia, whereof this laie beyond and the other on this side of the Trent, which later also Oswald of Northum∣berland did giue to Weada the sonne of Penda for kindred sake, though he not long inioied it. This also is worthie to be noted, that in these eight kingdomes of the Saxons, there were twelue princes reputed in the popish Catalog for saints or martyrs, of which Alci∣mund, Edwine, Oswald, Oswijn and Aldwold reigned in Northumberland; Sigebert, Ethelbert, Edmond, and another Sigebert among the Estangels; Kenelme and Wistan in Mertia; and Saint Edward the confessor, ouer all; but how worthilie, I referre me to the iudge∣ment of the learned. Thus much haue I thought good to leaue in memorie of the aforesaid kingdomes: and now will I speake somewhat of the diuision of this I∣land also into prouinces, as the Romanes seuered it whiles they remained in these parts. Which being done, I hope that I haue discharged whatsoeuer is promised in the title of this chapter.

The Romans therefore hauing obteined the posses∣sion of this Iland, diuided the same at the last into fiue prouinces, as Vibius Sequester saith. The first whereof was named Britannia prima,* 1.122 and conteined the east part of England (as some doo gather) from the Trent vnto the Twede.* 1.123 The second was called Valentia or Valentiana, and included the west side, as they note it, from Lirpoole vnto Cokermouth.* 1.124 The third hight Bri∣tannia secunda, and was that portion of the Ile which laie southwards, betwéene the Trent and the Thames. The fourth was surnamed Flauia Caesariensis,* 1.125 and con∣teined all the countrie which remained betweene Do∣uer and the Sauerne, I meane by south of the Thames, and wherevnto (in like sort) Cornewall and Wales were orderlie assigned. The fift and last part was then named Maxima Caesariensis,* 1.126 now Scotland, the most barren of all the rest, and yet not vnsought out of the gréedie Romanes, bicause of the great plentie of fish and foule, fine alabaster and hard marble that are in∣gendred and to be had in the same, for furniture of houshold and curious building, wherein they much deli∣ted. More hereof in Sextus Rufus, who liued in the daies of Valentine, and wrate Notitiam prouinciarum now ex∣tant to be read.

A Catalog of the kings and princes of this Iland, first from Samothes vnto the birth of our sauiour Christ, or rather the comming of the Romans: secondlie of their Legates: thirdlie of the Saxon princes according to their seuerall kingdomes: fourthlie of the Danes, and lastlie of the Normans and English princes, accor∣ding to the truth conteined in our Histories.
Of the kings of Bri∣taine, from Samothes to Brute.
  • SAmothes.
  • Magus.
  • Sarronius.
  • Druiyus.
  • Bardus.
  • Longho.
  • Bardus Iunior.
  • Lucus.
  • Celtes.
  • Albion.
  • Celtes after Albion slaine.
  • Galates.
  • Harbon.
  • Lugdus.
  • Beligius.
  • Iasius.
  • Allobrox.
  • Romus.
  • Paris.
  • Lemanus.
  • Olbius.
  • Galates 2.
  • Nannes.
  • Remis.
  • Francus.
  • Pictus.

After whom Brute entreth into the Iland, either neglected by the Celts, or otherwise by conquest, and reigned therein with his posteritie by the space of 636. yeares, in such order as foloweth.

  • Brute.
  • Locrinus.
  • Gwendolena his widow.
  • Madan.
  • Mempricius.
  • Ebracus.
  • Brutus Iunior.
  • Leil.
  • Rudibras.
  • Bladunus
  • Leir.
  • Cordeil his daughter.
  • Cunedach and Morgan.
  • Riuallon.
  • Gurgustius.
  • Sisillus.
  • Iago.
  • Kimmachus.
  • Gorbodug.
  • Ferres and Porrex.

These 2. being slaine, the prin∣ces of the land straue for the superioritie and regiment of the same, by the space of 50. yéeres (after the race of Brute was decaied) vntill Dunwal∣lon king of Cornwall subdued them all, & brought the whole to his subiection, notwithstan∣ding

Page 18

that the aforesaid num∣ber of kings remained still, which were but as vassals & inferiours to him, he being their chéefe and onelie soue∣reigne.

  • Dunwallon reigneth.
  • Belinus his sonne, in whose tune Brennus vsurpeth.
  • Gurgwinbatrus.
  • Guittellinus.
  • Seisill.
  • Kymarus.
  • Owan aliàs Ellan.
  • Morwich aliàs Morindus.
  • Grandobodian aliàs Gorbonian.
  • Arcigallon.
  • Elidurus aliàs Hesidor.
  • Arcigallon againe.
  • Elidurus againe.
  • Vigen aliàs Higanius, & Petitur aliàs Petidurus.
  • Elidurus the third time.
  • Gorbodia aliàs Gorbonian.
  • Morgan.
  • Meriones aliàs Eighuans.
  • Idouallon.
  • Rhimo Rohugo.
  • Geruntius Voghen.
  • Catellus.
  • Coellus.
  • Pyrrho aliàs Porrex.
  • Cherinus.
  • Fulganius aliàs Sulgenis.
  • Eldadus.
  • Androgius.
  • Vrian.
  • Hellindus.
  • Dedantius Eldagan.
  • Clotenis Claten.
  • Gurguintus.
  • Merian.
  • Bledunus Bledagh.
  • Cophenis.
  • Owinus aliàs Oghwen.
  • Sisillus or Sitsiltus.
  • Blegabridus.
  • Arcimalus Archiuall.
  • Eldadus.
  • Ruthenis thrée moneths.
  • Rodingarus aliàs Rodericus.
  • Samulius Penysell.
  • Pyrrho 2.
  • Carporis aliàs Capporis.
  • Dynellus aliàs Dygnellus.
  • Hellindus a few moneths.
  • Lhoid.
  • Casibellane.
  • Theomantius.
  • Cynobellinus.
  • Aruiragus.
  • Marius.
  • Coellus.
  • Lucius.

Hitherto I haue set foorth the catalog of the kings of Bri∣taine, in such sort as it is to be collected out of the most anci∣ent histories, monuments and records of the land. Now I will set foorth the order and succession of the Romane ie∣gates or deputies, as I haue borowed them first out of Ta∣citus, then Dion, and others: howbeit I cannot warrant the iust course of them from Iulius Agricola forward, bi∣cause there is no man that re∣herseth them orderlie. Yet by this my dooing herein, I hope some better table may be fra∣med hereafter by other, wher∣of I would be glad to vnder∣stand when soeuer it shall please God that it may come to passe.

  • Aulus Plautius.
  • Ostorius Scapula.
  • Didius Gallus.
  • Auitus.
  • Veranius a few moneths.
  • Petronius Turpilianus.
  • Trebellius Maximus.
  • Vectius Volanus.
  • Petilius Cerealis.
  • Iulius Frontinus.
  • Iulius Agricola.

Hitherto Cornelius Tacitus re∣herseth these vicegerents or deputies in order.

  • Salustius Lucullus.
  • Cneius Trebellius.
  • Suetonius Paulinus.
  • Calphurnius Agricola.
  • Publius Trebellius.
  • Pertinax Helrius.
  • Vlpius Marcellus.
  • Clodius Albinas.
  • Heraclius.
  • Carus Tyrannus.
  • Iunius Seuerus, alias Iulius Se∣uerus.
  • Liuius Gallus.
  • Lollius Vrbicus.
  • Maximus.
  • Octauius.
  • Traherus.
  • Maximinianus.
  • Gratianus.
  • Aetius.

Other Legates whose names are taken out of the Scotish historie but in incertein order.

  • Fronto sub Antonino.
  • Publius Trebellius.
  • Aulus Victorinus.
  • Lucius Antinoris.
  • Quintus Bassianus.
Wales. 1.

¶The Romans not regarding the gouernance of this Iland, the Britons ordeine a king in the 447. after the incarna∣tion of Christ.

  • VOrtiger.
  • Vortimer.
  • Aurelius Ambrosius.
  • Vther.
  • Arthur.
  • Constantine.
  • Aurelius Conanus.
  • Vortiporius.
  • Maglocunus.
  • Caretius.
  • Cadwan.
  • Cadwallon.
  • Cadwallader.

¶The kingdome of Wales cea∣seth, and the gouernance of the countrie is translated to the Westsaxons by Inas, whose second wife was Denwalline the daughter of Cadwallader: & with hir he not onlie obtei∣ned the principalitie of Wales but also of Corinwall & Ar∣morica now called little Bri∣taine, which then was a colo∣nie of the Britons, and vnder the kingdome of Wales.

Kent. 2.

Hengist in the 9. of the recoue∣rie of Britaine proclaimeth himselfe king of Kent, which is the 456. of the birth of our Lord & sauior Iesus Christ.

  • HEngist.
  • Osrijc aliàs Osca.
  • Osca his brother.
  • Ermenricus.
  • Athelbert.
  • Eadbaldus.
  • Ercombert.
  • Ecbert.
  • Lother.
  • Edrijc.

The seat void.

  • Withredus.
  • Adelbert Iunior.
  • Eadbert.
  • Alrijc.
  • Eadbert.
  • Guthred.
  • Alred.

¶As the kingdome of Wales was vnited vnto that of the Westsaxons by Inas, so is the kingdom of Kent, at this pre∣sent by Ecbert in the 827. of Christ, who putteth out Al∣dred and maketh Adelstane his owne base sonne Hertoch of the same, so that whereas it was before a kingdome, now it becometh an Hertochie or Dukedome, and so continu∣eth for a long time after.

Southsex. 3.

Ella in the 46. after Britaine giuen ouer by the Romanes erecteth a kingdom in South∣sex, to wit, in the 492. of Christ whose race succéedeth in this order.

  • ELla.
  • Cyssa.
  • Ceaulijn.
  • Celrijc.
  • Kilwulf.
  • Kinigils.
  • Kinwalch.
  • Ethelwold.
  • Berthun.
  • Aldwijn.

¶This kingdome endured not verie long as ye may sée, for it was vnited to that of the Westsaxons by Inas, in the 4689. of the world, which was the 723. of Christ, according to the vsuall supputation of the church, and 232. after Ella had erected the same, as is a∣foresaid.

Estsex. 4.

Erkenwijn in the 527. after our sauiour Christ beginneth to reigne ouer Estsex, and in the 81. after the returne of Bri∣taine from the Romaine obe∣dience.

  • ERkenwijn.
  • Sledda.
  • Sebertus.
  • Sepredus and Sywardus.
  • Sigebert fil. Syward.
  • Sigebert.
  • Swithelijn.
  • Sijgar and Sebba.
  • Sebba alone.
  • Sijgard.
  • Offa.
  • Selredus.
  • Ethelwold.
  • Albert.
  • Humbcanna.
  • Sinthredus.

¶In the 303. after Erkenwijn, Ecbert of the Westsaxons v∣nited the kingdome of Estsex vnto his owne, which was in the 828. after the birth of our sauiour Christ. I cannot as yet find the exact yéeres of the later princes of this realme, and therefore I am constrai∣ned to omit them altogither, as I haue done before in the kings of the Britons, vntill such time as I may come by such monuments as may re∣store the defect.

Westsex. 5.

Cerdijc entreth the kingdome of the Westsaxons, in the 519. of the birth of Christ, & 73. of the abiection of the Romaine seruitude.

  • CErdijc aliàs Cercit.
  • Cenrijc.
  • Ceaulijn.
  • Kilriic aliàs Celrijc.
  • Kilwulf.
  • Kinigils.
  • Ceuwalch.
  • Sexburgh.

The seat void.

  • Centwinus.
  • Cadwallader.
  • Inas.
  • Ethelard.
  • Cuthredus.
  • Sigebert.
  • Kinwulf.
  • Brithrijc.
  • Ecbert.
  • Ethelwulf.
  • Ethebald.
  • Ethelbert.
  • Ethelfrid.
  • Alfrid.
  • Edward. 1.
  • Adelstane.
  • Edmund.
  • Eadred.
  • Edwijn.
  • Edgar.
  • Edward 2.
  • Eldred.
  • Edmund 2.
  • Canutus.
  • Harald.
  • Canutus 2.
  • Edward 3.
  • Harald 2.

¶The saxons hauing reigned hitherto in this land, and brought the same into a per∣fect monarchie, are now dis∣possessed by the Normans, & put out of their hold.

Bernicia. 6.

Ida erecteth a kingdome in the North, which he extended from the Humber mouth to S. Iohns towne in Scot∣land, & called it of the Nor∣thumbers. This was in the 547. after the birth of our sa∣uiour Christ.

  • IDa.
  • Adda.
  • Glappa.
  • Tidwaldus.
  • Fretwulfus.
  • Tidrijc.
  • Athelfrid.
  • Edwijn.
  • Kinfrid.
  • Oswald.
  • Oswy.
  • Egfrid.
  • Alfrid.
  • Osred.
  • Kinred.
  • Osrijc.
  • Kilwulf.
  • Edbert.
  • Offulse.
  • Ethelwold.
  • Elred.
  • Ethelred.
  • Alswold.
  • Osred.
  • ...

Page 19

  • Ethelred.
  • Osbald.
  • Eardulf.
  • Aldeswold.
  • Eandred.
  • Edelred.
  • Redwulf.
  • Edelred againe.
  • Osbright.
  • Ecbert.
  • Ricisiuus a Dane.
  • Ecbert againe.

Alfride king of the westsax∣ons subdueth this kingdome in the 878. after our sauiour Christ, and 33. after Ida.

Deira. 7.

Ella brother to Adda is ouer the south Humbers, whose kingdome reched from Hum∣ber to the These, in the 590. after the incarnation of Ie∣sus Christ our sauiour.

  • ELla.
  • Edwijn.
  • Athelbright.
  • Edwijn againe,
  • Osrijc.
  • Oswald.
  • Oswijn.

¶Of all the kingdomes of the Saxons, this of Deira which grew by the diuision of the kingdome of the Nor∣thumbers betwéene the sons of Ida was of the smallest continuance, & it was vnited to the Northumbers (wherof it had bene I saie in time past a member) by Oswijn in the 91. after Ella, when he had most traitorouslie slaine his brother Oswijn in the yéer of the world, 4618. (or 651. af∣ter the comming of Christ) and conteined that countrie which we now call the bi∣shoprike.

Estanglia. 8.

Offa or Vffa erecteth a king∣dome ouer the Estangles or Offlings in the 561. after the natiuitie of Christ, and 114. after the deliuerie of Bri∣taine.

  • OFfa.
  • Titellius.
  • Redwaldus.
  • Corpenwaldus.
  • The seat void.
  • Sigebert.
  • Egricus.
  • Anna.
  • Adeler.
  • Ethelwold.
  • Adwulf.
  • Beorne.
  • Ethelred.
  • Ethelbert.

Offa of Mercia killeth Ethel∣bert, and vniteth Estanglia vnto his owne kingdome, in the 793. of Christ, after it had continued in the posteritie of Offa, by the space of 228. yéers and yet of that short space, it enioyed onelie 35. in libertie, the rest being vnder the tri∣bute of the king of Mercia a∣foresaid.

Mercia. 9.

Creodda beginneth his king∣dome of Mercia, in the 585. of our sauiour Christ, and 138. after the captiuitie of Bri∣teine ended.

  • CReodda.
  • Wibba.
  • Cherlus.
  • Penda.
  • Oswy.
  • Weada.
  • Wulferus.
  • Ethelred.
  • Kinred or Kindred.
  • The seat void.
  • Kilred.
  • Ethebald.
  • Beorred.
  • Offa.
  • Egferth.
  • Kinwulf.
  • Kenelme.
  • Kilwulf.
  • Bernulf.
  • Ludicane.
  • Willaf.
  • Ecbert.
  • Willaf againe.
  • Bertulf.
  • Butred.
  • Kilwulf.

Alfride vniteth the kingdome of Mercia, to that of the west∣saxons, in the 291. after Cre∣odda, before Alfred the Dane had gotten hold thereof, and placed one Clcolulphus there∣in, but he was soone expelled, and the kingdome ioyned to the other afore rehearsed.

The succession of the kings of England from William bastard, vnto the first of Queene ELIZABETH.
  • WIlliam the first.
  • William his sonne.
  • Henrie 1.
  • Stephen.
  • Henrie 2.
  • Richard 1.
  • Iohn.
  • Henrie 3.
  • Edward 1. aliàs 4.
  • Edward 2.
  • Edward 3.
  • Richard 2.
  • Henrie 4.
  • Henrie 5.
  • Henrie 6.
  • Edward 4. aliàs 7.
  • Edward 5.
  • Richard 3.
  • Henrie 7.
  • Henrie 8.
  • Edward 6.
  • Marie his sister.
  • Elizabeth.

¶Thus haue I brought the Catalog of the Princes of Britaine vnto an end, & that in more plaine and certeine order than hath béene done hertofore by anie. For though in their regions since the con∣quest few men haue erred that haue vsed any diligence, yet in the times before the same, fewer haue gone any thing néere the truth, through great ouersight & negligence. Their seuerall yéeres also doo ap∣péere in my Chronologie in∣suing.

Of the ancient religion vsed in Albion. Cap. 9.

IT is not to be doubted, but at the first, and so long as the poste∣ritie of Iaphet onelie reigned in this Iland,* 1.127 that the true know∣ledge and forme of religion [unspec 10] brought in by Samothes, and published with his lawes in the second of his arriuall, was ex∣ercised among the Britans. And although peraduen∣ture in proces of time, either through curiositie, or neg∣ligence (the onelie corruptors of true pietie and godli∣nesse) it might a little decaie, yet when it was at the woorst, it farre excéeded the best of that which afterward came in with Albion and his Chemminites, as may be gathered by view of the superstitious rites, which [unspec 20] Cham and his successours did plant in other countries, yet to be found in authors.

What other learning Magus the sonne of Samothes taught after his fathers death, when he also came to the kingdome, beside this which concerned the true hono∣ring of God, I cannot easilie say, but that it should be naturall philosophie, and astrologie (whereby his disci∣ples gathered a kind of foreknowledge of things to come) the verie vse of the word Magus (or Magusaeus) among the Persians dooth yéeld no vncerteine testi∣monie. [unspec 30]

In like maner,* 1.128 it should seeme that Sarron sonne vn∣to the said Magus, diligentlie followed the steps of his father, and thereto beside his owne practise of teaching, opened schooles of learning in sundrie places, both a∣mong the Celts and Britans, whereby such as were his auditors, grew to be called Sarronides, notwithstand∣ing, that as well the Sarronides as the Magi, and Drui∣ydes, were generallie called Samothei, or Semno∣thei, of Samothes* 1.129 still among the Grecians, as Aristo∣tle in his De magia dooth confesse; and furthermore call∣ing them Galles, he addeth therevnto, that they first brought the knowledge of letters and good learning vnto the Gréekes.

Druiyus* 1.130 the son of Sarron (as a scholer of his fathers owne teaching) séemed to be exquisit in all things, that perteined vnto the diuine and humane knowledge: and therefore I may safelie pronounce, that he excelled not onlie in the skill of philosophie and the quadriuials, but also in the true Theologie, whereby the right seruice of God was kept and preserued in puritie. He wrote moreouer sundrie precepts and rules of religi∣ous doctrine, which among the Celts were reserued ve∣rie religiouslie, and had in great estimation of such as sought vnto them.

How and in what order this prince left the state of re∣ligion,* 1.131 I meane touching publike orders in admini∣stration of particular rites and ceremonies, as yet I doo not read: howbeit this is most certeine, that after he died, the puritie of his doctrine began somewhat to de∣caie. For such is mans nature, that it will not suffer any good thing long to remaine as it is left, but (either by addition or subtraction of this or that, to or from the same) so to chop and change withall from time to time, that in the end there is nothing of more difficultie, for such as doo come after them, than to find out the puritie of the originall, and restore the same againe vnto the former perfection.

In the beginning this Druiyus did preach vnto his hearers,* 1.132 that the soule of man is immortall, that God is omnipotent, mercifull as a father in shewing fauor vnto the godlie, and iust as an vpright iudge in punish∣ing the wicked; that the secrets of mans hart are not vnknowne, and onelie knowne to him; and that as

Page 20

the world and all that is therein had their beginning by him, at his owne will, so shall all things likewise haue an end,* 1.133 when he shall see his time. He taught them also with more facilitie,* 1.134 how to obserue the courses of the heauens and motions of the planets by arithmeticall industrie, to find out the true quantities of the celestiall bodies by geometricall demonstration, and thereto the compasse of the earth, and hidden natures of things contained in the same by philosophicall contemplation. But alas, this integritte continued not long among [unspec 10] his successors, for vnto the immortalitie of the soule, they added, that after death it went into another bodie, (of which translation Ouid saith;

Morte carent animae, sempérque priore relicta Sede, nouis domibus viuunt habitántque receptae.)
The second or succedent, being alwaies either more noble, or more vile than the former, as the partie deser∣ued by his merits, whilest he liued here vpon earth. And therefore it is said by Plato and other, that Orpheus after his death had his soule thrust into the bodie of a [unspec 20] swanne, that of Agamemnon conueied into an egle, of Aiax into a lion, of Atlas into a certeine wrest∣ler, of Thersites into an ape, of Deiphobus into Py∣thagoras, and Empedocles dieng a child, after sundrie changes into a man, whereof he himselfe saith;
Ipse ego nám{que} fui puer olim, deinde puella, Arbustum & volucris, mutus quó{que} in aequore piscis.
For said they (of whom Pythagoras also had,* 1.135 and taught this errour) if the soule apperteined at the first to a king, and he in this estate did not leade his life worthie his [unspec 30] calling,* 1.136 it should after his decease be shut vp in the bo∣die of a slaue, begger, cocke, owle, dog, ape, horsse, asse, worme, or monster, there to remaine as in a place of purgation and punishment, for a certeine period of time. Beside this, it should peraduenture susteine often translation from one bodie vnto another, according to the quantitie and qualitie of his dooings here on earth, till it should finallie be purified, and restored againe to an other humane bodie, wherein if it behaued it selfe more orderlie than at the first: after the next death, it [unspec 40] should be preferred, either to the bodie of a king againe, or other great estate. And thus they made a perpetuall circulation or reuolution of our soules, much like vnto the continuall motion of the heauens, which neuer stand still, nor long yeeld one representation and figure. For this cause also, as Diodorus saith, they vsed to cast cer∣teine letters into the fire, wherein the dead were bur∣ned, to be deliuered vnto their deceased fréends, where∣by they might vnderstand of the estate of such as tra∣uelled here on earth in their purgations (as the Mos∣couits [unspec 50] doo write vnto S. Nicholas to be a speach-man for him that is buried, in whose hand they bind a letter, and send him with a new paire of shooes on his féet in∣to the graue) and to the end that after their next death they should deale with them accordinglie, and as their merits required. They brought in also the worshipping of manie gods, and their seuerall sacrifices: they ho∣noured likewise the oke,* 1.137 whereon the mistle groweth, and dailie deuised infinit other toies (for errour is ne∣uer assured of hir owne dooings) whereof neither Sa∣mothes, [unspec 60] nor Sarron, Magus, nor Druiyus did leaue them anie prescription.

These things are partlie touched by Cicero, Strabo, Plinie, Sotion, Laertius, Theophrast, Aristotle, and part∣lie also by Caesar, Mela, Val. Max. lib. 2. and other authors of later time, who for the most part doo confesse, that the cheefe schoole of the Druiydes was holden here in Bri∣taine, where that religion (saith Plinie) was so hotlie professed and followed, Vt dedisse Persis videri possit, lib. 30. cap. 1. and whither the Druiydes also themselues, that dwelt among the Galles, would often resort to come by the more skill, and sure vnderstanding of the myste∣ries of that doctrine. And as the Galles receiued their religion from the Britons, so we likewise had from them some vse of Logike & Rhetorike,* 1.138 such as it was which our lawiers practised in their plees and common causes. For although the Gréeks were not vnknowne vnto vs, nor we to them, euen from the verie com∣ming of Brute, yet by reason of distance betwéene our countries, we had no great familiaritie and common accesse one vnto another, till the time of Gurguntius, after whose entrance manie of that nation trauelled hither in more securitie, as diuers of our countriemen did vnto them without all danger, to be offered vp in sacrifice to their gods. That we had the maner of our plees also out of France, Iuuenal is a witnesse, who saith;

Gallia causidicos docuit facunda Britannos.
Howbeit as they taught vs Logike and Rhetorike, so we had also some Sophistrie from them; but in the worst sense: for from France is all kind of forgerie, corruption of maners, and craftie behauiour not so soone as often transported into England. And albeit the Druiydes were thus honored and of so great au∣thoritie in Britaine, yet were there great numbers of them also in the Iles of Wight, Anglesey, and the Or∣chades, in which they held open schooles of their professi∣on, aloofe as it were from the resort of people, where∣in they studied and learned their songs by heart. How∣beit the cheefe college of all I say, remained still in Al∣bion, whither the Druiydes of other nations also (beside the Galles) would of custome repaire, when soeuer any controuersie among them in matters of religion did happen to be mooued. At such times also the rest were called out of the former Ilands, whereby it appeareth that in such cases they had their synods and publike meetings, and therevnto it grew finallie into custome, and after that a prouerbe, euen in variances falling out among the princes, great men, and common sorts of people liuing in these weast parts of Europe, to yeeld to be tried by Britaine and hir thrée Ilands, bicause they honoured hir préests (the Druiydes) as the Athe∣niens did their Areopagites.

Furthermore,* 1.139 in Britaine, and among the Galles, and to say the truth, generallie in all places where the Druiysh religion was frequented, such was the estima∣tion of the préests of this profession, that there was lit∣tle or nothing doone without their skilfull aduise, no not in ciuill causes, perteining to the regiment of the com∣mon-wealth and countrie. They had the charge also of all sacrifices, publike and priuate, they interpreted o∣racles, preached of religion, and were neuer without great numbers of young men that heard them with diligence, as they taught from time to time.

Touching their persons also, they were exempt from all temporall seruices,* 1.140 impositions, tributes, and exer∣cises of the wars: which immunitie caused the greater companies of scholers to flocke vnto them from all places, & to learne their trades. Of these likewise, some remained with them seuen, eight, ten, or twelue years, still learning the secrets of those vnwritten mysteries by heart, which were to be had amongst them, and com∣monlie pronounced in verse. And this policie, as I take it, they vsed onelie to preserue their religion from contempt, whereinto it might easilie haue fallen, if any books thereof had happened into the hands of the com∣mon sort. It helped also not a little in the exercise of their memories, wherevnto bookes are vtter enimies, insomuch as he that was skilfull in the Druiysh religi∣on, would not let readilie to rehearse manie hundreds of verses togither, and not to faile in one tittle, in the whole processe of this his laborious repetition. But as they dealt in this order for matters of their religion, so in ciuill affairs, historicall treatises, and setting downe of lawes, they vsed like order and letters almost with the Grecians. Whereby it is easie to be séene, that they reteined this kind of writing from Druiyus (the origi∣nall founder of their religion) and that this Iland hath

Page 21

not béene void of letters and learned men, euen sith it was first inhabited. I would ad some thing in parti∣cular also of their apparell, but sith the dealing withall is nothing profitable to the reader, I passe it ouer, signi∣fieng neuerthelesse, that it was distinguished by sun∣drie dauises from that of the common sort, and of such estimation among the people, that whosoeuer ware the Druiysh weed, might walke where he would without any harme or annoiance. This honour was giuen also vnto the préests in Rome, insomuch that when Volusius [unspec 10] was exiled by the Triumuirate, and saw himselfe in such danger, as that he could not escape the hardest, he gat the wéed of a preest vpon his backe, and begged his almes therein, euen in the high waies as he trauelled, and so escaped the danger and the furie of his aduersa∣ries: but to proceed with other things.

After the death of Druiyus,* 1.141 Bardus his sonne, and fift king of the Celts, succéeded not onelie ouer the said kingdome, but also in his fathers vertues, whereby it is verie likelie, that the winding and wrapping vp of the [unspec 20] said religion, after the afore remembred sort into verse, was first deuised by him, for he was an excellent poet, and no lesse indued with a singular skill in the practise and speculation of musicke, of which two many suppose him to be the verie author and beginner, although vn∣iustlie, sith both poetrie and song were in vse before the flood,* 1.142 as was also the harpe and pipe, which Iubal in∣uented, and could neuer be performed without great skill in musicke. But to procéed, as the cheefe estimation of the Druiydes remained in the end among the Bri∣tons [unspec 30] onelie, for their knowledge in religion, so did the fame of the Bardes (which were so called of this Bardus for their excellent skill in musicke, poetrie, and the he∣roicall kind of song, which at the first conteined onelie the high mysteries and secret points of their religion. There was little difference also betwéene them and the Druiydes,* 1.143 till they so farre degenerated from their first institution, that they became to be minstrels at feasts, droonken meetings, and abhominable sacrifices of the idols: where they sang most commonlie no diuinitie [unspec 40] as before, but the puissant acts of valiant princes, and fabulous narrations of the adulteries of the gods. Certes in my time this fond vsage, and thereto the ve∣rie name of the Bardes, are not yet extinguished a∣mong the Britons of Wales, where they call their po∣ets and Musicians Barthes, as they doo also in Ireland: which Sulpitius also writing to Lucane remembreth, where he saith that the word Bardus is meere Celtike, and signifieth a singer. Howbeit the Romans iudging all nations beside themselues to be but rude and bar∣barous, [unspec 50] and thereto misliking vtterlie the rough mu∣sicke of the Bardes, entred so farre into the contemptu∣ous mockage of their melodie, that they ascribed the word Bardus vnto their fooles and idiots, whereas con∣trariwise the Scythians and such as dwell within the northweast part of Europe, did vse the same word in ve∣rie honourable maner, calling their best poets and he∣roicall singers, Singebardos; their couragious singers and capiteins that delited in musicke, Albardos, Da∣gobardos, Rodtbardos, & one lame musician Lambard [unspec 60] aboue all other, of whose skilfull ditties Germanie is not vnfurnished, as I heare vnto this daie. In Quiz∣queia or new Spaine, an Iland of the Indies, they call such men Boitios, their rimes Arcitos, and in steed of harps they sing vnto timbrels made of shels such son∣nets and ditties as either perteine vnto religion, pro∣phane loue, commendation of ancestrie, and inflam∣mation of the mind vnto Mars, whereby there appeareth to be small difference betwéene their Boitios and our Bardes. Finallie of our sort, Lucane in his first booke writeth thus, among other like saiengs well toward the latter end;

Vos quó{que} qui fortes animas,* 1.144 bello{que} peremptas Laudibus in longum vates dimit titis auum, Plurima securi fudistis carmina Bardi, Et vos barbaricos ritus, morémque sinistrum Sacrorum Druiydae, positis recepistis ab armis. Solis nosse Deos, & coeli numina vobis, Aut solis nescire datum: nemora alta remotis Incolitis lucis. Vobis authoribus, vmbrae Non tacitas Erebi sedes, Ditisque profundi Pallida regna petunt, regit idem spiritus artus Orbe alio Longae canitis si cognita, vitae Morsmedia est, certe populi, quos despicit arctos, Foelices errore suo, quos ille timorum Maximus haud vrget leti metus: inde ruendi In ferrum mens prona viris, animaeque capaces Mortis: & ignauum est rediturae parcere vitae.

Thus we sée as in a glasse the state of religion, for a time, after the first inhabitation of this Iland: but how long it continued in such soundnese, as the originall authors left it, in good sooth I cannot say, yet this is most certeine, that after a time, when Albion arriued here, the religion earst imbraced fell into great decaie. For whereas Iaphet & Samothes with their children taught nothing else than such doctrine as they had learned of Noah: Cham the great grandfather of this our Albion, and his disciples vtterlie renouncing to follow their steps, gaue their minds wholie to seduce and lead their hearers headlong vnto all error. Whereby his posteri∣tie not onelie corrupted this our Iland, with most fil∣thie trades and practises; but also all mankind, general∣lie where they became, with vicious life, and most vn∣godlie conuersation.* 1.145 For from Cham and his succes∣sours procéeded at the first all sorcerie, witchcraft, and the execution of vnlawfull lust, without respect of sex, age, consanguinitie, or kind: as branches from an odi∣ous and abhominable root, or streames deriued from a most filthie and horrible stinking puddle. Howbeit, & notwithstanding all these his manifold lewdnesses, such was the follie of his Aegyptians (where he first reig∣ned and taught) that whilest he liued they alone had him in great estimation (whereas other nations contem∣ned and abhorred him for his wickednesse, calling him Chemesenua,* 1.146 that is, the impudent, infamous and wic∣ked Cham) and not onelie builded a citie vnto him which they called Chem Min, but also after his death re∣puted him for a god, calling the highest of the seuen planets after his name, as they did the next beneath it after Osyris his sonne, whom they likewise honored vn∣der the name of Iupiter.

Certes it was a custome begonne in Aegypt of old time,* 1.147 and generallie in vse almost in euerie place in processe of time (when any of their famous worthie princes died) to ascribe some forme or other of the stars vnto his person, to the end his name might neuer weare out of memorie. And this they called their trans∣lation in heauen, so that he which had any starres or forme of starres dedicated vnto him, was properlie said to haue a seat among the gods. A toie much like to the catalog of Romish saints, (although the one was written in the celestiall or immateriall orbes, the other in sheeps skins, and verie brickle paper) but yet so estée∣med, that euerie prince would oft hazard and attempt the vttermost aduentures, thereby to win such fame in his life, that after his death he might by merit haue such place in heauen, among the shining starres. Howbeit, euerie of those that were called gods, could not obteine that benefit, for then should there not haue béene stars enow in heauen to haue serued all their turnes, wher∣fore another place was in time imagined,* 1.148 where they reigned that were of a second calling, as the Semones who were gods by grace and fauour of the people. Semo∣nes dici voluerunt (saith Fulgentius In vocibus antiquis) quos coelo nec dignos ascriberent, ob meriti paupertatem; sicut Priapus Hyppo. Vortumnus, &c. nec terrenos eos deputare vellent per gratiae venerationem, as also a third place that is to say an earth, where those gods dwelled which were noble men,

Page 22

officers, good gouernours and lawgiuers to the people, and yet not thought worthie to be of the second or first companie, which was a iollie diuision.

Thus we sée in generall maner, how idolatrie, ho∣noring of the starres, and brood of inferiour gods were hatched at the first, which follies in processe of time came also into Britaine, as did the names of Saturne & Iupiter, &c: as shall appeare hereafter. And here sith I haue alreadie somewhat digressed from my matter, I will go yet a little farder, and shew foorth the originall [unspec 10] vse of the word Saturne, Iupiter, Hercules, &c: whereby your Honor shall sée a little more into the errours of the Gentils, and not onelie that, but one point also of the root of all the confusion that is to be found among the ancient histories.* 1.149 Certes it was vsed for a few yéeres after the partition of the earth (which was made by Noah, in the 133. yeere after the floud) that the beginners of such kingdoms as were then erected should be called Saturni, whereby it came to passe that Nimbrote was the Saturne of Babylon: Cham of [unspec 20] Aegypt: and so foorth other of sundrie other countries. Their eldest sonnes also that succeeded them, were cal∣led Ioues; and their nephewes or sonnes sonnes, which reigned in the third place Hercules, by which meanes it followed that euerie kingdome had a Saturne, Iupiter and Hercules of hir owne, and not from anie other.

In like sort they had such another order among their daughters, whom they married as yet commonlie vnto their brethren (God himselfe permitting the same vnto them for a time) as before the floud, to the end the earth [unspec 30] might be thoroughlie replenished, and the sooner furni∣shed with inhabitants in euerie part thereof. The sister therefore and wife of euerie Saturne was called Rhea, but of Iupiter, Iuno, Isis, or Io.* 1.150 Beyond these also there was no latter Harold that would indeuour to deriue the petigree of any prince, or potentate, but supposed his dutie to be sufficientlie performed, when he had brought it orderlie vnto some Saturne or other, wherat he might cease, and shut vp all his trauell. They had likewise this opinion grounded amongst them, that heauen & earth [unspec 40] were onlie parents vnto Saturne and Rhea, not know∣ing out of doubt, what they themselues did meane,* 1.151 sith these denominations, Heauen, Ogyges,* 1.152 the Sunne,* 1.153 Pa∣ter* 1.154 Deorum, and such like, were onelie ascribed vnto Noah: as* 1.155 Terra,* 1.156 (the Earth) Vesta,* 1.157 Aretia,* 1.158 the Moone,* 1.159 Mater deorum,* 1.160 and other the like were vnto Tydea his wife. So that hereby we sée, how Saturne is reputed in euerie nation for their oldest god, or first prince, Iupiter for the next, and Hercules for the third. And therfore sith these names were dispersed in the beginning ouer all, [unspec 50] it is no maruell that there is such confusion in ancient histories, and the dooings of one of them so mixed with those of another, that it is now impossible to distinguish them in sunder. This haue I spoken, to the end that all men may see what gods the Pagans honored, & thereby what religion the posteritie of Cham did bring ouer in∣to Britaine. For vntill their comming, it is not likelie that anie grosse idolatrie or superstition did enter in among vs, as deifieng of mortall men, honoring of the starres, and erection of huge images, beside sorce∣rie, [unspec 60] witchcraft, and such like, whereof the Chemminites are worthilie called the autors. Neither were these er∣rors anie thing amended,* 1.161 by the comming in of Brute, who no doubt added such deuises vnto the same, as he and his companie had learned before in Graecia, from whence also he brought Helenus the sonne of Priamus, (a man of excéeding age) & made him his préest and bi∣shop thorough out the new conquest, that he had atchie∣ued in Britaine.

After Brute, idolatrie and superstition still increa∣sed more and more among vs, insomuch that beside the Druiysh and Bardike ceremonies, and those also that came in with Albion and Brute himselfe: our countrie∣men either brought hither from abroad, or dailie inuen∣ted at home new religion and rites, whereby it came to passe that in the stead of the onelie and immortall God (of whome Samothes and his posteritie did preach in times past)* 1.162 now they honored the said Samothes him∣selfe vnder the name of Dis and Saturne: also Iupiter, Mars, Minerua, Mercurie, Apollo, Diana; and finallie Hercules, vnto whome they dedicated the gates and porches of their temples, entrances into their regi∣ons, cities, townes and houses, with their limits and bounds (as the papists did the gates of their cities and ports vnto Botulph & Giles) bicause fortitude and wise∣dome are the cheefe vpholders and bearers vp of com∣mon-wealths and kingdoms, both which they ascribed to Hercules (forgetting God) and diuers other idols whose names I now remember not.* 1.163 In lieu more∣ouer of sheepe and oxen,* 1.164 they offred mankind also vnto some of them,* 1.165 killing their offendors,* 1.166 prisoners, and oft such strangers as came from farre vnto them,* 1.167 by shut∣ting vp great numbers of them togither in huge ima∣ges made of wicker, réed, haie, or other light matter: and then setting all on fire togither, they not onelie con∣sumed the miserable creatures of ashes (sometimes adding other beasts vnto them) but also reputed it to be the most acceptable sacrifice that could be made vnto their idols. From whence they had this horrible custome, trulie I cannot tell, but that it was common to most nations, not onlie to consume their strangers, captiues, &c; but also their owne children with fire, in such maner of sacrifice: beside the text of the Bible, the prophane histories doo generallie leaue it euident, as a thing either of custome or of particular necessitie, of which later Virgil saith;

Sanguine placastis ventos & virgine caesa, &c.
As Silius dooth of the first, where he telleth of the vsuall maner of the Carthaginenses, saieng after this maner;
Vrna reducebat miserandos annua casus, &c.
But to procéed with our owne gods and idols, more pertinent to my purpose than the rehersall of forreine demeanours: I find that huge temples in like sort were builded vnto them, so that in the time of Lucius, when the light of saluation began stronglie to shine in Britaine, thorough the preaching of the gospell, the chri∣stians discouered 25.* 1.168 Flamines or idol-churches, beside three Archflamines, whose préests were then as our Archbishops are now, in that they had superior charge of all the rest, the other being reputed as inferiours, and subiect to their iurisdiction in cases of religion, and superstitious ceremonies.

Of the quantities of their idols I speake not,* 1.169 sith it is inough to saie, that they were monstrous, and that each nation contended which should honour the greater blocks, and yet all pretending to haue the iust height of the god or goddesse whom they did represent. Apollo Capitolinus that stood at Rome, was thirtie cubits high at the least; Tarentinus Iupiter of 40.; the idoll of the sonne in the Rhodes, of 70. (whose toe few men could fadam;) Tuscanus Apollo that stood in the librarie of the temple of Augustus, of 50. foot; another made vnder Nero of 110. foot; but one in France passed all, which Zenoduris made vnto Mercurie at Ar∣uernum in ten years space, of 400. foot Wherby it appea∣reth, that as they were void of moderation in number of gods, so without measure were they also in their pro∣portions, and happie was he which might haue the grea∣test idoll, and lay most cost thereon.

Hitherto yee haue heard of the time,* 1.170 wherein idola∣trie reigned and blinded the harts of such as dwelled in this Iland. Now let vs sée the successe of the gospell, af∣ter the death and passion of Iesus Christ our sauiour. And euen here would I begin with an allegation of Theodoret, wherevpon some repose great assurance (conceiuing yet more hope therein by the words of So∣phronius) that Paule the Apostle should preach the word of saluation here, after his deliuerie out of capti∣uitie,

Page 23

which fell as I doo read in the 57. of Christ. But sith I cannot verifie the same by the words of Theodo∣ret, to be spoken more of Paule than Peter, or the rest, I will passe ouer this coniecture (so far as it is grounded vpon Theodoret) and deale with other authorities, whereof we haue more certeintie. First of all therfore let vs see what Fortunatus hath written of Pauls com∣ming into Britaine, and afterward what is to be found of other by-writers in other points of more assurance. Certes for the presence of Paule I read thus much: [unspec 10]

Quid sacer ille simul Paulus tuba gentibus ampla, Per mare per terras Christi praeconia fundens, Europam & Asiam, Lybiam, sale dogmata complens, Arctos, meridies, hic plenus vesper & ortus, Transit & Oceanum, vel qua facit insula portum, Quás{que} Britannus habet terras atque vltima Thule, &c.

That one Iosephus preached here in England, in the time of the Apostles, his sepulchre yet in Aualon, now called Glessenburg or Glastenburie,* 1.171 an epitaph affix∣ed therevnto is proofe sufficient. Howbeit, sith these [unspec 20] things are not of competent force to persuade all men, I will ad in few, what I haue read elsewhere of his arri∣uall here. First of all therefore you shall note that he came ouer into Britaine, about the 64. after Christ, when the persecution began vnder Nero, at which time Philip and diuers of the godlie being in France (whe∣ther he came with other christians, after they had sow∣ed the word of God in Scythia, by the space of 9. yeares) seuered themselues in sunder, to make the better shift for their owne safegard, and yet not otherwise than [unspec 30] by their flight, the gospell might haue due furtherance. Hereby then it came to passe,* 1.172 that the said Philip vpon good deliberation did send Iosephus ouer, and with him Simon Zelotes to preach vnto the Britons, and mini∣ster the sacraments there according to the rites of the churches of Asia and Greece, from whence they came not long before vnto the countrie of the Galles. Which was saith Malmesburie 103. before Faganus and Di∣naw did set foorth the gospell amongst them.* 1.173 Of the cō∣ming of Zelotes you may read more in the second [unspec 40] booke of Niceph. Cal. where he writeth thereof in this maner: Operae pretium etiam fuerit Simonem Cana Galileae or∣tum, qui propter flagrantem in magistrum suum ardorem, sum∣mám{que} euangelicae rei per omnia curam Zelotes cognominatus est hîc referre, accepit enim is coelitùs adueniente spiritu sancto, Ae∣gyptium Cyrenem & Africam, deinde Mauritaniam & Ly∣biam omnem euangelium depraedicans percurrit, eandémque do∣ctrinam etiam ad occidentalem Oceanum insulásque Britanni∣cas perfert. And this is the effect in a litle roome, of that which I haue read at large in sundrie writers, beside [unspec 50] these two here alledged, although it may well be gathe∣red that diuers Britains were conuerted to the faith, before this sixtie foure of Christ. Howbeit, whereas some write that they liued, and dwelled in Britaine, it cannot as yet take any absolute hold in my iudge∣ment, but rather that they were baptised and remai∣ned, either in Rome, or else-where. And of this sort I suppose Claudia Rufina the wife of Pudens to be one,* 1.174 who was a British ladie indeed, and not onelie excel∣lentlie séene in the Gréeke and Latine toongs, but also [unspec 60] with hir husband highlie commended by S. Paule, as one hauing had conuersation and conference with them at Rome,* 1.175 from whence he did write his second epistle vnto Timothie, as I read. Of this ladie moreo∣uer Martial speaketh, in reioising that his poesies were read also in Britaine, and onelie by hir meanes, who vsed to cull out the finest & honestest of his epigrams and send them to hir fréends for tokens, saieng after this maner, as himselfe dooth set it downe:

Dicitur & nostros cantare Britannia versus.
Furthermore making mention of hir and hir issue, he addeth these words:
Claudia coeruleis cùm sit Rufina Britannis Edita, cur Latiae pectora plebis habet?* 1.176 Quale decus formae? Romanam credere matres Italides possunt, Atthides esse suam. Dij bene, quod sancto peperit faecunda marito, Quot sperat, generos, quótque puella nurus. Sic placeat superis, vt coniuge gaudeat vno, Et semper natis gaudeat illa tribus.
The names of hir thrée children were Pudentiana, Praxedes, both virgins, and Nouatus, who after the death of Pudens their father (which befell him in Cap∣padocia) dwelled with their mother in Vmbria, where they ceased not from time to time to minister vnto the saints. But to leaue this impertinent discourse, and proceed with my purpose.

I find in the Chronicles of Burton (vnder the yeare of Grace 141. and time of Hadrian the emperour) that nine scholers or clerkes of Grantha or Granta (now Cambridge) were baptised in Britaine, and became preachers of the gospell there, but whether Taurinus bi∣shop or elder ouer the congregation at Yorke (who as Vincentius saith, was executed about this tune for his faith) were one of them or not,* 1.177 as yet I do not certeinlie find; but rather the contrarie, which is that he was no Britaine at all, but Episcopus Ebroicensis, for which such as perceiue not the easie corruption of the word, may soone write Eboracensis, as certeinlie mine author out of whom I alledge this authoritie hath done before me. For Vincentius saith flat otherwise, and therefore the Chronologie if it speake of anie Taurinus bishop of Yorke is to be reformed in that behalfe. Diuers other also imbraced the religion of Christ verie zealouslie before these men. Howbeit, all this notwithstand∣ing, the glad tidings of the gospell had neuer free and open passage here, vntill the time of Lucius, in which the verie enimies of the word became the appa∣rent meanes (contrarie to their owne minds) to haue it set foorth amongst vs. For when Antoninus the empe∣rour had giuen out a decrée, that the Druiysh religion should euerie where be abolished, Lucius the king (whose surname is now perished) tooke aduise of his councell what was best to be doone, & wrote in this behalfe. And this did Lucius, bicause he knew it* 1.178 impossible for man to liue long without any religion at all: finallie finding his Nobilitie & subiects vtter enimies to the Romane deuotiō (for that they made so many gods as they listed, & some to haue the regiment euen of their dirt & dung) and thervnto being pricked forwards by such christians as were conuersant about him, to choose the seruice of the true God that liueth for euer, rather than the slauish seruitude of any pagan idoll: he fullie resolued with himselfe in the end, to receiue and imbrace the gospell of Christ. He sent also two of his best learned and grea∣test philosophers to Rome, vnto Eleutherus then bishop there in the 177. of Christ,* 1.179 not to promise any subiecti∣on to his sea, which then was not required, but to say with such as were pricked in mind, Acts. 2. verse. 37. Quid faciemus viri fratres? I meane that they were sent to be perfectlie instructed, and with farther commission, to make earnest request vnto him and the congregation there, that a competent number of preachers might be sent ouer from thence, by whose diligent aduise and tra∣uell, the foundation of the gospell might surelie be laid ouer all the portion of the Ile, which conteined his king∣dome, according to his mind.

When Eleutherus vnderstood these things,* 1.180 he reioiced not a little for the great goodnesse, which the Lord had shewed vpon this our Ile and countrie. Afterwards calling the brethren togither, they agréed to ordeine, euen those two for bishops, whom Lucius as you haue heard, had directed ouer vnto them. Finallie after they had thoroughlie catechized them, making generall praier vnto God and earnest supplication for the good successe of these men, they sent them home againe with no small charge, that they should be diligent in their function, and carefull ouer the flocke committed to their

Page 24

custodie.

The first of these was called Eluanus Aualonius, a man borne in the Ile of Aualon, and brought vp there vnder those godlie pastours and their disciples, whom Philip sent ouer at the first for the conuersion of the Britons. The other hight Medguinus, and was there∣to surnamed Belga, bicause he was of the towne of Welles, which then was called Belga. This man was trained vp also in one schoole with Eluanus, both of them being ornaments to their horie ages, and men of such [unspec 10] grauitie and godlinesse, that Eleutherus supposed none more worthie to support this charge, than they: after whose comming home also, it was not long yer Lucius and all his houshold with diuers of the Nobilitie were baptised,* 1.181 beside infinit numbers of the common people, which dailie resorted vnto them, and voluntarilie re∣nounced all their idolatrie and paganisme.

In the meane time, Eleutherus vnderstanding the successe of these learned doctours, and supposing with himselfe, that they two onlie could not suffice to support [unspec 20] so great a charge as should concerne the conuersion of the whole Iland; he directed ouer vnto them in the yeare insuing Faganus,* 1.182 Dinaw (or Dinauus)* 1.183 Aaron,* 1.184 and diuerse other godlie preachers, as fellow-labourers to trauell with them in the vineyard of the Lord. These men therefore after their comming hither,* 1.185 consulted with the other, and foorthwith wholie consented to make a diuision of this Iland amongst themselues, appoin∣ting what parcell each preacher should take,* 1.186 that with the more profit and eass of the people, and somewhat [unspec 30] lesse trauell also for themselues, the doctrine of the Gospell might be preached and receiued. In this distri∣bution, they ordeined that there should be one congre∣gation at London,* 1.187 where they placed Theonus as chéefe elder and bishop, for that present time, worthi∣lie called Theonus. 1. for there was another of that name who fled into Wales with Thadiocus of Yorke, at the first comming of the Saxons; and also Guthel∣mus, who went (as I read) into Armorica, there to craue aid against the Scots and Uandals that plagued this [unspec 40] Ile, from the Twede vnto the Humber. After this Theonus also Eluanus succéeded, who conuerted manie of the Druiydes, and builded the first librarie neere vnto the bishops palace. The said Lucius also placed an∣other at Yorke, whither they appointed Theodosius: and the third at Caerlheon vpon the riuer Uske, builded sometimes by Belinus, and called Glamorgan∣tia, but now Chester (in which three cities there had be∣fore time beene thrée Archflamines erected vnto Apol∣lo, Mars, and Minerua, but now raced to the ground, and [unspec 50] three other churches builded in their steeds by Lucius) to the end that the countries round about might haue indifferent accesse vnto those places, and therewithall vnderstand for certeintie, whither to resort for resoluti∣on, if after their conuersion they should happen to doubt of any thing. In like sort also the rest of the idoll-tem∣ples standing in other places were either ouerthrowne, or conuerted into churches for christian congregati∣ons to assemble in, as our writers doo remember. In the report whereof giue me leaue gentle reader, of [unspec 60] London my natiue citie to speake a little: for al∣though it may and dooth seeme impertinent to my purpose, yet it shall not be much, and therefore I will soone make an end. There is a controuersie moued a∣mong our historiographers, whether the church that Lu∣cius builded at London stood at Westminster, or in Cornehill. For there is some cause, why the metropoli∣tane church should be thought to stand where S. Pe∣ters now doth, by the space of 400. & yéeres before it was remoued to Canturburie by Austine the monke, if a man should leane to one side without anie confe∣rence of the asseuerations of the other. But herin (as I take it) there lurketh some scruple, for beside that S. Peters church stood in the east end of the citie, and that of Apollo in the west, the word Cornehill (a denomina∣tion giuen of late to speake of to one street) may easi∣lie be mistaken for Thorney. For as the word Thorney proceedeth from the Saxons, who called the west end of the citie by that name, where Westminster now stan∣deth, bicause of the wildnesse and bushinesse of the soile; so I doo not read of anie stréete in London called Cornehill before the conquest of the Normans. Wher∣fore I hold with them, which make Westminster to be the place where Lucius builded his church vpon the ruines of that Flamine 264. yeeres, as Malmesburie saith, before the comming of the Saxons, and 411. be∣fore the arriuall of Augustine. Read also his appendix in lib. 4. Pontif. where he noteth the time of the Saxons, in the 449. of Grace, and of Augustine in the 596. of Christ; which is a manifest accompt, though some copies haue 499. for the one, but not without manifest cor∣ruption and error.

Thus became Britaine the first prouince that ge∣nerallie receiued the faith,* 1.188 and where the gospell was freelie preached without inhibition of hir prince. How∣beit, although that Lucius and his princes and great numbers of his people imbraced the word with gréedi∣nesse, yet was not the successe thereof either so vniuer∣sall, that all men beleeued at the first; the securitie so great, as that no persecution was to be feared from the Romane empire after his decease; or the procéeding of the king so seuere, as that he inforced any man by publike authoritie to forsake and relinquish his paga∣nisme: but onelie this fréedome was enioied, that who so would become a christian in his time, might without feare of his lawes professe the Gospell, in whose testi∣monie, if néed had béene, I doubt not to affirme, but that he would haue shed also his bloud, as did his neece Emerita,* 1.189 who being constant aboue the common sort of women, refused not after his decease by fire, to yeeld hir selfe to death, as a swéet smelling sacrifice in the nostrels of the Lord, beyond the sea in France.

The faith of Christ being thus planted in this Iland in the 177.* 1.190 after Christ, and Faganus and Dinaw with the rest sent ouer from Rome, in the 178. as you haue heard: it came to passe in the third yeare of the Gospell receiued, that Lucius did send againe to Eleutherus the bishop, requiring that he might haue some breefe epi∣tome of the order of discipline then vsed in the church. For he well considered, that as it auaileth litle to plant a costlie vineyard, except it afterward be cherished, kept in good order, and such things as annoie, dailie re∣mooued from the same: so after baptisme and entrance into religion, it profiteth little to beare the name of christians, except we doo walke in the spirit, and haue such things as offend apparentlie, corrected by seuere discipline.* 1.191 For otherwise it will come to passe, that the wéedes of vice, and vicious liuing, will so quicklie a∣bound in vs, that they will in the end choke vp the good séed sowne in our minds, and either inforce vs to re∣turne vnto our former wickednesse with déeper securi∣tie than before, or else to become meere Atheists, which is a great deale woorse.

For this cause therefore did Lucius send to Rome, the second time, for a copie of such politike orders as were then vsed there, in their regiment of the church. But Eleutherus considering with himselfe,* 1.192 how that all nations are not of like condition, and therefore those constitutions that are beneficiall to one, may now and then be preiudiciall to another: and séeing also that be∣side the word no rites and orders can long continue, or be so perfect in all points, but that as time serueth, they will require alteration: he thought it best not to laie any more vpon the necks of the new conuerts of Bri∣taine as yet, than Christ and his apostles had alreadie set downe vnto all men. In returning therefore his messengers, he sent letters by them vnto Lucius and his Nobilitie, dated in the consulships of Commodus

Page 25

and Vespronius, wherein he told them that Christ had left sufficient order in the scriptures for the gouern∣ment of his church alreadie in his word, and not for that onlie, but also for the regiment of his whole* 1.193 king∣dome, if he would submit himselfe, to yéeld and follow that rule. The epistle it selfe is partlie extant, and partlie perished, yet such as it is, and as I haue faith∣fullie translated it out of sundrie verie ancient copies, I doo deliuer it here, to the end I will not defraud the reader of anie thing that may turne to the glorie of [unspec 10] God, and his commoditie, in the historie of our nation.

You require of vs the Romane ordinances,* 1.194 and thereto the statutes of the emperours to be sent ouer vnto you, and which you desire to practise and put in vre within your realme and kingdome. The Romane lawes and those of emperours we may eft soones re∣prooue, but those of God can neuer be found fault with∣all. You haue receiued of late through Gods mercie in the realme of Britaine the law and faith of Christ, you haue with you both volumes of the scriptures: out of [unspec 20] them therefore by Gods grace, and the councell of your realme take you a law, and by that law through Gods sufferance rule your kingdome, for you are Gods vi∣car in your owne realme,* 1.195 as the roiall prophet saith; The earth is the Lords and all that is therein, the com∣passe of the world, and they that dwell therein. Againe, Thou hast loued truth and hated iniquitie, wherefore God,* 1.196 euen thy God hath annointed thée with oile of gladnesse aboue thy fellowes. And againe, according to the saieng of the same prophet; Oh God giue thy [unspec 30] iudgement vnto the king, &* 1.197 thy iustice vnto the kings sonne. The kings sons are the christian people & flocke of the realme, which are vnder your gouernance, and liue & continue in peace within your kingdome.* 1.198 * The gospell saith; As the hen gathereth hir chickens vnder hir wings, so dooth the king his people. Such as dwell in the kingdome of Britaine are yours, whom if they be diuided, you ought to gather into concord and vnitie, to call them to the faith and law of Christ, and to his sa∣cred church: to chearish and mainteine, to rule also and [unspec 40] gouerne them, defending each of them from such as would doo them wrong, and keeping them from the ma∣lice of such as be their enimies. * Wo vnto the nation whose king is a child, and whose princes rise vp earlie to banket and féed, which is spoken not of a prince that is within age, but of a prince that is become a child, through follie, sinne & vnstedfastnesse, of whom the pro∣phet saith; The bloudthirstie and deceitfull men shall not liue foorth halfe their daies.* 1.199 * By féeding I vnderstand gluttonie; by gluttonie, lust; & by lust all wickednesse & [unspec 50] sinne, according to the saieng of Salomon the king; Wisedome entreth not into a wicked mind, nor dwel∣leth with a man that is subiect vnto sinne. A king hath his name of ruling, and not of the possession of his realme. You shalbe a king whilest you rule well, but if you doo otherwise, the name of a king shall not remaine with you, but you shall vtterlie forgoit, which God for∣bid. The almightie God grant you so to rule the king∣dome of Britaine, that you may reigne with him for euer, whose vicar (or vicegerent) you are within your [unspec 60] aforesaid kingdome. Who with the Sonne and the Ho∣lie-ghost, &c.

Hitherto out of the epistle that Eleutherus sent vnto Lucius, wherein manie pretie obseruations are to be collected, if time and place would erue to stand vpon them. After these daies also the number of such as were ordeined to saluation, increased dailie more and more, whereby (as in other places of the world) the word of God had good successe in Britaine, in time of peace; and in heat of persecution, there were no small number of martyrs that suffered for the same, of which Albane,* 1.200 Amphibalus, Iulius and Aaron, are reputed to be the chiefe, bicause of their noble parentage, which is a great matter in the sight of worldlie men.

There are which affirme our Lucius to renounce his kingdome, and afterward to become first a bishop, then a preacher of the gospell, and afterward a pope: but to the end such as hold this opinion may once vnderstand the botome of their errors, I will set downe the mat∣ter at large, whereby they shall sée (if they list to looke) how far they haue béene deceiued.

I find that Chlorus had issue by his second wife,* 1.201 two sonnes, Dalmatius (who had a sonne called also Dal∣matius and slaine by the souldiors) Constantius fa∣ther to Gallus, and Iulian the apostata; besides foure o∣ther whose names as yet I find not. But being at the first matched with Helena, and before she was put from him by the roiall power of Dioclesian, he had by hir three sonnes (beside one daughter named Emerita) of which the name of the first is perished, the second was called Lucius, & the third Constantine, that afterward was emperour of Rome, by election of the armies in Britaine. Now it happened that Lucius, whome the French call Lucion, by means of a quarell growne be∣twéene him and his elder brother, did kill his said bro∣ther, either by a sraie or by some other meanes, where∣vpon his father exiled him out of Britaine, and appoin∣ted him from thencefoorth to remaine in Aquitane in France. This Lucion brought thus into worldlie so∣row, had now good leasure to meditate vpon heauen, who before in his prosperitie had peraduenture neuer regard of hell. Finallie he fell so far into the conside∣ration of his estate,* 1.202 that at the last he renounced his paganisme, and first became a christian, then an elder, and last of all a bishop in the church of Christ. He erected also a place of praier wherein to serue the li∣uing God,* 1.203 which after sundrie alterations came in pro∣cesse of time to be an Abbaie, and is still called euen to our time after Lucion or Lucius: the first founder ther∣of, and the originall beginner of anie such house in those parts.

In this also he and diuers other of his freends conti∣nued their times, in great contemplation and praier, and from hence were translated as occasion serued, vnto sundrie ecclesiasticall promotions in the time of Constant. his brother. So that euen by this short nar∣ration it is now easie to sée, that Lucius the king, and Lucius or Lucion the sonne of Chlorus, were 〈◊〉〈◊〉 persons. Herevnto Hermannus* 1.204 Schedelius▪* 1.205 addeth also how he went into Rhetia with Emerita his sister, and néere vnto the citie Augusta conuerted the Curienfes vnto the faith of Christ,* 1.206 and there likewise (being put to death in Castro Martis) lieth buried in the saile towne, where his feast is holden vpon the third daie of December, as may readilie be confirmed, whereas the bones of our Lucius were to be séene at Glocester. That Schedelius erreth not herein also, the ancient m∣nunients of the said Abbaie, whereof he was the origi∣nall beginner, as I said, doo yeeld sufficient testimonie, beside an hymne made in his commendation, intitu∣led Gaude Lucionum, &c.* 1.207 But for more of this you may resort vnto Bouchet in his first booke, and fift chapter of the Annales of Aquitane, who neuertheles maketh the king of Britaine grandfather to this Lucion. The said Schedelius furthermore setteth downe, that his sister was martyred in Trinecastell, néere vnto the place where the said Lucion dwelled,* 1.208 whereby it appéereth in like sort, that she was not sister to Lucius king of Bri∣taine, of which prince Alexander Neccham in his most excellent treatise De sapientia diuina, setteth downe this Distichon:

Prima Britannorum fidei lux Lucius esse Fortur, qui rexit moenie Brute tua.

Neither could Lucion or Lucius be fellow and of kinred vnto Paule the apostle, as Auentine inferreth, except he meane it of some other Lucius, as of one whome he nameth Cyrinensis. But then will not the hi∣storie agree with the conuersion of the Rhetians and

Page 26

Vindelicians, whereof Schedelius and other doo make mention. But as each riuer the farder it runneth from the head, the more it is increased by small riuelets, and corrupted with filthie puddels, and stinking gutters, that descend into the same: so the puritie of the gospell,* 1.209 preached here in Britaine, in processe of time became first of all to be corrupted with a new order of religion, and most execrable heresie, both of them being brought in at once by Pelagius, of Wales, who hauing trauel∣led through France, Italie, Aegypt, Syria, & the easter∣lie [unspec 10] regions of the world, was there at the last made an elder or bishop, by some of the monkes, vnto whose profession he had not long before wholie addicted him∣selfe. Finallie returning home againe with an aug∣mentation of fame and countenance of greater holi∣nesse than he bare out of the land with him, he did not onelie erect an house of his owne order at Bangor in* 1.210 Wales, vpon the riuer Dee, but also sowed the pestife∣rous féed of his hereticall prauities ouer all this Iland, whereby he seduced great numbers of Britons, teach∣ing [unspec 20] them to preferre their owne merits, before the free mercie of God, in Iesus Christ his sonne. By this means therefore he brought assurance of saluation in∣to question, and taught all such as had a diligent respect vnto their workes to be doubtfull of the same, whereas to such as regard this latter, there can be no quietnesse of mind, but alwaies an vnstedfast opinion of them∣selues, whereby they cannot discerne, neither by pro∣speritie nor aduersitie of this life, whether they be wor∣thie loue or hatred. Neuertheles it behooueth the godlie [unspec 30] to repose their hope in that grace which is freelie gran∣ted through Iesu Christ, and to flee vnto the mercies of God which are offered vnto vs in with and by his son, to the end that we may at the last find the testimonie of his spirit working with ours, that we are his chosen children, whereby commeth peace of conscience to such as doo beléeue.

Thus we sée how new deuises or orders of religion and heresie came in together. I could shew also what Comets, and strange signes appeared in Britaine, [unspec 40] much about the same time, the like of which with diuers other haue beene perceiued also from time to time, si∣thence the death of Pelagius, at the entrance of anie new kind of religion into this Ile of Britaine. But I passe them ouer, onelie for that I would not seeme in my tractation of antiquities, to trouble my reader with the rehersall of anie new inconueniences.

To procéed therefore with my purpose, after these, there followed in like sort sundrie other kinds of mo∣nasticall life, as Anachorites,* 1.211 Heremits,* 1.212 Cyrilline* 1.213 [unspec 50] and Benedictine* 1.214 monkes, albeit that the heremeticall profession was onelie allowed of in Britaine, vntill the comming of Augustine the monke, who brought in the Benedictine sect, framed after the order of the house which Benedict surnamed Nursinus did first erect in Monte Cassino, about the 524. of Christ, & was finallie so well liked of all men, that we had few or (as I suppose) no blacke monkes in England that were not of his order. In processe of time how Benedict Biscop also our countrieman restored the said Benedictine profes∣sion [unspec 60] greatlie decaied in England, our histories are ve∣rie plentifull, which Biscop went oft into Italie, and at one time for a speciall confirmation of his two mona∣steries which he had builded at other mens costs vnto Paule and Peter vpon the bankes of the Were, as Beda dooth remember. So fast also did these and other like humane deuises prosper after his time, that at their suppression in England and Wales onelie,* 1.215 there were found 440. religious houses at the least, of which 373. might dispend 200. li. by the yéere at the least, as appea∣reth by the record of their suppression, which also noteth the totall summe of their reuenues to amount vnto 32000. pounds, their moueables 100000. li. and the number of religious men conteined in the same, to be 10000. which would make a pretie armie, where vnto if you adde those 45.* 1.216 of late standing in Scotland, you shall soone see what numbers of these dens of spiri∣tuall robbers were mainteined here in Britaine. What number of saincts also haue béene hatched in them I could easilie remember, and beside those 160. which Capgraue setteth down, & other likewise remem∣bred in the golden Legend, and Legendarie of Exce∣ster, I might bring a rable out of Scotland able to fur∣nish vp a calendar, though the yere were twise as long.

As touching Pelagius the first heretike that euer was bred in this realme (notablie knowne) and parent of Monachisme, it is certeine, that before his corrupti∣on and fall, he was taken for a man of singular lear∣ning, deepe iudgement, and such a one, as vpon whome for his great gifts in teaching and strictnesse of life, no small péece of the hope and expectation of the people did depend. But what is wisedome of the flesh, without the feare and true knowledge of God? and what is lear∣ning except it be handmaid to veritie and sound iudge∣ment? Wherefore euen of this man, we may see it veri∣fied, that one Roger Bakon pronounced long after of the corruption of his time,* 1.217 when all things were measu∣red by wit and worldlie policie, rather than by the scri∣ptures or guidance of the spirit; Better it is saith he, to heare a rude and simple idiot preach the truth, without apparance of skill and learned eloquence, than a pro∣found clearke to set foorth error, with great shew of learning, and boast of filed vtterance. Gerson in like sort hath said fullie asmuch. These follies of Pelagius were blased abroad about the 400. of Christ, and from thencefoorth how his number of monkes increased on the one side, and his doctrine on the other, there is al∣most no reader that is vnskilfull and ignorant.

This also is certeine, that within the space of 200. yeares and odde,* 1.218 there were manie more than 2100. monkes gathered togither in his house, whose trades notwithstanding the errors of their founder, (who taught such an estimation of merits and bodilie exer∣cise (as Paule calleth it) that therby he sought not onlie to impugne, but also preuent grace, which was in deed the originall occasion of the erection of his house) were yet farre better and more godlie than all those religi∣ous orders, that were inuented of later time, wherein the professours liued to themselues, their wombs and the licentious fruition of those parts, that are beneath the bellie. For these laboured continuallie for their owne liuings, at vacant times from praier (as did Se∣rapions monkes,* 1.219 which were 10000. ouer whome he himselfe was Abbat) and likewise for the better main∣tenance of such learned men as were their appointed preachers. Their liues also were correspondent to their doctrine, so that herein onelie they seemed intollerable, in that they had confidence in their déeds, and no war∣rant out of the word for their succor & defense, but were such a plant as the heauenlie father had not planted, and therefore no maruell, though afterward they were raised by the roots.

But as Pelagius and his adherents had a time to infect the church of Christ in Britaine, so the liuing God hath had a season also to purge and cleanse the same, though not by a full reformation of doctrine, sith Germanu, Lupus, Palladius, Patricius,* 1.220 and such like leaning for the most part vnto the monasticall trades, did not so much condemne the generall errors of Pe∣lagius one waie, as mainteine the same, or as euill opi∣nions another. For as Patricke séemed to like well of the honoring of the dead, so Germanus being in Bri∣taine repaired an old chapell to s. Albane, wherein Lupus also praied, as Palladius vphld the strictnesse of life, in monasticall profession to the vttermost of his power.* 1.221 Wherfore God wrought this purgation of his house at the first, rather by taking awaie the wicked and pompous schoolemaisters of errour out of this life:

Page 27

hoping that by such meanes, his people would haue gi∣uen eare to the godlie that remained. But in processe of time, when this his mercifull dealing was forgotten and our countriemen returned to their former disor∣ders, he brought in the Saxons, who left no idoll vnho∣nored, no not their filthie Priapus, vnto whom the wo∣men builded temples, and made a beastlie image (Cum pene intenso, and as if he had beene circumcised) whome they called Ithypallus, Verpus, and as Goropius At∣vatic. pag. 26. addeth, Ters: calling vpon him in ma∣ner [unspec 10] at euerie word, yea at the verie fall of a knife out of their hands, and not counted anie shame vnto the most ancient and sober matrone of them all. Howbeit when this procéeding of the Lord could also take no place, and the shéepe of his pasture would receiue no wholesome fodder, it pleased his maiestie, to let them run on headlong from one iniquitie to another, in so∣much that after the doctrine of Pelagius, it receiued that of Rome also,* 1.222 brought in by Augustine and his monkes, whereby it was to be seene, how they fell from [unspec 20] the truth into heresie, and from one heresie still into an∣other, till at the last they were drowned altogither in the pits of error digged vp by Antichrist, wels in deed that hold no water, which notwithstanding to their fol∣lowers séemed to be most sound doctrine, and cisterns of liuing water to such as imbraced the same.

This Augustine,* 1.223 after his arriuall, conuerted the Saxons in déed from paganisme, but as the prouerbe saith, bringing them out of Gods blessing into the warme sunne, he also imbued them with no lesse hurt∣full [unspec 30] superstition, than they did know before: for beside the onelie name of Christ, and externall contempt of their pristinate idolatrie, he taught them nothing at all, but rather (I saie) made an exchange from grosse to subtill treacherie, from open to secret idolatrie, & from the name of pagans, to the bare title of christians, thinking this sufficient for their soules health, and the stablishment of his monachisme, of which kind of pro∣fession, the holie scriptures of God can in no wise like or allow. But what cared he? sith he got the great fish [unspec 40] for which he did cast his hooke, and so great was the fish that he caught in déed, that within the space of 1000. yeares, and lesse, it deuoured the fourth part & more of the best soile of the Iland, which was wholie bestowed vpon his monkes, & other religious broodes that were hatched since his time, as may hereafter appéere in the booke following, where I intreate of cities, townes, &c. In the meane season what successe his monkes had at Canturburie,* 1.224 how oft they were spoiled by enimies, their houses burned by casualtie, and brethren consu∣med [unspec 50] with pestilence, I refer me to Gotcellius, Houe∣den, Geruase, and the rest of their owne historiogra∣phers. And so sore did the pestilence rage among them in the time of Celnothus (in whose daics the preests, clerks and monkes sang their seruice togither in the quire, that (of I wote not how manie) there remained onelie fiue aliue, which was a notable token of the fu∣rie and wrath of God conceiued and executed against that malignant generation. It came also to passe at the last, that men vsed to praie for helpe at the said Au∣gustines [unspec 60] tumble (although afterward Thomas Becket a newer saint did not a little deface his glorie) among which king Athelstane was one, whome Elnothus the abbat staied so long in the place, when he came thither to praie, that his soldiours waiting for his comming, and supposing the monkes to haue murdered him, be∣gan to giue an assault and set fire vpon the house.

Whilest these things were thus in hand, in the south part of Albion, the Meates,* 1.225 Picts,* 1.226 and Caledoniens,* 1.227 which lie beyond the Scotish sea, receiued also the faith, by preaching of such christian elders as aduentured thither dailie, who trauelled not without great successe and increase of perfect godlines in that part of the Ile. Certes this prosperous attempt passed all mens expe∣ctation, for that these nations were in those daies re∣puted wild, sauage, and more vnfaithfull and craftie than well-minded people (as the wild Irish are in my time) and such were they (to saie the truth) in déed, as nei∣ther the sugred courtesie, nor sharpe swords of the Ro∣mans could mollifie or restraine from their naturall furie, or bring to anie good order. For this cause also in the end, the Romane emperours did vtterlie cast them off as an vnprofitable, brutish, & vntameable nation, and by an huge wall herafter to be described, separated that rude companie from the more mild and ciuill portion.

This conuersion of the north parts fell out in the sixt yeare before the warres that Seuerus had in those quarters,* 1.228 and 170. after the death of our sauiour Iesus Christ. From thenceforth also the christian religion con∣tinued still among them, by the diligent care of their pastors and bishops (after the vse of the churches of the south part of this Iland) till the Romane shéepheard sought them out, and found the meanes to pull them vn∣to him in like sort with his long staffe as he had done our countriemen, whereby in the end he abolished the rites of the churches of Asia there also, as Augustine had done alreadie in England: and in stéed of the same did furnish it vp with those of his pontificall see, al∣though there was great contention, and no lesse blood∣shed made amongst them, before it could be brought to passe, as by the histories of both nations yet extant may be séene.

In the time of Coelestine bishop of Rome,* 1.229 who sae in the 423. of Christ, one Paladius a Grecian borne (to whome Cyrill wrote his dialog De adoratione in spiritu) and sometime disciple to Iohn 24.* 1.230 bishop of Ierusalem, came ouer from Rome into Britaine, there to suppresse the Pelagian heresie, which not a little molested the or∣thodoxes of that Iland. And hauing doone much good in the extinguishing of the aforsaid opinion there, he went at the last also into Scotland, supposing no lesse, but af∣ter he had trauelled somwhat in confutation of the Pe∣lagians in those parts, he should easilie persuade that crooked nation to admit and receiue the rites of the church of Rome, as he would faine haue doone before∣hand in the south. But as Fastidius Priscus archbishop of London,* 1.231 and his Suffragans resisted him here; so did the Scotish prelates withstand him there also in this behalfe: howbeit, bicause of the authoritie of his commission, grauitie of personage, and the great gift which he had in the veine of pleasant persuasion (where∣by he drew the people after him, as Orpheus did the stones with his harpe, and Hercules such as heard him by his toong) they had him not onelie then in great ad∣miration, but their successors also from time to time, and euen now are contented (and the rather also for that he came from Rome) to take him for their chéefe apostle, reckoning from his comming as from the faith receiued,* 1.232 which was in the 431. yeare of Christ, as the truth of their historie dooth verie well confirme.

Thus we see what religion hath from time to time beene receiued in this Iland, & how and when the faith of Christ came first into our countrie. Howbeit as in processe of time it was ouershadowed, and corrupted with the dreames and fantasticall imaginations of man, so it dailie waxed woorse & woorse, till that it plea∣sed God to restore the preaching of his gospell in our daies, whereby the man of sinne is now openlie reuea∣led, and the puritie of the word once againe brought to light, to the finall ouerthrow of the Romish sathan, and his popish adherents that honour him daie and night to the vttermost of their power, yeelding vp their harts as temples for him to dwell in, which rather ought to be the temples of God and habitations of the Holy-ghost, But such is their peruerse ignorance (notwithstanding that Paule hath giuen warning of him alreadie 2. Thes. 2. calling him (as I said) the man of sinne, and saieng that he sitteth as God in the temple of God, shewing

Page 28

himselfe in his chalenge of power, as if he were God, vnder pretense of zeale vnto true religion) that they will not giue eare vnto the truth, but rather shut their eares and their eies from hearing and reading of the scriptures, bicause they will not be drawne out of his snares and bondage.

Of the manifold conuersions and alterations of the estate of the common-wealth of Britaine, sithens the time of Samothes.

THere is a certeine period of kingdomes, of [unspec 10] 430. yeares, in which commonlie they suffer some notable alteration. And as in the afore∣said season there is set a time of increase and decaie, so we find that before the execution of Gods pur∣pose dooth come to passe, in changing the estate of things, sundrie tokens are sent, whereby warning is giuen, that without repentance he will come and visit our offenses. This is partlie verified by Ioachimus Camerarius, who in his first booke De ostentis intreating [unspec 20] of the same argument, telleth of a strange earthquake felt in Delus, which was neuer touched with any such plague before or after the ouerthrow of the Persians, giuen vnto them by the Grecians; also of the beard that suddenlie grew out of the face of the Pedacien prophe∣tesse, so often as the citie was to be touched with any alteration and change. Nam (saith he) descriptas esse diuini∣tùs aetates quibus idem humanarum rerum status duraret, qui∣bus finitis, praedici prius quàm existeret nouationem in deterius euenturam rerum, quaeque indies minùs ac minùs numini cordi essent. Emittuntur igitur cometae diuinitus, & reuocantur dum [unspec 30] supra nos conspecti quamdiu placuit Deo inferuntur, &c. Plato referreth such changes as happen in common-wealths to a certeine diuine force that resteth hidden in sundrie od numbers, whereof their periods do consist. True it is that God created all things in number, weight & mea∣sure, & that after an incomprehensible maner vnto our fraile & humane capacitie. Neuerthelesse, he appointed not these three to haue the rule of his works, wherefore we must not ascribe these changes to the force of num∣ber with Plato, much lesse then vnto destinie with the [unspec 40] Peripatetiks, but vnto the diuine prouidence and ap∣pointment of God, which onelie may be called de stinie as S. Augustine saith, for of other destim it is impietie to dreame. Aristotle ascribing all euents vnto manifest causes precedent, dooth scoffe at Plato and his numbers in his booke of common-wealths, and bringeth in sun∣drie causes of the alteration of the state of things, which we may referre vnto principals, as iniurie, oppression, ambition, treason, rebellion, contempt of religion and [unspec 50] Iewes, and therevnto abundance of wealth in few, and great necessitie and miserie in manie. But what soeuer Aristotle gesseth at these things by humane reason as at the first causes, yet we acknowledge other beyond them, as sinne, which being suffered and come to the full, is cut downe by the iustice of the high God, the cheefe cause of all, who foreseeing the wickednesse of such as dwell on earth, dooth constitute such a reuoluti∣on of things in their beginnings, as best standeth with the execution of his purpose, and correction of our er∣rors. The causes therefore that Aristotle dooth deliuer, [unspec 60] are nothing else but the meanes which God vseth to bring his purposes to passe; and yet they deserue the name of causes, in that they preceed those effects which follow them immediatlie. But in truth other than se∣condarie or third causes no man can iustlie call them. Bodinus in his historicall method, cap. 6. making a large discourse of the conuersions of commonwealths, dooth séeme at the first to denie the force of number, but after a while he maruelleth that no Grecian or Latine Academike, hath hitherto made any discourse of the ex∣cellencie of such numbers as apperteine to the estate of empires and kingdomes by exemplification in any one citie or other. Hereby he sheweth himselfe vpon the sudden to alter his iudgement, so that he setteth downe certeine numbers as fatall;* 1.233 to wit, sixe vnto women, and seauen and nine vnto men, which (saith he) haue Magnam in tota rerum natura potestatem, meaning as well in common-wealths and kingdomes from their first erections, as in particular ages of bodies, for sicke∣nesse, health, change of habitation, wealth, and losse, &c: and for the confirmation of the same, he setteth downe sundrie examples of apparant likelihood, either by mul∣tiplication of one by the other, or diuision of greater numbers by either of them, or their concurrence one with another, calling the aforesaid three his criticall or iudiciall numbers, whereby he bringeth or rather resto∣reth an old kind of arithmancie (fathered on Pythago∣ras, yet neuer inuented by him) againe into the world. But we christians, in respecting of causes, haue to looke vnto the originall and great cause of all, and therefore we haue not to leane vnto these points in any wise as causes: for we know and confesse that all things de∣pend vpon his prouidence, who humbleth and exalteth whom it pleaseth him. Neuerthelesse, I hope we may without offense examine how these assertions hold, so long as we vse them rather as Indices than Causas muta∣tionum. And therefore haue I attempted to practise at this present the example of Bodinus, first in the altera∣tions of our ciuill estate passed; and secondlie, of the like in cases of religion; from the flood generallie, and then after the first comming in of Samothes into our Ile, thereby somewhat to satisfie my selfe, and recreate the readers; but still protesting in the meane season that I vtterlie denie them to be any causes, or of themselues to worke any effect at all in these things, as Bodinus would seeme to vphold. As for those of other countries, I referre you to Aristotles politikes, and the eight of the common-wealth which Plato hath left vnto vs, ther∣by to be farther resolued, if you be desirous to looke on them. In beginning therefore with my purpose; First bicause the flood of Noah was generall, and therefore appertinent vnto all, it shall not be amisse to begin with that, which was in the yeare 1656. after the creation of Adam, so that if you diuide the same by nine, you shall find the quotient to fall out exactlie with the 184. reuo∣lution of the same number. Secondlie, for so much as the confusion of toongs was the originall cause of the dispersion of the people ouer the face of the whole earth, it shall not be amisse also to examine the same. Certes it fell out in the 133. after the flood: if we diuide there∣fore the said 133. by seauen, you shall find the quotient 19. without any ods remaining. From hence also vnto the comming of Samothes into Britaine, or ra∣ther his lawes giuen vnto the Celts, and with them vn∣to the Britons, in the second of his arriuall in this land, we find by exact supputation 126. yeares, which be∣ing parted by nine or seauen sheweth such a conclusion as maketh much for this purpose. Doubtlesse I am the more willing to touch the time of his lawes than his entrance, sith alteration of ordinances is the cheefe and principall token of change in rule and regiment; although at this present the circumstances hold not, sith he dispossessed none, neither incroched vpon any. From Samothes vnto the tyrannie of Al∣bion, are 335. yeares complet, so that he arriued here in the 335. or 48. septenarie, which also concurreth with the 590. after the flood. In like sort the regiment of Albion continued but seauen yeares, and then was the souereingtie of this Ile restored againe by Hercules vnto the Celts. The next alteration of our estate open∣lie knowne, happened by Brute, betweene whose time and death of Albion there passed full 601. yeares (for he spent much time after his departure out of Grecia, be∣fore he came into Albion) so that if you accompt him to come hither in the 602. you shall haue 86. septena∣ries exactlie. From Brute to the extinction of his poste∣ritie in Ferrex and Porrex, and pentarchie of Bri∣taine,

Page 29

are 630. yeares, or 70. nouenaries, than the which where shall a man find a more precise period after this method or prescription, for manie and diuers considera∣tions. The time of the pentarchie indured likewise 49. yeares, or seauen septenaries, which being expired Dunwallo brought all the princes vnder his subiecti∣on, and ruled ouer them as monarch of this Ile. After the pentarchie ended, we find againe that in the 98. yeare, Brennus rebelled against Beline his brother, wherevpon insued cruell bloodshed betwéene them. So [unspec 10] that here you haue 14. septenaries, as you haue from those warres ended, which indured a full yeare & more before Brennus was reconciled to his brother, to the comming of Caesar into this Iland (whereat our serui∣tude and miserable thraldome to the Romans may worthilie take his entrance) 48. or 336. yeares, than the which concurrences I know not how a man should imagine a more exact.

After the comming of Caesar we haue 54. or sixe no∣uenaries to Christ, whose death and passion redoundeth [unspec 20] generallie to all that by firme and sure faith take hold of the same, and applie it vnto their comfort. From the birth of Christ to our countrie deliuered from the Ro∣mane yoke, are 446. yeares, at which time the Bri∣tains chose them a king, and betooke themselues to his obedience. But neither they nor their king being then able to hold out the Scots and Picts, which dailie made hauocke of their countrie; the said Vortiger in the third yeares of his reigne (which was the 63. septenarie after Christ) did send for the Saxons, who arriued here [unspec 30] in the 449. and 450. yeares of Grace, in great compa∣nies, for our aid and succour, although that in the end their entrances turned to our vtter decaie and ruine, in that they made a conquest of the whole Ile, and draue vs out of our liuings. Hereby we sée therefore how the preparatiue began in the 449. but how it was finished in the tenth nouenarie, the sequele is too too plaine. In like sort in the 43. nouenarie or 387. after the com∣ming of the Saxons, the Danes entred, who miserablie afflicted this Ile by the space of 182. yeares or 46. sep∣tenaries, [unspec 40] which being expired, they established them∣selues in the kingdome by Canutus. But their time la∣sting not long, the Normans followed in the end of the 49. yeare, and thus you sée how these numbers do hold exactlie vnto the conquest. The like also we find of the continuance of the Normans or succession of the Con∣querour, which indured but 89. yeares, being extingui∣shed in Stephen, and that of the Saxons restored in Henrie the second, although it lacke one whole yeare of ten nouenaries, which is a small thing, sith vpon diuers [unspec 50] occasions the time of the execution of any accident may be preuented or proroged, as in direction and pro∣gression astronomicall is often times perceiued. From hence to the infamous excommunication of England in king Iohns daies, wherevpon insued the resignati∣on of his crownes and dominions to the pope, are eight septenaries or 56. yeares. Thence againe to the deposi∣tion of Richard. 2. and vsurpation of Henrie 4. are 77. yeares or 11. septenaries. From hence to the conspira∣cie made against Edward. 2. after which he was deposed [unspec 60] & murdered are 117. yeares, or 13. nouenaries. From hence to the beginning of the quarell betwéene the houses of Yorke and Lancaster (wherein foure score and od persons of the blood roiall were slaine and made awaie first and last, and which warres begunne in the 1448. and the yeare after the death of the Duke of Glocester, whose murther séemed to make frée passage to the said broile) are 72. yeares or eight nouenaries. From hence to the translation of the crowne from the house of Lancaster to that of Yorke, in Edward the 4 are 14. yeares or two septenaries, and last of all to the vnion of the said houses in Henrie the eight, is an exact quadrat of seuen multiplied in it selfe, or 49. yeares, whereof I hope this may in part suffice.

Now as concerning religion, we haue from Christ to the faith first preached in Britaine (by Iosephus ab A∣ramathia, and Simon Zelotes) as some write 70. yeares or 10. septenaries. Thence also to the baptisme of Luci∣us, and his nobilitie in the yeare after their conuersion, 12. nouenaries or 108. yeares. After these the Saxons entred and changed the state of religion for the most part into paganisme, in the yeare 449. 39. nouenarie, and 273. yeare after Lucius had beene baptised, which is 39. septenaries, if I be not deceiued. In the 147. or 21. septenarie, Augustine came, who brought in po∣perie, which increased and continued till Wicklif with more boldnesse than anie other began to preach the gospell, which was Anno. 1361. or 765. yeares after the comming of Augustine, and yeeld 85. nouenaries exact∣lie. From hence againe to the expulsion of the pope 175 yeares,* 1.234 or 25. septenaries, thence to the receiuing of the pope and popish doctrine 21.* 1.235 yeares or 3. septenaries, wherevnto I would ad the time of restoring the gospell by Quéene Elizabeth, were it not that it wanteth one full yeare of 7. Whereby we may well gather, that if there be anie hidden mysterie or thing conteined in these numbers, yet the same extendeth not vnto the di∣uine disposition of things, touching the gift of grace and frée mercie vnto the penitent, vnto which neither number weight nor measure shall be able to aspire.

Of such Ilands as are to be seene vpon the coasts of Britaine. Cap. 10.

THere are néere vnto, or not ve∣rie farre from the coasts of Bri∣taine many faire Ilands, wher∣of Ireland with hir neighbors (not here handled) séeme to be the cheefe. But of the rest, some are much larger or lesse than o∣ther, diuers in like sort enuiro∣ned continuallie with the salt sea (whereof I purpose onelie to intreat, although not a few of them be I∣lands but at the floud) and other finallie be clipped part∣lie by the fresh and partlie by the salt water, or by the fresh alone, whereof I may speake afterward.

Of these salt Ilands (for so I call them that are en∣uironed with the Ocean waues) some are fruitfull in wood, corne, wild foule, and pasture ground for cattell, albeit that manie of them be accounted barren, bi∣cause they are onelie replenished with conies, and those of sundrie colours (cherished of purpose by the owners, for their skins or carcases in their prouision of house∣hold) without either man or woman otherwise inha∣biting in them. Furthermore, the greatest number of these Ilands haue townes and parish-churches, with∣in their seuerall precincts, some mo, some lesse: and be∣side all this, are so inriched with commodities, that they haue pleasant hauens, fresh springs, great store of fish, and plentie of cattell, wherby the inhabitants doo reape no small aduantage. How manie they are in number I cannot as yet determine, bicause mine informati∣ons are not so fullie set downe, as the promises of some on the one side, & mine expectation on the other did ex∣tend vnto. Howbeit, first of all that there are certeine which lie neere togither, as it were by heapes and clu∣sters, I hope none will readilie denie. Of these also those called the Nesiadae,* 1.236 Insulae* 1.237 Scylurum,* 1.238 Silcustrae,* 1.239 Syllanae,* 1.240 now the Sorlings,* 1.241 and Iles of Silley,* 1.242 lieng be∣yond Cornwall are one, and confeeth in number one hundreth fourtie and seauen (each of them bearing grasse) besides shelfes and shallowes. In like sort the companie of the Hebrdes* 1.243 in old time subiect vnto Ire∣land are another,* 1.244 which are said to be 43. situat vpon the west side of this Iand,* 1.245 betweene Ireland & Scot∣land, and of which there are some that repute Anglesei,* 1.246

Page 30

Mona Caesaris, and other lieng betweene them to be parcell, in their corrupted iudgement. The third cluster or bunch consisteth of those that are called the Or∣chades, and these lie vpon the northwest point of Scot∣land, being 31. aliàs 28. in number, as for the rest they lie scattered here and there, and yet not to be vntouched as their courses shall come about. There are also the 18. Shetland Iles, and other yet farther distant from them, of which Iohn Frobuser I doubt not touched vpon some in his voiage to Meta Incognita: but for somuch as I [unspec 10] must speake of the Shetlands hereafter, I doo not meane to spend anie time about them as yet.

There haue beene diuers that haue written of pur∣pose, De insulis Britanniae, as Caesar doth confesse. The like also may be seene by Plutarch, who nameth one Deme∣trius a Britaine, that should set foorth an exact treatise of each of them in order, and among other tell of cer∣teine desert Iles beyond Scotland dedicated to sun∣drie gods and goddesses, but of one especiallie, where Briareus should hold Saturne and manie other spirits [unspec 20] fast bound with the chaines of an heauie sléepe, as he heard, of which some die now and then, by meane wher∣of the aire becommeth maruellouslie troubled, &c: as you may sée in Plutarch De cessatione oraculorum, &c. But sith those bookes are now perished, and the most of the said Ilands remaine vtterlie vnknowen, euen to our owne selues (for who is able in our time to say where is Glota, Hiuerion, Etta, Iduna, Armia, Aesarea, Barsa, Isiandium, Icdelis, Xantisma, Indelis, Siata, Ga. Andros or Edros, Siambis, Xanthos, Ricnea, Menapia, &c? [unspec 30] whose names onelie are lest in memorie by ancient writers, but I saie their places not so much as heard of in our daies) I meane (God willing) to set downe so manie of them with their commodities, as I doo either know by Leland, or am otherwise instructed of by such as are of credit. Herein also I will touch at large those that are most famous, and breeflie passe ouer such as are obscure and vnknowen, making mine entrance at the Thames mouth, and directing this imagined course (for I neuer sailed it) by the south part of the [unspec 40] Iland into the west. From thence in like sort I will proceed into the north, & come about againe by the east side into the fall of the aforesaid streame, where I will strike saile, and safelie be set a shore, that haue often in this voiage wanted water, but oftener béene set a ground, especiallie on the Scotish side.

In beginning therefore, with such as lie in the mouth of the aforesaid riuer, I must néeds passe by the How,* 1.247 which is not an Iland, and therefore not within the compasse of my description at this time, but almost [unspec 50] an Iland, which parcels the Latins call Peninsulas, and I doo english a Byland, vsing the word for such as a man may go into drie-footed at the full sea, or on horsse∣backe at the low water without anie boat or vessell: and such a one almost is Rochford hundred in Essex al∣so, yet not at this time to be spoken of, bicause not the sea onelie but the fresh water also doth in maner enui∣ron it, and is the cheefe occasion wherfore it is called an Iland. This How lieth between Cliffe (in old time cal∣led Clouesho, to wit, Cliffe in How or in the hundred [unspec 60] of How) & the midwaie that goeth along by Rochester, of which hundred there goeth an old prouerbe in rime after this maner:

He that rideth into the hundred of How, Beside pilfering sea-men shall find durt ynow.

Next vnto this we haue the Greane,* 1.248 wherein is a towne of the same denomination, an Ile supposed to be foure miles in length, and two in bredth. Then come we to Shepey,* 1.249 which Ptolomie calleth Counos, conteining seauen miles in length, and three in bredth, wherein is a castell called Quinborow, and a parke, beside foure townes, of which one is named Minster, another East∣church, the third Warden, and the fourth Leyden: the whole soile being throughlie fed with shéepe, verie well woodded, and (as I heare) belongeth to the Lord Chey∣ney, as parcell of his inheritance. It lieth thirtéene miles by water from Rochester, but the castell is fif∣téene, and by south thereof are two small Ilands,* 1.250 wher∣of the one is called Elmesie, and the more easterlie Her∣tesie. In this also is a towne called Hertie, or Hartie, and all in the Lath of Scraie, notwithstanding that Hartie lieth in the hundred of Feuersham, and Shepey reteineth one especiall Bailie of hir owne.

From hence we passe by the Reculuers (or territo∣rie belonging in time past to one Raculphus, who ere∣cted an house of religion, or some such thing there) vnto a little Iland in the Stoure mouth. Herevpon also the Thanet abutteth,* 1.251 which Ptolomie calleth Toliapis, other Athanatos, bicause serpents are supposed not to liue in the same, howbeit sith it is not enuironed with the sea, it is not to be dealt withall as an Iland in this place, albeit I will not let to borow of my determination, and describe it as I go, bicause it is so fruitfull. Beda noteth it in times past to haue conteined 600. families, which are all one with Hidelands,* 1.252 Ploughlands, Car∣rucates, or Temewares. He addeth also that it is di∣uided from our continent, by the riuer called Want∣sume, which is about thrée furlongs broad, and to be pas∣sed ouer in two places onelie. But whereas Polydore saieth, the Thanet is nine miles in length & not much lesse in bredth, it is now reckoned that it hath not much aboue seauen miles from Nordtmuth to Sandwich, and foure in bredth, from the Stoure to Margate, or from the south to the north, the circuit of the whole being 17. or 18. as Leland also noteth. This Iland hath no wood growing in it except it be forced, and yet other∣wise it is verie fruitfull, and beside that it wanteth few other commodities,* 1.253 the finest chalke is said to be found there. Herein also did Augustine the moonke first ar∣riue, when he came to conuert the Saxons, and after∣ward in processe of time, sundry religious houses were erected there, as in a soile much bettered (as the super∣sticious supposed) by the steps of that holy man, & such as came ouer with him. There are at this time 10. parish churches at the least in the Ile of Thanet, as S. Nicho∣las, Birchington, S. Iohns, Wood or Woodchurch, S. Pe∣ters, S. Laurence, Mownton or Monkeron, Minster, S. Gyles, and all Saincts, whereof M. Lambert hath writ∣ten at large in his description of Kent, and placed the same in the Lath of sainct Augustine and hundred of Kingslow, as may easilie be séene to him that will per∣use it.

Sometime Rutupium or (as Beda calleth it) Repta∣cester,* 1.254 stood also in this Iland, but now thorough alte∣ration of the chanell of the Dour, it is shut quite out, and annexed to the maine. It is called in these daies Richborow, and as it should seeme builded vpon an in∣different soile or high ground. The large brickes also yet to be seene there, in the ruinous walles, declare ei∣ther the Romane or the old British workemanship. But as time decaieth all things, so Rutupium named Ruptimuth is now become desolate, and out of the dust thereof Sandwich producted, which standeth a full mile from the place where Reptacester stood. The old wri∣ters affirme, how Arthur & Mordred fought one notable battell here, wherin Gwallon or Gawan was slaine; at which time the said rebell came against his souereigne with 70000. Picts, Scots, Irish, Norwegiens, &c: and with Ethelbert the first christian king of Kent did hold his palace in this towne, and yet none of his coine hath hitherto beene found there, as is dailie that of the Romanes, whereof manie péeces of siluer and gold, so well as of brasse, copper, and other mettall haue often beene shewed vnto me. It should appéere in like sort, that of this place, all the whole coast of Kent therabout was called Littus Rutupinum, which some doo not a lit∣tle confirme by these words of Lucane, to be read in his sixt booke soone after the beginning▪

Page 31

Aut vaga cum Tethis, Rutupinà{que} littora feruent, Vnda Calidonios fallit turbata Britannos. Or when the wandering seas and Kentish coasts doo worke, And Calidons of British bloud,* 1.255 the troubled waues beguile.

Meaning in like sort by the latter, the coast néere Andredeswald, which in time past was called Littus Calidonium of that wood or forrest, as Leland also confirmeth. But as it is not my mind to deale anie [unspec 10] thing curiouslie in these by-matters, so in returning a∣gaine to my purpose, and taking my iourney toward the Wight, I must needs passe by Selesey, which some∣time (as it should séeme) hath béene a noble Iland,* 1.256 but now in maner a Byland or Peninsula, wherin the chéefe sée of the bishop of Chichester was holden by the space of thrée hundred twentie nine yeares, and vnder twentie bishops.

Next vnto this, we come vnto those that lie betweene the Wight and the maine land, of which the most easter∣lie [unspec 20] is called Thorne,* 1.257 and to saie truth, the verie least of all that are to be found in that knot. Being past the Thorne, we touched vpon the Haling, which is bigger than the Thorne, and wherein one towne is situat of the same denomination beside another, whose name I remember not.* 1.258 By west also of the Haling lieth the Port (the greatest of the three alreadie mentioned) and in this standeth Portsmouth and Ringstéed, whereof al∣so our Leland, saieth thus: Port Ile is cut from the shore by an arme of the maine hauen, which breaketh [unspec 30] out about thrée miles aboue Portsmouth, and goeth vp two miles or more by morish ground to a place called Portbridge,* 1.259 which is two miles from Portsmouth. Then breaketh there out another créeke from the maine sea, about Auant hauen, which gulleth vp almost to Portbridge, and thence is the ground disseuered, so that Portsmouth standeth in a corner of this Ile, which Iland is in length six miles, and three miles in bredth, verie good for grasse and corne, not without some wood, and here and there inclosure. Beside this, there is also [unspec 40] another Iland north northwest of Port Ile, which is now so worne and washed awaie with the working of the sea, that at the spring tides it is wholie couered with water, and thereby made vnprofitable. Finallie being past all these, and in compassing this gulfe, we come by an other, which lieth north of Hirst castell, & south∣east of Kaie hauen, whereof I find nothing worthie to be noted, sauing that it wanteth wood, as Ptolomie af∣firmeth in his Geographicall tables of all those Ilands which enuiron our Albion. [unspec 50]

The Wight is called in Latine Vectis,* 1.260 but in the British speach Guidh, that is to saie, Eefe or easie to be séene, or (as D. Caius saith) separate, bicause that by a breach of the sea, it was once diuided from the maine, as Sicilia was also from Italie, Anglesei from Wales, Foulenesse from Essex, & Quinborow from Kent. It lieth distant from the south shore of Britaine (where it is fardest off) by fiue miles & a halfe, but where it com∣meth neerest, not passing a thousand paces, and this at the cut ouer betwéene Hirst castell and a place called [unspec 60] Whetwell chine, as the inhabitants doo report. It con∣teineth in length twentie miles, and in bredth ten, it hath also the north pole eleuated by 50. degrées and 27. minutes, and is onelie 18. degrees in distance, and 50. od minuts from the west point, as experience hath confirmed, contrarie to the description of Ptolomie, and such as folow his assertions in the same. In forme, it representeth almost an eg, and so well is it inhabited with meere English at this present, that there are thir∣tie six townes, villages and castels to be found therein, be side 27. parish-churches, of which 15. or 16. haue their Parsons, the rest either such poore Uicars or Curats, as the liuings left are able to sustaine. The names of the parishes in the Wight are these.

  • 1 Newport, a chap.
  • 2 Cairsbrosie. v.
  • 3 Northwood.
  • 4 Arriun. v.
  • 5 Goddeshill. v.
  • 6 Whitwell.
  • 7 S. Laurence. p.
  • 8 Nighton. p.
  • 9 Brading. v.
  • 10 Newchurch. v.
  • 11 S. Helene. v.
  • 12 Yauerland. p.
  • 13 Calborne. p.
  • 14 Bonechurch. p.
  • 15 Mottesson. p.* 1.261
  • 16 Yarmouth. p.
  • 17 Thorley. v.
  • 18 Shalflete. v.
  • 19 Whippingham. p.
  • 20 Wootton. p.
  • 21 Chale. p.
  • 22 Kingston. p.
  • 23 Shorwell. p.
  • 24 Gatrombe. p.
  • 25 Brosie.
  • 26 Brixston. p.
  • 27 Bensted. p.

It belongeth for temporall iurisdiction to the countie of Hamshire, but in spirituall cases it yéeldeth obe∣dience to the sée of Winchester, wherof it is a Deane∣rie. As for the soile of the whole Iland, it is verie fruit∣full, for notwithstanding the shore of it selfe be verie full of rocks and craggie cliffes, yet there wanteth no plentie of cattell, corne, pasture, medow ground, wild foule, fish, fresh riuers, and pleasant woods, whereby the inhabitants may liue in ease and welfare. It was first ruled by a seuerall king, and afterwards wonne from the Britons by Vespasian the legat, at such time as he made a voiage into the west countrie. In pro∣cesse of time also it was gotten from the Romans by the kings of Sussex, who held the souereignti of the same, and kept the king thereof vnder tribute, till it was wonne also from them, in the time of Athelwold, the eight king of the said south region, by Ceadwalla, who killed Aruald that reigned there, and reserued the souereigntie of that Ile to himselfe and his successors for euermore. At this time also there were 1200. fa∣milies in that Iland, whereof the said Ceadwalla gaue 300 to Wilfride sometime bishop of Yorke, exhorting him to erect a church there, and preach the gospell also to the inhabitants thereof, which he in like maner perfor∣med, but according to the precriptions of the church of Rome, wherevnto he yéelded himselfe vassall and feu∣darie: so that this Ile by Wilfride was first conuerted to the faith, though the last of all other that hearke∣ned vnto the word. After Ceadwalla, Woolfride the parricide was the first Saxon prince that aduentu∣red to flie into the Wight for his safegard, whither he was driuen by Kenwalch of the Westsaxons, who made great warres vpon him, and in the end compelled him to go into this place for succour, as did also king Iohn, in the rebellious stir of his Barons, practised by the clergie: the said Iland being as then in possession of the Forts, as some doo write that haue handled it of purpose. The first Earle of this Iland that I doo read of, was one Baldwijne de Betoun, who married for his second wife, the daughter of William le Grosse Earle of Awmarle; but he dieng without issue by this ladie, she was maried the second time to Earle Maundeuile, and thirdlie to William de Fortes, who finished Skip∣ton castell, which his wiues father had begun about the time of king Richard the first. Hereby it came to passe also, that the Forts were Earls of Awmarle, Wight, and Deuonshire a long time, till the ladie Elizabeth Fortes, sole heire to all those possessions came to age, with whom king Edward the third so preuailed through monie & faire words, that he gat the possession of the Wight wholie into his hands, & held it to himselfe & his successors, vntill Henrie the sixt, about the twentieth of his reigne, crowned Henrie Beauchamp sonne to the lord Richard Earle of Warwike king thereof and of Iardesey and Gardesey with his owne hands, and thervnto gaue him a commendation of the Dutchie of Warwike with the titles of Comes comitum Angliae, lord Spenser of Aburgauenie, and of the castell of Bristow (which castell was sometime taken from his ancestors by king Iohn) albeit he did not long enioy

Page 32

these great honors, sith he died 1446. without issue, and seuen yéeres after his father.

After we be past the Wight, we go forward and come vnto Poole hauen, wherein is an Ile, called Brunt Keysy,* 1.262 in which was sometime a parish church, and but a chapell at this present, as I heare. There are also two other Iles, but as yet I know not their names.

We haue (after we are passed by these) another Ile, or rather Byland also vpon the coast named Portland not far from Waymouth or the Gowy,* 1.263 a prettie fertile [unspec 10] peece though without wood, of ten miles in circuit, now well inhabited, but much better heretofore, and yet are there about foure score housholds in it. There is but one street of houses therein, the rest are dis∣persed, howbeit they belong all to one parish-church, whereas in time past there were two within the com∣passe of the same. There is also a castell of the kings, who is lord of the Ile, although the bishop of Winche∣ster be patrone of the church, the parsonage whereof is the fairest house in all the péece. The people there are [unspec 20] no lesse excellent stingers of stones than were the Ba∣leares, who would neuer giue their children their din∣ners till they had gotten the same with their stings, and therefore their parents vsed to hang their meate verie high vpon some bough, to the end that he which strake it downe might onlie haue it, whereas such as missed were sure to go without it, Florus lib. 3. cap. 8. Which feat the Portlands vse for the defense of their Iland, and yet otherwise are verie couetous. And wheras in time past they liued onlie by fishing, now they fall to [unspec 30] tillage. Their fire bote is brought out of the Wight, and other places, yet doo they burne much cow doong dri∣ed in the sunne, for there is I saie no wood in the Ile, ex∣cept a few elmes that be about the church. There would some grow there, no doubt, if they were willing to plant it, although the soile lie verie bleake and open. It is not long since this was vnited to the maine, and likelie yer long to be cut off againe.

Being past this we raise another, also in the mouth of the Gowy, betweene Colsford and Lime, of which [unspec 40] for the smalnesse thereof I make no great account. Wherefore giuing ouer to intreat any farther of it,* 1.264 I cast about to Iardsey, and Gardesey,* 1.265 which Iles with their appurtenances apperteined in times past to the Dukes of Normandie, but now they remaine to our Quéene, as parcell of Hamshire and iurisdiction of Winchester, & belonging to hir crowne, by meanes of a composition made betwéene K. Iohn of England and the K. of France, when the dominions of the said prince began so fast to decrease, as Thomas Sulmo saith. [unspec 50]

Of these two,* 1.266 Iardsey is the greatest, an Iland hauing thirtie miles in compasse, as most men doo con∣iecture. There are likewise in the same twelue parish-churches, with a colledge, which hath a Deane and Prebends. It is distant from Gardsey full 21. miles, or therabouts, and made notable, by meanes of a blou∣die fact doone there in Queene Maries daies, whereby a woman called Perotine Massie wife vnto an honest minister or préest, being great with childe by hir hus∣band, was burned to ashes: through the excéeding [unspec 60] crueltie of the Deane and Chapiter, then contending manifestlie against God for the mainteinance of their popish and antichristian kingdome. In this hir execu∣tion, and at such time as the fire caught holde of hir wombe, hir bellie brake, and there issued a goodly man∣childe from hir, with such force that it fell vpon the cold ground quite beyond the heate and furie of the flame, which quicklie was taken vp and giuen from one tor∣mentor and aduersarie to an other to looke vpon, whose eies being after a while satisfied with the beholding thereof,* 1.267 they threw it vnto the carcase of the mother which burned in the fire, whereby the poore innocent was consumed to ashes, whom that furious element would gladlie haue left vntouched,* 1.268 & wherevnto it mi∣nistred (as you heare) an hurtlesse passage. In this lat∣ter also, there haue béene in times past, fiue religious houses, and nine castels, howbeit in these daies there is but one parish-church lest standing in the same. There are also certeine other small Ilands, which Henrie the second in his donation calleth Insulettas, beside verie manie rocks whereof one called S. Hilaries* 1.269 (wherein sometime was a monasterie) is fast vpon Iardsey, ano∣ther is named the Cornet,* 1.270 which hath a castel not passing an arrow shot from Gardsey.* 1.271 The Serke also is be∣twéene both, which is six miles about, and hath another annexed to it by an Isthmus or Strictland, wherein was a religious house, & therwithall great store of conies.

There is also the Brehoc,* 1.272 the Gytho,* 1.273 and the Herme,* 1.274 which latter is foure miles in compasse, and therein was sometime a Canonrie, that afterward was con∣uerted into an house of Franciscanes. There are two other likewise neere vnto that of S. Hilarie, of whose names I haue no notice. There is also the rockie Ile of Burhoo,* 1.275 but now the Ile of rats, so called of the huge plentie of rats that are found there, though otherwise it be replenished with infinit store of conies, betwéene whome and the rats, as I coniecture, the same which we call Turkie conies,* 1.276 are oftentimes produced among those few houses that are to be seene in this Iland. Some are of the opinion that there hath béene more store of building in this Ile than is at this present to be seene, & that it became abandoned through multitudes of rats, but hereof I find no perfect warrantise that I may safelie trust vnto, yet in other places I read of the like thing to haue happened, as in Gyara of the Cycla∣des, where the rats increased so fast that they drauc a∣way the people. Varro speaketh of a towne in Spaine that was ouerthrowne by conies. The Abderits were driuen out of Thracia by the increase of mice & frogs; and so manie conies were there on a time in the Iles Maiorca and Minorca (now perteining to Spaine) that the people began to starue for want of bread, and their cattell for lacke of grasse. And bicause the Iland∣ers were not able to ouercome them, Augustus was constreined to send an armie of men to destroie that needlesse brood. Plin. lib. 8. cap. 55. A towne also in France sometime became desolate onelie by frogs and todes. Another in Africa by locustes and also by grashoppers, as Amicla was by snakes and adders.* 1.277 Theophrast telleth of an whole countrie consumed by the palmer-worme, which is like vnto an huge cater∣piller. Plinie writeth of a prouince vpon the borders of Aethiopia made void of people by ants and scorpions, and how the citizens of Megara in Grecia were faine to leaue that citie through multitudes of bées, as waspes had almost driuen the Ephensians out of Ephe∣sus. But this of all other (whereof Aelianus intreateth) is most woonderfull, that when the Cretenses were cha∣sed out of a famous citie of their Iland by infinit num∣bers of bees, the said bees conuerted their houses into hiues, and made large combes in them which reached from wall to wall, wherein they reserued their honie. Which things being dulie considered, I doo not denie the possibilitie of the expulsion of the inhabitants out of the Ile of Burho by rats, although I say that I doo not warrant the effect, bicause I find it not set downe directlie in plaine words.

Beside this there is moreouer the Ile of Alderney a verie pretie plot,* 1.278 about seuen miles in compasse, wher∣in in a préest not long since did find a coffin of stone, in which lay the bodie of an huge giant, whose fore téeth were so big as a mans fist, as Leland dooth report.* 1.279 Cer∣tes this to me is no maruell at all,* 1.280 sith I haue read of greater, and mentioned them alreadie in the begin∣ning of this booke. Such a tooth also haue they in Spaine wherevnto they go in pilgrimage as vnto S. Christo∣phers tooth, but it was one of his eie teeth, if Ludouicus Viues say true, who went thither to offer vnto the

Page 33

same. S. August. de ciuit. lib. 15. cap. 9. writeth in like sort, of such another found vpon the coast of Vtica, and thereby gathereth that all men in time past were not onlie far greater than they be now, but also the giants farre exceeding the huge stature and height of the high∣est of them all.* 1.281 Homer complaineth that men in his time were but dwarfes in comparison of such as liued in the wars of Troy. See his fift Iliad, where he spea∣keth of Diomedes,* 1.282 and how he threw a stone at Aeneas, (which 14. men of his time were not able to stirre) and [unspec 10] therewith did hit him on the thigh and ouerthrew him. Virgil also noteth no lesse, in his owne deuise,* 1.283 but Iu∣uenall bréefelie comprehendeth all this in his 15. Satya, where he saith:

Saxa inclinatis per humum quaesita lacertis Incipiunt torquere, domestica seditione Tela, nec hunc lapidem, quali se Turnus, & Aiax, Et quo Tytides percussit pondere coxam Aeneae: sed quem valeant emittere dextrae Illis dissimiles, & nostro tempore nata. [unspec 20] Nam genus hoc viuo iam decrescebat Homero, Terra malos homines nunc educat, atque pusillos, Ergo Deus quicunque aspexit, ridet, & odit.

But to returne againe vnto the Ile of Alderney, from whence I haue digressed. Herein also is a prettie towne with a parish-church, great plentie of corne, cattell, conies, and wilde foule, whereby the inhabi∣tants doo reape much gaine and commoditie: onelie wood is their want, which they otherwise supplie. The language also of such as dwell in these Iles, is French; [unspec 30] but the wearing of their haire long, & the attire of those that liued in Gardsey and Iardsey, vntill the time of king Henrie the eight, was all after the Irish guise. The Ile of Gardsey also was sore spoiled by the French 1371. and left so desolate, that onlie one castell remai∣ned therein vntouched.

Beyond this, and neere vnto the coast of England (for these doo lie about the verie middest of the British sea) we haue one Iland called the Bruch or the Bruch∣sey,* 1.284 lieng about two miles from Poole, whither men [unspec 40] saile from the Fromouth, and wherein is nought else, but an old chapell, without any other housing.

Next to this also are certeine rocks, which some take for Iles, as Illeston rocke néere vnto Peritorie, Horestan Ile a mile from Peritorie by south, Blacke rocke Ile southeast from Peritorie toward Teygne∣mouth, and also Chester, otherwise called Plegimund∣ham: but how (to saie truth) or where this latter lieth, I cannot make report as yet, neuerthelesse sith Le∣land noteth them togither, I thinke it not my part to [unspec 50] make separation of them.

From hence the next Ile is called Mount. Iland,* 1.285 o∣therwise Mowtland, situate ouer against Lough, a∣bout two miles from the shore, and well néere thrée miles in compasse. This Iland hath no inhabitants, but onelie the warrenner and his dog, who looketh vn∣to the conies there: notwithstanding that vpon the coast thereof in time of the yeere, great store of pil∣chards is taken, and carried from thence into manie places of our countrie. It hath also a fresh well com∣ming [unspec 60] out of the rocks, which is worthie to be noted in so small a compasse of ground. Moreouer in the mouth of the créeke that leadeth vnto Lough, or Loow, as some call it, there is another little Iland of about eight acres of ground called S. Nicholas Ile,* 1.286 and midwaie betweene Falmouth and Dudman (a certeine Pro∣montorie is such another named the Gréefe,* 1.287 wherein is great store of gulles & sea foule. As for Inis Pry∣nin,* 1.288 it lieth within the Baie, about three miles from Li∣zards, and containeth not aboue two acres of ground, from which Newltjn is not far distant, and wherein is a poore fisher-towne and a faire wel-spring, wherof as yet no writer hath made mention. After these (omit∣ting Pendinant in the point of Falmouth hauen) we came at last to saint Michaels mount,* 1.289 whereof I find this description readie to my hand in Leland.

The compasse of the root of the mount of saint Mi∣chael is not much more than halfe a mile, and of this the south part is pasturable and bréedeth conies, the resi∣due high and rockie soile. In the north side thereof al∣so is a garden, with certeine houses and shops for fisher∣men. Furthermore, the waie to the mountaine lieth at the north side, and is frequented from halfe eb to halfe floud, the entrance beginning at the foot of the hill, and so ascending by steps and greeces westward, first; and then eastward to the vtter ward of the church. Within the same ward also is a court stronglie walled, wherein on the south side is a chapell of S. Michaell, and in the east side another of our ladie. Manie times a man may come to the hill on foot. On the north northwest side hereof also, is a Piere for botes and ships, and in the Baie betwixt the mount and Pensardz are seene at the lowe water marke, diuers roots and stubs of trées, beside hewen stone, sometimes of doores & windowes, which are perceiued in the inner part of the Baie, and import that there hath not onelie beene building, but al∣so firme ground, whereas the salt water doth now rule and beare the maisterie. Beyond this is an other little Ile, called S. Clements Ile, of a chapell there de∣dicated to that saint.* 1.290 It hath a little from it also the Ile called Mowshole, which is not touched in any Chard. As for Mowshole it selfe, it is a towne of the maine, called in Cornish Port Enis, that is, Portus insulae, whereof the said Ile taketh denomination, and in tin workes néere vnto the same there hath beene found of late, speare heds, battell axes, and swords of copper wrapped vp in linnen, and scarselie hurt with rust or other hinde∣rance. Certes the sea hath won verie much in this cor∣ner of our Iland, but chéefelie betwéene Mowshole and Pensardz.

Hauing thus passed ouer verie neere all such Iles, as lie vpon the south coast of Britaine, and now being come vnto the west part of our countrie, a sudden Pirie catheth hold of vs (as it did before, when we went to Iardsey) and carieth vs yet more westerlie a∣mong the flats of Sylley. Such force dooth the south∣east wind often shewe vpon poore trauellers in those parts,* 1.291 as the south and southwest dooth vpon stran∣gers against the British coast, that are not skilfull of our rodes and harborowes. Howbeit such was our suc∣cesse in this voiage, that we feared no rocks, more than did king Athelstane, when he subdued them (and soone after builded a colledge of preests at S. Burien, in performance of his vow made when he enterpri∣sed this voiage for his safe returne) nor anie tempest of weather in those parts that could annoie our pas∣sage. Perusing therefore the perils whereinto we were pitifullie plunged, we found the Syllane Ilands (pla∣ces often robbed by the Frenchmen and Spaniards) to lie distant from the point of Cornewall, about three or foure hours sailing, or twentie English miles, as some men doo account it. There are of these (as I said) to the number of one hundreth fortie seauen in sight, whereof each one is greater or lesse than other, and most of them sometime inhabited: howbeit, there are twentie of them, which for their greatnesse and commodities ex∣ceed all the rest. Thereto (if you respect their position) they are situat in maner of a circle or ring, hauing an huge lake or portion of the sea in the middest of them, which is not without perill to such as with small aduisement enter into the same. Certes it passeth my cunning, either to name or to describe all these one hundreth fourtie seauen, according to their estate; nei∣ther haue I had anie information of them, more than I haue gathered by Leland, or gotten out of a map of their description, which I had sometime of Reginald Woolfe: wherfore omitting as it were all the rags, and such as are not worthie to haue anie time spent about

Page 34

their particular descriptions, I will onelie touch the greatest, and those that lie togither (as I said) in ma∣ner of a roundle.

The first and greatest of these therefore,* 1.292 called S. Maries Ile, is about fiue miles ouer, or nine miles in compasse. Therein also is a parish-church, and a poore towne belonging thereto, of threescore housholds, be∣side a castell, plentie of corne, conies, wild swans, puffens, gulles, cranes, & other kinds of foule, in great abundance. This fertile Iland being thus viewed, we [unspec 10] sailed southwards by the Norman rocke, and S. Maries sound vnto Agnus Ile, which is six miles ouer,* 1.293 and hath in like sort one towne or parish within the same of fiue or six housholds, beside no small store of hogs & conies of sundrie colours, verie profitable to their owners. It is not long since this Ile was left desolate, for when the inhabitants thereof returned from a feast holden in S. Maries Ile, they were all drowned, and not one person left aliue. There are also two other small Ilands, betwéene this and the Annot, whereof I find nothing [unspec 20] worthie relation: for as both of them ioind togither are not comparable to the said Annot* 1.294 for greatnesse and circuit, so they want both hogs and conies, wherof An∣not hath great plentie. There is moreouer the Minwi∣sand,* 1.295 from whence we passe by the Smithy sound* 1.296 (lea∣uing thrée little Ilands on the left hand, vnto the Suar∣tigan* 1.297 Iland, then to Rousuian,* 1.298 Rousuiar,* 1.299 and the Creg∣win,* 1.300 which seauen are (for the most part) replenished with conies onelie, and wild garlike, but void of wood & other commodities, sauing of a short kind of grasse, [unspec 30] or here & there some firzes whereon their conies doo féed.

Leauing therefore these desert peeces, we incline a little toward the northwest, where we stumble or run vpon Moncarthat,* 1.301 Inis Welseck,* 1.302 & Suethiall.* 1.303 We came in like sort vnto Rat Iland,* 1.304 wherein are so manie mon∣strous rats, that if anie horsses, or other beasts, happen to come thither, or be left there by negligence but one night, they are sure to be deuoured & eaten vp, without all hope of recouerie. There is moreouer the Anwall* 1.305 and the Brier,* 1.306 Ilands in like sort void of all good furni∣ture, [unspec 40] conies onelie excepted, and the Brier (wherein is a village, castell, and parish-church) bringeth foorth no lesse store of hogs, and wild foule, than Rat Iland doth of rats, whereof I greatlie maruell.

By north of the Brier, lieth the Rusco,* 1.307 which hath a Labell or Byland stretching out toward the southwest, called Inis widdon.* 1.308 This Rusco is verie neere so great as that of S. Maries. It hath moreouer an hold, and a parish within it, beside great store of conies and wild foule, whereof they make much gaine in due time of the [unspec 50] yeare. Next vnto this we come to the Round Iland,* 1.309 which is about a mile ouer, then to S. Lides* 1.310 Iland, (wherein is a parish-church dedicated to that Saint, be∣side conies, wood, and wild foule, of which two later there is some indifferent store) the Notho,* 1.311 the Auing,* 1.312 (one of them being situat by south of another, and the Auing halfe a mile ouer, which is a iust halfe lesse than the Notho) and the Tyan,* 1.313 which later is a great Iland, furnished with a parish-church, and no small plentie of conies as I heare.* 1.314 After the Tyan we come to S. Mar∣tines [unspec 60] Ile, wherein is a faire towne, the Ile it selfe being next vnto the Rusco for greatnesse, and verie well fur∣nished with conies & fresh springs. Also betwixt this and S. Maries, are ten other, smaller, which reach out of the northeast into the southwest, as Knolworth,* 1.315 Sniuil∣liuer,* 1.316 Menwetham,* 1.317 Vollis. 1.* 1.318 Surwihe,* 1.319 Vollis. 2.* 1.320 Arthurs* 1.321 Iland, Guiniliuer,* 1.322 Nenech* 1.323 and Gothrois,* 1.324 whose estates are diuers: howbeit as no one of these is to be ac∣counted great in comparison of the other, so they all yéeld a short grasse méet for sheepe and conies, as doo al∣so the rest. In the greater Iles likewise (whose names are commonlie such as those of the townes or churches standing in the same) there are (as I here) sundry lakes, and those neuer without great plentie of wild foule, so that the Iles of Sylley, are supposed to be no lesse bene∣ficiall to their lords, than anie other what soeuer, within the compasse of our Ile, or neere vnto our coasts. In some of them also are wild swine.* 1.325 And as these Iles are supposed to be a notable safegard to the coast of Corne∣wall, so in diuerse of them great store of tin is like∣wise to be found. There is in like maner such plentie of fish taken among these same, that beside the feeding of their swine withall, a man shall haue more there for a penie, than in London for ten grotes. Howbeit their cheefe commoditie is made by Reigh, which they drie, cut in peeces, and carie ouer into little Britaine, where they exchange it there, for salt, canuas, readie monie, or o∣ther merchandize which they doo stand in need of. A like trade haue some of them also, with Buckhorne or dried whiting, as I heare. But sith the author of this report did not flatlie auouch it, I passe ouer that fish as not in season of this time. Thus haue we viewed the richest and most wealthie Iles of Sylley, from whence we must direct our course eastwards, vnto the mouth of the Sauerne, and then go backe againe vnto the west point of Wales, continuing still our voiage along vp∣on the west coast of Britaine, till we come to the Sol∣uey whereat the kingdomes part, & from which foorth on we must touch such Ilands as lie vpon the west and north shore, till we be come againe vnto the Scotish sea, and to our owne dominions.

From the point of Cornewall therefore, or promon∣torie of Helenus* 1.326 (so called, as some thinke, bicause He∣lenus the son of Priamus* 1.327 who arriued here with Brute lieth buried there, except the sea haue washed awaie his sepulchre) vntill we come vnto the mouth of Sa∣uerne, we haue none Ilands at all that I doo know or heare of, but one litle Byland, Cape or Peninsula, which is not to be counted of in this place. And yet sith I haue spoken of it, you shall vnderstand, that it is called Pendinas, and beside that the compasse thereof is not aboue a mile, this is to be remembred farder thereof, how there standeth a Pharos or light therein, for ships which saile by those coasts in the night. There is also at the verie point of the said Pendinas,* 1.328 a chappell of saint Nicholas, beside the church of saint Ia, an Irish wo∣man saint. It belonged of late to the Lord Brooke, but now (as I gesse) the Lord Mountioy enioieth it. There is also a blockhouse, and a péere in the eastside thereof, but the péere is sore choked with sand, as is the whole shore furthermore from S. Ies vnto S. Carantokes, inso∣much that the greatest part of this Byland is now co∣uered with sands, which the sea casteth vp, and this cala∣mitie hath indured little aboue fiftie yeares, as the in∣habitants doo affirme.

There are also two rocks neere vnto Tredwy, and another not farre from Tintagell, all which many of the common sort doo repute and take for Iles: where∣fore as one desirous to note all, I thinke it not best that these should be omitted: but to proceed. When we be come further, I meane vnto the Sauerne mouth, we meet the two Holmes, of which one is called Step∣holme, and the other Flatholme, of their formes bée∣ing in déed parcels of ground and low soiles fit for lit∣tle else than to beare grasse for cattell, whereof they take those names. For Holme is an old Saxon word, applied to all such places. Of these also Stepholme li∣eth south of the Flatholme, about foure or fiue miles; the first also a mile and an halfe, the other two miles or thereabout in length; but neither of them a mile and an halfe in breadth, where they doo seeme to be the broa∣dest.

It should séeme by some that they are not worthie to be placed among Ilands: yet othersome are of opini∣on, that they are not altogither so base, as to be reputed amongst flats or rocks: but whatsoeuer they be, this is sure, that they oft annoie such passengers and mer∣chants as passe and repasse vpon that riuer. Neither

Page 35

doo I read of any other Iles which lie by east of these, saue onlie the Barri,* 1.329 and Dunwen: the first of which is so called of one Barroc, a religious man (as Gyral∣dus saith) and is about a flight shot from the shore. Herin also is a rocke standing at the verie entrance of the cliffe, which hath a little rift or chine vpon the side, wherevnto if a man doo laie his eare, he shall heare a noise, as if smithes did worke at the forge, sometimes blowing with their bellowes, and sometimes stri∣king and clinking with hammers, whereof manie [unspec 10] men haue great wonder;* 1.330 and no maruell. It is about a mile in compasse, situat ouer against Aberbarry, and hath a chappell in it.

Dunwen is so called of a church (dedicated to a Welsh woman saint,* 1.331 called Dunwen) that standeth there. It lieth more than two miles from Henrosser, right against Neuen, and hath within it two faire mils, & great store of conies. Certes if the sand increase so fast hereafter as it hath done of late about it, it will be vnited to the maine within a short season. Beyond [unspec 20] these & toward the coast of Southwales lie two other Ilands, larger in quantitie than the Holmes, of which the one is called Caldee or Inis Pyr.* 1.332 It hath a parish∣church with a spire steeple, and a pretie towne belonging to the countie of Pembroke, and iurisdiction of one Da∣uid in Wales. Leland supposeth the ruines that are found therein to haue béene of an old priorie some∣times called Lille, which was a cell belonging to the monasterie of S. Dogmael, but of this I can saie no∣thing. The other hight Londy,* 1.333 wherein is also a village [unspec 30] or towne, and of this Iland the parson of the said towns is not onelie the captaine, but hath thereto weife, di∣stresse, and all other commodities belonging to the same. It is little aboue sixteene miles from the coast of Wales, though it be thirtie from Caldée, and yet it ser∣ueth (as I am informed) lord and king in Deuonshire. Moreouer in this Iland is great plentie of sheepe, but more conies, and therewithall of verie fine and short grasse for their better food & pasturage; likewise much Sampere vpon the shore, which is carried from thence [unspec 40] in barrels. And albeit that there be not scarslie fourtie housholds in the whole, yet the inhabitants there with huge stones (alredie prouided) may kéepe off thousands of their enimies, bicause it is not possible for anie ad∣uersaries to assaile them, but onelie at one place, and with a most dangerous entrance. In this voiage also we met with two other Ilands, one of them called Shepes Ile, the other Rat Ile; the first is but a little plot lieng at the point of the Baie, before we come at the Blockhouse which standeth north of the same, at [unspec 50] the verie entrie into Milford hauen vpon the eastside. By north also of Shepes Ile, and betwéene it & Stacke rocke, which lieth in the verie middest of the hauen, at another point is Rat Ile yet smaller than the former, but what commodities are to be found in them as yet I cannot tell.* 1.334 Schalmey the greater and the lesse lie northwest of Milford hauen a good waie. They belong both to the crowne, but are not inhabited, bicause they be so often spoiled with pirates.* 1.335 Schoncold Ile ioineth vnto great Schalmey, and is bigger than it, onlie a pas∣sage [unspec 60] for ships parteth them, whereby they are supposed to be one: Leland noteth them to lie in Milford hauen. Beside these also we found the Bateholme, Stocke∣holme, Midland, and Gresholme Iles, and then dou∣bling the Wellock point, we came into a Baie, where we saw saint Brides Iland, and another in the Sound betwéene Ramsey and the point, of all which Iles and such rocks as are offensiue to mariners that passe by them, it may be my hap to speake more at large here∣after.

Limen (as Ptolomie calleth it) is situat ouer against S. Dauids in Wales (wherevnto we must néeds come,* 1.336 after we be past another little one, which some men doo call Gresholme) & lieth directlie west of Schalmey. In a late map I find this Limen to be called in English Ramsey: Leland also confirmeth the same, and I can∣not learne more thereof, than that it is much greater than anie of the other last mentioned (sithens I descri∣bed the Holmes) and for temporall iurisdiction a mem∣ber of Penbrookeshire, as it is vnto S. Dauids for mat∣ters concerning the church. Leland in his commen∣taries of England lib. 8. saieth that it contained thrée Ilets, whereof the bishop of S. Dauids is owner of the greatest, but the chanter of S. Dauids claimeth the se∣cond, as the archdeacon of Cairmarden dooth the third. And in these is verie excellent pasture for sheepe and horses, but not for other horned beasts which lacke their vpper téeth by nature (whose substance is conuerted in∣to the nourishment of their hornes) and therefore can∣not bite so low. Next vnto this Ile we came to Mawr,* 1.337 an Iland in the mouth of Mawr, scant a bow shoot o∣uer, and enuironed at the low water with fresh, but at the high with salt, and here also is excellent catching of herings.

After this, procéeding on still with our course, we fetched a compasse, going out of the north toward the west, and then turning againe (as the coast of the coun∣trie leadeth) vntill we sailed full south, leauing the shore still on our right hand, vntill we came vnto a cou∣ple of Iles, which doo lie vpon the mouth of the Soch, one of them being distant (as we gessed) a mile from the other, and neither of them of anie greatnesse al∣most worthie to be remembred. The first that we came vnto is called Tudfall, and therein is a church,* 1.338 but without anie parishioners, except they be shéepe and conies. The quantitie thereof also is not much a∣boue six acres of ground, measured by the pole. The next is Penthlin, Myrach, or Mererosse,* 1.339 situat in maner betwixt Tudfall or Tuidall and the shore, and herein is verie good pasture for horsses, wherof (as I take it) that name is giuen vnto it. Next vnto them, we come vnto Gwelyn,* 1.340 a little Ile which lieth southeast of the fall of Daron or Daren, a thing of small quantitie, and yet al∣most parted in the mids by water, and next of all vnto Bardsey an Iland lieng ouer against Periuincle the southwest point or promontorie of Northwales (where Merlin Syluestris lieth buried) and whither the rest of the monks of Bangor did flie to saue themselues, when 2100. of their fellowes were slaine by the Saxon prin∣ces in the quarell of Augustine the monke, & the citie of Caerleon or Chester raced to the ground, and not since reedified againe to anie purpose. Ptolomie calleth this Iland Lymnos, the Britons Enlhi, and therein also is a parish-church, as the report goeth. From hence we cast about, gathering still toward the northest, till we came to Caer Ierienrhod, a notable rocke situat ouer against the mouth of the Leuenni, wherein standeth a strong hold or fortresse, or else some towne or village. Certes we could not well discerne whether of both it was, bi∣cause the wind blew hard at southwest, the morning was mistie, and our mariners doubting some flats to be couched not far from thence, hasted awaie vnto An∣glesei, whither we went apace with a readie wind e∣uen at our owne desire.

This Iland (which Tacitus mistaketh no doubt for Mona Caesaris, and so dooth Ptolomie as appeareth by his latitudes) is situat about two miles from the shore of Northwales. Paulus Iouius gesseth that it was in time past ioined to the continent, or maine of our Ile,* 1.341 and onelie cut off by working of the Ocean, as Sicilia peraduenture was from Italie by the violence of the Leuant or practise of some king that reigned there. Thereby also (as he saith) the inhabitants were con∣streind at the first to make a bridge ouer into the same, till the breach waxed so great, that no such passage could anie longer be mainteined. But as these things doo ei∣ther not touch my purpose at all, or make smallie with the present description of this Ile: so (in comming to

Page 36

my matter) Anglesei is found to be full so great as the Wight,* 1.342 and nothing inferiour, but rather surmoun∣ting it, as that also which Caesar calleth Mona in fruit∣fulnesse of soile by manie an hundred fold. In old time it was reputed and taken for the common granarie to Wales, as Sicilia was to Rome and Italie for their prouision of corne. In like maner the Welshmen themselues called it the mother of their countrie, for gi∣uing their minds wholie to pasturage, as the most easie and lesse chargeable trade, they vtterlie neglected til∣lage, [unspec 10] as men that leaned onelie to the fertilitie of this Iland for their corne, from whence they neuer failed to receiue continuall abundance. Gyraldus saith that the Ile of Anglesei was no lesse sufficient to minister graine for the sustentation of all the men of Wales, than the mountaines called Ereri or Snowdoni in Northwales were to yeeld plentie of pasture for all the cattell whatsoeuer within the aforesaid compasse, if they were brought togither and left vpon the same. It contained moreouer so manie townes welnéere, as [unspec 20] there be daies in a yeare, which some conuerting into Cantreds haue accompted but for three, as Gyraldus saith. Howbeit, as there haue beene I say 363. townes in Anglesei, so now a great part of that reckoning is vtterlie shroonke, and so far gone to decaie, that the ve∣rie ruines of them are vnneath to be séene & discerned: and yet it séemeth to be méetlie well inhabited. Leland noting the smalnesse of our hundreds in comparison to that they were in time past, addeth (so far as I remem∣ber) that there are six of them in Anglesei, as Menay, [unspec 30] Maltraith, Liuon, Talbellion, Torkalin, and Tindaithin: herevnto Lhoid saith also how it belonged in old time vnto the kingdome of Guinhed or Northwales, and that therein at a towne called Aberfraw, being on the southwestside of the Ile, the kings of Gwinhed held euermore their palaces, whereby it came to passe, that the kings of Northwales were for a longtime called kings of Aberfraw, as the Welshmen named the kings of England kings of London, till better instru∣ction did bring them farther knowledge. [unspec 40]

There are in Anglesei many townes and villages, whose names as yet I cannot orderlie atteine vnto: wherefore I will content my selfe with the rehearsall of so many as we viewed in sailing about the coasts, and otherwise heard report of by such as I haue talked withall. Beginning therefore at the mouth of the Gef∣ni (which riseth at northeast aboue Gefni or Geuenni, 20. miles at the least into the land) we passed first by Hundwyn, then by Newborow, Port Hayton, Beau∣marrais, Penmon, Elian, Almwoch, Burric (whereby [unspec 50] runneth a rill into a creeke) Cornew, Holihed (stan∣ding in the promontorie) Gwifen, Aberfraw, and Cair Cadwalader, of all which, the two latter stand as it were in a nuke betweene the Geuenni water, and the Fraw, wherevpon Aberfraw is situate. Within the Iland we heard onlie of Gefni afore mentioned, of Gristial standing vpon the same water, of Tefri, of La∣nerchimedh, Lachtenfarwy and Bodedrin, but of all these the cheefe is now Beaumarais, which was builded sometime by king Edward the first, and therewithall a [unspec 60] strong castell about the yeare 1295. to kéepe that land in quiet. There are also (as Leland saith) 31. parish∣churches beside 69. chappels, that is, a hundreth in all. But héerof I can saie little, for lacke of iust instruction. In time past, the people of this Ile vsed not to seuerall their grounds, but now they dig stonie hillocks, and with the stones thereof they make rude walles, much like to those of Deuonshire, sith they want hedge∣bote, fire bote, and house bote, or (to saie at one word) timber, bushes and trees. As for wine, it is so plenti∣full and good cheape there most commonlie as in Lon∣don, through the great recourse of merchants from France, Spaine, and Italie vnto the aforesaid Iland. The flesh likewise of such cattell as is bred there, wher∣of we haue store yearelie brought vnto Cole faire in Essex is most delicate, by reason of their excellent pa∣sture, and so much was it esteemed by the Romans in time past, that Columella did not onelie commend and preferre them before those of Liguria, but the em∣perours themselues being neere hand also caused their prouision to be made for nete out of Anglesei, to feed vpon at their owne tables as the most excellent beefe. It taketh now the name of Angles and Ei, which is to meane the Ile of Englishmen, bicause they wan it in the Conquerors time, vnder the leading of Hugh earle of Chester, and Hugh of Shrewesburie. Howbeit they recouered it againe in the time of William Rufus, when they spoiled the citie of Glocester, ransacked Shrewes∣burie, and returned home with great bootie and pillage, in which voiage also they were holpen greatlie by the Irishmen, who after thrée yeares ioined with them a∣gaine, and slue the earle of Shrewesburie (which then liued) with great crueltie. The Welshmen call it Tire∣mone and Mon, and herein likewise is a promontorie or Byland, called Holie head* 1.343 (which hath in time past beene named Cair kyby, of Kyby a monke that dwel∣led there) from whence the readiest passage is common∣lie had out of Northwales to get ouer into Ireland, of which Ile I will not speake at this time, least I shuld bereaue another of that trauell. Yet Plinie saith, lib. 4. cap. 16. that it lieth not farre off from and ouer a∣gainst the Silures, which then dwelled vpon the west coast of our Iland, and euen so farre as Dunbritton, and beyond: but to our Cair kybi. The Britons named it Enylsnach, or holie Ile,* 1.344 of the number of carcases of holie men, which they affirme to haue beene buried there. But herein I maruell not a little, wherein women had offended, that they might not come thither, or at the least wise returne from thence without some notable reproch or shame vnto their bo∣dies. By south also of Hilarie point, somewhat incli∣ning toward the east, lieth Inis Lygod, a small thing (God wot) and therefore not worthie great remem∣brance: neuertheles not to be omitted, though nothing else inforced the memoriall thereof, but onelie the number and certeine fale of such Iles as lie about our Iland. I might also speake of the Ile Mail Rony∣ad, which lieth north west of Anglesei by sixe miles; but bicause the true name hereof, as of manie riuers and streames are to me vnknowne, I am the more willing to passe them ouer in silence, least I should be noted to be farther corrupter of such words as I haue no skill to deliuer and exhibit in their kind. And now to conclude with the description of the whole Iland, this I will ad moreouer vnto hir commodities, that as there are the best milstones of white, red, blew, and gréene gréets, (especiallie in Tindaithin) so there is great gaines to be gotten by fishing round about this Ile, if the people there could vse the trade: but they want both cunning and diligence to take that matter in hand. And as for temporall regiment, it apperteineth to the countie of Cairnaruon, so in spirituall cases it belongeth to the bi∣shoprike of Bangor. This is finallie to be noted of An∣glesei,* 1.345 that sundrie earthen pots are often found there of dead mens bones conuerted into ashes, set with the mouthes downeward contrarie to the vse of other na∣tions, which turned the brims vpwards, whereof let this suffice.

Hauing thus described Anglesei, it resteth to report furthermore, how that in our circuit about the same, we met with other little Ilets, of which one lieth north∣west thereof almost ouer against Butricke mouth, or the fall of the water, that passeth by Butricke. The Britons called it Ynis Ader,* 1.346 that is to say, the Ile of birds in old time, but now it hight Ynis Moil,* 1.347 or Ynis Rhomaid,* 1.348 that is the Ile of porpasses. It hath to name likewise Ysterisd,* 1.349 and Adros.* 1.350 Being past this, we came to the second lieng by north east, ouer against the Hilarie

Page 37

point,* 1.351 called Ynis Ligod, that is to saie, the Ile of Mise, and of these two this latter is the smallest, neither of them both being of any greatnesse to speake of. Ynis Seriall* 1.352 or Prestholme,* 1.353 lieth ouer against Penmon, or the point called the head of Mon, where I found a towne (as I told you) of the same denomination. Ptolomie nameth not this Iland, whereof I maruell. It is par∣cell of Flintshire, and of the iurisdiction of S. Asaph, and in fertilitie of soile, and breed of cattell, nothing in∣feriour vnto Anglesei hir mother: although that for [unspec 10] quantitie of ground it come infinitelie short thereof, and be nothing comparable vnto it. The last Iland vp∣on the cost of Wales, hauing now left Anglesei, is cal∣led Credine,* 1.354 and although it lie not properlie within the compasse of my description, yet I will not let to touch it by the waie, sith the causey thither from Denbigh∣land, is commonlie ouerflowne. It is partlie made an Iland by the Conwey, and partlie by the sea. But to pro∣ceed, when we had viewed this place, we passed foorth to S. Antonies Ile, which is about two or thrée miles com∣passe [unspec 20] or more, a sandie soile, but yet verie batable for sheepe and cattell, it is well replenished also with fresh wels, great plentie of wild foule, conies and quarries of hard ruddie stone, which is oft brought thence to Westchester, where they make the foundations of their buildings withall. There are also two parish churches in the same, dedicated to S. Antonie and S. Iohn, but the people are verie poore, bicause they be so oft spoiled by pirats, although the lord of the same be verie weal∣thie thorough the exchange made with them of his [unspec 30] victuals, for their wares, whereof they make good peniworths, as théeues commonlie doo of such preies as they get by like escheat, notwithstanding their landing there is verie dangerous, and onlie at one place. How∣beit they are constreined to vse it, and there to make their marts. From hence we went on, vntill we came to the cape of Ile Brée,* 1.355 or Hilberie, and point of Wyr∣ale, from whence is a common passage into Ireland, of 18. or 20. houres sailing, if the wether be not tedi∣ous. This Iland at the full sea is a quarter of a mile [unspec 40] from the land, and the streame betwéene foure fadams déepe, as ship-boies haue oft sounded, but at a lowe wa∣ter a man may go ouer thither on the sand. The Ile of it selfe is verie sandie a mile in compasse, and well sto∣red with conies, thither also went a sort of supersticious fooles in times past, in pilgrimage, to our ladie of Hil∣berie, by whose offerings a cell of monkes there, which belonged to Chester, was cherished and mainteined.

The next Iland vpon the coast of England is Man or Mona Caesaris, which some name Mana or Manim, [unspec 50] but after Ptolomie, Monaoida, as some thinke, though other ascribe that name to Anglesei, which the Welsh∣men doo commonlie call Môn, as they doo this Manaw, It is supposed to be the first, as Hirtha is the last of the Hebrides. Hector Boetius noteth a difference betwéene them of 300. miles. But Plinie saith that Mona is 200000. miles from Camaldunum, lib. 2. cap. 75. It lieth also vnder 53. degrées of latitude, and 30. minuts, and hath in longitude 16. degrees and 40. minuts, abutting on the north side vpon S. Ninians in Scotland, Furnes∣fels [unspec 60] on the east, Prestholme and Anglesei on the south, and Ulsther in Ireland on the west. It is greater than Anglesei by a third, and there are two riuers in the same, whose heads doo ioine so néere, that they doo seeme in maner to part the Ile in twaine. Some of the anci∣ent writers, as Ethicus, &c: call it Eubonia,* 1.356 and other following Orosius, Meuana* 1.357 or Maeuania, howbeit after Beda and the Scotish histories, the Meuaniae are all those Iles aforesaid called the Hebrides, Eubonides, or Hebudes (whereof William Malmesburie, lib. 1. de regi∣bus (beside this our Mona) will haue Anglesei also to be one. Wherefore it séemeth hereby that a number of our late writers ascribing the said name vnto Mona one∣lie, haue not beene a little deceiued. Iornandes lib. de Ge∣tis speaketh of a second Meuansa; Habet & aliam Me∣uaniam (saith he) necnon & Orchadas. But which should be prima, as yet I do not read, except it should be Anglesei; and then saith Malmesburie well. In like sort Proper∣tius speaketh of a Meuania, which he called Nebulosa, but he meaneth it euidentlie of a little towne in Um∣bria where he was borne, lib. 4. eleg. De vrbe Rom. Wher∣fore there néedeth no vse of his authoritie. This in the meane time is euident out of Orosius, lib, 1. capite 2. that Scots dwelled somtime in this Ile, as also in Ireland, which Ethicus also affirmeth of his owne time, and fi∣nallie confirmeth that the Scots and Irish were some∣time one people. It hath in length 24. miles, and 8. in bredth, and is in maner of like distance from Gallo∣way in Scotland, Ireland and Cumberland in Eng∣land, as Buchanan reporteth.

In this Iland also were some time 1300. families, of which 960. were in the west halfe, and the rest in the other. But now through ioining house to house & land to land (a common plague and canker, which will eat vp all, if prouision be not made in time to withstand this mischéefe) that number is halfe diminished, and yet many of the rich inhabiters want roome, and wote not how and where to bestowe themselues, to their quiet contentations. Certes this impediment groweth not by reason that men were greater in bodie, than they haue béene in time past, but onelie for that their insa∣tiable desire of inlarging their priuate possessions in∣creaseth still vpon them, and will doo more, except they be restrained: but to returne to our purpose. It was once spoiled by the Scots in the time of king Athel∣stane, chéeflie by Anlafus in his flight from the bloudie battell, wherein Constantine king of Scotland was ouercome: secondlie by the Scots 1388. after it came to the possession of the English, for in the beginning the kings of Scotland had this Iland vnder their do∣minion, almost from their first arriuall in this Iland, and as Beda saith till Edwine king of the Northum∣bers wan it from them, and vnited it to his kingdome. After the time of Edwine, the Scots gat the possession thereof againe, and held it till the Danes & Norwaies wan it from them, who also kept it (but with much trou∣ble) almost 370. yeares vnder the gouernance of their viceroies, whome the kings of Norwaie inuested vnto that honor, till Alexander the third king of that name in Scotland recouered it from them, with all the rest of those Iles that lie vpon the west coast, called also Sodorenses in the daies of Magnus king of Norwaie. And sithens that time the Scotish princes haue not ceased to giue lawes to such as dwelled there, but also from time to time appointed such bishops as should ex∣ercise ecclesiasticall iurisdiction in the same, till it was won from them by our princes, and so vnited vnto the realme of England. Finallie,* 1.358 how after sundrie sales bargains and contracts of matrimonie (for I read that William Scroope the kings Uicechamberleine, did buy this Ile and crowne thereof of the lord William Montacute earle of Sarum) it came vnto the ance∣stours of the earles of Darbie, who haue béene com∣monlie said to be kings of Man, the discourse folowing shall more at large declare. Giraldus noteth a conten∣tion betwéene the kings of England & Ireland for the right of this Iland, but in the end, when by a compr∣mise the triall of the matter was referred to the liues or deaths of such venemous wormes as should be brought into the same, and it was found that they died not at all, as the like doo in Ireland, sentence passed with the king of England, & so he reteined the Iland. But howsoeuer this matter standeth, and whether anie such thing was done at all or not, sure it is that the peo∣ple of the said Ile were much giuen to witchcraft and sorcerie (which they learned of the Scots a nation great∣lie bent to that horible practise) in somuch that their women would oftentimes sell wind to the mariners,

Page 38

inclosed vnder certeine knots of thred, with this in∣iunction, that they which bought the same, should for a great gale vndoo manie, and for the lesse a fewer or smaller number.* 1.359 The stature of the men and also ferti∣litie of this Iland are much commended, and for the latter supposed verie néere to be equall with that of An∣glesei, in all commodities.

There are also these townes therein, as they come now to my remembrance, Rushen, Dunglasse, Holme towne, S. Brids, Bala cury (the bishops house) S. Mich. [unspec 10] S. Andrew, kirk Christ, kirk Louel, S. Mathees, kirk S. Anne, Pala sala, kirk S. Marie, kirk Concane, kirk Malu, and Home. But of all these Rushen with the castell is the strongest.* 1.360 It is also in recompense of the common want of wood, indued with sundrie pretie waters, as first of al the Burne rising in the northside of Warehill botoms, and branching out by southwest of kirk S. An, it séemeth to cut off a great part of the eastside thereof, from the residue of that Iland. From those hils also (but of the south halfe) commeth the Holme and Hol∣mey, [unspec 20] by a towne of the same name, in the verie mouth whereof lieth the Pile afore mentioned. They haue also the Bala passing by Bala cury, on the westside, and the Rame on the north, whose fall is named Ramesei hauen, as I doo read in Chronicles.

There are moreouer sundrie great hils therein, as that wherevpon S. Mathees standeth,* 1.361 in the northeast part of the Ile, a parcell whereof commeth flat south, betwéene kirk Louell, and kirk Marie, yéelding out of their botoms the water Bala, whereof I spake [unspec 30] before. Beside these and well toward the south part of the Ile, I find the Warehils, which are extended al∣most from the west coast ouertwhart vnto the Burne streame. It hath also sundrie hauens, as Ramsei hauen,* 1.362 by north Laxam hauen, by east Port Iris, by southwest Port Home, and Port Michell, by west. In like sort there are diuers Ilets annexed to the same, as the Calfe of man on the south,* 1.363 the Pile* 1.364 on the west, and finallie S. Michels Ile in the gulfe called Ranoths waie in the east. Moreouer the sheepe* 1.365 of this countrie are excéeding [unspec 40] huge, well woolled, and their tailes of such greatnesse as is almost incredible.* 1.366 In like sort their hogs are in maner monstrous. They haue furthermore great store of barnacles bréeding vpon their coasts,* 1.367 but yet not so great store as in Ireland, and those (as there also) of old ships, ores, masts, peeces of rotten timber as they saie, and such putrified pitched stuffe, as by wrecke hath happened to corrupt vpon that shore. Howbeit neither the inhabitants of this Ile, nor yet of Ireland can rea∣dilie saie whether they be fish or flesh,* 1.368 for although the re∣ligious [unspec 50] there vsed to eat them as fish, yet elsewhere, some haue beene troubled, for eating of them in times prohibited for heretikes and lollards.

For my part, I haue béene verie desirous to vnder∣stand the vttermost of the bréeding of barnacls, & que∣stioned with diuers persons about the same. I haue red also whatsoeuer is written by forren authors touching the generation of that foule, & sought out some places where I haue béene assured to sée great numbers of them: but in vaine. Wherefore I vtterlie despaired to [unspec 60] obteine my purpose, till this present yeare of Grace 1584. and moneth of Maie, wherein going to the court at Gréenewich from London by bote, I saw sundrie ships lieng in the Thames newlie come home, either from Barbarie or the Canarie Iles (for I doo not well remember now from which of these places) on whose sides I perceiued an infinit sort of shels to hang so thicke as could be one by another. Drawing néere also, I tooke off ten or twelue of the greatest of them, & afterward hauing opened them, I saw the proporti∣on of a foule in one of them more perfectlie than in all the rest, sauing that the head was not yet formed, bi∣cause the fresh water had killed them all (as I take it) and thereby hindered their perfection. Certeinelie the feathers of the taile hoong out of the shell at least two inches, the wings (almost perfect touching forme) were garded with two shels or shéeldes proportioned like the selfe wings, and likewise the brestbone had hir couerture also of like shellie substance, and altogither resembling the figure which Lobell and Pena doo giue foorth in their description of this foule: so that I am now fullie persuaded that it is either the barnacle that is ingendred after one maner in these shels, or some o∣ther sea-foule to vs as yet vnknowen. For by the fea∣thers appearing and forme so apparant, it cannot be de∣nied, but that some bird or other must proceed of this substance, which by falling from the sides of the ships in long voiages, may come to some perfection. But now it is time for me to returne againe vnto my former purpose.

There hath sometime beene, and yet is a bishop of this Ile,* 1.369 who at the first was called Episcopus Sodo∣rensis, when the iurisdiction of all the Hebrides belong∣ed vnto him. Whereas now he that is bishop there, is but a bishops shadow, for albeit that he beare the name of bishop of Man, yet haue the earles of Darbie, as it is supposed,* 1.370 the cheefe profit of his sée (sauing that they allow him a little somewhat for a flourish) notwith∣standing that they be his patrons, and haue his nomi∣nation vnto that liuing. The first bishop of this Ile was called Wimundus or Raymundus, and surna∣med Monachus Sauinensis, who by reason of his ex∣treame and tyrannicall crueltie toward the Ilanders, had first his sight taken from him, & then was sent into exile. After him succéeded another moonke in king Ste∣phens daies called Iohn, and after him one Marcus, &c: other after other in succession, the sée it selfe being now also subiect to the archbishop of Yorke for spirituall iu∣risdiction. In time of Henrie the second, this Iland also had a king,* 1.371 whose name was Cuthred, vnto whome Vinianus the cardinall came as legate 1177. and wher∣in Houeden erreth not. In the yeare also 1228. one Reginald was viceroy or petie king of Man, afterward murthered by his subiects. Then Olauus, after him Hos∣bach the sonne of Osmond Hacon, 1290. who being slaine, Olauus and Gotredus parted this kingdome of Sodora, in such wise, that this had all the rest of the Iles, the other onelie the Ile of Man at the first; but af∣ter the slaughter of Gotredus, Olauus held all, after whom Olauus his sonne succeeded. Then Harald sonne to Olauus, who being entered in Maie, and drow∣ned vpon the coastes of Ireland, his brother Reginald reigned twentie and seuen daies, and then was killed the first of Iune, whereby Olauus aliàs Harald sonne to Gotred ruled in the Ile one yeare. Next vnto him succéeded Magnus the second sonne of Olauus, and last of all Iuarus, who held it so long as the Norwaies were lords thereof. But being once come into the hands of the Scots, one Godred Mac Mares was made lieutenant, then Alane, thirdlie Maurice Okarefer, and fourthlie one of the kings chapleines, &c. I would gladlie haue set downe the whole catalog of all the viceroyes and lieutenants: but sith I can neither come by their names nor successions, I surcesse to speake any more of them, and also of the Ile it selfe, whereof this may suffice.

After we haue in this wise described the Ile of Man, with hir commodities, we returned eastwards backe againe vnto the point of Ramshed, where we found to the number of six Ilets of one sort and other, whereof the first greatest and most southwesterlie, is named the Wauay. It runneth out in length,* 1.372 as we gessed, about fiue miles and more from the southeast into the north∣west, betwéene which and the maine land lie two little ones, whose names are Oldborrow and Fowlney. The fourth is called the Fouldra,* 1.373 and being situate southeast of the first, it hath a prettie pile or blockhouse therin, which the inhabitants name the pile of Fouldra.

Page 39

By east thereof in like sort lie the Fola* 1.374 and the Roa, plots of no great compasse, and yet of all these six, the first and Fouldra are the fairest and most fruitfull. From hence we went by Rauenglasse point,* 1.375 where lieth an Iland of the same denomination, as Regi∣nald Wolfe hath noted in his great card, not yet fini∣shed, nor likelie to be published. He noteth also two other Ilets, betwéene the same and the maine land; but Leland speaketh nothing of them (to my remem∣brance) neither any other card, as yet set foorth of [unspec 10] England: and thus much of the Ilands that lie vpon our shore in this part of my voiage.

Hauing so exactlie as to me is possible, set downe the names and positions of such Iles, as are to be found vpon the coast of the Quéenes Maiesties do∣minions,* 1.376 now it resteth that we procéed orderlie with those that are séene to lie vpon the coast of Scotland, that is to saie, in the Irish, the Deucalidonian & the Germans seas, which I will performe in such order as I may, sith I cannot do so much therin as I would. [unspec 20] Some therefore doo comprehend and diuide all the Iles that lie about the north coast of this Ile now cal∣led Scotland into thrée parts, sauing that they are either occidentals, the west Iles, aliàs the Orchades & Zelandine, or the Shetlands. They place the first be∣twéene Ireland and the Orchades, so that they are ex∣tended from Man and the point of Cantire almost vn∣to the Orchades in the Deucalidonian sea, and after some are called the Hebrides. In this part the old writers in déed placed the Hebrides or Hemodes,* 1.377 [unspec 30] which diuers call the Hebudes and the Acmodes; al∣beit the writers varie in their numbers, some spea∣king of 30 Hebudes and seuen Hemodes; some of fiue Ebudes, as Solinus, and such as follow his autho∣ritie. Howbeit the late Scottish writers doo product a summe of more than 300 of these Ilands in all, which sometime belonged to the Scots, sometime to the Norwegians, and sometime to the Danes. The first of these is our Manaw, of which I haue before in∣treated: next vnto this is Alisa a desert. Ile, yet re∣plenished [unspec 40] with conies, soland foule, and a fit harbor for fishermen that in time of the yeare lie vpon the coast thereof for herings. Next vnto this is the Ar∣ran, a verie hillie and craggie soile, yet verie plenti∣full of fish all about the coast, and wherein is a verie good hauen: ouer against the mouth whereof lieth the Moll, which is also no small defense to such seafaring men as seeke harbor in that part. Then came we by the Fladwa or Pladwa, no lesse fruitfull and stored with conies than the Bota, Bura, or Botha, or eight [unspec 50] miles long & foure miles broad, a low ground but yet verie batable, and wherein is good store of short and indifferent pasture: it hath also a towne there called Rosse, and a castell named the Camps. There is also another called the Marnech, an Iland of a mile in length, and halfe a mile in breadth, low ground also but yet verie fertile. In the mouth likewise of the Glot, lieth the more Cumber and the lesse, not farre in sunder one from another, and both fruitfull inough the one for corne, and the other for Platyceraton. The [unspec 60] Auon another Iland lieth about a mile from Cantire, and is verie commodious to ships, wherof it is called Auon, that is to saie, Portuosa, or full of harbor: and therefore the Danes had in time past great vse of it. Then haue we the Raclind, the Kyntar, the Cray, the Gegaw six miles in length and a mile and a halfe in breadth; the Dera full of déere, and not otherwise vn∣fruitfull: and therefore some thinke that it was cal∣led the Ile of déere in old time.* 1.378 Scarba foure miles in length, and one in breadth, verie little inhabi∣ted, and thereinto the sea betwéene that and the Ile of déere is so swift and violent, that except it be at certeine times, it is not easilie nauigable. Being past these, we come to certeine Ilands of no great fame, which lie scattered here and there, as Bellach, Gyra∣stell, Longaie, both the Fiolas, the thrée Yarues, Cul∣brenin, Duncomell, Lupar, Belnaua, Wikerua, Cal∣file, Luing, Sele Ile, Sound, of which the last thrée are fruitfull, and belong to the earle of Argile.* 1.379 Then haue we the Slate, so called of the tiles that are made ther∣in. The Nagsey, Isdalf, and the Sken (which later is also called Thian, of a wicked herbe growing there great∣lie hurtfull, and in colour not much vnlike the lillie, sauing that it is of a more wan and féeble colour) V∣derga, kings Ile, Duffa or blacke Ile, Kirke Ile, and Triarach. There is also the Ile Ard, Humble Ile, Greene Ile, and Heth Ile, Arbor Ile, Gote Ile, Co∣nies Ile alias idle Ile, Abrid Ile or bird Ile, and Lis∣mor, wherein the bishop of Argill sometime held his palace, being eight miles in length and two miles in breadth, and not without some mines also of good met∣tall. There is also the Ile Ouilia, Siuna, Trect, She∣pey, Fladaw, Stone Ile, Gresse, great Ile, Ardis, Mu∣sadell, & Berner, sometime called the holie sanctuarie, Vghe Ile, Molochasgyr, and Drinacha, now ouer∣growne with bushes, elders, and vtterlie spoiled by the ruines of such great houses as haue hereto∣fore béene found therin. There is in like sort the Wijc, the Ranse, and the Caruer.

In this tract also, there are yet thrée to intreat of,* 1.380 as Ila, Mula and Iona, of which the first is one of the most, that hath not béene least accounted of. It is not much aboue 24 miles in length, and in breadth 16 reaching from the south into the north, and yet it is an excéeding rich plot of ground verie plentious of corne, cattell, déere, and also lead, and other mettals, which were easie to be obteined, if either the people were industrious, or the soile yéeldable of wood to fine and trie out the same. In this Iland also there is a lake of swéet water called the Laie, and also a baie wherein are sundrie Ilands; and therevnto another lake of fresh water, wherein the Falangam Ile is situate, wherein the souereigne of all the Iles some∣time dwelled.* 1.381 Néere vnto this is the round Ile, so called of the consultations there had: for there was a court sometime holden, wherein 14 of the princi∣pall inhabitants did minister iustice vnto the rest, and had the whole disposition of things committed vnto them, which might rule vnto the benefit of those Ilands. There is also the Stoneheape, an other Iland so called of the heape of stones that is therein. On the south side also of Ila, we find moreouer the Colurne, Mulmor, Osrin, Brigidan, Corkerke, Humble Ile, Imersga, Bethy, Texa, Shepeie, Naosig, Rinard, Cane, Tharscher, Aknor, Gret Ile, Man Ile, S. Iohns Ile, and Stackbed. On the west side thereof also lieth O∣uersey, whereby runneth a perilous sea, and not naui∣gable, but at certeine houres, Merchant Ile, Vsa∣brast, Tanask, Neff, Wauer Ile, Oruans, Hog Ile, and Colauanso.

Mula is a right noble Ile, 24 miles in length and so manie in bredth,* 1.382 rough of soile, yet fruitfull enough: & beside woods, deere, & good harbrough for ships, reple∣nished with diuers and sundrie townes and castels. Ouer against Columkill also, it hath two riuers, which yeld verie great store of salmons, and other ri∣uellets now altogither vnfruitfull, beside two lakes, in each of which is an Iland: and likewise in euerie of these Ilands a castell. The sea beating vpon this Ile, maketh foure notable baies wherein great plen∣tie and verie good herrings are taken. It hath also in the northwest side Columbria, or the Ile of doues; on the southeast, Era: both verie commodious for fi∣shing, cattell, and corne. Moreouer, this is woorth the noting in this Ile aboue all the rest, that it hath a ple∣sant spring, arising two miles in distance from the shore, wherein are certeine little egs found, much like vnto indifferent pearles, both for colour and bright∣nesse,

Page 40

and thereto full of thicke humour, which egs be∣ing carried by violence of the fresh water vnto the salt, are there within the space of twelue houres conuerted into great shels, which I take to be mo∣ther pearle; except I be deceiued.

Iona was sometime called Columkill,* 1.383 in fame and estimation nothing inferiour to anie of the o∣ther, although in length it excéed little aboue two miles, and in breadth one. Certes it is verie fruit∣full of all such commodities, as that climat where∣in [unspec 10] it standeth dooth yeeld, and beareth the name of Co∣lumbus the abbat, of whome I haue spoken more at large in my Chronologie. There were somtimes al∣so two monasteries therein, one of moonks builded by Fergus, another of nuns: and a parish church, beside many chappels builded by the Scotish kings, and such princes as gouerned in the Iles. And when the English had once gotten possession of the Ile of Manaw, a bishops see was erected in the old mona∣sterie of Columbus, whereby the iurisdiction of those [unspec 20] Iles was still mainteined and continued. Certes there remaine yet in this Iland the old burials apper∣teinng to the most noble families that had dwelled in the west Iles; but thrée aboue other are accomp∣ted the most notable, which haue little houses buil∣ded vpon them. That in the middest hath a stone, whereon is written,* 1.384 Tumuli regum Scotiae, The burials of the kings of Scotland: for (as they saie) fourtie eight of them were there interred. Another is inti∣tuled with these words, The burials of the kings of [unspec 30] Ireland, bicause foure of them lie in that place. The third hath these words written thereon, The graues of the kings of Norwaie, for there eight of them were buried also, and all through a fond suspicion conceiued of the merits of Columbus. Howbeit in processe of time, when Malcolme Cammor had erec∣ted his abbeie at Donfermeling, he gaue occasion to manie of his successors to be interred there.

About this Iland there lie six other Iles dispersed, small in quantitie, but not altogither barren, some∣times [unspec 40] giuen by the kings of Scotland and lords of the Iles vnto the abbeie of saint Columbus, of which the Soa, albeit that it yeeld competent pasturage for shéepe, yet is it more commodious, by such egs as the great plentie of wildfoule there breeding doo laie within the same.* 1.385 Then is there the Ile of Shrewes or of women; as the more sober heads doo call it. Also Rudan, & next vnto that, the Rering. There is also the Shen halfe a mile from Mula, whose bankes doo swarme with conies: it hath also a parish church, but [unspec 50] most of the inhabitants doo liue and dwell in Mula. There is also the Eorse or the Arse, and all these be∣long vnto saint Columbus abbeie. Two miles from Arse is the Olue, an Iland fiue miles in length, and sufficientlie stored with corne and grasse, & not with∣out a good hauen for ships to lie and harbor in. There is also the Colfans, an Iland fruitfull inough, and full of cornell trées. There is not far off also the Go∣mater, Stafa, the two Kerneburgs, and the Mosse Ile, in the old Brittish speech called Monad, that is to [unspec 60] saie Mosse.* 1.386 The soile of it is verie blacke, bicause of the corruption & putrefaction of such woods as haue rotted thereon: wherevpon also no small plentie of mosse is bred and ingendered. The people in like maner make their fire of the said earth, which is ful∣lie so good as our English turffe. There is also the Long, & six miles further toward the west, Tirreie, which is eight miles in length and thrée in breadth, & of all other one of the most plentifull for all kinds of commodities: for it beareth corne, cattell, fish, and seafowle aboundantlie. It hath also a well of fresh water, a castell, and a verie good hauen for great ves∣sels to lie at safegard in. Two miles from this also is the Gun, and the Coll two miles also from the Gun. Then passed we by the Calfe, a verie wooddie Iland, the foure gréene Iles, the two glasse or skie I∣lands, the Ardan, the Ile of woolfes, & then the great Iland which reacheth from the east into the west, is sixteene miles in length, and six in breadth, full of mounteins and swelling woods: and for asmuch as it is not much inhabited, the seafoules laie great plentie of egs there, whereof such as will, may ga∣ther what number them listeth. Upon the high cliffes and rocks also the Soland géefe are taken verie plentifullie. Beyond this, about foure miles also is the Ile▪ of horsses: and a little from that the hog I∣land, which is not altogither vnfruitfull. There is a falcon which of custome bréedeth there, and therevn∣to it is not without a conuenient hauen. Not farre off also is the Canna, and the Egga, little Iles, but the later full of Soland géefe. Likewise the Sobra∣till, more apt to hunt in than méet for anie other commoditie that is to be reaped thereby.

After this we come to the Skie,* 1.387 the greatest Ile about all Scotland: for it is two and fortie miles long; and somewhere eight, & in some places twelue miles broad: it is moreouer verie hillie, which hilles are therevnto loaden with great store of wood, as the woods are with pasture, the fields with corne and cattell; and (besides all other commodities) with no small heards of mares, whereby they raise great ad∣uantage and commoditie. It hath fiue riuers verie much abounding with salmons, and other fresh streams not altogither void of that prouision. It is inuironed also with manie baies, wherein great plentie of herrings is taken in time of the yéere. It hath also a noble poole of fresh water; fiue castels and sundrie townes; as Aie, S. Iohns, Dunwegen, S. Nicholas, &c. The old Scots called it Skianacha, that is, Winged, but now named Skie. There lie cer∣teine small Ilands about this also, as Rausa a ba∣table soile for corne & gras; Conie Iland full of woods and conies; Paba a theeuish Iland, in whose woods théeues do lurke to rob such as passe by them. Scalpe Ile, which is full of deere; Crowling, wherein is ve∣rie good harbour for ships; Rarsa, full of béechen woods and stags, being in length seuen miles, and two in breadth. The Ron, a woodie Ile and full of heath: yet hath it a good hauen, which hath a little I∣land called Gerloch on the mouth thereof, and there∣in lurke manie théeues. There is not farre off from this Ron, to wit about six miles also, the Flad, the Tiulmen, Oransa, Buie the lesse, and Buie the more, and fiue other little trifling Iles, of whose names I haue no notice.

After these we come vnto the Ise, a pretie fer∣tile Iland, to the Oue, to the Askoome, to the Lindill. And foure score miles from the Skie towards the west, to the Ling, the Gigarmen, the Berner, the Magle, the Pable, the Flab, the Scarpe, the San∣der, the Uateras, which later hath a noble hauen for great ships, beside sundrie other commodities: and these nine last rehearsed are vnder the dominion of the bishop of the Iles. After this we come to the Bar,* 1.388 an Iland seauen miles in length, not vnfruit∣full for grasse and corne, but the chiefe commoditie thereof lieth by taking of herrings, which are there to be had abundantlie. In one baie of this Iland there lieth an Islet, and therein standeth a strong castell. In the north part hereof also is an hill which beareth good grasse from the foot to the top, and out of that riseth a spring, which running to the sea, doth carrie withall a kind of creature not yet perfectlie for∣med, which some do liken vnto cockels; and vpon the shore where the water falleth into the sea, they take vp a kind of shelfish, when the water is gone, which they suppose to be ingendred or increased after this manner. Betwéene the Barre and the Uisse lie also

Page 41

these Ilands, Orbaus, Oue, Hakerset, Warlang, Flad, the two Baies, Haie, Helsaie, Gigaie, Lin∣gaie, Fraie, Fudaie, and Friskaie. The Uisse is thirtie miles long and six miles broad; and therein are sundrie fresh waters, but one especiallie of three miles in length: neuerthelesse, the sea hath now of late found a waie into it, so that it cannot be kept off with a banke of three score foot, but now and then it will flowe into the same, and leaue sea-fish behind it in the lake. There is also a fish bred therein al∣most [unspec 10] like vnto a salmon, sauing that it hath a white bellie, a blacke backe, and is altogither without scales: it is likewise a great harbour for théeues and pirats.

Eight miles beyond this lieth the Helscher, appertinent to the nuns of Iona: we haue then the Hasker, verie plentifullie benefited by seales, which are there taken in time of the yéere. Thrée score miles from this also is the Hirth, whose inhabitants are rude in all good science and religion; yet is the [unspec 20] Iland verie fruitfull in all things, and bringeth foorth shéepe farre greater than are else-where to be found, for they are as big as our fallow deare, horned like bugles, and haue their tailes hanging to the ground. He that is owner of this Ile,* 1.389 sendeth ouer his bai∣liffe into the same at midsummer, to gather in his du∣ties, and with him a préest to saie masse, and to bap∣tise all the children borne since that time of the yéere precedent: or if none will go ouer with him (bicause the voiage is dangerous) then doth each father take [unspec 30] paine to baptise his owne at home. Their rents are paid commonlie in dried seales and sea foule. All the whole Ile is not aboue a mile euerie waie; and ex∣cept thrée mounteines that lie vpon one part of the shore, such as dwell in the other Iles can see no part thereof.

Being past the Uisse, we came after to Wa∣laie, the Soa, the Strome, to Pabaie, to Barner, Ensaie, Killiger, the two Sagas, the Hermodraie, Scarfe, Grie, Ling, Gilling, Heie, Hoie, Farlaie, [unspec 40] great So, little So, Ise, Sein the more, Sein the lesse, Tarant, Slegan, Tuom, Scarpe, Hareie, and the seauen holie Ilands, which are desert and bréed nothing but a kind of wild shéepe,* 1.390 which are often hunted, but seldome or neuer eaten. For in stéed of flesh they haue nothing but tallow; and if anie flesh be, it is so vnsauorie, that few men care to eate of it, except great hunger compell them. I suppose, that these be the wild sheepe which will not be tamed; and bicause of the horrible grenning thereof, is taken for [unspec 50] the bastard tiger. Their haire is betweene the wooll of a sheepe,* 1.391 and the haire of a goat, resembling both, shacked, and yet absolutelie like vnto neither of both: it maie be also the same beast which Capitolinus cal∣leth Ouis fera, shewed in the time of Gordian the em∣perour; albeit that some take the same for the Ca∣melopardalis: but hereof I make no warrantise.

There is also not farre off the Garuell, the Lambe, the Flad, the Kellas, the two Bernars, the Kirt, the two Buies, the Uixaie, the Pabaie, the two Si∣grams, [unspec 60] and the Ile of Pigmeies* 1.392 (which is so called vpon some probable coniecture) for manie little sculs and bones are dailie there found déepe in the ground, perfectlie, resembling the bodies of children; & not a∣nie of greater quantities, wherby their coniecture (in their opinion) is the more likelie to be true. There is also the Fabill Ile, Adams Ile, the Ile of Lambes, Hulmes, Uiccoll, Haueraie, Cax, Era, Columbes Ile, Tor Ile, Iffurd, Scalpe, Flad, and the Swet; on whose east side is a certeine vault or caue, arched o∣uer, a flight shoot in length, wherevnto meane ships do vse to runne for harbour with full saile when a tempest ouertaketh them, or the raging of the sea, in those parts do put them in danger of wrecke. Also we passed by the old castell Ile, which is a pretie and, verie commodious plat for fish, foule, egges, corne and pasture. There is also the Ile Eust or Eu, which is full of wood, and a notable harbour for théeues, as is also the Grinort; likewise the preests Ile, which is verie full of sea foule and good pasture. The Afull, the two Herbrerts, to wit, the greater and the lesse; and the Iles of Horsses, and Mertaika: and these 8 lie ouer against the baie which is called the Lake Brian. After this, we go toward the north, and come to the Haraie, and the Lewis or the Leug, both which make (in truth) but one Iland of thrée score miles in length, and sixtéene in breadth, being distinguished by no water, but by huge woods, bounds, and limits of the two owners that doo possesse those parts. The south part is called Haraie, and the whole situate in the Deucalidon sea, ouer against the Rosse, & called Thule by Tacitus,* 1.393 wherein are manie lakes, and verie pretie villages, as lake Erwin, lake Unsalsago: but of townes, S. Clements, Stoie, Nois, S. Co∣lumbane, Radmach, &c. In like sort, there are two churches, whereof one is dedicated to saint Peter, an other to S. Clement, beside a monasterie called Roadill. The soile also of this Ile is indifferent fruit∣full; but they reape more profit vnder the ground than aboue, by digging. There is neither woolfe, fox, nor serpent séene in this Iland; yet are there great woods therein, which also separate one part from the other. Likewise there be plentie of stags, but farre lesse in quantitie than ours: and in the north part of the Iland also is a riuer which greatlie aboundeth with salmons. That part also called Lewisa, which is the north half of the Ile is well inhabited toward the sea coasts, and hath riuers no lesse plentifull for sal∣mon than the other halfe. There is also great store of herrings taken, whereof the fisher men doo raise great gaine and commoditie; and no lesse plentie of sheepe, which they doo not sheere, but plucke euerie yeere; yet is the ground of this part verie heathie, and full of mosse, and the face thereof verie swart and blacke, for the space of a foot in depth, through the corruption of such woods as in time past haue rotted on the same. And therefore in time of the yeere they conuert it into turffe to burne, as néede shall serue; and in the yéere after, hauing well doonged it in the meane time with slawke of the sea, they sowe bar∣leie in the selfe places where the turffes grew, and reape verie good corne, wherewith they liue and féed. Such plentie of whales also are taken in this coast,* 1.394 that the verie tithe hath béene knowne, in some one yéere, to amount vnto seauen and twentie whales of one greatnesse and other. This is notable also in this part of the Ile, that there is a great caue two yards déepe of water when the sea is gone, and not aboue foure when it is at the highest; ouer which great numbers doo sit of both sexes and ages, with hooks and lines, and catch at all times an infinite deale of fish, wherewith they liue, and which maketh them also the more idle.

Being past this about sixtie miles, we come vnto the Rona, or Ron, which some take for the last of the Hebrides, distant (as I said) about fortie miles from the Orchades, and one hundreth and thirtie from the promontorie of Dungishe. The inhabitants of this Ile are verie rude and irreligious, the lord also of the soile dooth limit their number of housholds, & hauing assigned vnto them what numbers of the greater and smaller sorts of cattell they shall spend and inioie for their owne prouision, they send the ouerplus yéerlie vnto him to Lewis. Their cheefe paiments consist of a great quantitie of meale, which is verie plenti∣full among them, sowed vp in shéepes skins. Also of mutton and sea foule dried, that resteth ouer and a∣boue, which they themselues do spend. And if it happen

Page 42

that there be more people in the Iland than the lords booke or rate dooth come vnto, then they send also the ouerplus of them in like maner vnto him: by which means they liue alwaies in plentie. They receiue no vices from strange countries, neither know or heare of anie things doone else-where than in their owne Iland. Manie whales are taken also vpon their coasts, which are likewise replenished with seale, and porpasse, and those which are either so tame, or so fierce, that they abash not at the sight of such as looke [unspec 10] vpon them, neither make they anie hast to flie out of their presence.

Beyond this Ile, about 16 miles westward, there is another called Suilscraie,* 1.395 of a mile length, void of grasse, and without so much as heath growing vpon hir soile: yet are there manie cliffes and rocks there∣in, which are couered with blacke mosse, whereon in∣numerable sorts of foules do bréed and laie their egs. Thither in like sort manie doo saile from Lewissa, to take them yoong in time of the yeare, before they be [unspec 20] able to flie, which they also kill and drie in eight daies space, and then returne home againe with them, and great plentie of fethers fathered in this voiage. One thing is verie strange and to be noted in this Iland, of the Colke foule,* 1.396 which is little lesse than a goose; and this kind commeth thither but once in the yeare, to wit, in the spring, to laie hir egs and bring vp hir yoong, till they be able to shift for themselues, & then they get them awaie togither to the sea, and come no more vntill that time of the yéere which next insueth. [unspec 30] At the same season also they cast their fethers there, as it were answering tribute to nature for the vse of hir mossie soile: wherein it is woonderfull to sée, that those fethers haue no stalkes, neither anie thing that is hard in them, but are séene to couer their bo∣dies as it were wooll or downe, till breeding time (I saie) wherein they be left starke naked.

The Orchades (whose first inhabitants were the Scithians,* 1.397 which came from those Iles where the Gothes did inhabit, as some sparks yet remaining [unspec 40] among them of that language doo declare) lie partlie in the Germaine, and partlie in the Calidon seas, ouer against the point of Dunghisbie (being in number eight and twentie, or as other saie thirtie & one, yet some saie thirtie thrée, as Orosius, but Plinie saith fortie) and now belonging to the crowne of Scotland, as are the rest whereof héeretofore I haue made report, since we crossed ouer the mouth of the Solueie streame, to come into this countrie. Certes the people of these Islands reteine much of their old [unspec 50] sparing diets, and therevnto they are of goodlie sta∣ture, tall, verie comelie, healthfull, of long life, great strength, whitish colour, as men that feed most vpon fish; sith the cold is so extreame in those parts, that the ground bringeth foorth but small store of wheate, and in maner verie little or no fuell at all, wherewith to warme them in the winter, and yet it séemeth that (in times past) some of these Ilands also haue béene well replenished with wood, but now they are without either trée or shrub, in stéed whereof they haue plen∣tie [unspec 60] of heath, which is suffered to grow among them, rather thorough their negligence, than that the soile of it selfe will not yéeld to bring foorth trées & bushes. For what store of such hath beene in times past, the roots yet found and digged out of the ground doo yéeld sufficient triall. Otes they haue verie plenti∣fullie, but greater store of barleie, wherof they make a nappie kind of drinke, and such indéed, as will verie readilie cause a stranger to ouershoot himselfe. How∣beit this may be vnto vs in lieu of a miracle, that al∣though their drinke be neuer so strong, & they them∣selues so vnmeasurable drinkers (as none are more) yet it shall not easilie be séene (saith Hector) that there is anie drunkard among them,* 1.398 either frantike, or mad man, dolt, or naturall foole, meet to weare a cockescombe.

This vnmeasurable drinking of theirs is confes∣sed also by Buchanan, who noteth, that whensoeuer anie wine is brought vnto them from other soiles, they take their parts thereof aboundantlie. He ad∣deth moreouer, how they haue an old bole (which they call S. Magnus bole, who first preached Christ vnto them) of farre greater quantitie than common boles are, and so great, that it may séeme to be reser∣ued since the Lapithane banket, onelie to quaffe and drinke in. And when anie bishop commeth vnto them, they offer him this bole full of drinke, which if he be able to drinke vp quite at one draught; then they assure themselues of good lucke, and plentie after it. Neuerthelesse this excesse is not often found in the common sort, whom penurie maketh to be more fru∣gall; but in their priests, and such as are of the richer calling. They succour pirats also, and verie often ex∣change their vittels with their commodities, rather for feare and want of power to resist (their Ilands li∣eng so scattered) than for anie necessitie of such gains as they doo get by those men: for in truth, they thinke themselues to haue little need of other furniture than their owne soiles doo yéeld and offer vnto them. This is also to be read of the inhabitants of these Ilands, that ignorance of excesse is vnto the most part of them in stéed of physicke; and labour and trauell a me∣dicine for such few diseases as they are molested and incombred withall.

In like sort they want venemous beasts, cheefe∣lie such as doo delight in hotter soile, and all kinds of ouglie creatures. Their ewes also are so full of in∣crease, that some doo vsuallie bring foorth two, three, or foure lambes at once, whereby they account our anelings (which are such as bring foorth but one at once) rather barren than to be kept for anie gaine. As for wild and tame foules, they haue such plentie of them, that the people there account them rather a burthen to their soile, than a benefit to their tables: they haue also neat and gotes, whereby they abound in white meat, as butter and cheese: wherein, next vnto fish, the chéefe part of their sustenance dooth con∣sist. There is also a bishop of the Orchades, who hath his see in Pomona the chéefe of all the Ilands, where∣in also are two strong castels, and such hath béene the superstition of the people here, that there is almost no one of them, that hath not one church at the least dedicated to the mother of Christ. Finallie, there is little vse of physicke in these quarters, lesse store of éeles, and least of frogs. As for the horsses that are bred amongst them, they are commonlie not much greater than asses, and yet to labour and trauell, a man shall find verie few else-where, able to come neere, much lesse to match with them, in holding out their iournies. The seas about these Ilands are ve∣rie tempestuous, not onelie through strong winds, and the influences of the heauens and stars; but by the contrarie méetings and workings of the west o∣cean, which rageth so vehementlie in the streicts, that no vessell is able to passe in safetie amongst them. Some of these Ilands also are so small and low, that all the commoditie which is to be reaped by anie of them, is scarselie sufficient to susteine one or two men: and some of them so barren and full of rocks, that they are nothing else but mosse or bare shingle. Wherefore onelie thirteene of them are inhabited and made account of, the rest being left vnto their sheepe and cattell. Of all these Ilands also Pomona is the greatest, and therfore called the continent, which con∣teineth thirtie miles in length, and is well repleni∣shed with people: for it hath twelue parish churches, and one towne, which the Danes (sometime lords of that Iland) called Cracouia:* 1.399 but now it hight Kirk∣wa.

Page 43

There are also two pretie holds, one belonging to the king, the other to the bishop: and also a beauti∣full church, and much building betweene the two holds, and about this church, which being taken as it were for two townes, the one is called the kings and the other the bishops towne. All the whole Iland is full of cliffes and promontories, whereby no small number of baies and some hauens are producted.

There is also tin and lead to be found in six of these Iles, so good and plentifullie as anie where else in [unspec 10] Britaine. It lieth foure & twentie miles from Cath∣nesse, being separated from the same by the Pic∣tish sea: wherein also lie certeine Ilands, as Stro∣ma, foure miles from Cathnesse, which albeit that it be but foure miles from Cathnesse, is not reputed for anie of the Orchades. Going therefore from hence northward, we come to the first Ile of the Orchades, called south Rauals, which is sixtéene miles from Dunghilsbie, aliàs Dunachisbie, & that in two houres space, such is the swiftnesse of the sea in that tract. [unspec 20] This Ile is fiue miles long, and hath a faire port cal∣led saint Margarets hauen. Then passe we by two desert Iles, which lie towards the east, wherein no∣thing is found but cattell: some call them the hol∣mes, bicause they lie low, and are good for nothing but grasse. On the northside lieth the Bur, and two other holmes betweene the same Pomona. From Bur, to∣ward the west lie thrée Iles, Snu, Flat, and Far: and beyond them Hoie and Uall, which some accompt for two, and other but for one; bicause that in March [unspec 30] and September, the flats that lie betwéene them, doo séeme to ioine them togither, after the tide is gone. This neuerthelesse is certeine, that in this single or double Ile, which is ten miles in length, the highest hilles are to be séene that are in all the Orchades. And as they lie eight miles from Rauals, so are they two miles from Pomona, from saint Donats in Scotland full twentie miles. And on the north side of it lieth the Brainse, in a narrow streict, as Bucha∣nan dooth remember. And these are the Iles which lie [unspec 40] betweene Pomona and Cathnesse. As for the west side of the continent, I find that it lieth open to the sea, without either shelues, Ilands, or rocks, appée∣ring néere vnto it: but on the east side thereof Co∣besa dooth in maner ouershadow it. Siapiusa also an Ile of six miles long, lieth within two miles of Cra∣couia. Toward the east, on the west side of Pomo∣na lieth the Rouse, of six miles in length: and by east of that, the Eglisa, wherin (as they saie) their patrone S. Magnus lieth interred. From hense southward [unspec 50] lie the Uera Gersa, and not far off the Uester (which is fourescore miles from Hethland) Papa, & Stron∣za, which is also eightie miles from Hethland as the Uester. In the middest also of this tract lieth Far, or Fara, which is to saie, faire Ile, in old English, faire eie: and within sight so well of Hethland, as the Or∣chades, by reason of three insuperable rocks which are apparant in the same: a verie poore Iland, and yet yearelie robbed (of such commodities as it hath) by such Flemish and English fishermen as passe by the [unspec 60] coasts thereof in time of the yeare, to catch fish for the prouision of their countries.

Next vnto this is the greatest of all the Hethlands, an Iland called the Maine, sixtie miles in length, and sixteene in bredth, full of rocks, and whose coasts are onelie inhabited, the innermost parts being lest vnto the foules of the aire, bicause of the barrennesse and vnfruitfulnesse of the soile: yet of late some haue indeuoured to impeople it, but with no successe cor∣respondent to their desire. Wherefore they returned to their former trades, making their chéefe commo∣ditie and yearelie gaine by fish, as aforetime. Ten miles from this toward the north, lieth the Zeale, twentie miles in length, eight in bredth, and so wild that it will suffer no creature to liue thereof, that is not bred therein. Betwéene this Iland also and the Maine, are other smaller Ilands to be found, as the Ling, Orne, Big, and Sanferre. And from hense nine miles northward Usta, twentie miles long, & six in bredth, plaine, pleasant, but inuironed with a swift and terrible sea. Betwéene this also and the Zeale, are the Uie, the Ure, and the Ling: also to∣wards the west, the two Skenes, Chalseie, Nord∣wade, Brase, and Mowse, on the west side lie the west Skenes, Rottia, Papa the lesse, Wunned, Papa the more, Ualla, Tondra, Burra, Haura the more, Haura the lesse, & in maner so manie holmes dispersed heere and there, whereof I haue no notice. Some call these the Shetland, and some the Shotland Iles. Buchanan nameth them in the third member of his diuision Zelandise, and toward the end of his first booke seemeth to auouch, that they liue in maner as doo the inhabitants of the Orchades: al∣though not in so ciuill wise, nor in such large mea∣sure and aboundance of diet in their houses. He ad∣deth moreouer, that their apparrell is after the Ger∣maine cut, comelie, but not so chargeable and costlie, and how they raise their gaine by skins of beasts, as marterns, sheepe, oxen, and gotes skins, and there∣vnto a kind of cloth which they weaue, and sell to the merchants of Norwaie, togither with their butter, fish, either salted or dried, and their traine oile, and ex∣ercise their trade of fishing also in their vncerteine skewes, which they fetch out of Norwaie.

Their speech is Gothish, and such of them as by their dealing with forren merchants doo gather anie wealth, that they will verie often bestow vpon the furniture of their houses. Their weights & measures are after the Germaine maner, their countrie is verie healthie, and so wholesome, that of late a man was found which had maried a wife at one hundred yeares of age, and was able to go out a fishing with his bote at one hundred and fortie, and of late yéeres died of méere age, without anie other disease. Dron∣kennesse is not heard of among them, and yet they meet and make good chéere verie often. Neither doo I read of anie great vse of flesh or foule there, although that some of their Ilands haue plentie of each. Nor anie mention of corne growing in these parts, and therefore in steed of bread they drie a kind of fish, which they beat in morters to powder, & bake it in their ouens, vntill it be hard and drie. Their fu∣ell also is of such bones as the fish yéeldeth, that is taken on their coasts: and yet they liue as them∣selues suppose in much felicitie, thinking it a great péece of their happinesse to be so farre distant from the wicked auarice, and cruell dealings of the more rich and ciuill part of the world.

Herein also they are like vnto the Hirthiens, in that at one time of the yeare, there commeth a priest vnto them out of the Orchades (vnto which iurisdic∣tion they doo belong) who baptiseth all such children, as haue béene borne among them, since he last arri∣ued, and hauing afterward remained there for a two daies, he taketh his tithes of them (which they prouide and paie with great scrupulositie in fish, for of other commodities paie they none) and then re∣turneth home againe, not without boast of his trou∣blesome voiage, except he watch his time. In these Iles also is great plentie of fine Amber to be had* 1.400 (as Hector saith) which is producted by the working of the sea vpon those coasts: but more of this elsewhere. This neuertheles is certeine, that these Ilands, with the Orchades, were neuer perfectlie vnited to the crowne of Scotland, till the mariage was made be∣twéene king Iames and the ladie Marie daughter to Christierne king of Denmarke 1468; which Chri∣stierne at the birth of their sonne Iames (afterward

Page 44

king of Scotland and called Iames the fourth) re∣signed all his right and title whatsoeuer either he or his ancestors either presently or hertofore had, might haue had, or herafrer may or should haue, vnto the a∣foresaid péeres, as appéereth by the charter.

From these Shetland Iles, and vntill we come southwards to the Scarre, which lieth in Buquham∣nesse, I find no mention of anie Ile situat vpon that coast, neither greatlie from thence, vntill we come at the Forth, that leadeth vp to Sterling, neither [unspec 10] thought we it safetie for vs to search so farre as Thu∣le, whence the most excellent brimstone commeth, & thereto what store of Ilands lie vnder the more nor∣therlie climats, whose secret situations though part∣lie seene in my time, haue not yet bin perfectlie reue∣led or discouered by anie, bicause of the great aboun∣dance of huge Ilands of ice that mooueth to and fro vpon their shores, and sundrie perilous gulfes and indraughts of water, and for as much as their know∣lege doth not concerne our purpose, wherfore casting [unspec 20] about, we came at the last into the Firth or Forth, which some call the Scotish sea, wherein we passe by seuen or eight such as they be, of which the first called the Maie, the second Baas, and Garwie the third, doo séeme to be inhabited. From these also holding on our course toward England, we passe by another Ile, wherein Faux castell standeth, and this (so far as my skill serueth) is the last Iland of the Scotish side, in compassing whereof I am not able to discerne, whether their flats and shallowes, number of Ilands [unspec 30] without name, confusion of situation, lacke of true description, or mine owne ignorance hath troubled me most. No meruell therefore that I haue béene so oft on ground among them. But most ioifull am I that am come home againe: & although not by the Thames mouth into my natiue citie (which taketh his name of Troie) yet into the English dominion, where good interteinement is much more franke and copious, and better harborough wherein to rest my wearie bones, and refresh at ease our wether beaten [unspec 40] carcasses.

The first Iland therefore which commeth to our sight, after we passed Berwike, is that which was somtime called Lindesfarne, but now Holie Iland,* 1.401 and conteineth eight miles; a place much honored a∣mong our monasticall writers, bicause diuerse moonks and heremits did spend their times therein. There was also the bishops see of Lindesfarne for a long season, which afterward was translated to Che∣ster in the stréet, & finallie to Duresine, Dunelme, or [unspec 50] Durham. It was first erected by Oswald, wherein he placed Aidanus the learned Scotish moonke, who came hither out of the Ile called Hij, whereof Beda speaking in the third chapter of his third booke, no∣teth, that although the said Hij belong to the kings of Northumberland, by reason of situation & néere∣nesse to the coast; yet the Picts appointed the bishops of the same, and gaue the Ile with the see it selfe to such Scotish moonks as they liked, bicause that by their preaching they first receiued the faith. But to re∣turne [unspec 60] to Lindesfarne. After Aidan departed this life, Finanus finished and builded the whole church with sawed timber of oke, after the maner of his coun∣trie, which when Theodorus the archbishop of Can∣turburie had dedicated, Edbert the bishop did couer ouer with lead.

Next vnto this is the Ile of Farne,* 1.402 and herein is a place of defense so far as I remember, and so great store of egs laid there by diuerse kinds of wildfoule in time of the yeare, that a man shall hardlie run for a wager on the plaine ground without the breach of manie, before his race be finished. About Farne also lie certeine Iles greater than Farne it selfe, but void of inhabitants; and in these also is great store of puffins,* 1.403 graie as duckes, and without coloured fe∣thers, sauing that they haue a white ring round a∣bout their necks. There is moreouer another bird,* 1.404 which the people call saint Cuthberts foules, a verie tame and gentle creature, and easie to be taken. Af∣ter this we came to the Cocket Iland; so called, bi∣cause it lieth ouer against the fall of Cocket water. Herein is a veine of meane seacole, which the people dig out of the shore at the low water; and in this I∣land dwelled one Henrie sometime a famous here∣mite, who (as his life declareth) came of the Danish race. And from thence vntill we came vnto the coast of Norffolke I saw no more Ilands.

Being therfore past S. Edmunds point, we found a litle Ile ouer against the fall of the water that commeth from Holkham, & likewise another ouer a∣gainst the Claie, before we came at Waburne hope: the third also in Yarmouth riuer ouer against Brad∣well, a towne in low or little England, whereof also I must néeds saie somewhat, bicause it is in maner an Iland, and as I gesse either hath béene or may be one: for the brodest place of the strict land that lea∣deth to the same, is little aboue a quarter of a mile, which against the raging waues of the sea can make but small resistance. Little England* 1.405 or low Eng∣land therefore is about eight miles in length and foure in bredth, verie well replenished with townes, as Fristan, Burgh castell, Olton, Flixton, Les∣toft, Gunton, Blundston, Corton, Lownd, Ashe∣bie, Hoxton, Belton, Bradwell, and Gorleston, and beside this it is verie fruitfull and indued with all commodities.

Going forward from hence, by the Estonnesse (almost an Iland) I saw a small parcell cut from the maine in Oxford hauen, the Langerstone in Orwell mouth, & two péeces or Islets at Cattiwade bridge; and then casting about vnto the Colne, we beheld Merseie* 1.406 which is a pretie Iland, well furnished with wood. It was sometime a great receptacle for the Danes when they inuaded England; howbeit at this present it hath beside two decaied blockehouses, two parish churches, of which one is called east Mer∣seie, the other west Merseie, and both vnder the arch∣deacon of Colchester, as parcell of his iurisdiction. Foulenesse is an Ile void of wood,* 1.407 and yet well re∣plenished with verie good grasse for neat and sheepe, whereof the inhabitants haue great plentie: there is also a parish church, and albeit that it stand somewhat distant from the shore, yet at a dead low water a man may (as they saie) ride thereto if he be skilfull of the causie; it is vnder the iurisdiction of London. And at this present master William Tabor bacheler of diuinitie and archdeacon of Essex hath it vnder his iurisdiction & regiment, by the surrender of mai∣ster Iohn Walker doctor also of diuinitie, who liued at such time as I first attempted to commit this booke to the impression.

In Maldon water are in like sort thrée Ilands inuironed all with salt streames, as saint Osithes, Northeie,* 1.408 and another (after a mersh) that beareth no name so far as I remember. On the right hand al∣so as we went toward the sea againe, we saw Ram∣seie Ile, or rather a Peninsula or Biland,* 1.409 & likewise the Reie,* 1.410 in which is a chappell of saint Peter. And then coasting vpon the mouth of the Bourne, we saw the Wallot Ile and his mates, whereof two lie by east Wallot, and the fourth is Foulnesse, except I be deceiued, for here my memorie faileth me on the one side, and information on the other, I meane concerning the placing of Foulenesse. But to pro∣céed. After this, and being entered into the Thames mouth, I find no Iland of anie name, except you ac∣compt Rochford hundred for one, whereof I haue no mind to intreat, more than of Crowland, Mersland,

Page 45

Elie, and the rest, that are framed by the ouze, An∣dredeseie in Trent, so called of a church there dedica∣ted to saint Andrew, and Auon (two noble riuers hereafter to be described) sith I touch onelie those that are inuironed with the sea or salt water round about, as we may see in the Canwaie* 1.411 Iles, which some call marshes onelie, and liken them to an ipo∣cras bag, some to a vice, scrue, or wide sléeue, bi∣cause they are verie small at the east end, and large at west. The salt rilles also that crosse the same doo so [unspec 10] separat the one of them from the other, that they re∣semble the slope course of the cutting part of a scrue or gimlet, in verie perfect maner, if a man doo ima∣gine himselfe to looke downe from the top of the mast vpon them. Betwéene these, moreouer and the Leigh towne lieth another litle Ile or Holme, whose name is to me vnknowne. Certes I would haue gone to land and viewed these parcels as they laie, or at the least haue sailed round about them by the whole hauen, which may easilie be doone at an high [unspec 20] water: but for as much as a perrie of wind (scarse comparable to the makerell gale, whereof Iohn A∣nele of Calis one of the best seamen that England euer bred for his skill in the narow seas was woont to talke) caught hold of our sailes, & caried vs forth the right waie toward London, I could not tarie to sée what things were hereabouts. Thus much there∣fore of our Ilands, & so much may well suffice where more cannot be had. [unspec 30]

The description of the Thames, and such riuers as fall into the same. Cap. 11.

HAuing (as you haue séene) at∣tempted to set downe a full discourse of all the Ilands, that are situat vpon the coast of Britaine, and finding the [unspec 40] successe not correspondent to mine intent, it hath caused me somewhat to restreine my purpose in this description also of our riuers. For whereas I intended at the first to haue written at large, of the number, situation, names, quantities, townes, villages, castels, mounteines, fresh waters, plashes or lakes, salt waters, and other commodi∣ties of the aforesaid Iles, mine expectation of infor∣mation from all parts of England, was so deceiued [unspec 50] in the end, that I was fame at last onelie to leane to that which I knew my selfe either by reading, or such other helpe as I had alreadie purchased and gotten of the same. And euen so it happeneth in this my tractation of waters, of whose heads, courses, length, bredth, depth of chanell (for burden) ebs, flow∣ings, and falles, I had thought to haue made a per∣fect description vnder the report also of an imagined course taken by them all. But now for want of in∣struction, which hath béene largelie promised, & slack∣lie [unspec 60] perfourmed, and other sudden and iniurious de∣niall of helpe voluntarilie offered, without occasion giuen on my part, I must needs content my selfe with such obseruations as I haue either obteined by mine owne experience, or gathered from time to time out of other mens writings: whereby the full discourse of the whole is vtterlie cut off, and in steed of the same a mangled rehearsall of the residue set downe and left in memorie.

Wherefore I beséech your honour to pardon this imperfection and rudenesse of my labour, which not∣withstanding is not altogither in vaine, sith my er∣rors maie prooue a spurre vnto the better skilled, ei∣ther to correct or inlarge where occasion serueth, or at the leastwise to take in hand a more absolute péece of worke, as better direction shall incourage them thereto. The entrance and beginning of euerie thing is the hardest; and he that beginneth well, hath atchi∣ued halfe his purpose. The ice (my lord) is broken, and from hencefoorth it will be more easie for such as shall come after to wade through with the rest, sith Facile est inuentis addere; and to continue and finish, is not so great a matter in building, as to attempt and laie the foundation or platforme of anie noble péece of workmanship, though it be but rudelie hand∣led. But to my purpose. As I began at the Thames* 1.412 in my description of Ilands, so will I now doo the like with that of famous riuers; making mine en∣trie at the said riuer it selfe, of whose founteine some men make as much adoo, as in time past of the true head of Nilus, which, till of late (if it be yet descried) was neuer found: or the Tanais, whose originall was neuer knowne, nor shall be: for whilest one placeth it here, another there; there are none at all that deale with it exactlie. Wherefore leaning to such mens writings as haue of set purpose sought out the spring of the Thames; I affirme, that this famous streame hath his head or beginning out of the side of an hill, standing in the plaines of Cotswold, about one mile from Tetburie, néere vnto the Fosse (an high waie so called of old) where it was sometime named Isis, or the Ouse, although diuerse doo ignorantlie call it the Thames euen there, rather of a foolish custome than anie skill, bicause they either neglect or vtterlie are ignorant how it was named at the first. From hence it runneth directlie toward the east (as all good riuers should) and méeteth with the Cirne or Churne, (a brooke called in Latine Corinium) whereof Cirn∣cester* 1.413 towne (by which it commeth) doth take the denomination.

From hence it hasteth vnto Créekelade, aliàs Crekanford, Lechlade, Radcotebridge, Newbridge, and Eouesham, receiuing by the waie an infinit sort of small streames, brookes, beckes, waters, and rundels: and here on this side of the towne diuideth it selfe into two courses, of which the one goeth straight to Botleie and Hinkseie, the other by God∣stow, a village not farre off. This latter spreadeth it selfe also for a while into sundrie smaller branches, which run not farre yer they be reunited, and then beclipping sundrie pleasant medowes, it passeth at length by Oxford,* 1.414 of some supposed rather to be cal∣led Ouseford of this riuer, where it meteth with the Charwell, and a litle from whence the originall bran∣ches doo ioine and go togither by Abbandune (aliàs Sensham or Abington as we call it) although no part of it at the first came so néere the towne as it doth now,* 1.415 till a branch thereof was led thither from the maine streame, thorough the industrie of the moonks, as (beside the testimonie of old records thereof yet extant to be séene) by the decaie of Cair Dour now Dorchester it selfe, sometime the through∣fare from Wals and the west countrie to London, which insued vpon this fact, is easie to be seene. From hence it goeth to Dorchester, and so to Thame, where ioining with a riuer of the same denomination, it looseth the name of Isis or Ouse (whereof Ousencie at Oxford is producted) and from thenceforth is called Thamesis. From Thame it goeth to Wallingford, and so to Reding,* 1.416 which in time past, of the number of bridges there, was called Pontium; albeit that the English name doth rather proceed from Rhe, or Ree,* 1.417 the Saxon word for a water-course or riuer, which maie be séene in Ouerée, or Sutherée, for ouer the Ree, or south of the Rhee, as to the skilfull doth readi∣lie appéere; yet some hold (and not altogither against probabilitie and likelihood) that the word Sutherée is so called of Sudrijc, to wit, the south kingdome,

Page 46

wherevnto in part the Thames is a bound. But that holdeth not in denomination, either of the said church or name of the foresaid countie. Other affirme like∣wise, that Reding is so called of the Greeke word (〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉) which is to ouer flowe. Certes, as neither of these coniectures are to be contemned, so the last cōmeth most neere to mine aid, who affirme, that not onelie the course of euerie water it selfe, but also his ouer flowing was in time past called Rhe, by such Saxons as inhabited in this Iland: and euen to this [unspec 10] daie in Essex I haue oft obserued, that when the low∣er grounds by rage of water haue béene ouerflow∣en, the people beholding the same, haue said; All is on a Rhe, as if they should haue said; All is now a riuer, albeit the word Riuer be deriued from the French, and borrowed by them from the Latins: but not without corruption, as it was brought vnto them. I will not here giue notice how farre they are decei∣ued, which call the aforesaid church by the name of S. Marie Auderies, or S. Marie ouer Isis, or Ise. But [unspec 20] I will procéed with the course of this noble streame, which, howsoeuer these matters stand it hath passed by Reding, and there receiued the Kenet,* 1.418 which commeth from the hilles that lie west of Marlebo∣rough, & then the Thetis,* 1.419 commonlie called the Tide that commeth from Thetisford: it hieth to Sudling∣ton otherwise called Maiden head, and so to Win∣dleshore (or Windsore) Eaton, and then to Chertseie, where Erkenwald bishop of London, sometime buil∣ded a religious house or cell, as I doo read. [unspec 30]

From Chertseie it hasteth directlie vnto Stanes, and receiuing an other streame by the waie, called the Cole* 1.420 (wherevpon Colbrooke standeth) it goeth by Kingstone, Shene, Sion, and Brentford or Bregent∣ford, where it méeteth the Brane or the Brene, ano∣ther brook descending from Edgeworth, whose name signifieth a frog, in the Brittish speach. Upon this also sir Iohn Thin had sometime a statelie house, with a maruellous prouision to inclose and reteine such fish as should come about the same.* 1.421 From [unspec 10] Brentfoord it passeth by Mortlach, Putneie, Fulham, Batterseie, Chelseie, Lambeth, and so to London. Finallie going from thence vnto the sea, it taketh the Lée with it by the waie vpon the coast of Essex, and the Darnt vpon Kent side, which riseth néere to Tanrige, and commeth by Shoreham, vnto Dernt∣ford,* 1.422 wherevnto the Craie* 1.423 falleth. And last of all the Medwaie a notable riuer (in mine opinion) which watereth all the south and southwest part of Kent, and whose description is not to be omitted heereafter [unspec 50] in this place.

Hauing in this maner bréefelie touched this noble riuer, and such brookes as fall into the same; I will now adde a particular description of each of these last by themselues, whereby their courses also shall be se∣uerallie described to the satisfaction of the studious. But yer I take the same in hand, I will insert a word or two of the commodities of the said riuer, which I will performe with so much breuitie as is possible; héereby also finding out his whole tract and [unspec 60] course from the head to the fall thereof into the sea. It appeareth euidentlie that the length thereof is at the least, one hundreth and eightie miles, if it be mea∣sured by the iourneies of the land. And as it is in course, the longest of the thrée famous riuers of this Ile, so it is nothing inferiour vnto them in aboun∣dance of all kind of fish, whereof it is hard to saie, which of the three haue either most plentie, or greatest varietie, if the circumstances be duelie weighed. What some other write of the riuers of their coun∣tries it skilleth not, neither will I (as diuerse doo) in∣uent strange things of this noble streame, therewith to nobilitate and make it more honorable: but this will I in plaine termes affirme, that it neither swal∣loweth vp bastards of the Celtish brood, or casteth vp the right begotten that are throwne in without hurt into their mothers lap, as Politian fableth of the Rhene, Epistiloram lib. 8. epi. 6. nor yéeldeth clots of gold as the Tagus dooth: but an infinit plentie of excellent, swéet and pleasant fish, wherewith such as inhabit néere vnto hir bankes are fed and fullie nourished.

What should I speake of the fat and swéet sal∣mons,* 1.424 dailie taken in this streame, and that in such plentie (after the time of the smelt be past) as no riuer in Europa is able to excéed it. But what store also of barbels, trouts, cheuins, pearches, smelts, breames, roches, daces, gudgings, flounders, shrimps, &c: are commonlie to be had therein, I refer me to them that know by experience better than I, by reason of their dailie trade of fishing in the same. And albeit it see∣meth from time to time, to be as it were defrauded in sundrie wise of these hir large commodities, by the insatiable auarice of the fishermen, yet this fa∣mous riuer complaineth commonlie of no want, but the more it looseth at one time, the more it yéeldeth at another. Onelie in carps it séemeth to be scant,* 1.425 sith it is not long since that kind of fish was brought o∣uer into England, and but of late to speake of into this streame, by the violent rage of sundrie land∣flouds, that brake open the heads and dams of diuers gentlemens ponds, by which means it became some∣what partaker also of this said commoditie, whereof earst it had no portion that I could euer heare. Oh that this riuer might be spared but euen one yeare from nets, &c! But alas then should manie a poore man be vndoone. In the meane time it is lamentable to see, how it is and hath béene choked of late with sands and shelues, through the penning and wresting of the course of the water for commodities sake. But as this is an inconuenience easilie remedied, if good order were taken for the redresse thereof: so now, the fine or paie set vpon the ballaffe sometime freelis giuen to the merchants by patent, euen vnto the lands end (Iusques au poinct) will be another cause of harme vnto this noble streame, and all through an aduantage taken at the want of an (i) in the word ponct: which grew through an error committed by an English notarie vnskilfull in the French toong, wherein that patent was granted.

Furthermore, the said riuer floweth and filleth all his chanels wise in the daie and night, that is in euerie twelue houres once; and this ebbing & flow∣ing, holdeth on for the space of seauentie miles, within the maine land: the streame or tide being al∣waies highest at London, when the moone dooth ex∣actlie touch the northeast and south or west points of the heauens, of which one is visible, the other vnder the earth, and not subiect to our sight. These tides also differ in their times, each one comming latter than other, by so manie minuts as passe yer the reuoluti∣on and naturall course of the heauens doo reduce, and bring about the said planet vnto those hir former places:* 1.426 whereby the common difference betwéene one tide and another, is found to consist of twentie foure minuts, which wanteth but twelue of an whole houre in foure and twentie, as experience dooth con∣firme. In like sort we sée by dailie triall, that each tide is not of equall heigth and greatnesse. For at the full and change of the moone we haue the greatest flouds, and such is their ordinarie course, that as they dimi∣nish from their changes and fuls, vnto the first and last quarters; so afterwards they increase againe, vntill they come to the full and change. Sometimes also they rise so high (if the wind be at the north or northeast, which bringeth in the water with more ve∣hemencie, bicause the tide which filleth the chanell, commeth from Scotland ward) that the Thames

Page 47

ouerfloweth hir banks néere vnto London: which hapneth especiallie in the fuls and changes of Ianu∣arie and Februarie, wherein the lower grounds are of custome soonest drowned. This order of flowing in like sort is perpetuall, so that when the moone is vpon the southwest and north of points, then is the water by London at the highest: neither doo the tides alter, except some rough winds out of the west or south∣west doo kéepe backe and checke the streame in his entrance,* 1.427 as the east and northeast doo hasten the comming [unspec 10] in thereof, or else some other extraordina∣rie occasion, put by the ordinarie course of the nor∣therne seas, which fill the said riuer by their naturall returne and flowing. And that both these doo happen eft among, I refer me to such as haue not sildome obserued it, as also the sensible chopping in of thrée or foure tides in one naturall daie, wherof the vnskilfull doo descant manie things.

But how so euer these small matters doo fall out, and how often soeuer this course of the streame [unspec 20] doth happen to be disturbed; yet at two seuerall times of the age of the moone, the waters returne to their naturall course and limits of time exactlie. Polydore saith, that this riuer is seldome increased or rather neuer ouerfloweth hir banks by landflouds: but he is herein verie much deceiued, as it shalbe more appa∣rantlie séene hereafter. For the more that this riuer is put by of hir right course, the more the water must of necessitie swell with the white waters which run downe from the land: bicause the passage can∣not [unspec 30] be so swift and readie in the winding as in the streight course. These landflouds also doo greatlie straine the finesse of the streame, in so much that af∣ter a great landfloud, you shall take haddocks with your hands beneath the bridge, as they flote aloft vp∣on the water, whose eies are so blinded with the thicknesse of that element, that they cannot see where to become, and make shift to saue themselues before death take hold of them. Otherwise the water of it selfe is very cléere, and in comparison next vnto that [unspec 40] of the sea, which is most subtile and pure of all other; as that of great riuers is most excellent, in compa∣rison of smaller brookes: although Aristotle will haue the salt water to be most grosse, bicause a ship will beare a greater burden on the sea than on the fresh water; and an eg sinke in this that swimmeth on the other. But he may easilie be answered by the quantitie of roome and aboundance of waters in the sea; whereby it becommeth of more force to susteine such vessels as are committed to the same, and wher∣vnto [unspec 50] the greatest riuers (God wot) are nothing com∣parable. I would here make mention of sundrie bridges placed ouer this noble streame, of which that of London is most chieflie to be commended,* 1.428 for it is in maner a cōtinuall street, well replenished with large and statelie houses on both sides, and situat vpon twentie arches, whereof ech one is made of ex∣cellent free squared stone, euerie of them being thrée∣score foot in heigth, and full twentie in distance one from another, as I haue often viewed. [unspec 60]

In like maner I could intreat of the infinit num∣ber* 1.429 of swans dailie to be séene vpon this riuer, the two thousand wherries and small boats, whereby thrée thousand poore watermen are mainteined, through the cariage and recariage of such persons as passe or repasse, from time to time vpon the same: beside those huge tideboats, tiltbotes, and barges, which ei∣ther carrie passengers, or bring necessarie prouision from all quarters of Oxfordshire, Barkeshire, Buc∣kinghamshire, Bedfordshire, Herfordshire, Midle∣sex, Essex, Surrie, and Kent, vnto the citie of Lon∣don. But for somuch as these things are to be repea∣ted againe in the particular description of London, annexed to his card; I surceasse at this time to speake anie more of them here, as not lingering but hasting to performe my promise made euen now, not yet forgotten, and in performance where∣of I thinke it best to resume the description of this noble riuer againe into my hands, and in adding whatsoeuer is before omitted, to deliuer a full and perfect demonstration of his course. How and where the said streame ariseth, is alreadie & with sufficien∣cie set downe, noting the place to be within a mile of Tetburie, whereof some doo vtterlie mislike, bi∣cause that rill in summer drouths is oft so drie, that there is little or no water at all séene running aboue ground in the same. For this cause the therefore manie affirme the verie head of Isis* 1.430 to come from the poole aboue Kemble. Other confound it with the head of the Cirne or Chirne, called in Latine Corinium that riseth aboue Coberleie. For my part I follow Le∣land, as he dooth the moonke of Malmesburie, which wrote the historie intituled Eulogium historiarum, who searched the same of set purpose, and pronoun∣ced with Leland, although at this present that course be verie small, and choked vp (as I heare) with grauell and sand. Procéeding therefore from the head, it first of all receiueth the Kemble water called the Coue, which riseth aboue Kemble towne,* 1.431 goeth by Kemble it selfe vnto Poole and Somerford, and then (accompanieth the Thames) vnto Canes, Ash∣ton, Canes, and Howston, holding on in one chanell vntill they méet with the Chirne, the next of all to be described.

The Chirne is a faire water arising out of the ground aboue Coberleie,* 1.432 from whence it runneth to Cowleie, Cowlesburne, Randcome, and so into the Isis on the left side aboue Crekelade. These thrée waters being thus vnited and brought into one cha∣nell, within a little space of the head of Isis, it run∣neth on by Crekelade, beneath which towne it recei∣ueth the Rhe, descending from Elcombe,* 1.433 Escot, Redburne, Widhill, & at the fall into Isis, or not far off ioineth with another that runneth west of Pur∣ton by Braden forrest, &c. Next of all our Isis mée∣teth with the Amneie on the left hand, which com∣ming from aboue Holie roode Amneie,* 1.434 runneth by Downe Amneie, and finallie into the Isis a little a∣boue Iseie. In like sort I read of another that mée∣teth withall on the right hand aboue Iseie also, which so far as I can call to remembrance, commeth from about Orifield and falleth so into our Isis, that they run as one vntill they come at the Colne, although not so nakedlie and without helpe, but that in this voiage, the maine streame dooth crosse one water that descendeth from Swindon, and going also by Stratton toward Seuingham, is it selfe increa∣sed with two rils by the waie, whereof one commeth from Liddenton by Wambreie, as I haue béene in∣formed.

The Colne is a faire riuer rising by north neere to Witchington,* 1.435 & from thence goeth to Shiptons, Compton Abdale, Wittenton, Yarneworth, Colne Deanes, and Colne Rogers, Winston, Biberie, Colne Alens, Quenington, Faireford, and west of Lachelade into the riuer Isis, which hereabout on the southside also taketh in another, whereof I find this remembrance. The Isis being once past Se∣uingham, crosseth a brooke from southest that moun∣teth about Ashbirie, and receiuing a rill from by∣west (that commeth from Hinton) beneath Shrine∣ham, it afterward so diuideth it selfe, that the armes therof include Inglesham, and by reason that it fal∣leth into the Isis at two seuerall places, there is a plesant Iland producted, whereof let this suffice.

Being past Lechelade a mile,* 1.436 it runneth to saint Iohns bridge, & the reabout méeteth with the Leche on the left hand. This brooke, whereof Lechlade ta∣keth

Page 48

the name (a towne wherevnto one péece of an old vniuersitie is ascribed, which it did neuer possesse, more than Crekelade did the other) riseth east of Hampnet, frō whence it goeth to north Lech, Esten∣ton, Anlesworth, east Lech, south Thorpe, Faren∣don, & so into the Isis. From hence this famous wa∣ter goeth by Kenskot toward Radcote bridge (ta∣king in the rill that riseth in an od péece of Barke∣shire, and runneth by Langford) and being past the said bridge (now notable through a conspiracie made [unspec 10] there sometimes by sundrie barons against the e∣state) it is not long yer it crosse two other waters, both of them descending from another od parcell of the said countie, whereof I haue this note giuen me for my further information. There are two fals of water into Isis beneath Radcote bridge, wherof the one commeth from Shilton in Barkeshire by Ares∣cote, blacke Burton and Clarrefield. The other also riseth in the same péece, and runneth by Brisenorton vnto Bampton, and there receiuing an armelet [unspec 20] from the first that breake off at blacke Burton, it is not long yer they fall into Isis, and leaue a pretie I∣land. After these confluences, the maine course of the streame hasteth by Shifford to Newbridge, where it ioineth with the Winrush.* 1.437 The Winrush riseth a∣boue Shieburne in Glocestershire, from whence it goeth to Winrush, & cōming by Barrington, Bur∣ford, Widbrooke, Swinbecke castell, Witneie, Duc∣kington, Cockthorpe, Stanlake, it méeteth with the Isis west by south of Northmore. From hence it go∣eth [unspec 30] beneath Stanton, Hartingcourt and Ensham, betwéene which and Cassinton, it receiueth (as Le∣land calleth it) the Bruerne water.* 1.438

It riseth aboue Limington, and going to Norton in the Marsh, and through a patch of Worcestershire vnto Euenlode, betweene it and the foure shire∣stones,* 1.439 it taketh in a rill called Come, comming by the long and the little Comptons. After this also it goeth by Bradwell, Odington, and so to Bledden∣ton, aboue which towne it taketh in the Rolrich wa∣ter [unspec 40] that issueth at two heads, in the hils that lie by west of little Rolrich,* 1.440 and ioine aboue Kenkeham, and Church hill. From thence also it goeth vnto Bruerne, Shipton vnderwood, Ascot, Short hamton, Chorleburie, Corneburie parke, Stonfield, Long∣combe, and southeast of Woodstocke parke, taketh in the Enis, that riseth aboue Emstone,* 1.441 and goeth to Ciddington, Glimton, Wotton (where it is increa∣sed with a rill that runneth thither from stéeple Barton, by the Béechin trée) Woodstocke, Blaidon, [unspec 50] so that after this confluence, the said Enis runneth to Casūnton, and so into the Isis, which goeth from hence to Oxford, and there receiueth the Charwell, now presentlie to be described.

The head of Charwell is in Northamptonshire,* 1.442 where it riseth out of a little poole, by Charleton vil∣lage, seuen miles aboue Banberie northeast, and there it issueth so fast at the verie surge, that it grow∣eth into a pretie streame, in maner out of hand. Soone after also it taketh in a rillet called the Bure,* 1.443 [unspec 60] which falleth into it, about Otmere side: but foras∣much as it riseth by Bincester, the whole course ther∣of is not aboue foure miles, and therefore cannot be great. A friend of mine prosecuting the rest of this description reporteth thereof as followeth. Before the Charwell commeth into Oxfordshire, it recei∣ueth the Culen, which falleth into the same, a little a∣boue Edgcote, and so descending toward Warding∣ton, it méeteth with another comming from by north west, betweene Wardington and Cropreadie. At Banberie also it méeteth with the Come* 1.444 (which fal∣leth from fennie Conton by Farneboro, and after∣wards going by kings Sutton, not far from Aine, it receiueth the discharge of diuerse rillets, in one bot∣tome before it come at Clifton. The said water ther∣fore ingendred of so manie brookelets, consisteth chiefelie of two, whereof the most southerlie called Oke,* 1.445 commeth from Oke, Norton, by Witchington or Wiggington, and the Berfords; and carieng a few blind rils withall, dooth méet with the other that falleth from by northwest into the same, within a mile of Charwell.

That other (as I coniecture) is increased of thrée waters, wherof each one hath his seuerall name. The first of them therefore hight Tudo,* 1.446 which comming betwéene Epwell and the Lée by Toddington, ioi∣neth about Broughton with the second that runneth from Horneton, named Ornus,* 1.447 as I gesse. The last falleth into the Tude or Tudelake, beneath Brough∣ton; and for that it riseth not far from Sotteswell in Warwikeshire, some are of the opinion, that it is to be called Sotbrooke.* 1.448 The next water that méeteth without Charwell beneath Clifton commeth from about Croughton, and after this is the Sowar* 1.449 or Swere, that riseth north of Michaell Tew, and run∣neth by nether Wotton. The last of all is the Reie aliàs Bure,* 1.450 whose head is not far aboue Burcester, aliàs Bincester, and Burncester: and from whence it goeth by Burecester to Merton, Charleton, Fen∣cote, Addington, Noke, Islip, and so into Charwell, that holdeth on his course after this augmentation of the waters, betwéene Wood and Water Eton, to Marston, and the east bridge of Oxford by Mag∣dalene college, and so beneath the south bridge into our aforesaid Isis.

In describing this riuer,* 1.451 this one thing (right honorable) is come vnto my mind, touching the cen∣ter and nauill as it were of England. Certes there is an hillie plot of ground in Helledon parish, not far from Danberie, where a man maie stand and behold the heads of thrée notable riuers, whose waters, and those of such as fall into them, doo abundantlie serue the greatest part of England on this side of the Humber. The first of these waters is the Charwell, alreadie described. The second is the Leme that go∣eth westward into the fourth Auon. And the third is the head of the Nene or fift Auon it selfe, of whose courses there is no card but doth make sufficient mention; and therefore your honour maie behold in the same how they doo coast the countrie, and also measure by compasses how this plot lieth in respect of all the rest, contrarie to common iudgement, which maketh Northampton to be the middest and center of our countrie.

But to go forward with my description of the Ouse, which being past Oxford goeth to Iflie, Ken∣nington, Sanford, Rodleie, Newnham, and so to A∣bington, somtime called Sensham, without increase, where it receiueth the Oche,* 1.452 otherwise called the Coche, a little beneath S. Helens, which runneth thi∣ther of two brooklets, as I take it, whereof one com∣meth from Compton, out of the vale and west of the hill of the White horsse, the other from Kings Let∣combe, and Wantage in Barkshire, and in one cha∣nell, entreth into the same, vpon the right side of his course.* 1.453 From Abington likewise (taking the Arun withall southwest of Sutton Courtneie) it goeth by Appleford, long Wittenham, Clifton, Wittenham the lesse, & beneath Dorchester, taketh in the Thame water, from whence the Isis loseth the preheminence of the whole denomination of this riuer, and is con∣tented to impart the same with the Thame, so that by the coniunction of these two waters Thamesis is producted, and that name continued euen vnto the sea.

Thame riuer riseth in the easterlie parts of Chil∣terne hils,* 1.454 towards Penleie parke, at a towne called Tring west of the said parke, which is seauen miles

Page 49

from the stone bridge, that is betweene Querendon and Ailsburie (after the course of the water) as Le∣land hath set downe. Running therefore by long Merston, and Puttenham, Hucket, and Bearton, it receiueth soone after a rill that commeth by Que∣rendon from Hardwike, and yer long an other on the other side that riseth aboue Windouer in the Chilterne, and passing by Halton, Weston, Turrill, Broughton, and Ailsburie, it falleth into the Tame west of the said towne (except my memorie doo faile [unspec 10] me. From this confluence the Tame goeth by E∣thorpe, the Winchingtons, Coddington, Chersleie, Notleie abbeie: and comming almost to Tame, it receiueth one water from southeast aboue the said towne, and another also from the same quarter be∣neath the towne; so that Tame standeth inuironed vpon thrée sides with thrée seuerall waters, as maie be easilie séene. The first of these commeth from the Chiltern east of Below or Bledlow, from whence it goeth to Hinton, Horsenden, Kingseie, Towseie, [unspec 20] and so into the Tame. The other descendeth also from the Chilterne, and going by Chinner, Crowell, Sid∣denham, and Tame parke, it falleth in the end into Tame water, and then they procéed togither as one by Shabbington, Ricot parke, Dracot, Waterstoke, Milton, Cuddesdon, and Chiselton. Here also it ta∣keth in another water from by-east, whose head com∣meth from Chilterne hils, not farre from Stocking church, in the waie from Oxford to London. From whence it runneth to Weston (and méeting beneath [unspec 30] Cuxham with Watlington rill) it goeth on to Chal∣graue, Stadham, and so into the Tame. From hence our streame of Thame runneth to Newen∣ton, Draton, Dorchester (sometime a bishops see, and a noble citie) and so into the Thames, which hasteth in like sort to Bensington, Crowmarsh, or Walling∣ford, where it receiueth the Blaue, descending from Blaueburg,* 1.455 now Blewberie, as I learne.

Thus haue I brought the Thames vnto Wal∣lingford, situate in the vale of White horsse that run∣neth [unspec 40] a long therby. From hence it goeth by Newen∣ham, north Stoke, south Stoke, Goring, Bassilden, Pangburne, where it meeteth with a water that commeth from about Hamsted Norris, runneth by Frizelham, Buckelburie, Stanford, Bradfeld, Tid∣marsh and Pangburne. After which confluence it go∣eth on betweene Mapledorham and Purleie, to Ca∣uersham, and Cauersham manour, and a little be∣neath receiueth the Kenet that commeth thereinto from Reading. [unspec 50]

The Kenet riseth aboue Ouerton 5 or 6 miles west of Marleborow,* 1.456 or Marlingsborow, as some call it; & then going by Fifeld; Clatfor, Maulon, & Preshute, vnto Marleburie: it holdeth on in like order to Ramsburie, and northwest of little Cote, taketh in a water by north descending from the hilles aboue Alburne chase west of Alburne town. Thence it run∣neth to little Cote, Charnhamstréet, & beneth Charn∣hamstréet it crosseth the Bedwin,* 1.457 which (taking the Chalkburne* 1.458 rill withall) commeth from great Bed∣wiine, [unspec 60] & at Hungerford also two other in one botom somewhat beneath the towne. From hence it goeth to Auington, Kinburie, Hamsted marshall, Eu∣burne, Newberie; and beneath this towne, taketh in the Lamburne water that commeth by Isberie,* 1.459 Egerston, the Sheffords, Westford, Boxford, Do∣nington castell, and Shaw. From Newberie it go∣eth to Thatcham, Wolhampton, Aldermaston, a little aboue which village it receiueth the Alburne,* 1.460 another brooke increased with sundrie rils: and thus going on to Padworth, Oston, and Michaell, it com∣meth at last to Reading, where (as I said) it ioineth with the Thames, and so they go forward as one by Sonning to Shiplake, and there on the east side re∣ceiue the Loddon that commeth downe thither from the south, as by his course appéereth.

The Loddon riseth in Hamshire betwéene west Shirburne and Wooton toward the southwest,* 1.461 after∣ward directing his course toward the northwest, tho∣rough the Uine, it passeth at the last by Bramlie, and thorough a peece of Wiltshire, to Stradfield, Swal∣lowfield, Arberfield, Loddon bridge, leauing a patch of Wiltshire on the right hand (as I haue béene in∣formed.) This Loddon not far from Turges towne receiueth two waters in one bottome, whereof the westerlie called Basing water, commeth from Ba∣singstoke, and thorough a parke vnto the aforesaid place.

The other descendeth of two heads from Mapledour well, and goeth by Skewes, Newenham, Rother∣wijc, and yer it come at Hartlie, ioineth with the Ba∣sing water, from whence they go togither to Tur∣ges, where they méet with the Loddon (as I haue said alreadie.) The next streame toward the south is called Ditford brooke.* 1.462 It riseth not farre from Up∣ton, goeth by Gruell, and beneath Wharnborow castell receiueth the Ikell* 1.463 (comming from a parke of the same denomination) from whence they go togi∣ther by Maddingleie vnto Swalowfield, and so into the Loddon. In this voiage also the Loddon méeteth with the Elwie or Elueie that commeth from Alder∣share, not farre by west of Euersleie:* 1.464 and about Eluesham likewise with another running from Dogmansfield named the Douke:* 1.465 and also the third not inferior to the rest comming from Erin,* 1.466 whose head is in Surreie, and going by Ash becommeth a limit, first betwéene Surreie and Hamshire; then betwéene Hamshire and Barkeshire, and passing by Ash, Erinleie, Blacke water, Yerleie, and Fin∣chamsted; it ioineth at last with the Ditford, before it come at Swalowfield. To conclude therefore with our Loddon, hauing receiued all these waters; and after the last confluence with them now being come to Loddon bridge, it passeth on by a part of Wilt∣shire to Twiford bridge, then to Wargraue, and so into the Thames that now is maruellouslie increa∣sed and growen vnto triple greatnesse (to that it was at Oxford.)

Being therefore past Shiplake and Wargraue, it runneth by Horsependon, or Harding: then to Henleie vpon Thames, where sometime a great rill voideth it selfe in the same. Then to Remenham, Greneland (going all this waie from Shiplake iust north, and now turning eastwards againe) by Me∣denham, Hurleie, Bisham, Marlow the greater, Marlow the lesse, it meeteth with a brooke soone after that consisteth of the water of two rilles, whereof the one called the Use,* 1.467 riseth about west Wickham, out of one of the Chilterne hilles, and goeth from thence to east Wickham or high Wickham, a pre∣tie market towne. The other named Higden,* 1.468 des∣cendeth also from those mounteines but a mile be∣neath west Wickham, and ioining both in one at the last, in the west end of east Wickham towne, they go togither to Wooburne, Hedor, & so into the Thames. Some call it the Tide; and that word doo I vse in my former treatise: but to procéed. After this confluence our Thames goeth on by Cowkham, Topleie, Mai∣denhead, aliàs Sudlington, Braie, Dorneie, Clure, new Windsore (taking in neuerthelesse, at Eaton by the waie, the Burne which riseth out of a Moore, & commeth thither by Burnham) old Windsor, Wrai∣borow, and a little by east therof doth crosse the Cole, whereof I find this short description insuing.

The Cole riseth néere vnto Flamsted,* 1.469 from whence it goeth to Redburn, S. Michaels, S. Albons, Aldenham, Watford, and so by More to Richmans∣worth, where there is a confluence of three waters, of

Page 50

which this Cole is the first. The second called Gadus* 1.470 riseth not farre from Ashridge, an house or palace belonging to the prince: from whence it runneth to great Gaddesdin, Hemsted, betwéene Kings Lang∣leie, and Abbots Langleie, then to Hunters, and Ca∣shew bridges, and so to Richman swoorth, receiuing by the waie a rill comming from Alburie by north∣west, to Northchurch, Barkehamsted, and beneath Hemsted ioining with the same. The last commeth in at northwest from aboue Chesham, by Chesham [unspec 10] it selfe, then by Chesham Bois, Latimers, Mawd∣lens, Cheinies, Sarret and Richmanswoorth, and so going on all in one chanell vnder the name of Cole, it runneth to Uxbridge, where it taketh in the Mis∣senden water, from northwest, which rising aboue Missenden the greater goeth by Missenden the lesse, Hagmondesham (now Hammersham) the Uach, Chalfhunt Giles, Chalfhunt S. Peters, Denham, and then into the Cole aboue Uxbridge (as I haue said.) Soone after this our Cole doth part it selfe in∣to [unspec 20] two branches, neuer to ioine againe before they come at the Thames, for the greater of them goeth thorough the goodlie medows straight to Colebrooke, the other vnto two milles, a mile and a halfe east of Colebrooke, in the waie to London, leauing an I∣land betwéene them of no small size and quantitie.

Being past the Cole,* 1.471 we come to the fall of the Uindeles, which riseth by northwest néere vnto Bag∣shot, from whence it goeth to Windlesham, Chob∣ham, and méeting with a brooklet comming west∣ward [unspec 30] from Bisleie, they run togither toward Cher∣teseie, where when they haue met with a small rill ri∣sing north of Sonning hill in Windlesoure great parke, it falleth into the Thames on the northeast side of Cherteseie. When we were come beyond this water, it was not long yer we came vnto another on the same side, that fell into the Thames betweene Shepperton on the one side, and Oteland on the o∣ther,* 1.472 and is called the Waie. The Weie or the Waie rising by west, commeth from Olsted, & soone [unspec 40] after taking the Hedleie brooke withall (which riseth in Wulmere forrest, and goeth by Hedleie and Fren∣sham) hasteth by Bentleie, Farnham, Alton, Wai∣berleie, Elsted,* 1.473 and so to Pepper harrow, where it ioineth with the Thuresbie water, which commeth not farre off from a village of the same denominati∣on. From hence also it goeth to Godalming, and then toward Shawford, but yer it come there, it cros∣seth Craulie becke, which rising somewhere about the edge of Sussex short of Ridgewtjc, goeth by Uache∣rie [unspec 50] parke,* 1.474 Knoll, Craulie, Bramleie, Wonarsh, and so into the Waie. From hence then our riuer goeth to Shawford, and soone after (méeting with the Ab∣binger water that commeth by Shere, Albirie,* 1.475 and the chappell on the hill) it proceedeth to Guldeford, thence to Stoke, Sutton in the parke, Send, Wo∣king, and at Newarke parke side taketh in a brooke that riseth of two heads, whereof one dooth spring be∣twéene two hils north of Pepper harrow, and so run∣neth through Henleie parke, the other aboue Pur∣bright, [unspec 60] and afterward ioining in one, they go foorth vnto Newarke, and being there vnited, after the con∣fluence it goeth to Purford court, to Bifler, Wai∣fred, Oteland, and so into the Thames.

From Oteland the Thames goeth by Walton, Sunburie,* 1.476 west Moulsee, Hampton, and yer it come at Hampton court on the northside, and east Moulseie on the other, it taketh in the Moule water, which giueth name vnto the two townes that stand on each side of the place, where it falleth into our streame. It riseth in Word forrest, and going by Burstow, it méeteth afterward with another gullet, conteining a small course from two seuerall heads, whereof one is also in the forrest aforenamed, the o∣ther runneth from Bebush wood, and comming by Iseld, méeteth with the first aboue Horleie, and so run on in one chanell, I saie, till they ioine with the Moule water, whereof I spake before.

After this confluence in like sort, it is not long yer the Moule take in another from by north, which commeth from about Mesham on the one side, and another on the other side, running by Ocleie and Capell, and whereinto also a branch or rill com∣meth from a wood on the northwest part. Finallie, being thus increased with these manie rilles, it go∣eth by east Becheworth, west Becheworth, and ouer against the Swalow on the side of Drake hill, ta∣king in another that cōmeth thither from Wootton by Darking and Milton, it runneth to Mickleham, Letherhed, Stoke, Cobham, Ashire parke, east Moulseie, and so into the Thames, which after this coniunction goeth on to Kingston, and there also méeteth with another becke, rising at Ewell south of Nonsuch. Certes, this rill goeth from Ewell by the old parke, then to Mauldon, & so to Kingston towne. The Thames in like maner being past Kingston, go∣eth to Tuddington, Petersham, Twickenham, Richmond, and Shene, where it receiueth a water on the northwest side, which comming from about Har∣row on the hill, and by west of the same, goeth by Haies, Harlington, Felthan, and Thistle worth into the Thames.

The next fall of water is at Sion,* 1.477 néere vnto new Brainford, so that it issueth into the Thames betwéen them both. This water is called Brane, that is in the Brittish toong (as Leland saith) a frog. It riseth about Edgeworth, and commeth from thence by Kinges∣burie, Twiford, Periuall, Hanwell, and Austerleie. Thence we followed our riuer to old Brentford, Mortlach, Cheswtjc, Barnelmes, Fulham, and Put∣neie, beneath which townes it crossed a becke from Wandlesworth, that riseth at Woodmans turne, and going by Easthalton, méeteth another comming from Croidon by Bedington, and so going on to Mitcham, Marton abbeie, and Wandlesworth, it is not long yer it fall into the Thames.* 1.478 Next vnto this is Mariburne rill on the other side, which commeth in by S. Iames, so that by this time we haue either brought the Thames, or the Thames conueied vs to London, where we rested for a season to take view of the seuerall tides there, of which each one differeth from other, by foure & twentie minuts, that is fortie eight in a whole daie, as I haue noted before, except the wether alter them. Being past London, and in the waie toward the sea: the first water that it mée∣teth withall, is the Brome on Kent side, west of Gréenewich, whose head is Bromis in Bromleie pa∣rish, and going from thence to Lewsham,* 1.479 it taketh in a water from by east, and so directeth his course foorth right vnto the Thames.

The next water that it méeteth withall, is on Es∣sex side, almost against Woolwich, and that is the Lée* 1.480 or Luie, whose head riseth short of Kempton in Hert∣fordshire,* 1.481 foure miles southeast of Luton, sometime called Logodunum or Logrodunum, & going through a péece of Brokehall parke (leauing Woodhall parke on the north, and Hatfield on the south, with another parke adioining) it goeth toward Hartford towne. But yer it come there, it receiueth a water (perad∣uenture the Marran) rising at northwest in Brode∣water hundred,* 1.482 from aboue Welwin, northeast of Digeswell, and going to Hartingfeld burie, where the said confluence is within one mile of the towne. Beneath Hatfield also it receiueth the Beane (as I gesse) comming from Boxwood by Benington,* 1.483 A∣ston, Watton, and Stapleford, and a little lower, the third arme of increase from aboue Ware, which des∣cendeth from two heads: whereof the greatest com∣meth

Page 51

from Barkewaie in Edwinster hundred, the other Sandon in Oddesey hundred, and after they be met beneath little Hornemeade, they go togither by Pulcherchurch, or Puckrich, Stonden, Thunderidge Wadesmill, Benghoo, and so into the Lée, which from hence runneth on till it come at Ware, which was drowned by the rage of the same 1408, and so to Am∣well, where on the north side it receiueth the water that commeth from little Hadham, through a péece of Singleshall parke, then by great Hadham, and so [unspec 10] from Widford to the aforesaid towne. From hence also they go as one to old Stansted called Le Veil, branching in such wise yer it come there, that it run∣neth through the towne in sundrie places. Thence it goeth foorth to Abbats Stansted, beneath which it méeteth with the Stoure, west (as I remember) of Roidon.* 1.484 This Sture riseth at Wenden lootes, from whence it goeth to Langleie, Clauering, Berden, Manhuden, & Birchanger (where it taketh a rill com∣ming from Elsingham, & Stansted Mountfitchet.) [unspec 20] The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 it hieth on to Bishops Stourford, Sabrich∣foord, and beneath this towne crosseth with another from the east side of Elsingham, that goeth to Hat∣field, Brodocke, Shiring, Harlo, & so into the Stoure, and from whence they go togither to Eastwic, Paredon, and next into the Lée. These things be∣ing thus performed, the Lée runneth on beneath Hoddesdon, Broxburne, and Wormleie, where a wa∣ter breaketh out by west of the maine streame, a mile lower than Wormeleie it selfe, but yet within the [unspec 30] paroch, and is called Wormeleie locke.

It runneth also by Cheston nunrie, and out of this a little beneath the said house, breaketh an arme called the Shirelake, bicause it diuideth Eastsex and Hartford shire in sunder, and in the length of one medow called Fritheie. This lake runneth not but at great flouds, and méeteth againe with a succor of ditchwater, at a place called Hockesdich, halfe a mile from his first breaking out, and halfe a mile lower at Marsh point ioineth againe with the streame from [unspec 40] whence it came before. Thence commeth the first arme to S. Maulie bridge (the first bridge westward vpon that riuer) vpon Waltham causie, & halfe a mile lower than Maulie bridge, at the corner of Ramnie mead, it méeteth with the kings streame & principall course, of Luy, or Lee, as it is commonlie called. The second arme breaketh out of the kings streame at Halifield halfe a mile lower than Cheston nunrie, and so to the fulling mill, and two bridges by west of the kings streame, wherinto it falleth about a stones [unspec 50] cast lower at a place called Malkins shelffe, except I was wrong informed. Cheston & Hartfordshire men doo saie, that the kings streame at Waltham dooth part Hartfordshire and Essex, but the Essex men by forrest charter doo plead their liberties to hold vnto S. Maulies bridge. On the east side also of the kings streame breaketh out but one principall arme at Ha∣lifield, three quarters of a mile aboue Waltham, & so goeth to the corne mill in Waltham, and then to the K. streame againe a little beneath the kings bridge. [unspec 60]

From hence the Lée runneth on by south on Wal∣tonstow till it come to Stretford Langthorne,* 1.485 where it brancheth partlie of it selfe, and partlie by mans industrie for mils. Howbeit heerein the dealing of Alfred (sometimes king of England) was not of smallest force, who vnderstanding the Danes to be gotten vp with their ships into the countrie, there to kill and slaie his subiects, in the yeere of grace 896, by the conduct of this riuer: he in the meane time be∣fore they could returne, did so mightilie weaken the maine chanell, by drawing great numbers of tren∣ches from the same; that when they purposed to come backe, there was nothing so much water left as the ships did draw: wherefore being set on ground, they were soone fired, & the aduersaries ouercome. By this policie also much medow ground was woone, & made firme land, whereby the countrie about was not a lit∣tle inriched, as was also a part of Assyria by the like practise of Cyrus with the Ganges, at such time as he came against Babylon, which riuer before time was in maner equall with Euphrates. For he was so of∣fended, that one of his knights whom he loued déerlie, was drowned and borne awaie with the water in his passage ouer the same, that he sware a deepe oth yer long to make it so shallow that it should not wet a woman to the knées. Which came to passe, for he cau∣sed all his armie to dig 46 new draines frō the same, wherby the vow that he had made was at the full per∣formed. Senec. de Tra. li. 3. But to conclude with the Lee that somtime ouerflowed all those medowes, through which it passeth (as for a great waie not inferior to the Thames) and I find that being past Westham, it is not long yer it fall into that streame. One thing I read more of this riuer before the conquest, that is, how Edward the first, & sonne of Alfred, in the yeare of grace 912, builded Hartford towne: at which time also he had Wittham a towne in Essex in hand, as his sister called Aelfled repaired Oxford & London, and all this foure yeares before the building of Mal∣don, of some called Hertford or Herudford betweene three waters, that is, the Lée, the Benefuth, and Memmarran, or rather Penmarran: but how these waters are distinguished in these daies, as yet I cannot tell. It is possible, that the Bene may be the same which commeth by Benington, and Benghoo: which if it be so, then must the Memmarran be the same that descendeth from Whitwell, for not farre from thence is Branfield, which might in time past right well be called Marranfield, for of like inuersi∣on of names I could shew manie examples.

Being past the Lee (whose chanell is begun to be purged 1576, with further hope to bring the same to* 1.486 the north side of London) we come vnto the Rodon, vpon Essex side in like maner, and not verie farre (for foure miles is the most) from the fall of the Lée. This water riseth at little Canfield, from whence it goeth to great Canfield, high Roding, Eithorpe Ro∣ding, Ledon Roding, White Roding, Beauchampe Roding, Fifeld, Shelleie, high Ongar, and Cheping Ongar, where the Lauer falleth into it,* 1.487 that ariseth betwixt Matching and high Lauer; and taking ano∣ther rill withall comming from aboue Northweld at Cheping Ongar, they ioine (I saie) with the Ro∣don, after which confluence Leland coniectureth that the streame is called Iuell:* 1.488 for my part, I wot not what to say of it. But héerof I am sure, that the whole course being past Ongar, it goeth to Stansted riuers, Theidon mount, Heibridge, Chigwell, Woodford bridge, Ilford bridge, Barking, & so into the Thames.

The Darwent* 1.489 méeteth with our said Thames vp∣on Kents side, two miles and more beneath Erith. It riseth at Tanridge, or there abouts, as I haue beene informed by Christopher Saxtons card late made of the same, and the like (I hope) he will doo in all the se∣uerall shires of England at the infinit charges of sir Thomas Sackford knight, & maister of the requests, whose zeale vnto his countrie héerin I cannot but re∣member, & so much the rather, for that he meaneth to imitate Ortelius, & somewhat beside this hath holpen me in the names of the townes, by which these riuers for the Kentish part do run. Would to God his plats were once finished for the rest! But to procéed. The Darwent therefore, rising at Tanridge, goeth on by Titseie toward Brasted, and receiuing on ech side of that towne (& seuerall bankes) a riuer or rill, it goeth on to Nockhold, Shorham, Kinsford, Horton, Darn∣hith, Dartford or Derwentford, & there taking in the Craie on the left hand that coms from Orpington by* 1.490

Page 52

Marie Craie, Paules Craie, North Craie, and Craiford, it is not long yer it fall into the Thames. But after I had once passed the fall of the brooke, it is a world to sée what plentie of Serephium groweth vpon the Kentish shore, in whose description Fuich∣fius hath not a little halted; whilest he giueth foorth the hearbe Argentaria for Serephium, betwéene which there is no maner of likelihood. This neuerthe∣lesse is notable in the said hearbe, that being transla∣ted into the garden, it receiueth another forme cleane [unspec 10] different from the first, which it yéelded when it grew vpon the shore, and therevnto appeareth of more fat & foggie substance. Which maketh me to thinke that our physicians do take it for a distinct kind of worme∣wood, whereof controuersie ariseth among them. The next water that falleth into the Thames, is west of the Wauie Iles, a rill of no great fame, neither long course, for rising about Coringham, it runneth not manie miles east and by south, yer it fall into the mouth of this riuer, which I doo now describe. [unspec 20]

I would haue spoken of one créeke that commeth in at Cliffe, and another that runneth downe from Haltsto by S. Maries: but sith I vnderstand not with what backewaters they be serued, I let them passe as not skilfull of their courses. And thus much of the riuers that fall into the Thames, wherein I haue doone what I maie, but not what I would for mine owne satisfaction, till I came from the head to Lechlade, vnto which, as in lieu of a farewell, I will ascribe that distichon which Apollonius Rhodius wri∣teth [unspec 30] of the Thermodon:

Huic non est aliud flumen par, nec tot in agros Vllum dimittit riuos quot fundit vtrinque.

Next vnto the Thames we haue the Midwaie water,* 1.491 whereof I find two descriptions, the first be∣ginneth thus. The Midwaie water is called in La∣tine Medeuia (as some write) bicause the course ther∣of is midwaie in a manner betwéene London and Dorobernia, or (as we now call it) Canturburie. In British it hight Dourbrée: and thereof Rochester [unspec 40] was sometime called Durobreuum. But in an old charter which I haue seene (conteining a donation sometime made to the monasterie of saint Andrews there by Ceadwalla) I find that the Saxons called this riuer Wedring; and also a towne standing be∣twéene Malling and east Farleie, Wedrington; and finallie, a forrest also of the same denomination, Wedrington, now Waterdon, wherby the originall name appeareth to be fetched from this streame. It ariseth in Waterdon forrest east of Whetlin or We∣dring, [unspec 50] and ioineth with another brooke that descen∣deth from Ward forrest in Sussex: and after this confluence they go on togither, as one by Ashhirst, where hauing receiued also the second brooke, it hast∣eth to Pensherst, and there carrieth withall the E∣den, that commeth from Lingfield parke. After this it goeth to the southeast part of Kent, and taketh with it the Frith or Firth, on the northwest side,* 1.492 and an other little streame that commeth from the hilles, betwéene Peuenburie and Horsemon on the south∣east. [unspec 60] From thence also, and not farre from Yalling it receiueth the Theise (a pretie streame that ariseth about Theise Hirst) & afterward the Gran or Crane,* 1.493 which hauing his head not farre from Cranbrooke, and méeting with sundrie other riuelets by the waie, whereof one branch of Theise is the last, for it parteth at the Twist, and including a pretie Iland, doth ioine with the said Midwaie, a little aboue Yal∣ding, and then with the Lowse. Finallie at Maid∣stone it méeteth with another brooke, whose name I know not, and then passeth by Allington, Duton, Newhide, Halling, Cuckestane, Rochester, Chat∣tham, Gillingham, Upchurch, Kingsferrie, and fal∣leth into the maine sea betwéene Shepeie and the Grane.

And thus much out of the first authour, who com∣mendeth it also, for that in time past it did yéeld such plentie of sturgeon, as beside the kings portion, and a due vnto the archbishop of Canturburie out of the same, the deane and chapter of Rochester had no small allowance also of that commoditie: likewise for the shrimps that are taken therein, which are no lesse estéemed of in their kind, than the westerne smelts or flounders taken in the Thames, &c. The second authour describeth it after this manner, and more copiouslie than the other.

The cheefe head of this streame riseth in Water∣don forrest, from whence after it hath runne a pretie waie still within the same, east of Whetlin, it méeteth with a brooke, whose head is in Ward forrest, south∣west of Greenested, which goeth to Hartfield, and so to Whetlin, and yer long ioineth with the Midwaie. After this confluence it is not long yer it take in an∣other by-west from Cowden ward, and the third a∣boue Pensherst, growing from two heads, whereof one is in Lingfield parke, the other west of Craw∣herst; and ioining aboue Edinbridge, it doth fall in∣to the midwaie beneath Heuer towne, and Chidding∣ston. From Pensherst our maine streame hasteth to Ligh, Tunbridge, and Twidleie, and beneath the towne, it crosseth a water from North, whereof one head is at the Mote, another at Wreteham, the third at west Peckham, & likewise another from southest, that runneth east of Capell. Next after this it recei∣ueth the These, whose forked head is at Theise Hirst, which descending downe toward the north, taketh in not farre from Scotnie a brooke out of the northside of Waterden forrest, whose name I find not, except it be the Dour. After this confluence our riuer go∣eth to Goldhirst, and comming to the Twist, it brancheth in such wise, that one part of it runneth into Midwaie, another into the Garan, or rather Cranebrooke (if my coniecture be anie thing.) The Garan (as Leland calleth it) or the Crane (as I doo* 1.494 take it) riseth néere to Cranebrooke, and going by Sissinghirt, it receiueth yer long one water that commeth by Fretingdon, and another that runneth from great Chard by Smerdon, and Hedcorne, cros∣sing two rilles by the waie from by north, Hedcorne it selfe standing betwéene them both. Finallie, the Garan or Crane meeting with Midwaie south of Yalling, they on the one side, and the These on the other, leaue a pretie Iland in the middest, of foure miles in length, and two in breadth, wherein is some hillie soile, but neither towne nor village, so farre as I remember.

From Yalling forward, the Midwaie go∣eth to west Farlegh, east Farlegh: and yer it come at Maidstone, it interteineth a rill that riseth short of Ienham, and goeth by Ledes and Otteringden, which is verie beneficiall to clothiers in drie yéeres: for thither they conueie their clothes to be thicked at the fulling milles, sometimes ten miles for the same: there is also at Ledes great plentie of fulling earth, which is a necessarie commoditie.

Being past Maidstone, it runneth by Allington, Snodland, Halling, Cuckstane, and Rochester, where it passeth vnder a faire bridge of stone, with a verie swift course, which bridge was begun 1388 by the lord Iohn Cobham, the ladie Margaret his wife, and the valiant sir Robert Knolles, who gaue the first on∣set vpon that péece of worke, and therevnto builded a chappell of the Trinitie at the end therof, in testimo∣nie of his pietie. In processe of time also one Iohn Warner of Rochester made the new coping there∣of; and archbishop Warham of Canturburie the iron barres: the bishops also of that see were not slacke in their beneuolence and furtherances toward

Page 53

that worke, especiallie Walter Merton founder of Merton college in Oxford, who by misfortune perish∣ed by falling from the same, as he rode to surueie the workemen. Being past Rochester, this noble riuer goeth to Chatham, Gillingham, Upchurin, and soone after branching, it imbraceth the Greene at his fall, as his two heads doo Ashdon forrest, that lieth be∣twéene them both.

Of such streames as fall into the sea, betweene the Thames and the mouth of the Sauerne. [unspec 10] Chap. 12.

AFter the Midwaie we haue the Stoure that riseth at Kingeswood,* 1.495 which is fourtéene or fifteene miles from Canturburie. This riuer pas∣seth by Ashford,* 1.496 Wie, Nacking∣ton, Canturburie, Fordish, Stan∣dish, and Sturemouth, where it receiueth another riuer growing of three branches. [unspec 20] After our Stoure or Sture parteth it self in twaine, & in such wise, that one arme therof goeth toward the north, and is called (when it commeth at the sea) the north mouth of Stoure; the other runneth southeast ward vp to Richborow, and so to Sandwich, from whence it goeth northeast againe and falleth into the sea. The issue of this later tract is called the hauen of Sandwich. And peraduenture the streame that com∣meth downe thither, after the diuision of the Stoure, maie be the same which Beda calleth Wantsome;* 1.497 but [unspec 30] as I cannot vndoo this knot at will, so this is cer∣teine, that the Stoure on the one side, and peraduen∣ture, the Wantsome on the other, parteth and cutteth the Tenet from the maine land of Kent, whereby it is left for an Iland.

There are other little brookes which fall into the Stoure, whereof Leland speaketh, as Fishpoole becke that ariseth in Stonehirst wood, and meeteth with it foure miles from Canturburie: another beginneth at Chislet, and goeth into the Stoure gut, which [unspec 40] sometime inclosed Thanet, as Leland saith: the third issueth out of the ground at Northburne (where Eadbert of Kent sometime past held his palace) and runneth to Sandwich hauen, as the said authour re∣porteth: and the fourth called Bridgewater that ri∣seth by S. Marie Burne church, and going by Bi∣shops Burne, meeteth with Canturburie water at Stourmouth: also Wiham that riseth aboue Wi∣ham short of Adsam, and falleth into Bridgewater at Dudmill, or Wenderton: and the third name∣lesse, [unspec 50] which riseth short of Wodensburgh (a towne wherein Hengist & the Saxons honored their grand idoll Woden, or Oshine) and goeth by Staple to Wingam: but sith they are obscure I will not touch them here. From hence passing by the Goodwine, a plot verie perilous for sea-faring men (sometime firme land, that is, vntill the tenth of the conque∣rours sonne, whose name was William Rufus, and wherein a great part of the inheritance of erle Good∣wine in time past was knowne to lie) but escaping it [unspec 60] with case, we came at length to Douer. In all which voiage we found no streame, by reason of the cliffes that inuiron the said coast. Howbeit vpon the south side of Douer, there is a pretie fresh riuer, whose head ariseth at Erwell, not passing foure miles from the sea, and of some is called Dour,* 1.498 which in the British foong is a common name for waters, as is also the old British word Auon for the greatest riuers, into whose mouthes or falles shippes might find safe en∣trance; and therefore such are in my time called ha∣uens, a new word growen by an aspiration added to the old: the Scots call it Auen. But more of this else-where, sith I am now onelie to speake of Dour, wherof it is likelie that the towne & castell of Douer did sometime take the name. From hence we go toward the Camber (omitting peraduenture here and there sundrie small creeks void of backwater by the waie) whereabouts the Rother a noble riuer fal∣leth into the sea. This Rother* 1.499 separateth Sussex from Kent, and hath his head in Sussex, not farre from Argas hill néere to Waterden forrest, and from thence directeth his course vnto Rotherfield. After this it goeth to Ethlingham or Hitchingham, and so foorth by Newendon vnto Mattham ferrie, where it diuideth it selfe in such wise, that one branch thereof goeth to Appledoure (where is a castell some∣time builded by the Danes, in the time of Alfred, as they did erect another at Middleton, and the third at Beamflete) and at this towne, where it méeteth the Bilie* 1.500 that riseth about Bilsington, the other by I∣den, so that it includeth a fine parcell of ground cal∣led Oxneie, which in time past was reputed as a par∣cell of Sussex; but now vpon some occasion or other (to me vnknowne) annexed vnto Kent. From hence also growing into some greatnesse, it runneth to Rie, where it méeteth finallie with the Becke,* 1.501 which commeth from Beckleie: so that the plot wherein Rie standeth, is in manner a by-land or peninsula, as experience doth confirme. Leland and most men are of the likeliest opinion, that this riuer should be called the Limen, which (as Peter of Cornhull saith)* 1.502 doth issue out of Andredeswald, where the head there∣of is knowne to be. Certes, I am of the opinion, that it is called the Rother vnto Appledoure, & from thence the Limen, bicause the Danes are noted to enter into these parts by the Limen; and sailing on the same to Appledoure, did there begin to fortifie, as I haue noted alreadie. Howbeit, in our time it is knowne by none other name than the Rother or Ap∣pledoure water, whereof let this suffice.

Being thus crossed ouer to the west side of Rie hauen, & in vewing the issues that fall into the same, I meet first of all with a water that groweth of two brookes, which come downe by one chanell into the east side of the mouth of the said port. The first ther∣fore that falleth into it descendeth from Beckleie or thereabouts (as I take it) the next runneth along by Pesemarsh, & soone after ioining with all, they hold on as one, till they fall into the same at the westerlie side of Rie: the third streame commeth from the north, and as it mounteth vp not farre from Mun∣field, so it runneth betweene Sescambe and Wack∣linton néere vnto Bread, taking another rill with∣all that riseth (as I heare) not verie far from West∣field. There is likewise a fourth that groweth of two heads betweene Ielingham and Pet, and going by Winchelseie it méeteth with all about Rie hauen, so that Winchelseie standeth inuironed on thrée parts with water, and the streames of these two that I haue last rehearsed.

The water that falleth into the Ocean, a mile by southwest of Hastings, or therabouts, is called Aestus* 1.503 or Asten: perhaps of Hasten or Hasting the Dane, (who in time past was a plague to France and Eng∣land) & rising not far from Penhirst, it meeteth with the sea (as I heare) by east of Hollington. Buluer∣hith* 1.504 is but a creeke (as I remember) serued with no backewater; and so I heare of Codding or Old ha∣uen, wherefore I meane not to touch them.

Into Peuenseie hauen diuerse waters doo resort,* 1.505 and of these, that which entereth into the same on the east side riseth out from two heads, where of the most easterlie is called Ash, the next vnto the Burne,* 1.506 and vniting themselues not farre from Ashburne, they continue their course vnder the name and title of Ashburne water, as I read. The second that com∣meth thereinto issueth also of two heads, whereof the one is so manie miles from Boreham, the other not

Page 54

far from the Parke east of Hellingstowne, and both of them concurring southwest of Hirstmowsen, they direct their course toward Peuenseie (beneath which they meet with another rising at Foington) and thence go in one chanell for a mile or more, till they fall togither into Peuenscie hauen.* 1.507 The Cuck∣mer issueth out at seuerall places, and hereof the more easterlie branch commeth from Warbleton ward, the other from Bishops wood, and méeting be∣neth Halling, they run in one bottome by Micham [unspec 10] Arlington, Wellington, old Frithstan, and so into the sea.

Unto the water that commeth out at Newha∣uen,* 1.508 sundrie brookes and riuerets doo resort, but the chiefe head riseth toward the west, somewhat be∣twéene Etchinford and Shepleie, as I heare. The first water therefore that falleth into the same on the east side, issueth out of the ground about Uertwood, and running from thence by Langhton and Ripe, on the west side; it falleth into the aforesaid riuer be∣neath [unspec 20] Forle and Glime, or thrée miles lower than Lewis, if the other buttall like you not. The next herevnto hath his head in Argas hill, the third des∣cendeth from Ashedon forrest, and ioining with the last mentioned, they crosse the maine riuer a little beneath Isefield. The fourth water commeth from Ashedon forrest by Horstéed Caines (or Dusestate Caines) and falleth into the same, likewise east of Linfield. Certes I am deceiued if this riuer be not called Isis, after it is past Isefield.* 1.509 The fift riseth a∣bout [unspec 30] Storuelgate, and meeteth also with the maine streame aboue Linfield, and these are knowen to lie vpon the right hand as we rowed vp the riuer. On the other side are onelie two, whereof the first hath his originall neere vnto Wenefield, and holding on his course toward the east, it meeteth with his mai∣ster betweene Newicke and Isefield (or Ifield) as some read it.* 1.510 The last of all commeth from Pli∣modune or Plumpton, and hauing met in like sort with the maine riuer about Barcham, it runneth [unspec 40] foorth with it, & they rest in one chanell by Barcham, Hamseie, Malling, Lewis, Piddingburne, and so foorth into the maine.

The next riuer that we came vnto west of Bright∣hemston is the Sore,* 1.511 which notwithstanding I find to be called Brember water, in the ancient map of Marton colledge in Oxford: but in such sort (as I take it) as the Rother or Limen is called Appledoure streame, bicause of the said towne that standeth ther∣vpon. But to procéed, it is a pleasant water, & there∣to [unspec 50] if you consider the situation of his armes, and branches from the higher grounds, verie much re∣sembling a foure stringed whip. Whereabout the head of this riuer is, or which of these branches may safelie be called Sora from the rising, in good sooth I cannot say. For after we had passed nine or ten mils thereon vp into the land, suddenlie the crosse waters stopped vs, so that we were inforced to turne either east or west, for directlie foorth-right we had no waie to go. The first arme on the right hand as we went, [unspec 60] riseth out of a parke by south of Alborne, and going on for a certeine space toward the northwest, it tur∣neth southward betwéene Shermonburie and Twin∣ham, and soone after méeteth with the Bimar,* 1.512 not much south from Shermonburie, whence they run to∣gither almost two miles, till they fall into the Sore. That on the west side descendeth from about Bil∣lingeshirst, & going toward the east, it crosseth with the fourth (which riseth a litle by west of Thacam) east from Pulborow, and so they run as one into the Sore, that after this confluence hasteth it selfe south∣ward by Brember, Burleis, the Combes, and yer long into the Ocean.

The Arun (of which beside Arundell towne the ca∣stell* 1.513 and the vallie wherin it runneth is called Val∣lis Aruntina, or Arundale in English) is a goodlie wa∣ter, and thereto increased with no small number of excellent & pleasant brookes. It springeth vp of two heads, whereof one descendeth from the north not far from Gretham, and going by Lis, méeteth with the next streame (as I gesse) about Doursford house. The second riseth by west from the hils that lie toward the rising of the sunne from East maine, and run∣neth by Peterfield. The third commeth from Beri∣ton ward, and ioineth with the second betwéene Pe∣terfield and Doursford, after which confluence they go togither in one chanell still toward the east (ta∣king a rill with them that cōmmeth betwéene Fer∣nehirst and S. Lukes chappell, southwest of Linch∣mere, and meeting with it east of Loddesworth (as I doo read, and likewise sundrie other in one chanell beneath Stopham) to Waltham, Burie, Houghton, Stoke, Arundell, Tortington ford, Climping (all on the west side) and so into the sea.

Hauing thus described the west side of Arun, let vs doo the like with the other in such sort as we best may. The first riuer that we come vnto therfore on the east side, and also the second, rise of sundrie places in S. Leonards forrest, & ioining a little aboue Horsham, they méet with the third, which commeth from Ifield parke, not verie farre from Slinfeld. The fourth hath two heads, whereof one riseth in Witleie parke, the other by west, neere vnto Heselméere chappell, and meeting by west of Doursfeld, they vnite themselues with the chanell, growing by the confluence that I spake of beneath Slinfeld, a little aboue Billing∣shirst. The last water commeth from the hils aboue Linchemere, and runneth west and south, and pas∣sing betwéene Billingthirst and Stopham, it com∣meth vnto the chanell last mentioned, and so into the Arun beneath Stopham, without anie further in∣crease, at the least that I doo heare of.

Burne hath his issue in a parke néere Aldingbur∣rie (or rather a little aboue the same toward the north,* 1.514 as I haue since beene informed) and running by the bottomes toward the south, it falleth betwéene north Berflete and Flesham. Erin riseth of sundrie heads,* 1.515 by east of Erinleie, and directing his course toward the sunne rising, it peninsulateth Seleseie towne on the southwest and Pagham at northwest. Deel springeth about Benderton,* 1.516 and thence run∣ning betwéene middle Lauant and east Lauant, it goeth by west of west Hampnet, by east of Chiche∣ster, or west of Rumbaldesdowne, and afterward by Fishburne, where it meeteth with a rill comming north west from Funtingdon (a little beneath the towne) & then running thus in one streame toward the sea, it méeteth with another rillet comming by north of Bosham, and so into Auant gulfe by east of Thorneie Iland.

The Racon riseth by east of Racton or Racodu∣num (as Leland calleth it) and comming by Chid∣ham,* 1.517 it falleth into the sea, northeast of Thorneie a∣foresaid. The Emill commeth first betwéene Rac∣ton and Stansted,* 1.518 then downe to Emilsworth or Emmesworth, & so vnto the Ocean, separating Sus∣sex from Hampshire almost from the very head. Ha∣uing in this maner passed along the coasts of Sus∣sex, the next water that I remember, riseth by east of the forrest of Estbirie, from whence it goeth by Southwike, west Burhunt, Farham, and so into the gulfe almost full south.* 1.519 Then come we to Bedenham creeke (so called of a village standing thereby) the mouth whereof lieth almost directlie against Porche∣ster castell, which is situat about three miles by wa∣ter from Portesmouth towne, as Leland dooth re∣port. Then go we within halfe a mile further to Forten creeke,* 1.520 which either giueth or taketh name of

Page 55

a village hard by.* 1.521 After this we come to Osterpoole lake, a great créeke, that goeth vp by west into the land, and lieth not far from a round turret of stone, from whence also there goeth a chaine to another tower on the east side directlie ouer against it, the like whereof is to be séene in diuerse other hauens of the west countrie, wherby the entrance of great ves∣sels into that part may be at pleasure restreined.

From hence we go further to Tichefeld water, that riseth about Eastmaine parke,* 1.522 ten or twelue [unspec 10] miles by northeast or there abouts from Tichefeld. From Eastmaine it goeth (parting the forrests of Waltham, and Eastberie by the way) to Wicham or Wicombe, a pretie market towne & large through∣fare, where also the water separateth it selfe into two armelets, and going vnder two bridges of wood commeth yer long againe vnto one chanell. From hence it goeth three or foure miles further, to a bridge of timber by maister Writhoseleies house (leauing Tichfeld towne on the right side) and a little beneath [unspec 20] runneth vnder Ware bridge, whither the sea floweth as hir naturall course inforceth. Finallie, within a mile of this bridge it goeth into the water of Hamp∣ton hauen, whervnto diuerse streames resort, as you shall heare hereafter.

After this we come to Hamble hauen,* 1.523 or Hamel∣rish créeke, whose fall is betwéene saint Andrewes castell, and Hoke. It riseth about Shidford in Wal∣tham forrest, & when it is past Croke bridge, it mée∣teth with another brooke, which issueth not farre from [unspec 30] Bishops Waltham, out of sundrie springs in the high waie on Winchester, from whence it passeth (as I said) by Bishops Waltham, then to Budeleie or Botleie, and then ioining with the Hamble, they run togither by Prowlingsworth, Upton, Brusill, Hamble towne, and so into the sea.

Now come we to the hauen of Southhampton,* 1.524 by Ptolomie called Magnus portus, which I will briefelie describe so néere as I can possiblie. The bredth or entrie of the mouth hereof (as I take it) [unspec 40] is by estimation two miles from shore to shore. At the west point therof also is a strong castell latelie buil∣ded, which is rightlie named Caldshore, but now Cawshot, I wote not by what occasion. On the east side thereof also is a place called Hoke (afore men∣tioned) or Hamell hoke; wherein are not aboue thrée or foure fisher houses, not worthie to be remembred. This hauen shooteth vp on the west side by the space of seuen miles, vntill it come to Hampton towne, standing on the other side, where it is by estimation [unspec 50] a mile from land to land. Thence it goeth vp further about thrée miles to Redbridge, still ebbing and flow∣ing thither, and one mile further, so farre as my me∣morie dooth serue mée. Now it resteth that I describe the Alresford streame, which some doo call the Arre or Arle, and I will procéed withall in this order fol∣lowing.

The Alresford beginneth of diuerse faire springs,* 1.525 about a mile or more frō Alresford, or Alford as it is now called, and soone after resorting to one bottome, [unspec 60] they become a broad lake, which for the most part is called Alford pond. Afterward returning againe to a narrow chanell, it goeth through a stone bridge at the end of Alford towne (leauing the towne it selfe on the lest hand) toward Hicthingstocke thrée miles off, but yet it commeth there, it receiueth two rils in one bottome, whereof one commeth from the Forrest in maner at hand, and by northwest of old Alresford, the other frō Browne Candiuer, that go∣eth by Northenton, Swarewotton, Aberstone, &c: vntill we méet with the said water beneath Alford towne. Being past Hichinstocke, it commeth by A∣nington to Eston village, and to Woorthie, where it beginneth to branch, and ech arme to part it selfe in∣to other that resort to Hide and the lower soiles by east of Winchester, there seruing the stréets, the close of S. Maries, Wolueseie, and the new college verie plentifullie with their water. But in this meane while, the great streame commeth from Worthie to the east bridge, and so to saint Elizabeth college, where it dooth also part in twaine, enuiro∣ning the said house in most delectable maner. After this it goeth toward S. Crosses, leauing it a quarter of a mile on the right hand: then to Twiford (a mile lower) where it gathereth againe into one bottome, and goeth six miles further to Woodmill, taking the Otter brooke withall on the east side,* 1.526 and so into the salt créeke that leadeth downe to the hauen.

On the other side of Southhampton, there resor∣teth into this hauen also both the Test & the Stock∣bridge water in one bottome,* 1.527 whereof I find this large description insuing. The verie head of the Stockewater, is supposed to be somewhere about Basing stoke, or church Hockleie, and going from thence betwéene Ouerton and Steuenton, it com∣meth at last by Lauerstocke & Whitchurch, and soone after receiuing a brooke by northwest, called the Bourne (descending from S. Marie Bourne,* 1.528 south∣east from Horsseburne) it procéedeth by Long paroch and the wood, till it meet with the Cranburne, on the cast side (a pretie riuelet rising about Michelneie, and going by Fullington, Barton, and to Cram∣burne) thence to Horwell in one bottome, beneath which it meeteth with the Andeuer water, that is in∣creased yer it come there by an other brooke, whose name I doo not know. This Andeuer streame riseth in Culhamshire forrest, not far by north from Ande∣uer towne, and going to vpper Clatford, yer it touch there it receiueth the rill of which I spake before, which rising also néeer vnto Anport, goeth to Monke∣ton, to Abbatesham, the Andeuer, and both (as I said) vnto the Test beneath Horwell, whereof I spake e∣uen now.

These streames being thus brought into one bot∣tome, it runneth toward the south vnder Stock∣bridge, and soone after diuiding it selfe in twaine, one branch thereof goeth by Houghton, & a little beneath meeteth with a rill, that commeth from bywest of S. Ans hill, and goeth by east of vpper Wallop, west of nether Wallop, by Bucholt forrest, Broughton, and called (as I haue béene informed) the Gallop, but now it is named Wallop.* 1.529 The other arme runneth through the parke, by north west of kings Som∣burne, and vniting themselues againe, they go forth by Motteshunt, and then receiue the Test,* 1.530 a pretie water rising in Clarendun parke, that goeth by west Deane, and east Deane, so to Motteshunt, and finallie to the aforesaid water, which from thence∣foorth is called the Test, euen vnto the sea. But to procéed. After this confluence, it taketh the gate to Kimbebridge, then to Rumseie, Longbridge, and be∣neath the same receiueth a concourse of two rilles whereof the one commeth from Sherefield, the other from the new Forrest, and ioining in Wadeleie parke, they beat vpon the Test, not verie farre from Murseling. From thence the Test goeth vnder a pretie bridge, before it come at Redbridge, from whence it is not long yer it fall into the hauen.

The next riuer that runneth into this port, spring∣eth in the new Forrest, and commeth thereinto a∣bout. Eling,* 1.531 not passing one mile by west of the fall of Test. From hence casting about againe into the maine sea, and leauing Calde shore castell on the right hand, we directed our course toward the south∣west, vnto Beaulieu hauen, whereinto the Mineie descendeth. The Mineie riseth not far from Mineie∣stéed,* 1.532 a village in the north part of the new Forrest; and going by Beaulieu, it falleth into the sea south∣west,

Page 56

west (as I take it) of Exburie, a village standing vpon the shore.

Being past the Mineie,* 1.533 we crossed the Limen as it is now called, whose head is in the verie hart of the new Forrest (sometime conuerted into a place of nourishment for déere by William Rufus, buieng his pleasure with the ruine of manie towns and vil∣lages, as diuerse haue inclosed or inlarged their parks by the spoile of better occupiengs) & running southwest of Lindhirst & the parke, it goeth by east of [unspec 10] Brokenhirst, west of Bulder, & finallie into the sea south and by east of Lemington. I take this not to be the proper name of the water, but of the hauen, for Limen in Gréeke is an hauen: so that Limendune is nothing else, but a downe or higher plot of ground lieng on the hauen: neuerthelesse, sith this denomi∣nation of the riuer hath now hir frée passage, I think it not conuenient to séeke out any other name that should be giuen vnto it. The next fall that we passed by is namelesse, except it be called Bure, & as it des∣cendeth [unspec 20] from new Forrest,* 1.534 so the next vnto it hight Mile,* 1.535 as I haue heard in English. Certes the head thereof is also in the southwest part of the said For∣rest, & the fall not far from Milford bridge, beyond the which I find a narrow going or strictland leading fro the point to Hirst castell which standeth into the sea, as if it hoong by a thred, from the maine of the Iland, readie to be washed awaie by the continuall wor∣king and dailie beating of the waues.

The next riuer that we came vnto of anie name is [unspec 30] the Auon,* 1.536 which (as Leland saith) riseth by northeast, and not far from Woolfehall in Wilthshire, supposed to be the same which Ptolomie called Halenus. The first notable bridge that it runneth vnto, is at Upha∣uen, thence foure miles further it goeth to little Am∣bresburie, and there is another bridge, from thence to Woodford village, standing at the right hand banke, and Newton village on the left. The bishops of Sa∣rum had a proper manor place at Woodford, which bishop Shaxton pulled downe altogither, bicause it [unspec 40] was somewhat in ruine. Thence it goeth to Fisher∣ton bridge, to Cranebridge, old Salisburie, new Sa∣lisburie, and finallie to Harnham, which is a statelie bridge of stone, of six arches at the least. There is at the west end of the said bridge, a little Iland, that lieth betwixt this and another bridge, of foure pretie arches, and vnder this later runneth a good round streame, which (as I take it) is a branch of Auon, that breaketh out a little aboue, & soone after it reuniteth it selfe againe: or else that Wilton water hath there [unspec 50] his entrie into the Auon, which I cannot yet deter∣mine. From Harneham bridge it goeth to Doun∣ton, that is about foure miles, and so much in like sort from thence to Fordingbridge, to Kingwood bridge fiue miles, to Christes church Twinham fiue miles, and streight into the sea; and hitherto Leland of this streame, which for the worthinesse thereof (in mine o∣pinion) is not sufficientlie described. Wherefore I thinke good to deliuer a second receiued of another, which in more particular maner dooth exhibit his [unspec 60] course vnto vs.

Certes this Auon is a goodlie riuer, rising (as I said before néere) vnto Wolfe hall; although he that will séeke more scrupulouslie for the head in déed, must looke for the same about the borders of the for∣rest of Sauernake (that is Soure oke) which lieth as if it were imbraced betwéene the first armes thereof, as I haue beene informed. These heads also doo make a confluence by east of Martinshall hill, and west of Wootton. From whence it goeth to Milton, Pow∣seie, Manningfield abbeie, Manningfield crosse, and beneath Newington taketh in one rill west from Rudborow, and another a little lower that riseth also west of Alcanninges, and runneth into the same by Patneie, Merden, Wilford, Charleton, and Rusti∣sall. Being therefore past Newington, it goeth to Uphauen (whereof Leland speaketh) to Chesilburie, Compton, Ablington, little Almsburie, Darntford, Woodford, old Salisburie, and so to new Salisburie, where it receiueth one notable riuer from by north∣west, & another from north east, which two I will first describe, leauing the Auon at Salisburie for a while. The first of these is called the Wilugh,* 1.537 whereof the whole shire dooth take hir name, and not of the great plentie of willowes growing therein, as some fanta∣sticall heads doo imagine: whereof also there is more plentie in that countrie than is to be found in other places. It riseth among the Deuerels, and running thence by hill Deuerell, & Deuerell long bridge, it go∣eth toward Bishops straw, taking in one rill by west & another from Upton by Werminster at northwest. From Bishops straw it goeth to Norton, Upton, Badhampton, Steplinford, and Stapleford, where it meeteth with the Winterburie water from by north, descending from Maddenton by Winterburne. From Stapleford it hasteth to Wishford, Newton, Chilhampton, Wilton: and thither commeth a wa∣ter vnto it from southwest, which riseth of two heads aboue Ouerdonet. After this it goeth by Wordca∣stell, to Tisburie, and there receiueth a water on ech side, whereof one commeth from Funthill, the other from two issues (of which one riseth at Austie, the o∣ther at Swalodise) and so keeping on still with his course, our Wilugh runneth next of all by Sutton. Thence it goeth to Fouant, Boberstocke, Southbur∣combe, Wilton (where it taketh in the Fomington or Nader water) Westharnam,* 1.538 Salisburie, and Eastharnam: and this is the race of Wilugh.

The other is a naked arme or streame without a∣nie branches. It riseth aboue Colingburne King∣ston in the hils, and thence it goeth to Colingburne, the Tidworths (whereof the more southerlie is in Wiltshire) Shipton, Cholterton, Newton, Toneie, Idmerson, Porton, the Winterburns, Lauerstocke, and so into Auon east of Salisburie. And thus is the confluence made of the aforesaid waters, with this our second Auon,* 1.539 whereinto another water falleth (calleth Becquithes brooke) a mile beneath Harne∣ham bridge, whose head is fiue miles from Sarum, and thrée miles aboue Becquithes bridge, as Leland dooth remember,* 1.540 who noteth the Chalkeburne water to haue his due recourse also at this place into the a∣foresaid riuer. Certes it is a pretie brooke, and riseth six miles from Shaftesburie, and in the waie toward Salisburie in a bottome on the right hand, whence it commeth by Knighton and Fennistratford, to Hon∣ington, that is about twelue miles from the head, and about two miles and an halfe from Honington be∣neath Ostocke, goeth into the Auon, a mile lower than Harnham bridge, except he forget himselfe. This Harnham, whereof I now intreat, was some∣time a pretie village before the erection of new Sa∣lisburie, and had a church of S. Martin belonging vnto it, but now in stéed of this church, there is one∣lie a barne standing in a verie low mead on the northside of S. Michaels hospitall. The cause of the relinquishing of it was the moistnesse of the soile, verie oft ouerflowne. And whereas the kings high waie laie sometimes through Wilton, licence was obteined of the king and Richard bishop of Salisbu∣rie, to remooue that passage vnto new Salisburie in like maner, and vpon this occasion was the maine bridge made ouer Auon at Harneham. By this ex∣change of the waie also old Salisburie fell into vtter decaie,* 1.541 & Wilton which was before the head towne of the shire, and furnished with twelue parish chur∣ches, grew to be but a poore village, and of small re∣putation. Howbeit, this was not the onelie cause of

Page 57

the ruine of old Salisburie, sith I read of two other, whereof the first was a salue vnto the latter, as I take it. For whereas it was giuen out, that the townesmen wanted water in old Salisburie, it is flat otherwise; sith that hill is verie plentifullie ser∣ued with springs and wels of verie swéet water. The truth of the matter therefore is this.

In the time of ciuill warres, the souldiors of the castell and chanons of old Sarum fell at ods, inso∣much that after often bralles, they fell at last to sad [unspec 10] blowes.* 1.542 It happened therefore in a rogation weeke that the cleargie going in solemne procession, a con∣trouersie fell betwéene them about certeine walkes and limits, which the one side claimed and the other denied. Such also was the hot intertainment on ech part, that at the last the Castellanes espieng their time, gate betwéene the cleargie and the towne, and so coiled them as they returned homeward, that they feared anie more to gang about their bounds for the yeare. Héerevpon the people missing their bellie [unspec 20] cheare (for they were woont to haue banketing at euerie station, a thing commonlie practised by the re∣ligious in old time, wherewith to linke in the com∣mons vnto them, whom anie man may lead whither he will by the bellie, or as Latimer said, with beefe, bread and beere) they conceiued foorthwith a deadlie hatred against the Castellans. But not being able to cope with them by force of armes, they consulted with Richard Pore their bishop, and he with them so effectuallie, that it was not long yer they, I meane [unspec 30] the chanons, began a new church vpon a péece of their owne ground called Mirifield, pretending to serue God there in better safetie, and with far more quietnesse than they could doo before. This church was begun 1219, the nine and twentith of Aprill, and finished with the expenses of 42000 marks,* 1.543 in the yeare 1260, and fiue & twentith of March, where∣by it appeereth that it was aboue fortie yéers in hand, although the clearks were translated to the new towne 1220, or the third yeere after the fraie. The [unspec 40] people also séeing the diligence of the chanons, and reputing their harmes for their owne inconueni∣ence, were as earnest on the other sid to be néere vnto these prelats, and therefore euerie man brought his house vnto that place, & thus became old Sarum in few yeeres vtterlie desolate, and new Salisburie raised vp in stéed thereof, to the great decaie also of Harnham and Wilton, whereof I spake of late. Neuerthelesse it should séeme to me that this new citie is not altogither void of some great hinderan∣ces [unspec 50] now and then by water: for in the second of Edward the second (who held a parlement there) there was a sudden thaw after a great frost, which caused the waters so fast to arise, that euen at high masse time the water came into the minster, and not onelie ouerflowed the nether part of the same, but came vp all to the kings pauase where he sate, whereby he became wetshod, and in the end inforced to leaue the church, as the executour did his masse, least they should all haue béene drowned: and this [unspec 60] rage indured there for the space of two daies, where∣vpon no seruice could be said in the said minster.

Now to returne againe from whence I thus di∣gressed. Our Auon therefore departing from Salis∣burie, goeth by Burtford, Longford, and taking in the waters afore mentioned by the waie, it goeth by Stanleie,* 1.544 Dunketon, Craiford, Burgate, Fording bridge, Kingwood, Auon, Christes church; and finallie into the sea. But yer it come all there & a litle beneth Christes church, it crosseth the Stoure or Sure, a ve∣rie faire streame, whose course is such as may not be left vntouched. It riseth of six heads, whereof of thrée lie on the north side of the parke at 〈◊〉〈◊〉 within the pale, the other rise without the parke; & of this riuer the towne and baronie of Sturfon dooth take his name as I gesse, for except my memorie do too much faile me, the lord Sturton giueth the six heads of the said water in his armes. But to procéed. After these branhes are conioined in one bottome, it goeth to long Laime mill, Stilton, Milton, and beneath Gil∣lingham receiueth a water that descendeth from Mere. Thence the Sture goeth to Bugleie, Stoure, Westouer bridge, Stoure prouost, and yer long it taketh in the Cale water,* 1.545 from Pen that commeth downe by Wickhampton to Moreland, & so to Sta∣pleford, seuen miles from Wickhampton, passing in the said voiage, by Wine Caunton, and the fiue bridges. After this confluence, it runneth to Hinton Maries,* 1.546 and soone after crosseth the Lidden and Deui∣lis waters all in one chanell, whereof the first riseth in Blackemore vale, and goeth to the bishops Caun∣dell: the second in the hils south of Pulham, and so runneth to Lidlinch; the third water issueth néere Ibberton, and going by Fifehed to Lidlington, and there méeting with the Lidden,* 1.547 they receiue the Blackewater aboue Bagburne, and so go into the Stoure.

After this the Stoure runneth on to Stoureton minster, Fitleford, Hammond, and soone after ta∣king in one water that commeth from Hargraue by west Orchard, and a second from Funtmill, it goeth on to Chele, Ankeford, Handford, Durweston, Knighton, Brainston, Blandford, Charleton: and crossing yer long a rill that riseth about Tarrent, and goeth to Launston, Munketon, Caunston, Tar∣rant, it proceedeth foorth by Shepw••••••, and by and by receiuing another brooke on the right hand, that ri∣seth about Strictland, and goeth by Quarleston, Whitchurch, Anderston, and Winterburne, it hast∣eth forward to Stoureminster, Berford lake, Alen bridge, Winburne, aliàs Twinburne minster, whi∣ther commeth a water called Alen (from Knolton, Wikehampton, Estambridge, Hinton, Barnsleie) which hath two heads, whereof one riseth short of Woodcotes, and east of Farneham, named Terig, the other at Munketon aboue S. Giles Winburne, and going thence to S. Giles Ashleie, it taketh in the Horton becke, as the Horton dooth the Cranburne. Finallie, méeting with the Terig aboue Knolton,* 1.548 they run on vnder the name of Alen to the Stoure, which goeth to the Canfords, Preston, Kingston, Perleie, and Yolnest: but yer it come at Yolnest it taketh in two brookes in one bottome, whereof one commeth from Woodland parke by Holt parke, and Holt, another from aboue vpper Winburne, by Ed∣mondesham, Uertwood, and Mannington, and ioi∣ning about S. Leonards, they go to Hornebridge, and so into Stoure. After which confluence, the said Stoure runneth by Iuor bridge, and so into Auon, leauing Christs church aboue the méeting of the said waters (as I haue said before.)

Hauing in this maner passed Christes church head we come to the fall of the Burne,* 1.549 which is a little brooke running from Stourefield heath, without branches; from whence we proceeded: & the next fall that we come vnto is Poole,* 1.550 from whose mouth vpon the shore, by southwest in a bale of thrée miles off, is a poore fisher towne called Sandwich, where we saw a péere and a little fresh brooke. The verie vtter part of saint Adelmes point, is fiue miles from Sand∣wich. In another baie lieth west Lilleworth, where (as I heare) is some profitable harborough for ships. The to wite of Poole is from Winburne about foure miles, and it standeth almost as an Ile in the hauen. The hauen it selfe also, if a man should measure it by the circuit, wanteth little of twentie miles, as I did gesse by the view.

Going therefore into the same, betwéene the north

Page 58

and the south points, to sée what waters were there, we left Brunkeseie Iland, and the castell on the left hand within the said points; and passing about by Pole, and leauing that créeke, bicause it hath no fresh, we came by Holton and Kesworth, where we beheld two falles, of which one was called the north, the other the south waters. The north streame hight Piddle as I heare.* 1.551 It riseth about Alton, and goeth from thence to Piddle trench head, Piddle hinton, Walterstow, and yer it come at Birstam, receiueth [unspec 10] Deuils brooke that commeth thither from Brugham and Melcombe by Deuilish towne.* 1.552 Thence it goeth to Tow piddle, Ashe piddle, Turners piddle (taking in yer it come there, a water that runneth from Hel∣ton by Middleton, Milburne & Biere) then to Hide, and so into Pole hauen, and of this water Marianns Scotus speaketh, except I be deceiued. The south wa∣ter is properlie called Frome for Frame.* 1.553 It riseth néere vnto Euershot, and going downe by Frome∣quitaine, Chelmington, and Catstocke, it receiueth [unspec 20] there a rill from beside Rowsham, and Wraxehall. After this it goeth on to Chilfrome, and thence to Maden Newton,* 1.554 where it méeteth with the Owke, that riseth either two miles aboue Hoke parke at Kenford, or in the great pond within Hoke parke, and going by the Tollards, falleth into the Frome about Maden Newton, & so go as one from thence to Fromevauchirch, Crokewaie, Frampton, and Muckilford, and receiueth néere vnto the same a rill from aboue Upsidling by S. Nicholas Sidling,* 1.555 and [unspec 30] Grimston. From hence it goeth on by Stratton and Bradford Peuerell, and beneath this Bradford, it crosseth the Silleie aliàs Minterne and Cherne brooks both in one chanell:* 1.556 whereof the first riseth in vpper Cherne parish, the other at Minterne, and méeting aboue middle Cherne, they go by nether Cherne, Forston, Godmanston, and aboue Charneminster into Frome. In the meane time also our Frome brancheth and leaueth an Iland aboue Charnemin∣ster, and ioining againe néere Dorchester, it goeth by [unspec 40] Dorchester, and Forthington; but yer it come at Beckington, it meeteth with another Becke that runneth thereinto from Winterburne, Stapleton, Martinstow, Heringstow, Caine and Stafford, and from thence goeth without anie further increase as yet to Beckington, Knighton, Tinkleton, Morton, Wooll, Bindon, Stoke, & beneath Stoke receiueth the issue of the Luckeford lake,* 1.557 from whence also it passeth by Eastholme, Warham, and so into the Baie.* 1.558 From this fall we went about the arme point [unspec 50] by Slepe, where we saw a litle créeke, then by Owre, where we beheld an other, & then comming againe toward the entrance by saint Helens, and Furleie castell, we went abroad into the maine, and found our selues at libertie.

When we were past Pole hauen, we lest the Hand∣fast point, the Peuerell point, S. Adelmes chappell, and came at last to Lughport hauen, whereby and al∣so to the Luckeford lake, all this portion of ground last remembred, is left in maner of a byland or peninsu∣la, [unspec 60] and called the Ile of Burbecke, wherein is good store of alum and hard stone. In like sort going still westerlie, we came to Sutton points, where is a créeke. Then vnto Waie or Wilemouth, by kings Welcombe, which is twentie miles from Pole, and whose head is not full foure miles aboue the hauen by northwest at Uphill in the side of a great hill. Hereinto when we were entred, we saw three falles, whereof the first and greatest commeth from Up∣weie by Bradweie, and Radipoole, receiuing after∣ward the second that ran from east Chekerell, and likewise the third that maketh the ground betwéene Weimouth and Smalmouth passage almost an I∣land. There is a little barre of sand at the hauen mouth, and a great arme of the sea runneth vp by the right hand; and scant a mile aboue the hauen mouth on the shore, is a right goodlie and warlike castell made, which hath one open barbicane. This arme runneth vp also further by a mile as in a baie, to a point of land where a passage is into Portland, by a little course of pibble sand. It goeth vp also from the said passage vnto Abbatsbirie about seauen miles off, where a litle fresh rondell resorteth to the sea. And somewhat aboue this,* 1.559 is the head or point of the Che∣sill lieng northwest, which stretcheth vp from thence about seauen miles, as a maine narrow banke, by a right line vnto the southeast, and there abutteth vp∣on Portland scant a quarter of a mile aboue the Newcastle there. The nature of this banke is such, that so often as the wind bloweth vehementlie at southeast, so often the sea beateth in, and losing the banke soketh through it: so that if this wind should blow from that corner anie long time togither, Port∣land should be left an Iland as it hath béene before. But as the southwest wind dooth appaire this banke, so a northwest dooth barre it vp againe. It is pretie to note of the Townelet of Waimouth, which lieth streight against Milton on the other side, and of this place where the water of the hauen is but of small breadth, that a rope is commonlie tied from one side of the shore to another, whereby the ferrie men doo guide their botes without anie helpe of Ores. But to procéed with our purpose. Into the mouth of this riuer doo ships often come for succour.

Going by Portland and the point thereof cal∣led the Rase, we sailed along by the Shingle, till we came by saint Katharins chappell, where we saw the fall of a water that came downe from Blackdéene Beaconward, by Portsham and Ab∣batsburie. Thence we went to another that fell into the sea, neere Birton, and descended from Litton by Chilcombe,* 1.560 then vnto the Bride or Brute port, a pre∣tie hauen, and the riuer it selfe serued with sundrie waters. It riseth halfe a mile or more aboue Bemi∣ster, and so goeth from Bemister to Netherburie by Parneham, then to Melplash, and so to Briteport, where it taketh in two waters from by east in one chanell, of which one riseth east of Nettlecourt, and goeth by Porestoke and Milton, the other at Asker∣well, and runneth by Longlether. From hence also our Bride going toward the sea,* 1.561 taketh the Simen on the west that commeth by Simensburge into the same, the whole streame soone after falling into the sea, and leauing a pretie haue not.

The next port is the Chare,* 1.562 serued with two rits in one confluence, beneath Charemouth. The cheefe head of this riuer is (as Leland saith) in Marshwood parke, and commeth downe by Whitechurch: the o∣ther runneth by west of Wootton, and méeting be∣neath Charemouth towne (as I said) dooth fall into the sea. Then came we to the Cobbe, and beheld the Lime water,* 1.563 which the townesmen call the Buddle, which commeth about thrée miles by north of Lime, from the hils, fleting vpon Rockie soile, and so falleth into the sea. Certes, there is no hauen héere that I could sée, but a quarter of a mile by west southwest of the towne, is a great and costlie iuttie in the sea for succour of ships. The towne is distant from Coliton, about fiue miles. And heere we ended our voiage from the Auon, which conteineth the whole coast of Dorcester, or Dorcetshire, so that next we must enter into Summerset countie, and see what waters are there.

The first water that we méet withall in Sum∣mersetshire is the Axe,* 1.564 which riseth in a place called Are knoll, longing to sir Giles Strangwaie, néere vnto Cheddington in Dorsetshire, from whence it runneth to Mosterne, Feborow, Claxton, Weiford

Page 59

bridge, Winsham foord, and receiuing one rill from the east by Hawkechurch, and soone after another comming from northwest by Churchstoke, from Wainbroke, it goeth to Axeminster, beneath which it crosseth the Yare,* 1.565 that commeth from about Buck∣land, by Whitstaunton, Yarecombe, Long bridge, Stockeland, Kilmington bridge (where it receiueth a brooke from by south, that runneth by Dalwood) and so into the Axe. From hence our Axe goeth to Drake, Musburie, Culliford: but yer it come altogi∣ther [unspec 10] at Culliford, it méeteth with a water that riseth aboue Cotleie, and goeth from thence by Widwor∣thie, Culliton, and there receiuing a rill also, procée∣deth on after the confluence aboue Culliford bridge, into the Axe, and from thence hold on togither into the maine sea, whereinto they fall vnder the roots of the winter cliffes, the points of them being almost a mile in sunder. The most westerlie of them called Berewood, lieth within halfe a mile of Seton.

But the other toward the east is named White∣cliffe, [unspec 20] of which I saie no more, but that

in the time of Athelstane, the greatest nauie that euer aduentu∣red into this Iland, arriued at Seton in Deuon∣shire, being replenished with aliens that sought the conquest of this Iland, but Athelstane met and in∣countered with them in the field, where he ouerthrew six thousand of his aforesaid enimies. Not one of them also that remained aliue, escaped from the battell without some deadlie or verie gréeuous wound. In this conflict moreouer were slaine fiue [unspec 30] kings, which were interred in the churchyard of Axe minster, and of the part of the king of England were killed eight earles of the chéefe of his nobilitie, and they also buried in the churchyard aforesaid. Héervn∣to it addeth how the bishop of Shireburne was in like sort slaine in this battell, that began at Brune∣dune neere to Coliton, and indured euen to Axe min∣ster, which then was called Brunberie or Brunburg. The same daie that this thing happened the sunne lost his light, and so continued without anie bright∣nesse, [unspec 40] vntill the setting of that planet, though other∣wise the season was cléere and nothing cloudie.

As for the hauen which in times past as I haue heard, hath béene at Sidmouth (so called of Sidde a rillet that runneth thereto) and likewise at Seton,* 1.566 I passe it ouer, sith now there is none at all. Yet hath there béene sometime a notable one, albeit, that at this present betweene the two points of the old ha∣uen, there lieth a mightie bar of pibble stones, in the verie mouth of it, and the riuer Axe is driuen to the [unspec 50] verie east point of the hauen called White cliffe. Thereat also a verie little gull goeth into the sea, whither small fisherbotes doo oft resort for succour. The men of Seton began of late to stake and make a maine wall within the hauen to haue changed the course of the Axe, and (almost in the middle of the old hauen) to haue trenched through the Chesill, thereby to haue let out the Axe, & to haue taken in the maine sea, but I heare of none effect that this attempt did come vnto.* 1.567 From Seton westward lieth Coliton, [unspec 60] about two miles by west northwest, whereof riseth the riuer Colie, which going by the aforesaid towne, passeth by Colecombe parke, and afterward falleth betweene Axe bridge and Axe mouth towne into the Axe riuer.

By west of Bereworth point lieth a créeke, ser∣ued (so farre as I remember) with a fresh water that commeth from the hilles south of Soutleie* 1.568 or Brans∣combe. Sidmouth hauen is the next, and thither com∣meth a fresh water by S. Maries from the said hils, that goeth from S. Maries aforesaid to Sidburie, & betweene Saltcombe & Sidmouth into the maine sea.* 1.569 By west of Auterton point also lieth another hauen, and thither commeth a pretie riueret, whose head is in the Hackpendon hilles, and commeth downe first by Upauter, then by a parke side to Mo∣huns Auter, Munketon, Honniton, Buckewell, and north of Autrie receiueth a rill called Tale,* 1.570 that ri∣seth northwest of Brodemburie in a wood, and from whence it commeth by Pehemburie, Uinniton, and making a confluence with the other, they go as one betwéene Cadde and Autrie, to Herford, Luton, Collaton, Auterton, Budeleie, and so into the sea. On the west side of this hauen is Budeleie almost directly against Otterton. It is easie to be seene also, that within lesse space than one hundred yeers, ships did vse this hauen, but now it is barred vp. Some call it Budeleie hauen of Budeleie towne, others Salterne port, of a little créeke comming out of the maine hauen vnto Salterne village, that hath in time past béene a towne of great estimation.

The Exe riseth in Exemore in Summersetshire,* 1.571 néere vnto Exe crosse, and goeth from thence vnto Exeford, Winsford, and Extun, where it receiueth a water comming from Cutcombe, by north. After this confluence it goeth on toward the south, till it méet with a pretie brooke rising northeast of Whet∣tell (going by Brunton Regis) increased at the least with thrée rilles which come all from by north. These being once met, this water runneth on by west of the beacon that beareth the name of Haddon, & soone after taketh in the Barleie,* 1.572 that receiueth in like sort the Done at Hawkbridge, and from hence goeth by Dauerton, and Combe, and then doth méet with the Exe, almost in the verie confines betwéene Dorset & Summerset shires. Being past this coniunction, our Exe passeth betwéene Brushford and Murbath, and then to Exe bridge, where it taketh in (as I heare) a water by west from east Austie: and after this like∣wise another on ech side, whereof one commeth from Dixford,* 1.573 and Baunton, the other called Woodburne, somewhat by east of Okeford. From these meetings it goeth to Caue and through the forrest and woods to Hatherland and Washfields, vntill it come to Ti∣uerton, and here it receiueth the Lomund water that riseth aboue Ashbrittle, & commeth downe by Hock∣worthie, vpper Loman, and so to Tiuerton that stand∣eth almost euen in the verie confluence. Some call this Lomund the Simming brooke or Sunnings bath.* 1.574 After this our Exe goeth to Bickleie, Theuer∣ten (taking in a rill by west) nether Exe, Bramford, beneath which it ioineth with the Columbe that ri∣seth of one head northeast of Clarie Haidon,* 1.575 and of another south of Shildon, and méeting beneath Co∣lumbe stocke, goeth by Columbe and Bradfeld, and there crossing a rill that commeth by Ashford, it run∣neth south to Wood, More haies, Columbton, Brand∣nicke, Beare, Columbe Iohn, Horham, and ioining (as I said) with the Exe at Bramford, passing vnder but one bridge, yer it meet with another water by west, growing of the Forten and Cride waters (ex∣cept it be so that I doo iudge amisse.)* 1.576 The Cride riseth aboue Wolle sworthie, and néere vnto Upton: after it is past Dewrish, crosseth a rill from betweene Pug∣gill and Stockeleie by Stocke English, &c. From hence it goeth to Fulford, where it méeteth with the Forten, wherof one branch commeth by Caldbrooke, the other from S. Marie Tedburne, and ioining a∣boue Crediton, the chanell goeth on to the Cride, (which yer long also receiueth another from by north, comming by Stockeleie and Combe) then betwéene Haine and Newton Sires, to Pines, and so into the Exe, which staieth not vntill it come to Excester. From Excester (whither the burgesses in time past laboured to bring the same, but in vaine) it runneth to Were, there taking in a rill from by west, and an other lower by Exminster, next of all vnto Toppes∣ham;* 1.577 beneath which towne the Cliue entreth there∣into,

Page 60

which rising about Plumtree, goeth by Clift Haidon, Clift Laurence, Brode Clift, Honiton, Souton, Bishops Clift, S. Marie Clift, Clift saint George, and then into the Exe, that runneth forward by Notwell court, Limston and Ponderham castell. Here (as I heare) it taketh in the Ken,* 1.578 or Kenton brooke (as Leland calleth it) comming from Hol∣combe parke, by Dunsdike, Shillingford, Kenford, Ken, Kenton, and so into Exe hauen, at whose mouth lie certeine rocks which they call the Checkston̄es, ex∣cept [unspec 10] I be deceiued. The next fall, whereof Leland saith nothing at all, commeth by Ashcombe and Du∣lish, and hath his head in the hilles thereby.

The Teigne mouth is the next fall that he came to,* 1.579 & it is a goodlie port foure miles from Exemouth. The head of this water is twentie miles from the sea at Teigne head in Dartmore among the Gidleie hilles. From whence it goeth to Gidleie towne,* 1.580 Teignton drue, where it receiueth the Cro∣kerne comming from by north, and likewise an o∣ther [unspec 20] west of Fulford parke. Then it goeth to Dufford, Bridford, Kirslowe, Chidleie, Knighton, and beneath the bridge there receiueth the Bouie, whose course is to north Bouie, Lilleie, and Bouitracie. Thence it runneth to kings Teignton,* 1.581 taking in Eidis, a brooke beneath Preston that commeth from Edeford by the waie. And when it is past this confluence, at kings Teignton,* 1.582 it crosseth the Leman, which com∣meth from Saddleton rocke by Beckington, and Newton Bushels:* 1.583 and soone after the Aller that ri∣seth [unspec 30] betwéene Danburie and Warog well, after∣ward falling into the sea by Bishops Teignton, south of Teignmouth towne.

The verie vtter west point of the land, at the mouth of Teigne is called the Nesse, and is a verie high red cliffe. The east part of the hauen is named the Poles, a low sandie ground, either cast vp by the spuing of the sand out of the Teigne, or else throwne vp from the shore by the rage of wind and water. This sand occupieth now a great quantitie of the [unspec 40] ground betweene the hauen where the sand riseth, and Teignmouth towne, which towne (surnamed Re∣gis) hath in time past béen sore defaced by the Danes, and of late timeby the French.

From Teignemouth we came to Tor baie, wher∣of the west point is called Birie, and the east Perri∣torie, betwéene which is little aboue foure miles. From Tor baie also to Dartmouth is six miles, where (saith Leland) I marked diuerse things. First of all vpon the east side of the hauen a great hillie point [unspec 50] called Downesend, and betwixt Downesend, and a pointlet named Wereford is a little baie. Were it selfe, in like sort, is not full a mile from Downesend vpward into the hauen. Kingswere towne stand∣eth out as another pointlet, and betwixt it & Were∣ford is the second baie. Somewhat moreouer aboue Kingswere towne goeth a little créeke vp into the land from the maine streame of the hauen called Waterhead, and this is a verie fit place for vessels to be made in. In like sort halfe a mile beyond this [unspec 60] into the landward goeth another longer créeke, and aboue that also a greater than either of these called Gawnston, whose head is here not halfe a mile from the maine sea, by the compassing thereof, as it run∣neth in Tor baie.

The riuer of Dart or Darent (for I read De∣renta muth for Dartmouth)* 1.584 commeth out of Dart∣more fiftéene miles aboue Totnesse, in a verie large plot, and such another wild morish & forrestie ground as Ermore is. Of it selfe moreouer this water is verie swift, and thorough occasion of tin-workes whereby it passeth, it carrieth much sand to Totnesse b••••dge, and so choketh the depth of the riuer downe∣ward, that the hauen it selfe is almost spoiled by the same. The mariners of Dartmouth accompt this to be about a kenning from Plimmouth. The Da∣rent therefore proceeding from the place of his vpri∣sing, goeth on to Buckland,* 1.585 from whence it goeth to Buckland hole; and soone after taking in the Ash∣burne water on the one side that runneth from Sad∣dleton rocke by north,* 1.586 and the Buckfastlich that com∣meth from north west, it runneth to Staunton, Da∣rington, Hemston, and there also crossing a rill on ech side passeth foorth to Totnesse, Bowden, and a∣boue Gabriell Stoke méeteth with the Hartburne that runneth vnder Rost bridge, two miles aboue Totnes,* 1.587 or (as another saith) by Ratter, Harberton, Painesford, and Asprempton into Darent, which yer long also commeth to Corneworthie, Grenewaie, Ditsham, Darntmouth towne (whervnto king Iohn gaue sometimes a maior, as he did vnto Totnesse) from thence betwéene the castelles, and finallie into sea.

From hence we went by Stokeflemming to another water, which commeth from blacke Auton, then to the second that falleth in east of Slapton, and so coasting out of this baie by the Start point, we saile almost directlie west, till we come to Saltcombe hauen. Certes this port hath verie little fresh water comming to it, and therefore no meruell though it be barred; yet the head of it (such as it is) riseth neere Buckland, and goeth to Dudbrooke, which standeth betwéene two créekes. Thence it hieth to Charleton, where it taketh in a rill, whose head commeth from south and north of Shereford. Finallie, it hath ano∣ther créeke that runneth vp by Ilton: and the last of all that falleth in north of Portlemouth, whose head is so néere the baie last afore remembred, that it ma∣keth it a sorie peninsula (as I haue heard it said.)

Then come we to the Awne,* 1.588 whose head is in the hils farre aboue Brent towne, from whence it goeth to Dixford wood, Loddewell, Hache, Aunton, Thor∣leston, and so into the sea ouer against a rocke called S. Michaels burrow. Arme riseth aboue Harford,* 1.589 thence to Stoford, Iuie bridge, Armington bridge, Fléet, Orchardton, Ownewell, and so vnto the sea, which is full of flats and rocks, so that no ship com∣meth thither in anie tempest, except it be forced ther∣to, through the vttermost extremitie and desperat ha∣zard of the fearefull mariners. King Philip of Ca∣stile lost two ships here in the daies of king Henrie the seuenth,* 1.590 when he was driuen to land in the west countrie by the rage of weather.* 1.591 Yalme goeth by Cornewood, Slade, Stratleie, Yalmeton, Collaton. Newton ferrie, and so into the sea, about foure miles by south east from the maine streame of Plim∣mouth. Being past these portlets, then next of all we come to Plimmouth hauen,* 1.592 a verie busie péece to describe, bicause of the numbers of waters that resort vnto it, & small helpe that I haue for the know∣ledge of their courses; yet will I doo what I may in this, as in the rest, and so much I hope by Gods grace to performe, as shall suffice my purpose in this be∣halfe.

The Plimne or Plim,* 1.593 is the verie same water that giueth name to Plimpton towne. The mouth of this gulfe, wherein the ships doo ride, is walled on ech side and chained ouer in time of necessitie, and on the south side of the hauen is a blocke house vpon a rockie hill: but as touching the riuer it selfe, it riseth in the hils west of Cornewood, and commeth downe a short course of thrée miles to Newenham after it be issued out of the ground. From Newenham also it runneth to Plimpton, and soone after into the Stoure,* 1.594 which Stoure ariseth northwest of Shepi∣stour, & goeth frō thence to Memchurch, Hele. Shane, Bickleie, and so to Eford, where taking in the Plim, it runneth downe as one vnder the name of Plim,

Page 61

vntill it go past Plimmouth, and fall into the hauen south east of Plimmouth aforesaid. I haue often∣times trauelled to find out the cause whie so manie riuers in England are called by this name Stoure, and at the first supposing that it was growne by the corruption of Dour, the Brittish word for a streame, I rested thervpon as resolued for a season: but after∣ward finding the word to be méere Saxon, and that Stouremare is a prouince subiect to the duke of Saxonie, I yéelded to another opinion: whereby I [unspec 10] conceiue that the said name was first deriued from the Saxons. But to returne to our purpose.

Plimmouth it selfe standeth betweene two créeks, not serued with anie backewater, therefore passing ouer these two, we enter into the Thamer that dis∣chargeth it selfe into the aforsaid hauen. Going ther∣fore vp that streame, which for the most part parteth Deuonshire from Cornewall, the first riueret that I met withall on the east side is called Tauie,* 1.595 the head whereof is among the mounteins foure miles aboue [unspec 20] Peters Tauie, beneath which it meeteth with ano∣ther water from by west, so that these two waters include Marie Tauie betwéene them, though no∣thing neere the confluence. From hence the Taue or Tauie runneth to Tauistocke, aboue which it ta∣keth in a rill from by west, and another aboue north Buckland, whose head is in Dartmore, and com∣meth therevnto by Sandford and Harrow bridge. From hence it goeth into Thamar, by north Buck∣land, moonks Buckland, Beare, and Tamerton fol∣lie. [unspec 30] Hauing thus dispatched the Tauie,* 1.596 the next that falleth in on the east side vpwards is the Lidde, which rising in the hils aboue Lidford, runneth downe by Curriton and Siddenham, and so to Lidstone, aboue which it receiueth the Trushell brooke,* 1.597 which rising north east of Brediston, goeth by Trusholton to Ibaine, where it receiueth a rill that commeth by Bradwood from Germanswike, and after the con∣fluence runneth to Liston, and from thence into the Thamar. The next aboue this is the Corewater,* 1.598 this [unspec 40] ariseth somewhere about Elwell or Helwell, and going by Uirginston, runneth on by saint Giles without anie increase vntill it come to Thamar. Next of all it taketh in two brookes not much distant in sunder, whereof the one commeth in by Glanton, the other from Holsworthie, and both east of Ta∣merton, which standeth on the further banke, & other side of the Thamar, and west northwest of Tedcote, except the quarter deceiue me.

Certes, the Thamar* 1.599 it selfe riseth in Summerset∣shire, [unspec 50] about thrée miles northeast of Hartland, and in maner so crosseth ouer the whole west countrie be∣twéene sea and sea, that it leaueth Cornewall, a by∣land or peninsula. Being therefore descended from the head, by a tract of six miles, it commeth to Den∣borow, Pancrase well, Bridge Reuell, Tamerton, Tetcote, Luffencote, Boiton, and Wirrington, where it meeteth with a water on the west side called Arteie,* 1.600 that riseth short of Iacobstow. Two miles in like sort frō this confluence, we met with the Ken∣seie, [unspec 60] whose head is short of Warpeston by south east:* 1.601 from whence it goeth by Treneglos, Tremone, Tresmure, Trewen, Lanfton, and so into the Tha∣mar, that runneth from hence by Lowwhitton vn∣to Bradston, and going on toward Dunterton, ta∣keth in a rill from south Pitherwic,* 1.602 and by Lesant; beneath Dunterton also it crosseth the Enian. This riuer riseth at Dauidston, and directeth his race by saint Clethir, Lancast, and Trelaske first; and then vnder sundrie bridges, vntill it méet with the Tha∣mar. From hence also the Thamar goeth by Sid∣denham to Calstocke bridge, Calstocke towne, Clif∣ton, Cargreue (there abouts taking in a créeke a∣boue Landilip) and running on from thence, hasteth toward Saltash,* 1.603 where it receiueth the Liuer wa∣ter. The head of Liuer is about Broomwellie hill, from whence it goeth on to North hill, Lekenhorne, South hill, and taking in a rill by east (from aboue Kellington) it runneth on to Newton, Pillaton, Wootton, Blosfleming, saint Erne, and beneath this village crosseth a rillet that runneth thither from Bi∣cton by Quithiocke, saint Germans, and Sheuiocke. But to procéed. After the confluence, it goeth be∣tweene Erlie and Fro Martine castell, and soone af∣ter taking in a rill from by north, that passeth west of saint Steuens, it is not long yer it fall into the Thamar, which after this (receiuing the Milbrooke creeke) goeth on by Edgecombe, and betwéene saint Michaels Ile and Ridden point into the maine sea. And thus haue I finished the description of Plim∣mouth water, and all such falles as are betwéene Mewston rocke on the east side, and the Ram head on the other.

After this we procéeded on with our iournie to∣ward the west,* 1.604 and passing by Longstone, we came soone after to Sothan baie, where we crossed the Se∣ton water, whose head is about Liscard, & his course by Minheniet, Chafrench, Tregowike, Sutton, and so into the sea. Then came we to Low,* 1.605 and going in betwéene it and Mount Ile, we find that it had a branched course, and thereto the confluence aboue Low. The chiefe head riseth in the hils, as it were two miles aboue Gaine, and going by that towne, it ceaseth not to continue his course east of Dulo, till it come a little aboue Low, where it crosseth and ioi∣neth with the Brodoke water that runneth from Brodokes by Trewargo, and so into the sea. Next vnto these are two other rils, of which one is called Polpir,* 1.606 before we come at Foy, or Fawy.

Foy or Fawy riuer riseth in Fawy moore, on the side of an hill in Fawy moore, from whence it run∣neth by certeine bridges, till it méet with the Glin water west of Glin towne,* 1.607 which rising aboue Tem∣ple, & méeting with a rill that commeth in from S. Neotes, doth fall into Fawy a mile and more aboue Resprin from by east. After this confluence then, it goeth to Resprin bridge, Lestermen castell, Loft∣withiell bridge, Pill, saint Kingtons, saint Win∣now, and Golant, and here also receiueth the Lerine water out of a parke,* 1.608 that taketh his waie into the maine streame by Biconke, Tethe, and the Fining house. Being thus vnited, it proceedeth vnto Fawy towne, taking in a rill or creeke from aboue it on the one side, and another beneath it south of Halling on the other: of which two this latter is the longest of course, fith it runneth thrée good miles before it come at the Foy. Leland writing of this riuer addeth ve∣rie largelie vnto it after this maner.* 1.609 The Fawy ri∣seth in Fawy moore (about two miles from Camil∣ford by south, and sixtéene miles from Fawy towne) in a verie quaue mire on the side of an hill. From hence it goeth to Drainesbridge, to Clobham bridge, Lergen bridge, New bridge, Resprin bridge, and Lostwithiell bridge, where it meeteth with a little brooke, and néere therevnto parteth it selfe in twaine. Of these two armes therefore one goeth to a bridge of stone, the other to another of timber, and soone af∣ter ioining againe, the maine riuer goeth to saint Gwinnowes, from thence also to the point of saint Gwinnowes wood, which is about halfe a mile from thence, except my memorie dooth faile me. Here go∣eth in a salt créeke halfe a mile on the east side of the hauen, and at the head of it is a bridge called Lerine bridge; the créeke it selfe in like maner bearing the same denomination.

From Lerine creeke, to S. Caracs pill or créeke,* 1.610 is about halfe a mile, and Lower on the east side of the said hauen: it goeth vp also aboue a mile and

Page 62

an halfe into the land. From Caracs créeke to Poul∣morland a mile, and this likewise goeth vp scant a quarter of a mile into the land, yet at the head it par∣teth it selfe in twaine. From Poulmorland weto Bodnecke village halfe a mile, where the passage and repassage is commonlie to Fawy. From Bod∣necke to Pelene point (where a créeke goeth vp not fullie a thousand paces into the land) a mile, thence to Poulruan a quarter of a mile, and at this Poulruan is a tower of force, marching against the tower on [unspec 10] Fawy side, betwéene which (as I doo heare) a chaine hath sometime beene stretched, and likelie inough; for the hauen there is hardly two bow shot ouer. The ve∣rie point of land at the east side of the mouth of this hauen, is called Pontus crosse, but now Panuche∣crosse. It shall not be amisse in this place somewhat to intreat of the towne of Fawy, which is called in Cornish Comwhath,* 1.611 and being situat on the north∣side of the hauen, is set hanging on a maine rockie hill, being in length about one quarter of a mile, ex∣cept [unspec 20] my memorie deceiue me.

The renowme of Fawy rose by the wars vnder king Edward the first, Edward the third, and Hen∣rie the fift, partlie by feats of armes, and partlie by plaine pirasie. Finallie, the townesmen feeling themselues somwhat at ease and strong in their pur∣ses, they fell to merchandize, and so they prospered in this their new deuise, that as they trauelled into all places, so merchants from all countries made resort to them, whereby within a while they grew to be ex∣ceeding [unspec 30] rich. The ships of Fawy sailing on a time by Rhie and Winchelseie in the time of king Ed∣ward the third, refused stoutlie to vale anie bonet there, although warning was giuen them so to doo by the portgreues or rulers of those townes. Herevp∣on the Rhie and Winchelseie men made out vpon them with cut and long taile: but so hardlie were they interteined by the Fawy pirates (I should saie aduenturers) that they were driuen home againe with no small losse and hinderance. Such fauour [unspec 40] found the Fawy men also immediatlie vpon this bickering, that in token of their victorie ouer their winching aduersaries, and riding ripiers (as they called them in mockerie) they altered their armes and compounded for new, wherein the scutchion of Rhie and Winchelseie is quartered with theirs, and beside this the Foyens were called the gallants of Fawy or Foy,* 1.612 whereof they not a little reioised, and more peraduenture than for some greater bootie. And thus much of Fawy towne, wherein we sée [unspec 50] what great successe often commeth of witlesse and rash aduentures. But to returne againe to our pur∣pose from whence we haue digressed, and as hauing some desire to finish vp this our voiage, we will leaue the Fawmouth & go forward on our iournie.

Being therefore past this hauen, we come into Trewardith baie, which lieth into the land betwéene Canuasse and the Blacke head point, and hereabout Leland placeth Vrctoum promontorium. In this we saw the fall of two small brookes, not one verie far [unspec 60] distant from another. The first of them entring west of Trewardith, the other east of saint Blaies, and both directlie against Curwarder rocke, except I mistake my compasse. Neither of them are of anie great course, and the longest not full thrée miles and an halfe. Wherfore sith they are neither branched nor of anie great quantitie, what should I make long haruest of a little corne, and spend more time than may well be spared about them?

When we were past the Blacke head, we came to Austell brooke,* 1.613 which is increased with a water that commeth from aboue Mewan, and within a mile after the confluence, they fall into the sea at Pentoren, from whence we went by the Blacke rocke, and about the Dud••••an point, till we came to Chare haies, where falleth in a pretie water,* 1.614 whose head is two miles aboue saint Tues. Thence we went by here and there a méere salt créeke, till we passed the Graie rocke, in Giinraith baie, and S. Anthonies point, where Leland maketh his accompt to enter into Falamouth hauen.

The Fala riseth a little by north of Penuenton towne,* 1.615 and going westward till it come downwards toward saint Dionise, it goeth from thence to Mela∣der, saint Steuens Grampont, Goldon, Crede, Cor∣neleie, Tregue, Moran, Tregu••••an, it falleth into the hauen with a good indifferent force: and this is the course of Fala. But least I should séeme to omit those creekes that are betwéene this and S. Antho∣nies point, I will go a little backe againe, and fetch in so mani of them, as come now to my remem∣brance. Entring therefore into the port, we haue a créeke that runneth vp by saint Anthonies toward saint Gereus, then another that goeth into the land by east of saint Maries castell, with a forked head, pas∣sing in the meane time by a great rocke that lieth in the verie midst of the hauen, in maner of the third point of a triangle, betwéene saint Maries castell and Pendinant.

Thence we cast about by the said castell, and came by another créeke that falleth in by east, then the se∣cond aboue saint Iustus, the third at Ardenora, the fourth at Rilan. And hauing as it were visited all these in order, we come backe againe about by Tre∣gonnian, and then going vpward betweene it and Taluerne, till we came to Fentangolan, we found the confluence of two great creekes beneath saint Clements, whereof one hath a fresh water comming downe by S. Merher, the other another from Tru∣ro, increased with sundrie branches, though not one of them of anie greatnesse, and therefore vnworthie to be handled. Pole hole standeth vpon the head al∣most of the most easterlie of them. S. Kenwen and Truro stand aboue the confluence of other two. The fourth falleth in by west from certeine hils: as for the fift and sixt, as they be little créeks and no fresh, so haue I lesse language and talke to spend about them.

Of saint Caie, and saint Feokes créeke, whose issue is betwéene Restronget and créeke of Trurie, I sée no cause to make any long spéech; yet I remem∣ber that the towne of S. Feoke standeth betwéene them both.* 1.616 That also called after this saint, rising a∣boue Perannarwothill, and comming thence by Kirklo, falleth into Falamouth, northeast of Milor, which standeth vpon the point betwéene it and Milor créeke. Milor creeke is next Restronget:* 1.617 some call it Milor poole, from whence we went by Trefusis point, and there found an other great fall from Pe∣rin, which being branched in the top, hath Perin towne almost in the verie confluence. And thus much by my collection of the fall. But for somuch as Leland hath taken some paines in the description of this riuer, I will not suffer it to perish, sith there is other matter conteined therein worthie remem∣brance, although not deliuered in such order as the thing it selfe requireth.

The verie point (saith he) of the hauen mouth (be∣ing an hill whereon the king hath builded a castell)* 1.618 is called Pendinant. It is about a mile in compasse, almost inuironed with the sea: and where the sea co∣uereth not, the ground is so low that it were a small mastrie to make Pendinant an Iland. Further∣more, there lieth a cape or foreland within the hauen a mile and a halfe, and betwixt this and maister Kil∣ligrewes house one great arme of the hauen run∣neth vp to Penrine towne, which is three miles from the verie entrie of Falamouth hauen, and two good

Page 63

miles from Penfusis.* 1.619 Moreouer, there is Leuine, Priselo, betwixt saint Budocus and Pendinas, which were a good hauen but for the barre of sand. But to procéed.

The first creeke or arme that casteth on the north∣west side of Falemouth hauen, goeth vp to Perin, and at the end it breaketh into two armes, whereof the lesse runneth to Glasenith, Viridis nidus, the gréene nest, or Wagméere at Penrine: the other to saint Glunias the parish church of Penrine. In like sort [unspec 10] out of each side of Penrine créeke, breaketh an arme yer it come to Penrine. This I vnderstand also that stakes and foundations of stone haue béene set in the créeke at Penrine a litle lower than the wharfe, where it breakech into armes: but howsoe∣uer this standeth, betwixt the point of Trefusis and the point of Restronget is Milor créeke,* 1.620 which goeth vp a mile into the land, and by the church is a good rode for ships. The next creeke beyond the point of Restronget wood, is called Restronget, which going [unspec 20] two miles vp into the maine,* 1.621 breaketh into two armes. In like order betwixt Restronget and the creeke of Trurie be two créekes; one called saint Feokes,* 1.622 the other saint Caie,* 1.623 next vnto which is Trurie créeke that goeth vp about two miles creek∣ing from the principall streame, and breaketh within halfe a mile of Trurie, casting in a branch west∣ward euen hard by Newham wood.

This creeke of Trurie is diuided into two parts before the towne of Trurie,* 1.624 and each of them hauing [unspec 30] a brooke comming downe and a bridge, the towne of Trurie standeth betwixt them both. In like sort Kenwen stréet is seuered from the said towne with this arme, and Clements street by east with the other. Out of the bodie also of Trurie creeke breaketh an∣other eastward a mile from Crurie, and goeth vp a mile and a halfe to Cresilian bridge of stone. At the verie entrie and mouth of this créeke is a rode of ships called Maples rode: and here fought not long since eightéene ships of Spanish merchants, with [unspec 40] foure ships of warre of Deepe, but the Spaniards draue the Frenchmen all into this harborow. A mile and an halfe aboue the mouth of Crurie creeke, is another named Lhan Moran of S. Morans church at hand.* 1.625 This créeke goeth vp a quarter of a mile from the maine streame into the hauen, as the maine streame goeth vp two miles aboue Moran créeke eb∣bing and flowing: and a quarter of a mile higher is the towne of Cregowie, where we found a bridge of stone vpon the Fala riuer. Fala it selfe riseth a mile [unspec 50] or more west of Roche hill, and goeth by Graund pont, where I saw a bridge of stone.

This Graund pont is foure miles from Roche hill,* 1.626 and two little miles from Cregowie, betwixt which the Fala taketh his course. From Cregowie to passe downe by the bodie of the hauen of Fala∣mouth to the mouth of Lanie horne pill or créeke, on the south side of the hauen is a mile, and (as I remem∣ber) it goeth vp halfe a mile from the principall streame of the hauen. From Lanihorne pill also is a [unspec 60] place or point of sand about a mile waie of fortie a∣cres or thereabout (as a peninsula) called Ardeue∣rauter. As for the water or créeke that runneth into the south southeast part, it is but a little thing of halfe a mile vp into the land, and the créeke that hemmeth in this peninsula, of both dooth seeme to be the grea∣ter. From the mouth of the west creeke of this pen∣insula, vnto saint Iustes creeke, is foure miles or more.

In like maner from saint Iustes pill or créeke (for both signifie one thing) to saint Mawes creeke is a mile and a halfe,* 1.627 and the point betwéene them both is called Pendinas. The créeke of saint Mawes goeth vp a two miles by east northeast into the land, and beside that it ebbeth and floweth so farre, there is a mill driuen with a fresh créeke that resorteth to the same. Halfe a mile from the head of this downe∣ward to the hauen, is a créeke in maner of a poole, whereon is a mill also that grindeth with the tide. And a mile beneath that on the south side entereth a créeke (about halfe a mile into the countrie) which is barred from the maine sea by a small sandie banke, and another mile yet lower, is an other little créeke∣let. But how so euer these créekes doo run, certeine it is that the bankes of them that belong to Fala are meruellouslie well woodded. And hitherto Leland, whose words I dare not alter, for feare of corruption and alteration of his iudgement. Being past Fal∣mouth hauen therefore (as it were a quarter of a mile beyond Arwennach, maister Killegrewes place which standeth on the brimme or shore within Fal∣mouth) we came to a little hauen which ran vp be∣twéene two hilles, but it was barred: wherefore we could not learne whether it were serued with anie backe fresh water or not.

From thence we went by Polwitherall creeke* 1.628 (parted into two armes) then to the Polpenrith, wherevnto a riueret falleth that riseth not farre from thence, and so goeth to the maine streame of the hauen at the last, whither the créeke resorteth about thrée miles and more from the mouth of the hauen,* 1.629 and into which the water that goeth vnder Gare* 1.630 and Mogun* 1.631 bridges, doo fall in one bottome (as Leland hath reported.) Unto this hauen also repaireth the Penkestell,* 1.632 the Callous,* 1.633 the Cheilow,* 1.634 and the Gil∣ling,* 1.635 although this latter lieth against saint Maw∣nons on the hither side hard without the hauen mouth (if I haue doone aright.) For so motheaten, mouldie, & rotten are those bookes of Leland which I haue, and beside that, his annotations are such and so confoun∣ded, as no man can (in a maner) picke out anie sense from them by a leafe togither. Wherefore I suppose that he dispersed and made his notes intricate of set purpose: or else he was loth that anie man should easilie come to that knowledge by reading, which he with his great charge & no lesse trauell atteined vn∣to by experience. Thus leauing Fala hauen, as more troublesome for me to describe, than profitable for seafaring men, without good aduise to enter into, we left the rocke on our left hand, and came straight southwest to Helford hauen, whose water commeth downe from Wréeke (where is a confluence of two small rilles whereof that rill consisteth)* 1.636 by Mawgan and Trelawarren, and then it receiueth a rill on the north ripe from Constantine, after whose confluence it goeth a maine vntill it come to the Ocean, where the mouth is spoiled by sand comming from the tin∣works. See Leland in the life of S. Breaca. Beneath this also is another rill comming from S. Martyrs, by whose course, and another ouer against it on the west side that falleth into the sea by Winniton, all Menage is left almost in maner of an Iland. From hence we go south to the Manacle point, then south∣west to Lisard, and so north and by west to Predan∣nocke points, beyond which we méet with the fall of the said water, that riseth in the edge of Menag, and goeth into the sea by Melien on the north, and Win∣niton on the south. By north also of Winniton is the Curie water that runneth short of Magan,* 1.637 and tou∣cheth with the Ocean south of Pengwenian point.

From hence we sailed to the Loo mouth,* 1.638 which some call Lopoole, because it is narrower at the fall into the sea, than it is betwéene the sea and Hailston. It riseth aboue S. Sethians, and comming downe by Wendron, it hasteth to Hailston or Helston, from whence onelie it is called Loo: but betwéene Helston and the head, men call it commonlie Cohor. Of this riuer Leland saith thus: The Lopoole is two miles in

Page 64

length, and betwixt it and the maine Ocean is but a barre of sand that once in thrée or foure yéeres, what by weight of the fresh water, and working of the sea breaketh out, at which time it maketh a wonder∣full noise: but soone after the mouth of it is barred vp againe. At all other times the superfluitie of the wa∣ter of Lopole (which is full of trout and éele) draineth out through the sandie barre into the open sea: certes if this barre could alwaies be kept open, it would make a goodlie hauen vp vnto Haileston towne, [unspec 10] where coinage of tin is also vsed, as at Trurie and Lostwithiell, for the quéenes aduantage.

Being passed the Loo, I came to another water that descendeth without anie increase from Crowan by Simneie,* 1.639 whose whole course is not aboue thrée miles in all. Then going by the Cuddan point, we entered the mounts Baie, and going streight north (leauing S. Michaels mount a little vpon the left hand) we came to the Lid, which rising short of Tewidnacke, descendeth by Lidgenan,* 1.640 and so into the sea. Certes [unspec 20] the course of these waters cannot be long, sith in this verie place the breadth of land is not aboue foure miles, and not more than fiue at the verie lands end. There is also a rill east of Korugie, and Guluall, and another west of the same hard at hand, and like∣wise the third east of Pensants: and not a full quar∣ter of a mile from the second, southwest of Pensants also lieth the fourth that commeth from Sancrete ward by Newlin, from whence going southwest out of the baie by Moushole Ile, that lieth south of [unspec 30] Moushole towne, we come to a water that entreth into the Ocean betwixt Remels & Lamorleie point. Trulie the one head thereof commeth from by west of Sancrete, the other from by west of an hill that standeth betwéene them both, and ioining aboue Remels, it is not long yer they salute their gran∣dame. After this, and before we come at Rosecastell, there are two other créekes, whereof one is called Boskennie, that riseth south of saint Buriens, and an other somewhat longer than the first, that issueth by [unspec 40] west of the aforesaid towne, wherein is to be noted, that our cards made heretofore doo appoint S. Buri∣ens to be at the very lands end of Cornewall, but ex∣perience now teacheth vs, that it commeth not néere the lands end by thrée miles. This latter rill also is the last that I doo reade of on the south side, and like∣wise on the west and north, till we haue sailed to S. Ies baie, which is full ten miles from the lands end, or Bresan Ile eastward,* 1.641 & rather more, if you reckon to the fall of the Haile, which lieth in the very middest [unspec 50] and highest part of the baie of the same. The soile also is verie hillie here, as for saint Ies towne, it is al∣most (as I said) a byland, and yet is it well watered with sundrie rilles that come from those hilles vnto the same.

The Haile riseth in such maner,* 1.642 and from so manie heads, as I haue before said: howbeit I will adde somewhat more vnto it, for the benefit of my rea∣ders. Certes the chéefe head of Haile riseth by west of Goodalfin hilles, and going downe toward saint [unspec 60] Erthes, it receiueth the second, and best of the other three rilles from Goodalfin towne: finallie, comming to saint Erthes, and so vnto the maine baie, it ta∣keth in the Clowart water from Guimer,* 1.643 south of Phelacke, which hath two heads the said village stan∣ding directlie betwixt them both.

The Caine riseth southeast of Caineburne towne a mile and more,* 1.644 from whence it goeth without in∣crease by west of Gwethian, and so into the sea west of Mara Darwaie. From hence we coasted about the point, & left the baie till we came to a water that riseth of two heads from those hilles that lie by south of the same: one of them also runneth by saint Uni, another by Redreuth, and méeting within a mile, they fall into the Ocean beneath Luggam or Tug∣gan.* 1.645 A mile and a halfe from this fall we come vnto another small rill, and likewise two other créekes, betwixt which the towne of saint Agnes standeth; and likewise the fourth halfe a mile beyond the most ea∣sterlie of these, whose head is almost thrée miles within the land in a towne called saint Alin. Thence going by the Manrocke, and west of saint Piran in the sand, we find a course of thrée miles and more from the head, and hauing a forked branch, the parts doo méet at west aboue saint Kibbard, and so go into the sea. I take this to be saint Pirans créeke,* 1.646 for the next is Carantocke pill or créeke, whose head is at Guswarth, from whence it goeth vnto Tre∣rise, and soone after taking in a rill from by west, it runneth into the sea coast of saint Carantakes. Be∣yond this is another créeke that riseth aboue little saint Colan, and goeth by lesse saint Columbe: and east and by north hereof commeth downe one more whose head is almost south of the Nine stones, & go∣ing from thence to great saint Columbes, it passeth by Lamberne, and so into the sea. S. Merous créeke is but a little one, rising west of Padstow, and fal∣ling in almost ouer against the Gull rocke. Then turning betwéene the point and the blacke rocke, we entred into Padstow hauen thrée miles lower than port Issec, and a mile from port Gwin,* 1.647 whose waters remaine next of all to be described.

The Alan ariseth flat east from the hauen mouth of Padstow, well néere eight or nine miles about Dauidstone, neere vnto which the Eniam also issueth,* 1.648 that runneth into the Thamar. Going therefore from hence it passeth to Camelford, saint Aduen, saint Bernard (both Cornish saints) and soone after re∣ceiueth a rill at northeast, descending from Row∣ters hill. Thence it goeth to Bliseland, and Hel∣ham, the first bridge of name that standeth vpon A∣lin. Yer long also it taketh in one rill by south from Bodman, another from saint Laurence, the third by west of this, and the fourth that commeth by Wethi∣ell, no one of them excéeding the course of thrée miles, and all by south. From hence it goeth toward Igle∣saleward, and there receiueth a water on the east side, which commeth about two miles from saint Teath, by Michelston, saint Tuchoe, saint Maben (mo Cornish patrons) and finallie south of Iglesall, méeteth with the Alen that goeth from thence by S. Breaca to Woodbridge. Hereabout I find, that into our Alein or Alen, there should fall two riuerets, whereof the one is called Carneseie,* 1.649 the other Laine, and comming in the end to full notice of the matter, I sée them to issue on seuerall sides beneath Wood∣bridge almost directlie the one against the other. That which descendeth from northwest, and riseth about saint Kew, is named Carneseie, as I heare: the other that commeth in on the southwest banke hight Laine, and noted by Leland to rise two miles aboue S. Esse. But howsoeuer this matter standeth, there are two other créekes on ech side also, beneath these, as Pethrike creeke,* 1.650 and Minner créeke (so called of the Cornish saints) for that soile bred manie, where∣with I finish the description of Alen, or (as some call it) Dunmere,* 1.651 and other Padstow water.

From Padstow hauen also they saile out full west to Waterford in Ireland. There are likewise two rockes, which lie in the east side of the hauen, se∣cretlie hidden at full sea, as two pads in the straw, whereof I thinke it taketh the name. Yet I remem∣ber how I haue read that Padstow is a corrupted word for Adlestow, and should signifie so much as A∣thelstani locus, as it may well be. For it is euident that they ad in time past sundrie charters of priui∣lege from Athelstane, although at this present it be well stored with Irishmen. But to our purpose. Le∣land

Page 65

supposeth this riuer to be the same Camblan, where Arthur fought his last and fatall conflict: for to this daie men that doo eare the ground there, doo oft plow vp bones of a large size, and great store of armour, or else it may be (as I rather coniecture) that the Romans had some field (or Castra) thereabout, for not long since (and in the remembrance of man) a brasse pot full of Romane coine was found there, as I haue often heard. Being thus passed Padstow ha∣uen, and after we had gone three miles from hence, [unspec 10] we came to Portgwin a poore fisher towne, where I find a brooke and a péere. Then I came to Portissec aliàs Cunilus two miles further, and found there a brooke, a péere, and some succor for fisher boats. Next of all vnto a brooke that ran from south east, directlie north into the Sauerne sea, and within halfe a mile of the same laie a great blacke rocke like an Iland. From this water to Treuenni is about a mile, where the paroch church is dedicated to saint Sim∣phorian, and in which paroch also Tintagell or Dun∣dagie [unspec 20] castell standeth, which is a thing inerpugna∣ble for the situation, and would be made with little reparations one of the strongest things in Eng∣land. For it standeth on a great high terrible crag inuironed with the sea. There is a chappell yet stan∣ding in the dungeon thereof, dedicated to saint U∣let. Tintagell towne and Treuenni are not a mile in sunder.

The next creeke is called Bosinni, which is a mile from Tintagell, and to the same Tredwie water [unspec 30] resorteth,* 1.652 and so they go to the sea betwixt two hils, whereof that on the one side lieth out like an arme or cape, and maketh the fashion of an hauenet or peere, whither shiplets sometime doo resort for succour. A frier of late daies tooke vpon him to make an hauen at this place, but in vaine. There lie also two blacke rocks as Ilets, at the west northwest point, or side of this créeke, the one (sauing that a little gut dooth part them) ioining with the other, and in these by all likelihood is great store of gulles. I can not tell whe∣ther [unspec 40] this be the water that runneth by Boscastell or not, but if it be not, then haue I this description of the latter.* 1.653 Boscastell créeke that lieth east of Tin∣tagell, is but a small thing, running at the most not aboue two miles, into the land, yet it passeth by foure townes, whereof the first is called Lesneth, the se∣cond saint Iuliet, the third Minster, and the fourth Boscastell or Bushcastell, as some men doo pro∣nounce it.

In Bede baie I find the Bedewater,* 1.654 whose chiefe [unspec 50] head is not farre from Norton. Thence running to Straton,* 1.655 it receiueth the Lancels rill before it come at Norham. And here also it crosseth another whose head is east of saint Marie wke, from whence it runneth by Wolston and Whalesborow, and thence into the sea betweene Efford and Plough hill. And thus much of the waters that lie betweene the point of Cornewall, and the Hartland head vpon the north side of Cornewall. Now let vs doo the like with those that remaine of Deuonshire, whereof the said Hart∣land [unspec 60] is the verie first point in this our poeticall voi∣age. Hauing therefore brought Hartland point on our backs, we come next of all to Barstable bar, and so into the hauen, where into two principall streams doo perpetuallie vnburden their chanels.

The first and more westerlie of these is called O∣cus,* 1.656 whose head is not farre west of the head of Darnt, and doth in Darntmore. Rising therefore in the aforesaid place, it runneth northwest to Snorton, and so to Okehampton, beneath which towne it mée∣teth with an other water comming from southeast, & riseth not much west from the head of Tawe. From hence it goeth to Stow Exborne, Moonke Oking∣ton, & Iddesleie,* 1.657 where it taketh in the Tanridge a ve∣rie pretie streamelet, whose issue is not full a mile by east from the head of Thamar, thrée miles by north east from Hartland. Comming therefore by west and east Putford, Bulworthie, Bockington, New∣ton, and Shebbor, it receiueth a forked rill that run∣neth from ech side of Bradworthie by Sutcombe, Treborow, Milton, & so to Thornebirie, where mée∣ting with an other forked water (whereof one head comming from Dunsand, ioineth with the other north of Cockbirie) it goeth with speed into the Tan∣ridge water. After this confluence it runneth on to Shéepewash (by west whereof falleth in the Buck∣land water from by north) thence to high Hainton,* 1.658 and so to Haitherlaie, north wherof it taketh in a rill from by south, and endeth his race at Iddesleie, by ioining with the Oke. Hence then the Ocus hasteth to Dowland, and betwéene it and Doulton, recei∣ueth one rill from by east, as it dooth an other be∣twéene Doulton and Marton from by west, and so procéeding on with his course, it commeth cast of Torrington the lesse, and taking in a water at east, that runneth from thrée heads (by Wollie parke) be∣tweene which Combe and Roughborow are situat, it descendeth to Torington the more, and meeting with the Langtrée water on the one side,* 1.659 and the Ware brooke on the other,* 1.660 it procéedeth to Bediford, crossing a rill by the waie that commeth vnto it be∣twéene Annarie & Littham. From Bediford bridge it goeth without anie increase to Westleie, Nor∣ham, Appledoure, and so into the hauen.

The Taw of both is the more noble water,* 1.661 not∣withstanding that his hauen be barred with sand; and thereby dangerous, and hath most rils descen∣ding into his chanell. Howbeit, by these two is all the hart of Deuonshire well watered on the northside of the moores. The Tawy riseth directlie at south west of Throwleie, and north of the head of Darnt, or (as Leland saith) in Exmoore south east from Barstable. From thence also it runneth to Sele, South Taueton, Cockatre, Bath, Northta∣ueton, Ashridge, Colridge, and soone after receiueth the Bowmill créeke,* 1.662 wherof one head riseth at Bow, the other at Mill, and meeting beneth Bishops Mor∣chard, they fall into the Taw north of Nimeth Row∣land, as I haue béene informed. From hence then it runneth by Edgeforth, to Chimligh, by south where∣of it méeteth with a rill comming downe of two heads from about Rakenford, by Wetheridge and Chawleie. Thence it goeth to Burrington, and Chil∣tenholtwood, and there taketh in the Moulebraie wa∣ter* 1.663 consisting of two in one chanell, wherof the Moll dooth rise aboue north Moulton, and comming to Moulton receiueth another rill running from Mol∣land, and soone after the second that growing by two brookes (the head of one being at Knawston, and of the other west of Crokeham, and both vniting them∣selues beneath Mariston) dooth fall into the same yer long also, and so go togither till it crosse the Braie, which (being the second of the two that maketh the Moulbraie) riseth at Braie,* 1.664 commeth by Buckland, and south of Holtwood dooth make his confluence with Taw. Being past the wood, it goeth on to Brightleie hall, Taueton, Tauestocke, & Berstable, sometime a pretie walled towne with foure gates, but now a little thing; and such in déed, as that the suburbes thereof are greater than it selfe. I suppose that the name of this towne in the British speach was Abertaw, bicause it stood toward the mouth of Taw, and Berdnesse pronounced short (as I gesse) for Abernesse. As for Staple, it is an addition for a market, & therefore hath nothing to doo in the proper name of the towne. King Athelstane is taken here for the chiefe priuileger of the towne. This is also worthie to be noted hereof, that the houses there are

Page 66

of stone, as most are in all the good townes there∣about.

But to proceed with our purpose. Beneath this towne there falleth in a water that hath one head néere about Challacombe, & another at east Downe, whereof this descending by Stoke riuer, and the o∣ther by Sherwell, they vnite themselues within thrée miles of Berstaple. Soone after also it taketh in ano∣ther that descendeth from Bitenden by Ashford, and the last of all east of saint Anthonies chappell, named [unspec 10] the Doneham,* 1.665 bicause one head is at west Done, and the other at Ham, both of them méeting west of Ash. And thus is Taue described, which is no great water nor quicke streame, as may appéere in Low water marke at Berstable, and yet is it a pretie ri∣ueret. This also is worthie to be noted thereof, that it receiueth no brooke from by west, whereof I would somewhat maruell, if Taurige were not at hand.

Being past the Taue, Cride baie and Bugpoint aliàs Bagpoint, we go by More baie, Morstone aliàs [unspec 20] Mortstone, and then toward the northeast, till we come by a créekelet to Ilfare combe, & so to Combe Marton,* 1.666 whereat (I meane ech of them) are sundrie créekes of salt water, but not serued with anie fresh that I as yet doo heare of. Marrie there is be∣twéene Martinbow & Trensow, a créeke that hath a backewater, which descendeth from Parracombe (so farre as I call to mind named Parradine becke) but the greatest of all is betweene Linton and Con∣nisberie called Ore,* 1.667 which riseth in Summersetshire [unspec 30] in Exmore (east of Hore oke, more than a mile) and going by Owre, falleth into the sea betwéene Lin∣ton and Conisberie, so that the whole race thereof a∣mounteth in and out to an eight miles, as I haue heard reported. Thus haue I finished the discourse of the waters of Deuonshire,* 1.668 whose breadth in this place from hence ouerthwart to the Checkstones in the mouth of Ex, on the south side of the Ile, is eight and thirtie miles or vnder fortie, and so much like∣wise is it from Plimmouth to Hartland point, but [unspec 40] the broadest part there commeth to six and thirtie miles, whereas the broadest part of Cornewall doth want two miles of fortie.

Being past the aforesaid limits of the counties we came to Portloch baie,* 1.669 whither commeth a wa∣ter named Loch that descendeth from Stokepero, Lucham and Portloch without increase. Thence to Dunsteir brooke,* 1.670 which runneth from about Woot∣ton, and Courtneie by Tunbercombe and Dunsteir, then to another that commeth west of Old Cliffe, [unspec 50] leauing a parke on the west side, next of all to Wat∣chet water,* 1.671 whereof one head commeth from the Quantocke hils south of Bickualer by Westquan∣tocke head, and almost at Doniford, receiueth the Williton* 1.672 becke, then to east Quantocke brooke (o∣mitting a créeket) & next of all to Doddington* 1.673 wa∣ter, that goeth by Holford, Alfoxton, and afterward into the sea. From hence we go by Bottesall point, to Stert point, where two noble riuers doo make their confluence, which I will seuerallie describe, as [unspec 60] to my purpose apperteineth.

The first of these is called the Iuell, or (as I find it in an ancient writer) Yoo,* 1.674 who saith that the riuer Yoo dooth runne from Ilchester to Bridgewater, and so into the sea. It riseth aboue Oburne, and at Shir∣burne receiueth a water, whereof Leland saith thus. There are seuen springs in an hill called the seuen si∣sters,* 1.675 north east from Shireburne, which gather into one bottome, & come into the Mere. Another brooke likewise commeth by Heidon from Puscandell, three miles from thence by flat east, betwixt the parke and the Mere full so great as the streame of the Mere, and ioining at the lower mill of Shireburne, with the Mere water, it is not long yer it fall into the E∣uill. Thence our Euill goeth on towards Glasen Bradford, and yer it come there taketh in a forked rill from by south, descending from about west Chel∣burie and Chetnall in Dorsetshire, beneath which towne the other head falleth into the same, so that they run foorth by Bearhaggard and Thorneford (till they méet with the Iuell) and so to Clifton, Euill a proper market towne, Trent, Mutford, Ashinton, and east of Limminton it méeteth with the Cade* 1.676 that runneth from Yarlington, by north Cadbirie, and soone after crossing a rill also from by east, that commeth from Blackeford by Compton, it hasteth to south Cadbirie, Sparkeford, Queenes Camell, west Camell, and so into Iuell, which runneth on to Kimmington, Ilchester, Ilbridge, long Sutton, and yer it come at Langport, taketh in two famous wa∣ters in one chanell, next of all to be remembred be∣fore I go anie further. The first of all these riseth southeast betwéene the Parrets (where it is called Parret water) and goeth to Crokehorne,* 1.677 and at Meriot taketh in a brooke from the east, which consi∣steth of two courses vnited at Bowbridge, whereof the one descendeth from Pen by Hasilburie, the o∣ther from aboue the thrée Chenocks, as I doo vnder∣stand.

From hence also they go as one with the Parret water, toward south Pederton (taking in at east a becke comming from Hamden hill) thence to Pe∣derton, Lambrooke, Thorneie bridge, and Muchelneie where it méeteth with the second called Ill or Ilus,* 1.678 whose head is aboue Chellington, & comming downe from thence by Cadworth, before it come at Dun∣niet, it taketh in a rill that runneth by Chascombe and Knoll. Thence leauing Ilmister on the east side, it meeteth with another from by east, descending from about Whitlakington. Then it goeth to Po∣kington (where it crosseth the Ilton water by west)* 1.679 next to Ilbruers, and there it ioineth with a rillet that riseth by west at Staple, and runneth by Bick∣nell and Abbats Ilie, and after this confluence goeth on toward Langport. And here after some mens o∣pinion, the Iuell looseth his name, and is called Par∣ret: but this coniecture cannot hold, sith in the old writers it is called Iuell, till it fall into the sea. Ne∣uerthelesse, how soeuer this matter standeth), being past Langport, it goeth by Awber toward saint An∣thonies, where it méeteth with the Tone next of all to be described.

The Tone issueth at Clatworthie,* 1.680 and goeth by west of Wiuelscombe, to Stawleie, Ritford; Run∣ton, Wellington and Bradford, beneath which it ta∣keth in a faire water cōming from Sanford Combe, Elworthie, Brunt Rafe, Miluerton, Oke and Hil∣farens. After this confluence also it runneth to He∣lebridge, and there below méeteth with one water that runneth by Hawse, Hethford and Norton, then another from Crokeham by bishops Slediard, and the third & fourth at Taunton, that descendeth from Kingston by north, and another by south that riseth about Pidmister. And thus is the Tone increased, which goeth from Taunton to Riston, Crech, North∣currie, Ling, and so by Anthonie into the Iuell, that after this confluence méeteth yer long with the Chare, a pretie riuer that commeth by east from Northborow,* 1.681 by Carleton, Badcare, Litecare, So∣merton, Higham, Audrie moore, Audrie, and Michels∣borow. From whence going on betweene Quéenes moore and North moore, it receiueth one brooke called Peder from by southwest, that runneth through Pe∣derton parke and North moore;* 1.682 and likewise another that passeth by Durleie, yer it doo come at Bridge∣water. From Bridgewater it goeth by Chilton di∣rectlie north west, and then turning flat west, it go∣eth northward towards the sea, taking in two wa∣ters

Page 67

by the waie, whereof one runneth by Coripole & Camington,* 1.683 and beareth the name of Camington, the other by Siddington and Comage, and then re∣ceiuing the Brier before it come at Start point, they fall as one into the Ocean, whereof let this suf∣fice for the description of the Iuell, whose streame dooth water all the west part of Summersetshire and leaueth it verie fruitfull.

The Brier,* 1.684 Bruer, or Bréer, riseth of two waters, wherof one is in Selwood forrest, & commeth downe [unspec 10] by Bruecombe,* 1.685 Bruham, and Bruton. The other which Leland nameth Mellos, is northest of Staffor∣dell towne, and going by the same, it runneth by Redlinch, to Wike; where it méeteth with the other head, and thence go on as one to Awnsford, Alford (where it taketh in a water called Dulis from by north that riseth néere Dolting,* 1.686 and commeth by E∣uerchurch parke) then to the Lidfords, Basbo∣row wood, the Tor hill,* 1.687 Pont perilous (whereinto they fable that Arthur being wounded to death did [unspec 20] throw Calibur his sword) by Glastenburie and so in∣to the Méere. Beside this riuer there are two other also that fall into the said Méere, whereof the one cal∣led Sowaie commeth from Créechurch parke, and Pulton by Hartlacke bridge,* 1.688 the other named Cos or the Coscombe water, from aboue Shepton, Mal∣let (which east of Wike taketh in a water comming from Welles) by Wike, Gedneie, and so into the Méere. Finallie, returning all into one chanell, it runneth to Burtlehouse, and soone after diuiding it [unspec 30] selfe, one arme goeth by Bastian aliàs Brent bridge, to High bridge, leauing Huntspill a market towne by southwest, the other by Marke to Rokes bridge, Hebbes passage, and so into the sea, leauing a faire Iland, wherin beside Brentmarsh are seuen or eight townes, of whose names I haue no knowledge.

Now as touching the water that commeth from Welles, which falleth (as I said) into the Coscombe water on the right hand of the Cawseie; you shall vnderstand that as manie springs are in Wels, so [unspec 40] the chiefe of them is named Andres well, which riseth in a medow plat not farre from the east end of the cathedrall church, and afterward goeth into the Cos∣combe, in such place as I haue noted. Leland spea∣keth of the Milton & Golafer waters,* 1.689 which should fall likewise into the Brier: but whether those be they whereof the one riseth aboue Staffordell, and in the descent runneth by Shipton, Pitcombe, and so to Awnsford on the one side, as the other dooth rise be∣twéene Batcombe and Upton noble on the other [unspec 50] halfe; or vnto whether of them either of these names are seuerallie to be attributed: as yet I doo not read.

The second Axe which commeth by Axe towne in old time called Uexa,* 1.690 issueth out of Owkie hole, from whence it goeth by Owkie towne, afterward meeting with the Chederbrooke that commeth from the Cheder rocks, wherein is an hole in old time cal∣led Carcer Aeoli, wherof much hath béene written & surmised past credit. It runneth by Were, Ratcliffe, [unspec 60] and after a little compasse into the northeast branch of the aforesaid riuer last described, betweene Rokes bridge and Hebbes passage, as I haue beene infor∣med. From the fall of Axe we come to an other cal∣led Bane, northeast of Woodspring,* 1.691 whose head is a∣bout Banwell parke, or else in Smaldon wood. Then to an other, and to the third, called Artr,* 1.692 which riseth about Litton, and going by the Artroes, Ubbeie, Perribridge (receiuing a rill yer it come thither from by south) beneath Cungesbirie, or (as I learne) be∣twéene Kingston and Laurence Wike, it méeteth with the sea.

Sottespill water riseth betwéene Cheueleie and Naileseie,* 1.693 howbeit it hath no increase before it come into the sea at Sottespill, more than the next vnto it, which is named Cleueden water, of a certeine towne neere to the fall thereof.* 1.694 It riseth southeast of Barrow, goeth by Burton Naileseie, and so vnto Cleuedon. The Auon, commonlie called the third Auon, is a goodlie water,* 1.695 and growne to be verie fa∣mous by sundrie occasions, to be particularlie tou∣ched in our description of Bristow. Yet thus much will I note héere thereof as a rare accident, how that in king Edgars daies, the verie same yeare that the old monasterie of Euesham fell downe by it selfe, a porpasse was taken therein neere to the said monasterie, and neuer anie before or since that time heard of to haue béene found in that streame. And euen so not manie yeares before I first wrote this treatise,* 1.696 a sturgion was taken aliue in Roche∣ster streame, which the bishop gaue vnto your honor, and you would as gladlie haue sent it to the quéenes maiestie, if she might haue béene presented withall a∣liue as it was taken. Certes both these rare occur∣rents gaue no lesse occasion of strange furmises to the inhabitants of both places, than the blockes of Brerton, when they appeare, doo vnto that familie; of which the report goeth that they are neuer séene but against some mischéefe or other to befall vnto that house. But how farre am I gone from my pur∣pose?

The Auon therefore riseth in the verie edge of Tetburie, and goeth by long Newton to Broken∣ton, Whitchurch, and Malmsburie, where it receiueth two waters, that is to saie, one from by west com∣ming by Foxeleie and Bromleham, which runneth so néere to the Auon in the west suburbe of Malms∣burie, that the towne thereby is almost made an I∣land. Another from Okeseie parke by Hankerton, Charleton, and Garesden. After this confluence it hasteth to Cole parke, then goeth it toward the south∣east, till it méet with a water comming from south∣west (betwéene Hullauington and Bradfield) by A∣ston: and soone after with another at the northside from Binall by Wootton Basset (through the parke to Gretenham, and Idouer bridges) and after the confluence to Dauntseie, Segar, Sutton, Christ∣malford, Auon, Calwaies house, and then to west Tetherton. Beneath this towne also it taketh in a water increased by two brookes, whereof one com∣ming from Cleue by Hilmarton, Whitleie house and Bramble (and there receiuing another that commeth by Calne) passeth on by Stanlie into the Auon, which from thence foorth goeth to Chippenham, Rowdon, Lekham, and then receiuing Cosham water,* 1.697 goeth to Lacocke, Melsham, and yer it come at Whaddon, crosseth two other in one chanell, whereof one riseth about Brumham house, and goeth to Sene, the other about the Diuizes, and from thence runneth to Pot∣terne wood, Creke wood, Worton, Maston, Buck∣lington, and ioining with the other aboue Litleton, they run by Semmingto, and north of Whaddon aforesaid into the maine streame, whereof I now intreat. From hence our Auon runneth to Stauer∣ton, and southwest of that towne méeteth with the Were that commeth from Upton by Dilton,* 1.698 Brooke parke (there crossing a rill called Bisse from West∣birie vnder the plaine) then to north Bradleie,* 1.699 Tru∣bridge, and so into Auon that goeth from thence to Bradford, & within a mile or there abouts, before it come at Freshford, it méeteth with the Frome, whose description dooth insue.

The Frome riseth in the east part of Mendip hils,* 1.700 and from thence runneth by Astwti, the Cole pits, Lie vnder Mendip, Whateleie, Elmesbridge, and soone after taketh in the Nonneie water, com∣ming [unspec 10] from Nonneie castell,* 1.701 thence to Walles and Orcharleie bridge, where it receiueth a pretie brooke

Page 68

descending from Frome Selwood west of Brack∣leie, increased with sundrie rils, whereof two come out of Selwood forrest (and one of them from the Fratrie) another out of Long lead parke, from Hor∣ningsham, and the fourth from Cofleie. Hence our Frome goeth to Lullington, Beckington, Farleie castell, Bord and Fresh foord, and taking in the Sil∣ling brooke, falleth into the Auon beneath Bradford, and east of Freshford. From thence going beneath Stoke,* 1.702 it receiueth on the left hand a water com∣ming from southwest, increased by sundrie brookes, whereof one commeth from Camelet by Litleton, and Dankerton, the other from Stone Eston, Mid∣summer Norton, by Welston, Rodstocke, Wrigle∣ton, Foscot, and Wellow, and there (taking in a rill from Phillips Norton) it goeth by Clauerton to Hampton, and there it méeteth with another water comming from Barthford, whose head is at Litleton from whence it runneth by west Kineton to Castell combe (where it ioineth with a rill rising by north [unspec 20] from Litleton drue) and thence commeth south to Slaughtenford, Haselburie, Box, Baithford, and so into the Auon, which turning plaine west, hasteth to Baithwijc, and (meeting with another in his passage from Caldaston) to Bath, the Tiuertons, and Co∣ston.

Héere also it taketh in a rill by the waie from Markesburie by Wilmerton and Newton, and then going on to Sawford, it méeteth with one rill soone west of Northstocke,* 1.703 named Swinford, and another [unspec 30] by Bitton, from Durhain by Wike, and so procée∣deth still holding on his way to Caimsham,* 1.704 a towne in Summerset shire (so called of Caim an English saint, by whose praiers, as the countrie once beléeued, all the adders, snakes and serpents were turned in∣to stone, their formes reserued, and for a certeine space of ground about the said towne, and whereof some store as yet is to be found in those quaries. But this miracle is so true as the historie of Hilda, or that S. Patrike should chase all venemous crea∣tures [unspec 40] out of Italie with his staffe; or that maid Ra∣degund should driue the crowes to the pound, which did annoie hir corne while she went vnto a chappell to heare & sée a masse) where it crosseth the Chute, which issueth at Winford, and goeth by bishops Chue to Penford, and there receiueth the Clue comming from Cluton, and from thence to Chute, & so into the Auon. The Auon likewise after all these confluen∣ces goeth to Briselton, and so to Bristow, beneath which it receiueth a rill on each side (wherof one com∣meth [unspec 50] from about Stoke lodge in Glocestershire, be∣ing a faire water and running by Acton, Framp∣ton, Hambroch, Stapleton, and through Bristow, the other by south from Dundreie hill and towne, by Bisport and Bedminster) and so descending yet lower, goeth to Rawneham passage and Clifton, then by S. Uincents rocke and Laie, next of all to Crocampill, and finallie into the sea, whither all wa∣ters by nature doo resort.

Beside this water, Leland maketh mention of [unspec 60] Alderleie* 1.705 brooke, which in some ancient records is al∣so called Auon, and runneth by Barkeleie. In like maner he talketh of Douresleie booke, whose princi∣pall head is in Douresleie* 1.706 towne: howbeit he saith no thing of it more, than that it serueth sundrie tuck∣ing lucking milles, and goeth by Tortworth or foure miles further,* 1.707 before it come at the Sauerne. Fi∣nallie, making mention of an excellent quarrie of hard stone about Douresleie, he telleth of the Tort∣worth becke, that runneth within a flight shot of Barkeleie towne, and falleth on the left hand into Sauerne marches, taking with all the Alderleie or Auon, except I mistake his meaning, which may soone be doone among his confused notes.

The description of the Sauerne, & such waters as discharge themselues into the same. Chap. 13.

THe Sauerne which Ptolomie calleth Sabriana,* 1.708 Tacitus Sa∣brina, diuideth England or that part of the Iland, which sometime was called Lhoe∣gres from Cambria, so called of Camber, the second sonne of Brute, as our histories doo report. But now that region hight Wales, of the Germane word Walsh, whereby that nation dooth vse to call all strangers without respect of countrie. This riuer tooke the name of a certeine ladie, called Habren or Hafren, base daughter to Locrinus be∣gotten vpon Estrildis daughter to Humber other∣wise called Cumbrus or Umar, and for which some write Chonibrus king of Scithia, that sometime in∣uaded this Island, and was ouerthrowne here in the daies of this Locrinus, as shall be shewed at hand: although I suppose rather that this ladie was called Ine, and that the word Sabrina is compounded of Aber and Ine, and the letter S added Propter euphoni∣am: for the mouth or fall of euerie riuer in the British spéech is called Aber, whereby Aber Ine is so much to saie as, the fall of Ine. But let vs returne againe to our discourse of Humber or Umar, which is worthie to be remembred.

For after the death of Locrinus, it came to passe that Guendolena his wife ruled the kingdome in the nonage of hir sonne: and then getting the said Estrildis and Habren hir daughter into hir hands, she drowned them both in this riuer. And in perpetu∣all remembrance of hir husbands disloialtie towards hir, she caused the streame to be called Habren of the yoong ladie, for which the Romans in processe of time for readinesse and mildnesse of pronunciation, wrote Sabrina, and we at this time doo pronounce the Sa∣uerne. Of the drowning of the said Abren also I find these verses insuing:

In fluuium praecipitatur Abren, Nomen Abren, fluuio de virgine, nomeneidem Nomine corrupto deinde Sabrina datur.

But to returne to our Sauerne. It falleth into the maine sea betwéene Wales and Cornewall, which is and shall be called the Sauerne sea, so long as the riuer dooth keepe hir name. But as the said streame in length of course, bountie of water, and depth of chanell commeth farre behind the Thames: so for o∣ther commodities, as trade of merchandize, plentie of cariage, & store of all kind of fish, as salmon, trouts, breames, pikerell, tench, perch, &c: it is nothing at all inferiour or second to the same. Finallie, there is no∣thing to be discommended in this riuer, but the o∣pennesse thereof in manie places to the weather, whereby sundrie perils oft ouertake such as fish or saile in small vessels on the same.

The head of this noble streame is found in the high mounteines of south Wales called Helennith or Plim limmon; in English, the blacke mounteins, or moore heads, from whence also the Wie and the Rhidoll do procéed: and therefore these thrée waters are commonlie called the thrée sisters, and haue in la∣titude two and fiftie degrees ten minutes, in lon∣gitude fiftéene and fiftie, as the description inferreth. So soone as it is out of the ground, it goeth southeast∣ward, till it come within a mile of Laundlos, where it receiueth a chanell from by south southwest, called the Dulas, which commeth thereinto on the south side, & southwest of Lan Idlos. It riseth (as it should séeme) of diuerse heads in the edge of Radnorshire,

Page 69

and taking in sundrie small rilles, it meeteth at the last with the Brueham brooke,* 1.709 and so they go to∣gither till they fall into the Sauerne. Beneath Lan Idlos it taketh in the Clewdogh from northwest,* 1.710 a water producted by the influence of foure pretie brookes, whereof one is called Bacho,* 1.711 another Dun∣gum* 1.712 comming out of lin Glaslin, the third Lhoid* 1.713 ri∣sing in lin Begilin, and the most southerlie called Bigga.* 1.714 After which confluence our Sauerne procée∣deth on by Berhlaid toward Landiman, taking in [unspec 10] by the waie, on the east side the Couine,* 1.715 thence to Cairfuse castell, where it meeteth with the Carnon,* 1.716 and the Taran* 1.717 both in one chanell, and going not far from the aforesaid fortresse. After this it crosseth the Hawes* 1.718 on the north halfe beneath Abcerhawes, next of all the Dulesse* 1.719 that riseth in the edge of Radnor shire, and méeteth with it before it come at Newton in Powisie, otherwise called Trenewith, as I find in British language. Being come to Trenewith, I cannot eschue (right honorable) to giue one note, as by [unspec 20] the waie, touching the originall of my ladie your bed∣fellowes ancestrie, which came from hence, & were surnamed Newtons onelie, for that the grandfather of sir Iohn Newton either dwelled or was borne there: otherwise the right name is Caradoc, for which some doo corruptlie write Cradocke, respecting rather the shortnesse of pronuntiation, than the true orthographie and writing of the word. Certes the Ca∣radockes haue béene, and yet are a linage of great honor, antiquitie, and seruice; their lands also some∣time [unspec 30] belonged (for the most part) to the noble Gon∣noanies of Summersetshire: but in what order they descended to the Newtons, in good sooth I cannot tell. But to procéed with our riuer, which being past New∣ton, runneth foorth by Landilouarne, and so foorth on till it come to the fall of the Mule, whose head is in the edge of Radnor also,* 1.720 and thereto his passage by Kerie and Lanmereiwtjc. After this also it procée∣deth further till it meet with the Kenlet* 1.721 or the Cama∣let,* 1.722 which taketh in also the Tate* 1.723 or Tadbrooke water rising out of the hilles a mile from Bishops towne, [unspec 40] the whole course thereof being about seauen miles from the head (as I haue often heard.) Of this also I find two descriptions, whereof one I borrow out of Leland, who saith that it is a pretie brooke, running in the vale by Mountgomerie, and comming within halfe a mile of the place where Chirbirie priorie stood, it falleth into the Sauerne about a mile from thence. Of the rilles (saith he) that run from the hilles tho∣rough Mountgomerie, which are a mile from the [unspec 50] Sauerne shore,* 1.724 and likewise of the Lan Idlos brooke that méeteth withall within foure miles of the head, I speake not, but thinke it sufficient to touch those of some estimation, onelie leauing the rest to such as maie hereafter deale with things more particularlie as time and trauell maie reueale the truth to them. And hitherto Leland, whose words I dare not alter. But another noteth this Camalet or Kenlet to run by More, Liddiom, Sned, Churchstocke, Chirbirie, Walcote, and Winsbirie, and so into the Sauerne. [unspec 60]

From hence then, and after this confluence it go∣eth on by Fordon, Leighton, and Landbreuie to∣ward Meluerleie, and there it méeteth with sundrie waters in one chanell,* 1.725 whereof the one called the Ta∣net is a verie pretie water (whereinto the Peuereie or Murneweie doth fall, which descendeth from the hilles by west of Matrafall not farre from Lhan Fi∣lin) the other Auerneie,* 1.726 and ioining beneath Abertan∣noth, or aboue Lannamonach neere vnto the ditch of Offa,* 1.727 it is not long yer they méet with the Mordant brooke, and there loose their names so soone as they ioine and mix their waters with it. The head of the Mordant issueth out of the Lanuerdan hilles, where diuerse saie, that the parish church of crosse Oswald or Oswester sometimes stood. Certes, Oswester is thirtéene miles northwest from Shrewesburie, and conteineth a mile within the walles. It hath in like sort foure suburbs or great stréetes, of which one is called Stratlan, another Wuliho, the third Bete∣rich, wherein are one hundred and fortie barns stand∣ing on a row belonging to the citizens or burgesses, and the fourth named the Blackegate stréet, in which are thirtie barns mainteined for corne & haie. There is also a brooke running thorough the towne by the crosse, comming from Simons well, a bow shoote without the wall;* 1.728 & going vnder the same betweene Thorowgate & Newgate, running vnder the Blacke gate. There is another, ouer whose course the Bade∣rikes or Bederich gate standeth, and therefore called Bederich brooke.* 1.729 The third passeth by the Willigate or Newgate, & these fall all togither with the Crosse brooke, a mile lower by south into the Mordant that runneth (as I said) by Oswester. From hence also it goeth to Mordant towne, and betwéene Landbre∣uie and Meluerleie doth fall into the Sauerne. After this our principall streame goeth to Sheauerdon ca∣stell, Mountford, and Bicton chappell: and here it re∣ceiueth a water on the left hand, that riseth of two heads, whereof one is aboue Merton, the other at El∣lismere, and ioining betweene Woodhouses & Bag∣leie, the confluence runneth on by Radnall, Halton, Tddesmer, Roiton, Baschurch, Walford, Grafton, Mitton, and so into the Sauerne. From hence it runneth to Fitz, Eton, or Leiton, Barwtjc, vpper Rossall, Shelton, and so to Shrewsburie, where it cros∣seth the Mele water, whose head (as I heare) is said to be in Weston.

The Mele therefore rising at Weston,* 1.730 goeth by Brocton, Worthen, Aston Pigot, Westleie, After∣leie,* 1.731 and at Lea it méeteth with the Haberleie water that commeth downe by Pontesford and Aunston. After this confluence also it runneth to Newenham & Crokemele, there taking in a rill on the other side that descendeth by Westburie and Stretton, & thence going on to Hanwood, Noball, Pulleie, Bracemele, and Shrewesburie, it falleth (as I said) into the open Sauerne. From hence our Sauerne hasteth to Uf∣fington, Preston, and betwéene Chilton and Bramp∣ton taketh in the Terne, a faire streame and worthie to be well handled; if it laie in me to performe it. This riuer riseth in a mere beside Welbridge parke, néere vnto Ternemere village in Staffordshire. From whence it runneth by the parkes side to Knighton, Norton, Betton, and at Draiton Hales crosseth with a water comming from about Adbaston (where maister Brodocke dwelleth) and runneth by Chip∣penham and Amming:* 1.732 so that the Terne on the one side, and this brooke on the other, doo inclose a great part of* 1.733 Blore heath, where a noble battell was som∣time purposed betwéene king Henrie the sixt, and the duke of Yorke: but it wanted execution.

But to procéed. After this confluence, it runneth to Draiton Hales, Ternehill bridge: and yer long taking in a rill from Sandford by Blechleie, it goeth to Stoke Allerton, Peplaw, and Eaton, where it crosseth with a brooke that riseth about Brinton, and going by Higham, Morton, the great Mere, Forton, Pilson, Pickstocke, Keinton, Tibberton, and Bo∣las, it ioineth with the said Terne not farre from Water Upton. Thence passing to Crogenton, it méeteth with another brooke that commeth from Chaltwen Aston, by Newport, Longford, Aldneie, and so through the Wilde moore to Kinsleie & Sléepe, and finallie into the Terne, which hasteth from thence to Eston bridge, and néere vnto Walcote taketh in the Roden. This water riseth at Halton in Cumber∣mere lake:* 1.734 and comming to Ouenleie, crosseth a rill from Cowlemere by Leniall. Thence it goeth to

Page 70

Horton, and (ioining with another rill beneath Non∣laie that commeth from Midle) runneth on to Wen, Aston, there crossing a rill beneath Lacon hall from Prées ward, and so to Lée, Befford, Stanton, Mor∣ton Shabrée, Painton, Roden, Rodington, and then into Terne, that runneth from thence by Charlton, Upton, Norton, Barwijc, Acham, and so into the Sauerne two miles beneath Shrewesburie (as I wéene.)

Thus haue I described the Terne in such wise as [unspec 10] my simple skill is able to performe. Now it resteth that I proceed on (as I maie) with the Sauerne streame, with which, after this former confluence, it goeth vnto Roxater or Roxcester, Brampton, Eaton vpon Sauerne,* 1.735 Draiton, where it ioineth with the E∣uerne that runneth from Frodesleieward by Withi∣all and Pitchford, Cresfedge, Garneston, Leighton, and betwéene the two Bildasses crosseth the Rhe or Wenlocke water,* 1.736 and so goeth on to Browsleie and Hoord parke, where it vniteth it selfe with another [unspec 20] brooke to be described in this place, whilest the Sa∣uerne rests, and recreates it selfe here among the ple∣sant bottoms.

This water ariseth aboue Tongcastell, and yer it haue run anie great distance from the head, it mée∣teth with a rill comming by Sheriffe Hales, and Staunton. Thence it goeth on to Hatton, Roi∣ton, and there crossing another from Woodhou∣ses, comming by Haughton and Euelin, it pro∣céedeth to Beckebirie and Higford, and not omitting [unspec 30] here to crosse the Worfe* 1.737 (sometime a great streame that runneth vnto it out of Snowdon poole) and so passeth foorth to Badger, Acleton, Worffield: a litle from whence (about Wickin) it taketh in another brooke into it called Churle, & so goeth on to Rindle∣ford, and then into Sauerne somwhat aboue Bridge∣north at Penston mill (except mine information de∣ceiue me.) From Bridgenorth our Sauerne des∣cendeth to Woodburie, Ouatford, and there taking in the Marbrooke beneath Eaton that riseth aboue [unspec 40] Collaton,* 1.738 and goeth by Moruill & Underton, it run∣neth by Didmanston, Hempton, Aueleie, & beneath in the waie to Bargate, crosseth with a brooke com∣ming from Upton parke, by Chetton, Billingsleie, and Highleie, which being admitted, it holdeth on to Areleie,* 1.739 Ciarnewood parke, Hawbach and Dowlesse. Here also it méeteth with the Dowlesse water, a pre∣tie brooke issuing out of the Cle hilles in Shropshire, verie high to looke vpon, and thrée miles or therea∣bouts from Ludlow, which runneth through Clebirie [unspec 50] parke in Wire forrest,* 1.740 & taking withall the Lempe, dooth fall into the Sauerne not far from Bewdleie.

But to procéed. From Bewdleie our Sauerne ha∣steth directlie to Ribford, Areleie and Redston, and here it meeteth with a water called Stoure, descen∣ding from Elie,* 1.741 or out of the ponds of Hales Owen in Worcestershire, where it receiueth a rill from the left hand, and another from the right, and then goeth on to Sturbridge (taking in there the third water yer long running from Sturton castell) then to Kni∣uer [unspec 60] Whittenton, Ouerleie and Kidormister, aboue which it crosseth one brookelet that commeth thither by Church hill, and another beneath it that runneth by Belborow, betwixt which two waters lieth an od peece of Staffordshire included, and also the Cle hill. From hence the aforesaid Sauerne hasteth by Redston to Shrawleie; and aboue this towne recei∣ueth the Astleie water,* 1.742 as beneath the same it dooth another. From Witleie then it goeth on to Holt castell, and so to Grimleie, taking in thereabout with the Doure,* 1.743 and Sulwaie waters, whereof this riseth at Chadswijc, and runneth by Stoke priorie, & Droit∣wich, the other aboue Chaddesleie, and commeth by Dourdale. After this it goeth foorth vnto Worcester, in old time called Cair Brangon, or Cair Frangon, where it méeteth with the Tiber, or Tiberton water,* 1.744 on the right hand aboue that citie, and beneth it neere vnto Powijc with the Temde, whose description shall be set downe before I procéed or go anie further with the Sauerne.

The Temde, or (as some name it) the Tame ri∣seth vp in Radnorshire, out of the Melenith hilles,* 1.745 and soone after his issue, méeting with a water from Wi∣thall, it runneth to Begeldie, Lanuerwaterden, and so to Knighton, which is fiue or six miles (as I heare) from his originall. From Knighton it goeth ouer the ditch of Offa vnto Standish,* 1.746 and crossing a rill that commeth from betwéene the parke named Clude, (and is a bound of Radnorshire) it goeth to Buckton, Walford, and Lanuarden, where it meeteth with the Bardwell or Berfield, and the Clun, both in one cha∣nell, of which I find these descriptions here folowing word for word in Leland. The Bardwell or Bar∣field riseth aboue New Chappell, in the honour of Clun,* 1.747 hard by the ditch of Offa, and goeth by Buck∣nell. The Clun issueth out of the ground betwéene Lhan Uehan and Maiston, and going on by Bucton, Cluncastell, Clundon, Purslaw, and Clunbirie, it crosseth with a brooke that runneth along by Kemp∣ton and Brampton. Thence going foorth by Clunbi∣rie, Brome, Abcot and Marlow, it méeteth with the Bardwell, and so in the Temde, not verie far from Temderton. I suppose that Leland calleth the Bard∣well by the name of Owke,* 1.748 but I will not abide by it bicause I am not sure of it. After these confluen∣ces therefore, our Temde goeth by Trippleton, Dounton, Burrington, and Broomefield, where it méeteth with the Oneie, which is an indifferent streame,* 1.749 and increased with sundrie waters, where∣of I saie as followeth.

The first of all is called the Bow.* 1.750 It riseth (as I learne) in the hilles betwéene Hissingten and Shelue, and from thence commeth downe by Lindleie and Hardwtjc,* 1.751 where it crosseth the Warren that issueth out of the ground about Rotlie chappell, and runneth by Adston and Wentnor. After the confluence also going on by Choulton and Cheinies, it taketh in the Queneie and Strabroke both in one chanell,* 1.752 wherof the first riseth at Lebowood, and commeth downe by the Strettons, till it passe by Fellanton. The se∣cond mounteth about Longuill, and goeth by Rush∣burie, Newhall, Harton, and Alcaster, from whence it is not long yer it fall into the Queneie, and so by Stratford into the Oneie, which hath borne that name since the confluence of the Bow and War∣ren at Hardwtjc, whereof I spake before. Finallie, the Oneie which some call the Somergill being thus increased,* 1.753 it runneth on to Hawford chappell, O∣neibirie, Broomefield, and so into Temde, and next of all to Ludlow.* 1.754 The Temde being thus brought to Ludlow, méeteth with the Corue, which commeth tho∣rough Coruedale from aboue Brocton by More∣houses, Shipton, Hungerford, and a little beneath ta∣king in a rill that commeth by Tugford, and Bren∣cost castell, goeth on to Corsham castell, and there crossing another from saint Margarets Clée, it hi∣eth to Stanton Lacie, and so likewise to Ludlow.

From Ludlow in like sort it goeth to Ludford, the Ashfordes, little Hereford, Burrington, and at Burfford vniteth it selfe with the Ladwich that com∣meth beneath Milburne stoke,* 1.755 from betweene Browne, Cleehill, and Stittertons hill, to Middle∣ton, Henleie, Ladwich, Conam, and so into Temde, which beneath Temdbirie receiueth another rill on the other side, and the second on the left hand called Rhe,* 1.756 that commeth from aboue Ricton, Staterton, Hound, Nene, Clebirie, Knighton, and then into the Temde. From hence the Temde doeth goe by

Page 71

Astham, Lingridge, Shelleie Welch, Clifton, Whit∣burne (and crossing a water that commeth from the Sapies) to Knightwtjc and Bradwaies. Hereabout againe it interteineth a rill that descendeth from a∣bout Kidburie on the right hand, and goeth by Collo∣matherne, Credeleie, Aufrike, and so into Temde, and then procéeding forward, the said streame run∣neth to Braunford, and yer long (taking in the Langherne that riseth about Martleie,* 1.757 and passeth by Kengewtjc) it goeth to Powtjc, and so into the [unspec 10] Sauerne before it come at Wickecester.

Thus haue I brought all such streames before me that fall into the Sauerne from the head, vntill I come to Powijc, wherof (as you may easily perceiue) the Temde is the most excellent. Now it resteth that I proceed with the rest of the discourse intended concerning this our riuer. Certes, from Powtjc mils which are about halfe a mile beneth Worcester, the Sauerne runneth on to Kempseie and Cleueld, whence after it hath crossed a brooke comming from [unspec 20] Cowleie, it hasteth first to Stoke, and so to Upton, which is eleuen or twelue miles from Glocester, whi∣ther it floweth manie times at high tides, but yer it come there, it drowneth another fall descending from Maluerne hilles by Blackemoore parke, & soone after the third growing by two branches, wherof one commeth also from Maluerne hils by little Mal∣uerne and Welland, the other from Elderford by Pendocke and Longdon. After these confluences in like sort, it runneth to Bushelleie, and Tewkesbu∣rie, [unspec 30] where it receiueth the Auon, that follweth next of all in order to be described, before I procéed anie further in my discourse of Sauerne.

The Auon riseth at Nauesbie in the borders of Northhamptonshire,* 1.758 a little side hand of Gillesbo∣row and foot of the hils whereon Nauesbie standeth, and euen out of the church yard of the said village. From hence it goeth to Welford, Stamford, Lil∣burne, Clifton, and Rugbie, by north whereof it cros∣seth a water called Swiff, which commeth from a∣boue [unspec 40] Kimcote, to Lutterworth, Browne ouer and Colsford.* 1.759 From thence also it goeth to Newbold, Wolston, Ruington, and betwéene the Stonlies ta∣keth in the Sow.* 1.760 This Sow is a pretie water com∣ming from aboue Calendon to Whitleie, and soone after méeting with a riueret from Couentrie, which some doo call Shirburne water, it goeth thence to Bagginton, where it taketh in a rill called Kinell, as I haue red from Kenelsworth,* 1.761 from whence it run∣neth to Stonleie, & so into the Auon. After this con∣fluence [unspec 50] the Auon procéedeth on to Stonleie abbeie, Ashehow, Miluerton, Edmonds cote, and appace to Warwijc.

But yer it come there, it méeteth from south east with two waters in one chanell, whereof the least commeth to Marton from Bishops Itchington, by Herburbirie and Thorpe, where it crosseth a rill from Southam.* 1.762 The other is called Leame, or Lime that descendeth from about Helladon, or néere vnto Ca∣tesbie in Northamptonshire, and going by Ouen∣cote, [unspec 60] Braunston, Lemington and Mertun, it ioineth with the other, and then go from thence togither vn∣der the name of Leame, to Hunnington, Cobbing∣ton, and so into the Auon, as I gaue notice before. At Warwike also the Auon taketh in a water run∣ning northwest from Groue parke. Thence it goeth on to Bereford, and there crossing another from Shir∣burne, it passeth forth to Bishops Hampton, méeting finallie with the third, from Kineton that runneth by Walton and Charleote. After this last rehearsed confluence, it hasteth to Stretford vpon Auon, and then to Luddington ward, where it taketh in the Stoure that riseth aboue Cherington, & whose course from thence is such,* 1.763 as that being once past the head, it goeth by Weston, and yer long crossing a water from Campden, hanging Aston, & Todnam, it run∣neth to Barcheston, Aldermaston, Clifford, & so into the Auon.

From hence then the said Auon goeth to Lud∣dington, Burton, Bitford, and Cleue, and being par∣ted from the said towne, yer it come at Sawford, it receiueth the Arow or Aur,* 1.764 which rising in the blacke hils in Worchestershire, commeth by Alchurch, Be∣leie parke, Ypsleie, Studleie, and then taking in an∣other rill called Alne,* 1.765 out of Fecknam forrest, and going by Coughton parke, it hasteth to Alcester, A∣row, Ragleie, Wheteleie, Bouington, Standford, and so into Auon, which after this coniunction goeth to Uffenton & then to Eouesholme: but yer it come there it receiueth two waters in one chanell, where∣of the first riseth about Willerseie, the other néere to Buckland, and ioining beneath Badseie, they fall into Auon,* 1.766 vnder the name of Pludor brooke, before it come to Eouesholme.

Being past Eouesholme it crosseth the Uincell, which rising out of the hils somewhere about Sud∣leie, runneth two miles further to Winchelcombe,* 1.767 and Gretton, and taking in a rill by the waie from Hailes, procéedeth on (going within one quarter of a mile of Hailes abbaie) to Tuddington, or Dodding∣ton, beneath which when it hath crossed another rill that commeth from Stanwaie, it goeth to War∣mington, Sedgeborow, and receiuing there the last on the right hand also (as all aboue rehearsed) it fal∣leth into the Auon, when it is come by Hinton, vnto a towne called Hampton, or (as some doo write it) Ampton. After this confluence the Auon goeth to Charleton, to Crapthorne (and there taking in a rill on the left hand) to Fladbirie wike, and almost at Persore bridge, méeteth with a branched water that commeth by Piddle, whereof one head is at Alber∣ton, an other at Piddle.* 1.768 From Persore it goeth to Birlingham, and soone after carrieng a brooke with∣all descending from Fakenham, by Bradleie, Him∣bleton, Huddenton, Crowleie, Churchhill, Pible∣ton, Besseford and Desseford, it fléeteth to Ecking∣ton, Bredon, Twining, Mitton, and Tewkesburie, where it ioineth with the Sauerne.

Now to resume the course of the Sauerne, you shall vnderstand, that from Tewkesburie it goeth to Derehirst, the How passage, and soone after recei∣uing the Chiltenham water that commeth thither by Bodenton,* 1.769 Sawton, and Norton, it runneth to Ashelworth, Sainthirst; and here it parteth it selfe till it come to Glocester, where it vniteth it selfe a∣gaine. But in the meane time the easterlie branch receiueth a forked chanell, whereof one head is not far frō Leke Hampton, the other about Witcombe, from whence it goeth to Brockworth. The other branch or arme taketh in the Leadon that commeth downe by Preston,* 1.770 Dimmocke, Pantleie vpper Leadon, Leadon court, and there taking in one rill that commeth from Linton by Areknoll, and ano∣ther beneath it from Tainton by Rudford, it falleth into the said branch on the right side, before it come at Glocester.

The Sauerne therefore being past Glocester, it méeteth with a litle rill on the right hand, and thence holding on his course by Elmore, Minsterworth, Longneie, to Framilode, it receiueth yer it come at this latter the Strowd brooke, which rising not farre from Side,* 1.771 goeth by Massade, Edgeworth, Framp∣ton, Strowd, and receiuing there a water that com∣meth from Panneswijc Lodge, by Pittescombe on the one side, and another from Radbridge on the o∣ther, it prosecuteth his voiage to Stone house, Es∣lington, white Misen, & so toward Framilode, where the said Strowd dooth fall into the Sauerne. After

Page 72

the fall of Strowd, the Sauerne goeth from thence to Newenham, and Arlingham, and soone after re∣ceiuing a water on each side, whereof one commeth from Uleie by Cham and Chambridge, the other by Blackneie and Catcombe, it goeth foorth till it méet with another water on ech side, whereof that on the English halfe is forked, so that one head thereof is to be found about Boxwell, the other at Horton, and méeting aboue Tortworthie, they run by Stone and Barkeleie castell, and so into the Sauerne. That on [unspec 10] the Welsh halfe is named Newarne, which cōmeth from the forrest of Deane,* 1.772 and so into the Sauerne.

Of such waters as fall into the sea in compasse of the Iland, betweene the Sauerne ad the Humber. Chap. 14.

THe Sauerne being thus de∣scribed, [unspec 20] it resteth that I go forward with the names of those that lie vpon the coast of Southwales, making my en∣trie at the ferrie ouer be∣tweene Aust in Glocester∣shire, and a village on the fur∣ther banke of Sauerne,* 1.773 not farre from Tarenda∣cus chappell, in the mouth of the riuer Wie, which ferrie is about three miles ouer (saith Leland) or else [unspec 30] my memorie dooth faile me.* 1.774 This riuer Guie or Wie beginneth (as I said before) on the side of the hilles where the Sauerne dooth arise, and passing through Wenceland, that is, southeast by Raiader Guie to Buelt (where the Irwon meeteth withall) it goeth to Glasburie, Hereford, Monmouth, and finallie into the Sauerne sea at Chepstow: for so they call Mon∣hafren, which seuereth Wales from Summerset∣shire, Deuonshire, Cornewall: as for the Rhidoll which is the third sister, it hath the shortest course of [unspec 40] all, for it runneth northward, and into the sea at A∣beristwith, which is not farre off, as the writers doo report.

Leland writing of this riuer Guie or Wie saith thus; The Wie goeth thorough all Herefordshire by Bradwarden castell, belonging to sir Richard Ue∣han, and so to Hereford east, thence eight miles to Rosse,* 1.775 a market towne in Herefordshire: and in this riuer be vmbers, otherwise called grailings. It is also found by common experience, that the salmon [unspec 50] of this riuer is in season, when the like fish to be found in all other riuers is abandoned and out of vse; wher∣of we of the east parts doo not a little maruell. But let vs not staie vpon these descriptions, sith an other is come to my hand more exact than either of these.

The Guie therefore riseth out of the blacke moun∣teines of Wales, out of which the Sauerne spring∣eth in Radnorshire, and comming by Lhangerike, and Raiadargoie, it receiueth one rill from the west called Darnoll,* 1.776 and another from by northeast com∣ming [unspec 60] by saint Harmon. Thence it goeth to Lhanu∣thell, and in the waie betwixt Raiader and Lhanu∣thell, it ioineth with the Elland,* 1.777 whose head is neere to Comerrstwith, and taketh likewise into him the Clardwen* 1.778 that diuideth for a season Radnorshire from Brecknoch, which Clardwen is likewise in∣creased by the Clarthie within thrée miles of his head and lesse, hauing his course from southwest & hillie soile adiacent. From Lhanuthell it goeth west of Dissart, where it receiueth the Ithan,* 1.779 a riuer rising aboue Lhanibister, and from whence it runneth to Landwie, and Lambaderne vawr: beneath which it crosseth a water on ech side, whereof that on the right hand consisteth on the Dulesse* 1.780 and the Clue∣doch,* 1.781 after their confluence: the other hight Loma∣ron, whose head is aboue Lanihangle,* 1.782 and in the for∣rest of Blethwag. After these confluences, it run∣neth on crinkeling in strange manner, vnder the name of Ithor, till it come to Dissart, taking in the Hawie* 1.783 on the left side yer it come there, and then in∣to the Wie on the north side, which directeth his course further to Bealt, where it receiueth the Yr∣won,* 1.784 a notable streame, descending from the hilles aboue Lanihangle Abergwessen, and thence com∣ming downe by Lanurid Lang marsh, Lanauan, Uechan, Langantan, and so to Beth or Bealt, being inlarged by the waie with sundrie faire waters, as the Weuereie,* 1.785 whose head is about Lanauan moore, the Dulasse,* 1.786 or (as some call it) the Dowlasse, that commeth from the hilles west of the head of Weue∣reie. The Comarch whose head and course is west of the Dowlasse on the north side, and likewise by two other on the southwest, and Dilasse from by south∣west, which last rehearsed falleth into him halfe a mile and more aboue the influence of the Comarch* 1.787 which lieth on the other side. After this our Yrwon goeth to Lhanuareth,* 1.788 where it crosseth the Dehon* 1.789 on the southwest side, then to Aberedwie, and there re∣ceiueth the Edwie* 1.790 on the northeast, which ariseth in the hilles aboue Botins chappell, and commeth downe by Crigend and Lanhaderne, thence the Guie goeth on to Lanstephan, and there (or a little aboue)* 1.791 taketh in the Machaweie that commeth by castell Paine, and so going on in processe of time with the Leuenni,* 1.792 whereof Leland in his commen∣taries doth write as here insueth.

The Leuenni, otherwise called the Euer* 1.793 or Eue∣rie,* 1.794 is a farre streame rising in Welch Talgarth hard by Blaine Leuenni, among the Atterill hilles, from whence it goeth to Brecknoch mere, which is two miles long, and a mile broad, and where men doo fish in Vniligneis or botes of one peece, as they doo in Lhin Seuathan, which is foure miles from Breck∣noch. Finallie, bringing great store of red sand withall,* 1.795 and there with the Brennich water (that hath his originall issue at Mennith gader, and is in∣creased with the Trufrin)* 1.796 it falleth into the Wie aboue Glesbiri three miles from Haie, at a place that of the onelie fall of this brooke is named Aberle∣nenni, after this the Guie. Being come to Haie, a pretie towne where much Romane coine is found, which they call Iewes monie: and after it hath pas∣sed or crossed a little brooke, which commeth from La∣nigon, it meeteth with the Dulesse* 1.797 that commeth also from the Atterill by Kersop, and from thence go∣eth to Clifford castell (being now entred into Here∣fordshire, and leauing Radnor, wherevnto it hath for a long course béene march) then to the Whitneies, Winferton, Letton, Bradwarden, Broberie, Mo∣nington, Biford, Bridgesalers, Eaton, Brinton, and Hereford, without anie influence of riuer wor∣thie of memorie, and yet with manie windlesses, & there méeteth with a water rising short of Wormes∣leie, which goeth by Maunsell, Lacie, Brinsop, Crod∣nell, Stretton, and Huntington, and soone after into the Wie, beside a little rill that runneth betwéene them both euen into Hereford towne. From hence in like sort the Wie hasteth to Rotheras church, Hampton, and Mor••••ford, where it taketh in sundrie waters in one chanell, of which the Lug or Luie* 1.798 is the principall, and next of all to be described, before I go anie further with the course of the Wie, wherein∣to it dischargeth the chanell. It riseth in the edge of the forrest of Kemples aboue Langunlo: from whence it goeth to Momonacht, Pilleth Whitton, Fuldibrooke, Prestaine, so into Herefordshire, where betwéene Bonie & Beton, or Bitton, it receiueth in the Somergill, whose crotched head being march

Page 73

to Radnor forrest, directeth his streame betweene the new and old Radnors, to Knill, to Nash, and so into the Lug, which presentlie passeth by Kinsham, Shir∣leie, Ailmister, Kingsland, Eaton chappell, and so in∣to Lemister, where it crosseth the Oneie (a streame∣let rising short of Shobden, and going by Chorlester) a little before it come to the west side of the towne.

At Lemister it selfe in like sort three waters doo méet, and almost inuiron the towne, that is to saie, the Lug, the Pinfulleie or Pinsell* 1.799 (a riueret rising [unspec 10] at Kingsland two miles from Lemister) & the Ken∣brooke,* 1.800 which commeth out of the blacke mounteins, from Lemister, otherwise called Leofminster, of the builder, and also Leonminster, the Lug or Luie goeth on to Eaton, and there taketh in a rill beneath Hampton, and aboue Hope, whereof one head is be∣twéene Hatfield and Bickleton, another neere vnto Marston, and méeting of both at Humber. From Hampton it goeth to Bodenham, Wellington, Morton, Sutton, Shelwijc, Lugwardin, and Long∣ward, [unspec 20] where it crosseth the Fromeie* 1.801 or Frome, a pretie water, and worthie to be remembred. It ri∣seth about Wolferelaw, from whence it commeth downe toward the southest by Edwinsloch to Brom∣yard, Auenburie, Bishops Frome, Castell Frome, Can Frome,* 1.802 to Stretton vpon Frome, and there taking in a water called Loden, comming from a∣boue Bishops Grendon, by Pencombe, Cowarne, Stoke Lacie, Cowarne, and Engleton, our Frome goeth on to Yarkeleie, Dornington, and Long∣ward, [unspec 30] and so into the Lug, betweene Longward and Suston, which runneth foorthwith to Mordford, or Morthford, and there into the Wie, vnto whose de∣scription I now returne againe.

Being come therefore vnto Mordford, it goeth to Fawnehope, Hamlacie, Ballingham, Capull regis, where it receiueth a water called Treske, from little Berch by Treske,* 1.803 Fawleie, How, Capull Inkeston, Foie, Brampton, Bridstow, Wilton castell, the Rosse, and there a rill from Bishops Uptonward by [unspec 40] Rudhall, Weresend, Ham, Glewston, Godderich, here in like sort meeting with another that commeth from Ecleswall in the confines of Glocestershire, by Peniard castell & Coughton, to Welch Bicknor, English Bicknor, Huntesham, including a parcell of Monmouthshire, being an outliggand, as ye may find in that parcell of Herefordshire which butteth vpon Glocestershire (as you shall find the like peece of Herefordshire in the confines of Salop and Wor∣cester, wherein Rochford standeth, beside manie o∣ther [unspec 50] which I haue elsewhere spoken of) Whitchurch, where it taketh in Gainar water that commeth from Much Birch, by Lanwarne, Michaell church, and at Langarran crosseth the Garran* 1.804 brooke,* 1.805 that riseth in Gregwood, short of Arcop, six miles from Monemouth by northwest: after which these two doo runne as one to Marston, and almost Whitchurch, and so into the Wie, which goeth from thence to Gunnarew, S. Michaell, Dixton, and Monemouth, where I will staie a while, till I haue described the [unspec 60] Mone,* 1.806 next of all to be remembred here.

The Mona or Monbecke, riseth in the forrest of Hene, twentie miles from Monemouth by west in Eirisland, and going by Creswell, or Craswall chap∣pell not farre from the marches of Brecknocke, and northeast of Hatuill hils,* 1.807 which after it hath run a good distance from the head receiueth first the Eskle,* 1.808 and passeth by La••••hangle and the old Court, from northweast, then the Olcon, from southwest, which meeteth withall neere Cledoll or Knedoch, & passing by the old towne, it hasteth to Altrinis, where it be∣commeth march betwêene Hereford and Mone∣mouth shires, and taketh in a water comming by Trewin, & likewise the Hordwie* 1.809 or Hodneie which riseth in Brecknocke▪ among the Saterelles, & run∣neth by Capell a fin, Lantonie, Cumroie, Michaell church in Monemouthshire, and ioineth with our Mona at Altrinis, which after this confluence hast∣eth to Walderstone, Lansillo Langua, betwéene which and Kinechurch it ioineth with the Doure that riseth about the Bache aboue Dourston, which is six miles aboue Doure* 1.810 abbie, so that it runneth through the Gilden dale, by Peterchurch, Fowchurch, More∣hampton, Newcourt, Doure, and beneath Doure ta∣keth in the Dulesse,* 1.811 from southwest and Lanihan∣gle, by Harleswas castell on the one side, and yer long the Wormesbecke,* 1.812 descending from aboue Ke∣uernall by Didleie, Deuerox, Workebridge, and Kenderchurch on the other, and so running all in one chanell vnto Mona, that riuer goeth on to Kinech church, Grismond, Cardwaie, Skenfrith, Warne∣thall, Perthire, and so to Monemouth, where it mee∣teth with the Wie, ouer each of which riuers Mone∣muth towne hath his particular bridge.

The Guie or Wie therefore being incresed with thus manie brookes and waters, passeth on from hence, and going toward Landogo, it meeteth with the Trollie* 1.813 becke, whose head is aboue Lannam fer∣rie in the north part of Monemouth shire, and goeth from thence by Lhantellio, Lanhangle, Grace∣diue, Diggestow, Wonastow, Troie, and so into Wie, that runneth also by Wies wood chase, taking in there the Elwie* 1.814 that commeth from aboue Lan∣delwie by Langowen, Lannissen, Penclase, Tri∣legh, and Langogo, where méeting with the aforesaid streame, the Wie directeth his course from thence by Tinterne abbeie (where it crosseth a rill from Trile grange) Chapell hill, Parcasicke, Penterie chapell, Lancante, Chepstowe, and so into the sea, leauing the Treacle (a chappell standing on a rocke) on the hand betweene it & Sauerne, ouer against the point that lieth south of Betteslie. Next vnto the Wie, I find a rill of no great course, comming downe from Mounton chappell, by a place of the bishops of Lan∣daffe. Thence passing by Charston rocke, and the point whereon Trinitie chappell standeth, I come vn∣to the fall of Trogie,* 1.815 which riseth short of Trogie ca∣stell, and runneth toward the sea, by Landuair, Dew∣ston, Calicot, and so into the Ocean, ouer against the Charston rocke. The next fall is of a water that com∣meth from aboue Penho by saint Brides,* 1.816 north and by west of Dennie Iland, which lieth midwaie be∣tweene that fall & Porshot point, and before I touch at Goldcliffe point, I crosse another fall of a fresh brooke, whose head is aboue Landueigo in Wence∣wood, and course by Lhanbed, Langston, Lhan∣warme, and through the More to Witston.

Next vnto this is the Aberwish, or Wiske,* 1.817 in Latine Osca, whereon Caerleon standeth, sometime called Chester and Ciuitas legionum, bicause the Ro∣mans soiourned there, as did afterward Arthur the great, who also held a noble parlement in the same, whereof Galfride maketh mention Lib. 7. cap. 4. affirming thereto, that in those daies the maiestie thereof was such, as that all the forefronts of their houses were in maner laid ouer with gold, accor∣ding to the Romane vsage. There was in the same in like sort a famous vniuersitie, wherein were 200 philosophers; also two goodlie churches erected in the remembrance of Iulius and Aaron, two Brittish martyrs, whereby it might well be reputed for the third metropoliticall sée in Britaine. But to our wa∣ter, whereof I read that it is furthermore one of the greatest in Southwales, and huge ships might well come to the towne of Caerleon, as they did in the time of the Romans, if Newport bridge were not a let vnto them; neuerthelesse, big botes come thereto. It is eight Welsh or twelue English miles from

Page 74

Chepstow or Strigull, and of some thought to be in base Wenceland, though other be of the contrarie opinion. But howsoeuer the matter standeth, this ri∣uer is taken to be the bounds of Brechnockshire, as Renni is middle to Wenceland & Glamorganshire. But to leaue these by-matters, and come to the de∣scription of the water.

You shall vnderstand that the Uske or Wiske,* 1.818 in Latin Osca riseth in the blacke mounteins ten miles aboue Brechnocke toward Carmardine, the hill be∣ing [unspec 10] properlie called Yminidh Duy out of which it falleth, and situate in the verie confines betwéene Brechnocke and Carmardine shires, from whence winding into the northeast, it commeth to Treca∣stle, and in the waie betwéene it and Capell Rid∣burne, it taketh in the Craie brooke,* 1.819 on the right hand before it come to Ridburne chappell. Going also from thence toward Deuinocke, it crosseth the Sen∣neie on the same side (which riseth aboue Capell Senneie) next of all the Camblas,* 1.820 & at Aberbraine, [unspec 20] the Brane,* 1.821 or the Bremich, whose head is thrée miles from Brechnocke,* 1.822 and running by Lanihangle, it méeteth I saie with the Uske, about master Awbries manor.* 1.823 Beneath Aber Yster, it receiueth the Yster, which riseth northwest aboue Martyr Kinoch, and commeth by Battell chappell, and going from thence by Lanspithed and Newton, it runneth in the end to Brechnocke,* 1.824 where it taketh in the Hodneie or Hon∣thie on the one side, whose head is in Blaine Hod∣neie, and comming downe from thence by Defrune [unspec 30] chappell, Lanthangle and Landiuilog, it méeteth with the Uske or Brechnocke townes end, which of the fall of this water was sometime called Aberhodni, as I haue beene informed: on the other halfe likewise it receiueth the Tertarith that riseth among the Bane hils,* 1.825 fiue miles from Brechnocke, and commeth like∣wise into the verie suburbs of the towne, beneath Trenewith, or new Troie, whereby it taketh the course.

After these confluences, the Uske procéedeth on [unspec 40] toward Aberkinurike,* 1.826 or the fall of a water whose head is in the roots of Menuchdennie hill, and passage by Cantresse. Thence it goeth by Lanhamlaghe, Penkethleie castell, Lansanfreid, Landettie, Lan∣gonider, and soone after receiuing the Riangall* 1.827 (which riseth about the hill whereon Dinas castell standeth, and runneth by Lanihangle and Tretoure) it passeth betwéene Laugattocke and Cerigkho∣well, to Langroinie, and there about crosseth the Groinie brooke,* 1.828 that descendeth from Monegather, [unspec 50] Arthur hill, by Peter church, as I find. When the Uske is past this brooke, it taketh in thrée other short rils, from by south within a little distance, whereof the first hight Cledoch Uaur,* 1.829 the second Fidan,* 1.830 and the third Cledochvehan.* 1.831 Of these also the last falleth in néere to Lanwenarth. From hence the Uske run∣neth to Abergeuenni towne, where it méeteth with the Kebbie water from by north,* 1.832 that riseth short of Bettus chappell aboue the towne, and the Geuennie that descendeth from aboue Landilobartholl beneath [unspec 60] not farre from Colbroke, and so goeth on to Hard∣wijc, beneath which it crosseth thrée namelesse rilles, on the right hand or southwest side before it come at Lanihangle vpon Uske, of whose courses I know not anie more than that they are not of anie length, nor the chanell of sufficient greatnesse seuerallie to intreat of.* 1.833 Betwéene Kemmeis and Trostreie it meeteth with such an other rill that commeth downe by Bettus Newith. Thence it goeth to Caer Uske or Brenbigeie (whose bridge, I mene that of Uske, was ouerthrowne by rage of this riuer, in the six and twentith yeare of king Henrie the eight, vpon saint Hughes daie after a great snow) but yer it come there, it receiueth the Birthin on the right hand, which is a pretie water, descending from two heads, whereof the first is northwest of Manihilot, as the other is of Lanihangle and Pentmorell.

Next vnto this it ioineth with the Elwie aboue Lanbadocke,* 1.834 whose head is east of Penclase, and running westwards by Penclase, Lanislen, Lan∣gowen (and beneath Landewie taking in a brooket from Ragland castell, that commeth downe thither by Ragland parke) it bendeth southwest, vntill it come at the Uske, which crinkling towards the south, and going by Lanhowell, méeteth with three rilles before it come to Marthenie chappell, whereof the first lieth on the right hand, and the other on the left: the midlemost falling into the same, not farre from Lantressen, as I haue béene informed. From the mouth of the Romeneie to the mouth of the Taffe are two miles. Certes the Taffe is the grea∣test riuer in all Glamorganshire, called (by Ptolo∣mie Rhatostathybius, as I gesse) and the citie Taffe it selfe of good countenance, sith it is indued with the cathedrall see of a bishop. The course of the water in like maner is verie swift, and bringeth off such logs and bodies of trées withall from the wooddie hilles, that they doo not seldome cruth the bridge in peeces, but for so much as it is made with timber it is repai∣red with lighter cost, wheras if it were of hard stone, all the countrie about would hardlie be able to a∣mend it. It riseth in Brechnockshire among the woo∣die hilles, from two heads, whereof one is in Mo∣nuchdenie, the other west of that mounteine, of which the first called Taffe vaure, goeth by Capell lan ve∣han, Uainor, and Morlais, the other by Capell Nan∣tie, and ioining at southwest beneath Morlais castle, they go to Martyr Tiduill, and toward Lannabor, but by the waie it taketh in from northwest a brooke called Cunnon, which commeth out of Brechnock∣shire by Abardare, and afterward the Rodneie com∣ming out of the same quarter (but not out of the same shire) which runneth by Estridinodoch, a crot∣ched brooke, & therefore diuided into Rodneie vaure, & Rodneie vehan, that being ioined with the Taffe, doth run on withall to Eglefilian, castle Coch, Whit∣church, Landaffe, Cardiffe, and so into the sea, not far from Pennarth point, where also the Laie dooth bid him welcome vnto his chanell or streame. Further∣more, from Marthellie it hasteth to Kemmeis, and yer it come at Caerleon or Chester in the south, ta∣keth in two waters on the right hand, of which the first commeth downe from the north betweene Landgwie, Landgweth, and by Lhan Henoch, with∣out anie further increase: but the other is a more beautifull streame, called Auon, and thus described as I find it among my pamphlets.* 1.835 The Auon riseth in the hilles that séeme to part Monemouth and Brechenocke shires in sunder, and after a rill recei∣ued from Blorench hill on the northside of the same, running downe from thence by Capell Newith and Triuethin, it receiueth a water from by south almost of equall course, and from that quarter of the coun∣trie, and in processe of time anotehr little one from the same side, yer it come to Lanurgwaie and La∣nihangle, from whence it goeth to Euennocke and Penrose, & so in Uske before it go by Caerleon. But here you must note, that the course of this streame ioining beneath Quenocke chappell, with the other which descendeth (as I said) from the hilles about foure miles aboue Landgwaie and Langweth, dooth make an Iland aboue Caerleon, where Penrose standeth, & much Romane coine is found of all sorts, so that the influence of the one into the other séemeth to me to be but a draine deuised by man, to kéepe the citie from the violence of such water as other∣wise would oft annoie the same.

Being past Caerleon it runneth to Crindie, where

Page 75

maister Harbert dwelleth, and there carieng ano∣ther brooke withall, that riseth north of Tomberlow hill, and descendeth by Henlis and Bettus chappell, it runneth forth to Newport (in Welch castle, Newith) and from thence vnder a bridge, after thrée or foure miles course to the sea, taking the Ebowith water withall,* 1.836 which méeteth with the same almost in the verie mouth or fall, and riseth in the edge of Breck∣noch shire, or (as Leland saith) high Winceland, from two heads, of which one is called Eberith Ue∣han, [unspec 10] the other Eberith Mawr, as I haue beene infor∣med. The course of the first head is by Blamgrent, and after the confluence they passe togither by Lan∣hileth, and comming by west of Tomberlow hill (crossing a rill, from north east by the waie) it taketh in thereabout the Serowie,* 1.837 that runneth by Tre∣strent, & is of lesse race hitherto than the Ebowith, and from that same quarter. After this confluence it goeth to Risleie, Rocheston castell, next of all tho∣rough a parke, and so by Greenefield castell, and is [unspec 20] not long yer it fall into the sea, being the last issue that I doo find in the countie, which beareth the name of Monemouth, and was in old time a part of the re∣gion of the Silures.

The Romeneie or* 1.838 (as some corruptlie call it) the Nonneie, is a goodlie water, and from the head a march betwéene Monemouth & Glamorgan shires. The head hereof is aboue Egglins Tider vap Hoell otherwise called Fanum Theodori, or the church of Theodorus, whence commeth manie springs, & ta∣king [unspec 30] one bottome, the water is called Canoch and not Romeneie till it be come to Romeneie. It recei∣ueth no water on the east side, but on the west di∣uerse small beckes, whereof three (and one of them called Ifra) are betwéene the rising and Brathetere chappell, the fourth cōmeth in by Capell Gledis, and Kethligaire, the first from betwéene the Faldraie and Lanuabor, the sixt & seuenth before it come to Bed∣was, and the eight ouer against Bedwas it selfe from chappell Martin, Cairfillie castell, and Thauan, [unspec 40] after which confluences it runneth on by Maghan, Keuen, Mableie and Romeneie, & yer long crossing a becke at north west that commeth from aboue Lis∣uan, Lamssen and Roch, it falleth into the sea, about six miles from the Wishe, and albeit the mouth ther∣of be nothing profitable for ships, yet is it also a march betwéene the Silures and Glamorganshire.

The Laie falleth into the sea a mile almost from the Taffe,* 1.839 and riseth in the hilles aboue Lantrissent (for all the region is verie hillie.) From whence com∣ming [unspec 50] by Lantrissent and Auercastell, it runneth by Coit Marchan parke, Lambedder, S. Brides, Lhan∣nihangle, saint Fagans and Elaie, Leckwith, Lan∣dowgh, Cogampill, and so into the sea, without anie maner increase by anie rils at all sauing the Dune∣lais,* 1.840 which riseth foure miles from his fall,* 1.841 east north∣east, and meeteth withall a little more than a quar∣ter of a mile from Pont Uelim Uaur,* 1.842 and likewise by west, the Methcoid that commeth from Glinne Rodeneie, and wherein to the Pedware dischargeth [unspec 60] that small water gathered in his chanell. Here will I staie a little and breake off into a discourse, which Leland left also as parcell of this coast who toucheth it after this maner.

From Taffe to Laie mouth or Ele riuer a mile,* 1.843 from Laie mouth (or rather Penarth, that standeth on the west point of it)* 1.844 to the mouth of Thawan ri∣uer (from whence is a common passage ouer vnto Mineheued in Summersetshire of 17 miles) are a∣bout seuen Welth miles, which are counted after this maner. A mile and a halfe aboue Thawan is Scilleie hauenet* 1.845 (a pretie succour for ships) whose head is in Wenno paroch two miles and a halfe from the shore.* 1.846 From Scilleie mouth to Aber Bar∣rie a mile, and thither commeth a little rill of fresh water into Sauerne,* 1.847 whose head is scant a mile off in plaine ground by northeast, and right against the fall of this becke lieth Barrie Iland a flight shot from the shore at the full sea. Halfe a mile aboue A∣ber Barrie is the mouth of Come kidie,* 1.848 which riseth flat north from the place where it goeth into the Sa∣uerne, and serueth oft for harbour vnto sea-farers. Thence to the mouth of Thawan are thrée miles, wherevnto ships may come at will.

Two miles aboue Thawan is Colhow,* 1.849 whither a little rill resorteth from Lau Iltuit, thence to the mouth of Alen foure miles, that is a mile to saint Dinothes castell, and thrée miles further.* 1.850 The Alen riseth by northeast vp into the land at a place called Lhes Broimith, or Skirpton, about foure miles a∣boue the plot where it commeth by it selfe into Sa∣uerne. From thence to the mouth of Ogur aliàs Gur* 1.851 thrée miles. Then come they in processe of time vnto the Kensike or Colbrooke riuer, which is no great thing,* 1.852 sith it riseth not aboue three miles from the shore.* 1.853 From Kensike to Aber Auon two miles, and herein doo ships molested with weather oftentimes séeke harborough. It commeth of two armes, whereof that which lieth northeast is called Auon Uaur, the o∣ther that lieth northwest Auon Uehan. They meet togither at Lhanuoie Hengle, about two miles a∣boue Aber Auon village, which is two miles also from the sea.

From hence to the Neth is about two miles and a halfe,* 1.854 thereon come shiplets almost to the towne of Neth from the Sauerne. From the mouth of Neth vnto the mouth of Crimline becke is two miles, and being passed the same we come vnto the Tauie,* 1.855 which descendeth from the aforesaid hilles and falleth into the sea by east of Swanseie. Being past this we come vnto the Lichwr,* 1.856 or Lochar mouth, and then gli∣ding by the Wormes head,* 1.857 we passed to the Wan∣dresmouth, wherof I find this description following in Leland.* 1.858 Both Uendraith Uaur and Uendraith Uehan rise in a péece of Carmardineshire, called Issekenen, that is to saie, the low quarter about Kennen riuer, and betwixt the heads of these two hils is another hill, wherein be stones of a gréenish colour, whereof the inhabitants make their lime. The name of the hill that Uendraith Uaur riseth in, is called Mennith Uaur, and therein is a poole as in a moorish ground, named Lhintegowen, where the principall spring is, and this hill is eight or nine miles From Kidwellie: the hill that Uendraith Ue∣han springeth out of, is called Mennith Uehan, and this water commeth by Kidwellie towne.

But about thrée or foure miles yer it come thither, it receiueth a brooke called Tresgirth, the course whereof is little aboue a mile from the place where it goeth into Uendraith, and yet it hath foure or fiue tucking milles and thrée corne milles vpon it. At the head of this brooke is an hole in the hilles side, where men often enter and walke in a large space. And as for the brooke it selfe, it is one of the most plentifull and commodious that is to be found in Wales. All along the sides also of Uendraith Uaur, you shall find great plentie of sea-coles. There is a great hole by head of Uendraith Uehan, where men vse to enter into vaults of great compasse, and it is said, that they maie go one waie vnder the ground to Wormes head, and another waie to Cairkemen castell, which is three miles or more into the land. But how true these things are, it is not in me to deter∣mine; yet this is certeine, that there is verie good hawking at the Heron in Uendraith Uehan. There are diuerse prints of the passage of certeine worms also in the caue, at the head of Uendraith Uehan, as the inhabitants doo fable: but I neuer heard of anie

Page 76

man that saw anie worme there, and yet it is belée∣ued that manie wormes are there. Hitherto out of Leland. But now to returne to mine owne course.

Leauing the Laie,* 1.859 which some call Elaie, and passing the Pennarth baie, that lieth betwéene the Pennarth and the Lauerocke points, we left Scillie Ilet (which lieth on the mouth of Scillie hauen be∣fore described) and came vnto the Barrie,* 1.860 whose head is aboue Wrinston castell, and from whence he run∣neth by Deinspowis, Cadoxton, Barrie, and so into [unspec 10] the sea.

Being past the Barrie water,* 1.861 we come to a fall called Aberthaw, which riseth two or thrée miles aboue Lansanor, and going by Welch Newton, it commeth at length to Cowbridge, and from thence goeth to Lanblethian, Landoch, Beanpéere, Flim∣ston, Gilston, and betweene the east and the west Aberthaw, & into the Sauerne sea. But yer it come all there it receiueth a brooke called Kensan, or Karn∣san, or Kensech, on the east side, whose head is east of [unspec 20] Bolston, & comming by Charnelhoid, Lhancaruan, & Lancadle, it falleth into the former aboue either of the Thawans.* 1.862 Leland saith, that Kensan hath two heads, whereof the more northerlie called Brane, li∣eth in Luenlithan, and runneth seauen miles before it méet with the other. Leauing this water we sai∣led on, casting about the Nash point, omitting two or three small waters (whereof Leland hath alreadie as ye see made mention) because I haue nothing more to add vnto their descriptions, except it be, that [unspec 30] the Colhow taketh in a rill from Lan Iltruit, of whose course (to saie the truth) I haue no manner of knowledge.

The Ogur or Gur,* 1.863 which some call the Ogmur, is a well faire streame (as we were woont to saie in our old English) whose head is in the same hilles, where the Rodeneies are to be found, but much more westerlie, and running a long course yer it come to anie village, it goeth at the length beneath Langui∣neuere or Langouodoch, to S. Brides vpon Ogur, [unspec 40] then to Newcastell, and Marthermaure, beneath which it méeteth the Wennie,* 1.864 halfe a mile from O∣gur or Ogmur castell on the east side of the banke. It riseth fiue or six miles from this place, among the hilles, and comming downe at last by Lanharne, it crosseth a rill yer long from northeast, and the con∣fluence passeth foorth by Coitchurch, Ogur castell, & so into the Ogur. Leland writing of the waters that fall into this Ogur saith thus.* 1.865 Into the Ogur also resorteth the Garrow two miles aboue Lansan∣fride [unspec 50] bridge, descending from Blaingarow. It ta∣keth furthermore (saith he)* 1.866 another called Leuennie rising in the parish of Glin Corug, at northwest, and then running two miles lower,* 1.867 vniteth it selfe with the Corug brooke, a little short thing, and worthie no longer speach. From this confluence the Leuennie goeth seauen miles further yer it meete with the O∣gur on the west side, at Lansanfride, two miles a∣boue Penbowt. And so far Leland. But I wot not what he meaneth by it. [unspec 60]

Next vnto the Ogur is the Kensig water,* 1.868 that commeth downe by the Pile and Kensig castell,* 1.869 and being past the same we crosse the Margan rill,* 1.870 where sir Edward Manxell dwelt, and so vnto Auon, which hauing two heads (as is said) the more easterlie of them commeth downe by Hauodaport chappell, the other by Glin Corug, Michaell church, Aber Auon, and so into the sea, yéelding also in time of néed a good harbour for ships to lodge and ride in. From hence we went along by the Cole pits to the mouth of the Neth.* 1.871 The Neth is a faire water, rising of diuerse heads, whereof the more easterlie named Nethuehan riseth not farre from the head of the Kennon,* 1.872 and comming downe by Penedorin to Aberpirgwin,* 1.873 it receiueth Nethuaur, a little aboue the towne,* 1.874 which rising not farre southeast of the head of Tauie in Brecknoch shire (as all the rest doo) receiueth the Trangarth,* 1.875 the Meltaie and the Hep∣saie, all which are accounted as members of his head in one chanell,* 1.876 about a mile or more before it ioine with Nethuehan. For as Trangarth riseth east of Nethuaur, so the Melta riseth by east of Trangarth, and ioineth with the same aboue Istrad wealthie, and a little beneath the same towne taketh in the Hepsaie. So that albeit their seuerall risings be half or a whole mile in sunder, yet haue they (in a maner) like distance from Aberpirgwin, and their finall confluence in the edge of Glamorganshire, which they directlie doo crosse. After these confluences, the maine streame runneth in and out by sundrie miles, and through the wooddie soiles, till it méet with Cle∣daugh, which ioineth with the same beneath the Re∣sonlaie, and goeth withall to Lanisted, where it ta∣keth in the Dulesse,* 1.877 whose head is aboue Chappell Krenaunt, in the marches of Brecknoch. Thence it goeth to Cadox towne, or betwéene it and Lanni∣stide, then to Neth towne, whither small vessels of∣ten come:* 1.878 and beneath the same receiuing the Cle∣doch that runneth by Kelebebilch (and also Neth ab∣beie where maister Crumwell dwelleth) it goeth on by Coitfranke forrest, Nethwood, Briton ferrie, and so into the sea.

The Tauie riseth in the thickest of the blacke mounteines in Brecknochshire west of Nethuaur,* 1.879 and comming downe west of Calwen chappell, it re∣ceiueth on the east banke a rill named Coiell that runneth thither by Coielburne chappell:* 1.880 and being thus vnited, the chanell passeth foorth by Istrad∣gunles,* 1.881 and then méeting with the Turch or Torch water that cōmeth from the foot of the blacke moun∣teines, and is march to parcell of Caermardinshire, it runneth to Langoge, Lansamled, saint Iohns, Swanseis, and so into the Baie. Being past this, we come by another little fall, whose water runneth thrée or foure miles yer it come into Swanseie baie, but without name. Thence we go to the Crimline becke, whose description I neither haue, nor find anie great want therof. Wherfore going about by Oister∣mont castell, and Mumbles point, we passe foorth to∣ward the southwest by Penmarch point, till we come to Ilston water,* 1.882 whose head is not farre within the land; and yet as it commeth thorough the woodland, and downe by Penmarch castell, a rill or two dooth fall into the same. Then casting about by Oxwich point, we go onward there by, and sailing flat north by the Holme (hauing passed the Wormeslead and S. Kennets chappell) and then northeast by Whitford point, we went at length to the Lochar or Loghar,* 1.883 or as Lhoyd nameth it, the Lichwr, whose indraught for a certene space is march betwéene Caermardine and Glamorgan shires. It riseth aboue Gwenwie chappell, from whence it goeth to Landbea, and aboue* 1.884 Bettus receiueth a rill named Amond that entreth thereinto from northeast. Being past Bettus, it passeth by Laneddie, Arthelas bridge, and ouer a∣gainst Landilo Talabout, it crosseth from by west, the Combwilie* 1.885 by west of Parkreame, and after∣ward the Morlais* 1.886 aboue Langnarch on the same side. Then comming to Loghor castell, it taketh in on the east side, the Lhu,* 1.887 whose course is not aboue fiue miles, and thence loosing the name of Lochar, it is called Burraie,* 1.888 as some gesse, vntill it come to the sea, where it parteth it selfe going on each side of Bachannie Iland, a small thing, and not worthie (for anie thing I read thereof) as yet to be particularlie described. From this water we passed (I saie) by Bachannies Ile, to the Aberlheddie water, whose head being in the hilles aboue Prenacrois, it passeth

Page 77

by Lhaneltheie, and thence into the sea. Then went we to the Dulesse a little rill,* 1.889 whose head is not farre from Trinsaren: thence by the Pembraie and Cali∣coit points,* 1.890 till we came about to the Wandres or Uendraith mouth, whose description is partlie tou∣ched alreadie; but bicause it is not such as I would with it to be, I will here after my owne maner deale somewhat further withall. Gwendrath or Uendraith vaur riseth in the lower ground, or not far from the hill Renneth Uaur, whereon castell Careg standeth, [unspec 10] and descending by a pretie long course vnder sundrie bridges, commeth at the last to Glin, then to Capull Lanberie, and so vnto the sea, being little augmen∣ted with influences by the waie. Uendraith Uehan riseth a mile higher towards the north than Uen∣draith Uaur, but out of the same soile, & thence dire∣cting his course toward the southwest, it goeth by Lancharog, Langendarne, Capull Langell, Bithon, Leighdenie, Kidwillie, and so into the sea, about one mile from the fall of Uendraith Uaur. [unspec 20]

The Towie riseth in the mounteines of Elen∣nith foure miles by southeast from Lintiue,* 1.891 and two from Lingonon, in a moorith ground foure & twen∣tie miles from Caermardine, and in a forrest called Bishops forrest, midwaie betwixt Landwibreuie & Landanuerie castell. For fish, in my opinion, this is much better than the Taw or Taffe, whose head breedeth no fish, but if it be cast into it, they turne vp their bellies, flote aloft, and die out of hand. It par∣teth Brecknoch from Cardigonshire also for a cer∣teine [unspec 30] season,* 1.892 till it come by the water of Trausnant, that falleth thereinto from by cast out of the confins of Brecknoch, vnto Pilin capell, and so to Istrode∣fine,* 1.893 where it méeteth with the Tothee that com∣meth thither from Lhinuerwin where it riseth, and so through Rescoth forrest, vniting it selfe by the waie with the Pescotter,* 1.894 which mounting out of the ground in the edge of Cardigonshire, runneth along as a limit and march vnto the same, till it ioine with the Tothée, and both come togither beneath Istrode∣fine [unspec 40] into Towie, which we haue now in hand. After this confluence it commeth to Lhanuair Awbreie, Lanthowell, and Lanimphsrie, and here it receiueth two waters in one chanell, whereof the first is called Brane,* 1.895 the other Gutherijc* 1.896 (which lieth more souther∣lie of the two) and fall (as I said) into Towie be∣neath Landonuereie, which runneth on till it méet with the first Dulesse that goeth by Lenurdie,* 1.897 then with the Morlais,* 1.898 and these on the northwest. Certes the Brane is a pretie brooke rising two or thrée miles [unspec 50] aboue Capell Newith, and descending by Lanbrane and Ustradwalter, it méeteth (I saie) with the Gu∣therijc, whose head is west of Tridcastell in Breck∣nochshire, and thereby it is not a little increased. But to proceed with the Towie, which being past Lanimphfrie and a rill that méeteth with the same, descending from northwest of Lanurdan, it taketh in the influences of diuerse waters in one chanell, of which the greatest is called Modewie, and thereof I find this description. [unspec 60]

The Modewie,* 1.899 or (as some pronounce it) Mo∣sheuie, riseth of two heads, which ioining aboue La∣nihangle, the streame runneth on till it meet with the Cledoch on the left hand,* 1.900 procéeding also further to∣ward Langadocke, it receiueth not far from thence the Sawtheie,* 1.901 whose two heads descend from the blacke mounteines or east edge of Carmardine∣shire (as mine information leadeth me.) After this* 1.902 confluence the second Dulesse dooth meet with the Towie, whose head is in the hilles aboue Talthogaie abbeie, northwest from Langadocke full fiue miles: then comming downe by Landilovaur, Newton; Dinefar castell, and Golden groue,* 1.903 it receiueth the third Dulesse from by north that commeth in by La∣nihangle and Drislan castell,* 1.904 and after that the Co∣thie, whose race is somewhat long, and therefore his description not vtterlie to be passed ouer.

Not farre from the head (which is three miles from Landanbreuie, vnder the hulke of Blame Icorne, a narrow passage, and therein manie heaps of stones) and somewhat beneath Lana Pinsent chappell, it ta∣keth in the Turche becke that runneth thither from aboue Lanacroies:* 1.905 thence it goeth to Lansawell, Abergorlech, Breghuangothie, Lannigood, and so into Towie, which hasting forward by chappell De∣wie, receiueth the Rauelthie from by north,* 1.906 then the Gwilie from northwest, whose head is aboue Lanie Pinsent, and race by Canwell, Eluert, Comewilie, and Merling hill, as I haue often heard. After this confluence with the Gwilie, the Towie goeth to Ca∣ermardine, then to Lanigang, then to Lanstephan, S. Ismaels, and so into the sea.

Next vnto the Towie is the Taue,* 1.907 whose head is in the blacke mounteines, as at the roots of Wren∣ni vaur hill in Pembrookeshire, from whence it run∣neth by Lanuurnach, Langludien, Lanualteg, and taking in the Dudderie from southwest,* 1.908 out of the same countie by Lanbederuelfraie, and Lindwie, it goeth to Eglesware chappell, beneath which it cros∣seth the Marlais by north that runneth by Lanbedie and Whitland.* 1.909 Thence meeting with one rill called Uenni,* 1.910 as I take it, that commeth through Cardith forrest on the one side, and the Caire* 1.911 on the other that runneth into it west of Landowror, it hasteth to S. Clares,* 1.912 where it taketh in the Carthkinnie, or Barthkinnie (as Leland calleth it) and the Gow* 1.913 or Tow both in one chanell, of which the first riseth a∣boue Capell Bettus, from whence it runneth by Talacouthe, Kilsant, and Langinnin, the other is∣sueth out of the ground aboue Trologh Bettus, by Midrun, & ioining with the former a little aboue S. Clares, they run into the Taue, and from thence to Lanihangle, and betwéene it and Abercowen, ad∣mitteth finallie the Gowen or Gow streame,* 1.914 which comming likewise from the blacke mounteines, go∣eth by Ebbernant, & so into the Taue, who directeth his course by Lancharne castell, and then into the sea.

The next water that we come to is the Gwair,* 1.915 which is but a small thing rising aboue Lambeder Uelfraie, and going from thence by east of castell Merhie hill, Cruinuier and Argwaire, it is not long yer it fall into the sea, and so we leaue Cairdinshire, and go ouer into Penbrooke. Then passed we by an other comming out of Rathe forrest called Coit Rathe, the water it selfe rising about Templeton. Thence leauing the Monkeston rocke, we came to Tenbie or Diubechie Piscood, and passing into the port betwéene the castell and S. Katharines rocke, we found it serued with two little backe waters,* 1.916 of so small countenance, that they are not worthie of anie further talke to be spent in their descriptions: yet the one seemeth to be called Florence brooke, the other Fresto, Gunfreston standing betwéene them both, whereby their sight cannot perish. After this we passed betwéene Londie and an other Ilet or rocke lieng by northwest of the same,* 1.917 to Ludsop point, & so to Abertrewent, where I found a sillie fresh water named Trewend that riseth a mile or thereabout within the land.* 1.918 From thence we went southwards by Brode hauen, till we came to S. Gowans point. Then gathering west and by north before we came at Shepe Iland, we found another fresh water, that riseth short of Kiriog Maharen, and running south of Uggarston, Windmill hill, or betwéene it and Castell Norton and Gupton, it holdeth on flat west all the waie till it come to the Ocean.

Being passed this water, we cast about toward the northwest, by the Poptons and Pennar, till we

Page 78

came to the Pennar mouth,* 1.919 out of which the salt wa∣ter issueth that in maner inuironneth Penbroke. From this (omitting sundrie salt créekes on both sides of the hauen, not appertinent to our purpose) we came to the fall of two waters in one chanell, aboue whose confluence Williamston parke standeth, and whereof one (a méere salt course) incloseth thrée parts of Carew castell. The other rising neere to Coit Rath forrest is a fresh, & going by Geffraiston, Creswell & Lawrenie, it leaueth the parke on the south side, & go∣eth [unspec 10] into the hauen after confluence with the former.

Now come I to the two swords,* 1.920 or hauen of Mil∣ford, whereinto two riuers direct their course from the northeast called Dugledu or the two swords,* 1.921 and betwéene them both is a rill which they call also Cult∣lell (that is to saie) the knife. Hereof riseth a merrie tale of a Welshman, that lieng in this place abroad all night in the cold weather, and peraduenture not verie well occupied, was demanded of his hostesse (where he did breake his fast the next morrow) at [unspec 20] what inne he laie in the night precedent, bicause he came so soone to hir house yer anie of hir maids were vp? Oh good hostesse (quoth he) be contented, I laie to night in a dangerous estate, for I slept betweene two swords with a long knife at my heart; meaning indéed that he laie betwéene these two riuers, and his brest towards the south neere to the head of Cult∣lell. But to passe ouer these iests. Here Leland spea∣keth of a riuer called Gwilie,* 1.922 but where it riseth or falleth, he maketh no certeine report: wherefore it is [unspec 30] requisit that I proceed according to my purpose.

The one of these swords is called Clotheie or Clo∣thie, of which I find this short and breefe description.* 1.923 The Clothie riseth at the foot of Wrennie vaure hill and comming downe to Monachlodge, Langelman, Lannakeuen, and Egremond, it receiueth a rill from by northwest before it come at Lanhaddon ca∣stell, which commeth from aboue the moore by Clar∣baston and Bletherston, his head arising in the hill west of Mancloghaie, as Leland dooth informe me. [unspec 40] Yer long also and beneath Lanhaddon it taketh in another on the cast side from Narbarth castell, com∣ming by Robeston, then going by Eunaston, Sle∣bach, Picton castell, Sister houses, Minware & Mar∣theltwie, at Rise castell point west of Coit Kenles (as I haue béene informed) it taketh in the other sword,* 1.924 named Dugledie, wherof I read as followeth. The head of the Dugledie is somwhere at northwest, betwixt S. Laurences & S. Dugwels, from whence it runneth to Trauegarne, Redbaxton, & taking in a [unspec 50] rill by the waie from Camrose at the west, it goeth to Hauerford or Hereford west, and there vniteth it selfe with a water, which peraduenture is the same that Leland called Gwilie.* 1.925 Certes it riseth short of Walton, and comming by S. Leonards chappell and Pendergest, it falleth I saie into the Dugledie, ouer against the towne of Hauerford or Herford west, but in Welsh Hulford; as Lhoid dooth set it downe. Be∣neath Herford it taketh in another water from south west, whose head is short of S. Margarets chappell, [unspec 60] and enterance betweene Harraldston and Herford, which Harraldstone receiueth the name of Harrald the successour of Edward the confessour as some call him, who was a gréeuous mall vnto the Britons that remained in the time of the said Edward; as I haue noted elsewhere. Then the Dugledie still descending taketh in the Frese frō Fresethorpe, a rill of no great accompt, and therefore I go from it making hast vn∣to Culthell, & omitting two rils betwéene it and the Clotheie on the southside, of no great weight and moment. The Cultlhell commeth into the Dugledie beneath Bolston, with a streight course from by north, of three or foure miles, rising by west of Sle∣bach, and comming by Bowlston, after whose vnition with the aforesaid water, they run on as one till they méet with the Clothie, casting out by the waie sun∣drie salt créekes, as the maine chanell dooth from thence foorth vntill it passe the Sandie hauen, the Dale rode (whither a sillie fresh rill commeth of small value) & be come about againe to the large Ocean.

Hauing thus shewed the courses of those few fresh waters that come to Milford hauen, we cast a∣bout by the Blockehouse and S. Annes chappell to Gateholme Ile,* 1.926 that lieth betwéene S. Annes and the Wilocke point, directlie ouer against Stocke∣holme* 1.927 Iland that is situat further off into the sea, to∣ward the southwest, and is full halfe so great as the Scalmeie that I elsewhere described. Betwéene the Willocke point also and the Scalmeie, directlie west is the Midland Ile,* 1.928 full so great as the Gateholme.* 1.929 As for the two rocks that lie by north and south of the Scalmeie, of which the one is called the Yardland stone, the other Mewstone, it shall not be greatlie re∣quisit to stand on their discourses, sith they are such as may hardlie be taken for Ilands, and euen in like sort we may iudge of S. Brides Ile, which is south∣west of Calthrop rode, & likewise of the Gresholme, whereof I find this short description. The Gresholme lieth directlie west of Scalmeie, from whence if you saile thither on the south side, you must néeds passe by the Mewstone rocke: if on the north of Scalmeie, you must leaue the Yarland stone on your left hand. Wherto if you note well the situation of these Ilands alreadie named, and confer them with the Ramseie and S. Dauids land, you shall find them to produce as it were two dangerous points, including the Brid baie, wherein (notwithstanding the greatnesse) are 1000 perils, and no fresh brookes for me to deale withall. Finallie, hauing doubled the Willocke point, we thought it not good altogether to leaue that baie vnsearched, at lestwise to sée what Ilands might there be found, & long entred into the same, we beheld one which the men of the countrie call S. Brides I∣land,* 1.930 a verie little place and situate néere the land, be∣fore I came at Galtroie rode. From thence we went about by the little hauen, Doluach hauen, Caruaie hauen, Shirelace rocke, Carnbuddie, and Earnaie baies, Portelais, and so into the found betwéene Ramseie and the point. In this sound likewise is a little Ile, almost annexed to the maine: but in the middest thereof, I meane of the sound, is a rocke called the horsse (a mile and more by north of Ribbie rocke, that lieth south east of Ramseie) and more in∣fortunate than ten of Seians colts, but thanked be God I neuer came on his backe.* 1.931 Thence passing by S. Stephans, and Whitesand baies, we saluted the Bishop and his clerks, as they went in procession on our left side (being loth to take anie salted holie wa∣ter at their hands) and came at last to the point cal∣led S. Dauids head, which Ptolomie calleth Octapita∣num promontorium, except I be deceiued. But here gentle reader giue me leaue to staie a while, and in∣sert the words of Leland touching the land called S. Dewies or S. Dauids land, whereof some men may peraduenture haue vse, his words are these. Being therefore past this hauen and point of Demetia, in casting about the coast we come to S. Dewies or S. Dauids land,* 1.932 which Ptolomie calleth Octapitanum pro∣montorium, I read to be separated from the rest of the countrie much after this maner, although I grant that there may be and are diuerse other little creekes betwixt Newgale and S. Dauids head, and betwixt S. Dauids and Fischard, beside those that are héere mentioned out of a register of that house.

As we turne therefore from Milford, S. Dauids land beginneth at Newgale, a créeke serued with a backe fresh water. Howbeit there is a baie before this creeke betwixt it and Milford. From hence a∣bout

Page 79

foure miles is Saluach creeke, otherwise called. Sauerach,* 1.933 whither some fresh water resorteth: the mouth also thereof is a good rescue for balingers, as it (I meane the register) saith. Thence go we to Por∣telais three miles,* 1.934 where is a little portlet, whither the Alen* 1.935 that commeth through saint Dewies close dooth run. It lieth a mile southwest from S. Dewies, saint Stinans Chappell also is betwéene Portelais, and Portmaw.* 1.936 The next is Port Maw, where I found a great estuarie into the land. The Pendwie* 1.937 [unspec 10] halfe a mile from that: Lhand Uehan* 1.938 is thrée miles from Pendwie,* 1.939 where is a salt créeke, then to Tre∣dine three miles, where is another creeke to Langun∣da, foure miles,* 1.940 and another créeke is there in like sort where fishermen catch herrings. Héere also the Gwerne riuer diuideth Penbidiane from Fischer∣dine Kemmeis land.* 1.941 From Langunda to Fischard at the Gwerne* 1.942 mouth foure miles, and here is a portlet or hauenet also for ships. And thus much of S. Dauids land. [unspec 20]

Besides this also, Leland in a third booke talketh of lhinnes and pooles, but for asmuch as my purpose is not to speake of lakes and lhinnes, I passe them ouer as hasting to Teifie, in Latine Tibius, and af∣ter Ptolomie Tuerobius or Tiuirobius, which is the next riuer that serueth for my purpose. And yet not forgetting to touch the Gwerne, for after we came from saint Dauids head, we coasted along toward the southeast, till wée came ouer against saint Catha∣rins, where going northwards by the bread hauen, [unspec 30] and the Strombles head, we sailed thence northeast, and by north, to Langlas head, then flat south by the Cow and Calfe (two cruell rockes) which we left on the left hand, & so coasted ouer to Abergwin or Fis∣chard,* 1.943 where we found a fresh water named Guin, or Gwerne, whose course is in maner directlie out of the east into the west, from Uremie hils by pont Uaunt and Lanichair, vntill it come within a mile of the foresaid towne. It riseth flat north of the Per∣selie hill, from whence it goeth by Pont vaine, Laue∣rillidoch, [unspec 40] Lanchar, Landilouair, & so to Abergwine, or Abergwerne, for I read both. From Abergwine, we cast about by Dinas head, till we come to the fall of Neuerne,* 1.944 where Newport standeth. The head of this riuer is aboue Capell Nantgwin, from whence it runneth by Whitchurch, but yer it come at Kilgwin, it taketh in a little water that riseth short of Wrenie vaure, and thence go foorth as one vntill they come to Newport. Cardigan hauen is the next fall that I did stumble on, wherein lieth a litle Iland [unspec 50] ouer against the north point. Hereinto also commeth the Teifie,* 1.945 a noble riuer which riseth in Lintinie, and is fraught with delicate samons, and herein and not else where in all the riuers of Britaine, is the Castor or Beuer to be found. But to procéed. The verie hed thereof (I saie) is foure miles aboue Stradflore in Luitie, and after it hath run from thence a little space, it receiueth a brooke from southeast that com∣meth out of Lin Legnant, and then after the conflu∣ence runneth on to Stradflore abbeie, beneth which [unspec 60] it méeteth with the Miricke water* 1.946 (that riseth aboue Stradmirich) and soone after with the Landurch* 1.947 (both from the northwest) and finallie the Bremich aboue Tregaron, that commeth in by the east; as Leland hath set downe.

Néere to Landwibreuie also it crosseth the Bro∣mis by east northeast,* 1.948 and then goeth to Landuair, Cledogh,* 1.949 Kellan, and soone after taking in the Ma∣therne from by east, that parteth Cardigan partlie from Carmardine shire,* 1.950 and likewise that Dulas a∣boue Lanbedder (which riseth aboue Langibbie, and goeth thence to Bettus) on the northwest, it goeth next of all to Lanbedder towne, then to Laniuair, beneath which it crosseth the Grauelth,* 1.951 thence to Pencarocke, Lanibether, Lanlonie, Lanihangle, and Sandissell, and there it vniteth it selfe with the Clethor or Dettor,* 1.952 which commeth downe thither by Lantisilued chappell, Lanfraine, and finallie Landis∣sell from by north, as I doo here affirme. After this confluence it procéedeth on to Landuaie, Alloine, Bangor, Langeler, Landeureog and Newcastell, yer long taking in the Kerie from by north,* 1.953 whose head is not farre from that of Clethor, and whose course is somewhat inlarged by such rilles as des∣cend into the same. For west of Kenwith two becks in one chanell doo fall into it, which be namelesse, and but of a little length.

Beneath Tredwair also it crosseth another from by west, that runneth along by Bettus, Euan, and fi∣nallie méeting with the Teifie, they run as one by Kennarth (still parting Cardigon shire from Car∣mardin, as it hath doone sith it met with the Ma∣therne) and so forth on till they ioine with the Cheach,* 1.954 which rising southeast aboue chappell Euan, dooth part Carmardine and Brechnocke shire in sunder, till it come vnto the Teifie. From this confluence, and being still a limit vnto Cardigon shire, it goeth by Marierdine, and so to Cardigon, taking in one rill from by north descending by Penneralt, by north of Monardiue or Marierdiue, and two other from by southwest, of which the one commeth in be∣neath Kilgaron castell, the other from Lantwood northwest of Oswid Mortemer, which lieth southeast of Cardigan, and then going forward betwéene S. Dogmaile, & Langordinere, it is not long yer it fall into the Irish sea, flat west and by north from his vprise, and sending vs forth from Penlooke into Cardigon shire, wherevnto it hath become march e∣uer sithence it came from Kellam, or confluence with the Matherne.

Being come into Cardigon shire, and hauing passed the Cardigon point, an Iland of the same de∣nomination lieng by west thereof, we came vnto the fall of Airon thrée miles beneath Lancleere,* 1.955 it riseth in the mounteines by a chappell called Blam Peni∣all belonging to Landwie breuie about thrée or foure miles from Tiue banks, & runneth on by Lamber∣wooddie, Langitho, Tregrigaron hill, Treuilian, Talaferne, and soone after taking in a rill from by south from Siliam by Lanleir it runneth by Istrade, Kilkennen, Lanicharin, and finallie into the sea, crossing by the waie the Bidder brooke, which com∣ming from Dehewide,* 1.956 dooth fall into the same, be∣twéene Lanchairin, and Henuenneie.* 1.957 The Arth which is the next fall is no great thing, neither of a∣nie long course, yet somewhat crotched, and it riseth three or foure miles or more within the land slope∣wise, and comming by Lambaderne, and Treue∣glois, it falleth into the sea, northeast of Aberarth.

Being past the Arth, & hauing staied there a while bicause we found some harborough, we came next of all vnto the Wereie, which riseth of two heads,* 1.958 aboue whose confluence standeth a towne, named Lani∣hangle, Redrod, and from whence it goeth by Lani∣gruthen to Laristed, & so into the Ocean. Then went we to the Ystwith, which riseth in the blacke moun∣teins aboue Comerstwith, from whence it runneth certeine miles,* 1.959 vntill it come vnto Ispittie, Istwith, Lananon, Laniler, Lan Nachairne, and so into the sea, taking withall first the Meleuen, then the Ridall or Redholl not farre from the shore,* 1.960 whereof I haue this description. The Ridall riseth in the top of Plim∣limmon hill out of a lake named Lin Ridall, from whence going toward Spittie Kinwen, it crosseth one water on the north, and another beneth it on the southeast, and so goeth on by Lanbeder vaure, till it come to Aberistwith, the Istwith, and so into the O∣cean. Hauing thus viewed the Istwith, and taken

Page 80

our selues againe to the sea, we crossed the Salke or Salique brooke,* 1.961 whereof I find this memoriall.

The Salique brooke descendeth in like sort from the blacke mounteins, & going from Ummaboue, toward Gogarth, or Gogirthar, it receiueth the Mas∣salique,* 1.962 and from thence goeth into the sea, southwest from his originall. From hence we went to the Le∣rie, an indraught of no great quantitie,* 1.963 neither com∣modious as I gesse (yet I may be deceiued) for anie ship to harborough in. It riseth toward the lower [unspec 10] ground of the blacke hils, and going by Lanthangle castell Gwalter, it runneth from thence northeast in∣to the Ocean, receiuing a rill by the waie from the hilles which lie by northeast of his course. But what stand I vpon trifles?

Thus haue I brought my selfe out of Caerdigan shire vnto the Wie,* 1.964 which is limit betwéene it and Merioneth for a certeine space, & being entred in the mouth thereof we gat vp to the head, minding in the description of the same to come downeward as in [unspec 20] the rest, which we will doo in such good manner as for the time and want of some information is pos∣sible to be performed. It ariseth in the south part of Snowdonie and goeth on foorth right to Lammoth∣wie, by Mowdhewie, Mathan laith, and comming downe to Dinas Mathew, it receiueth two rilles from northwest, and the third comming by Mailroid called Cludoch from northeast, & so holdeth on cros∣sing the Angell water at the west, which boundeth Mongomerie shire in part,* 1.965 till it come to Romis, be∣neath [unspec 30] which water it taketh in the Towin that pas∣seth by Lambrin mawr from Talgarth, and then go∣eth to Mathrauerue, crossing another from by north and so foorth to Lanworing, where it méeteth with the Kerig on the one side, and the Gwidall which com∣meth from Dorowen on the other.

After this, our maine riuer goeth by Pen∣gos, and beneath the same taketh in an influence from southeast, called the Dulas, and another from the northwest from thence it hasteth on to Ma∣genillet, [unspec 40] or Machenlet, first crossing the Leuennie from southeast, secondlie the Peniall from north∣west, thirdlie the Einon, fourthlie the Kinar, fiftlie the Cleidor, these thrée last rehearsed falling into it from southeast, & the last hauing his course by Lan∣gwinhelin and so into the sea, as mine instruction vpholdeth. It séemeth in some mens iudgements to part Northwales and Westwales in sunder, and the same which in Latine hight Deuus, in Welsh or Bri∣tish Dift or Dewie, whereof the Latine doth séeme [unspec 50] to fetch his sound. But to procéed with the rest of such falles and waters as are to be found in this countie. Going therfore northwestward we come to a fall frō the north called Towen Merionneth which is the mouth of the Difonnie streame, a pretie riuer rising in the hilles aboue Lanihangle, and west of castell Traherne receiueth the Ridrijc, which commeth from Chadridrtjc hill, by Tallillin castell, Treherie, and so into the Difonnie from southeast, fetching his course by Lanegrin, and so into the sea within fiue miles [unspec 60] thereof.

Being past this we did cast about by the Sarna∣bigh point, till we came to the Lingouen becke, and so to the Barre, which is a faire water, and therefore worthie to be with diligence described, yet it is not called Bar from the head, but rather Moth or Derie, for so are the two chiefe heads called out of which this riuer descendeth, and are about six miles west of the Lin, out of which the Dée hath his issue, and betwéene which the Raran vaure hilles are situat and haue their being. After the ioining of the two heds of this Barre, as I name it from the originall, it receiueth a rill from northeast called Cain, & another beneath the same, comming from Beurose wood, and so hol∣deth on towards the south betweene Laniltid and Kemmor abbaie, till it meet a little by west of Dol∣gelth with the Auon vaure, which comming also out of the Woodland soile, & taking in a rill from Gwan∣nas, hasteth northwestward (by Dolgelth) to ioine with the Barre, and being met they receiue the Kes∣silgunt, then the Hirgun, & after a course of foure to fiue miles it falleth into the sea, hauing watered the verie hart & inward parts of this shire. From hence we crosse the Skethie which runneth by Corsogdale and Lanthwie, aliàs Lanthonie, then the Lambader which receiuing the Artro aboue Lambader, doth fall into the sea, southeast of the point, and flat south of Landango, which is a towne situat on the other side of the turning.

After this we passed by Aberho, so named of the riuer Ho,* 1.966 that falleth there into the sea, and commeth thither from the Alpes or hils of Snowdonie, moun∣teins, no lesse fertile for grasse, wood, cattell, fish and foule, than the famous Alpes beyond the seas, where∣of all the writers doo make so honorable report. From hence we sailed by Abermawr or mouth of Mawr,* 1.967 which commeth in like sort from Snowdonie, and taketh diuerse riuers with him whose names I doo not know.* 1.968 Then vnto the Artro a brooke, whose head commeth from by north east, and in his course receiueth the Gedar on the north side, and so holdeth on till it fall into the sea, after a few windlesses which it maketh as it passeth. After this we come to Traith vehan, which is the fall of the Drurid, a pretie riuer comming from the marches of Caernaruon∣shire, which passing by Festimog, soone after taketh in the Cunwell, then the Uelenrid; and so holdeth on to Deckoin, where it falleth into the said Traith. For of the other two rilles that lie by south hereof, and haue their issue also into the same, I make but small accompt, bicause their quantitie is not great. Next vnto this we haue Traith mawr, whereinto the Farles hath his issue,* 1.969 a riuer proceeding from Snowdonie or the Snowdon hils, descending by Bethkelerke and Lanwrothen, without mixture of anie other water in all his course and passage. It is parcell of the march also betwéene Merioneth and Caernaruon shires. From Traith mawr we passe by the Krekith, and come to another water descend∣ing from the north by Lanstidwie, and after that to the Moie, whose mouthes are so néere togither, that no more than halfe a mile of the land dooth seeme to kéepe them in sunder.

Then come we vnto the Erke,* 1.970 a pretie brooke descending from Madrtjn hils, into whose mouth two other of no lesse quantitie than it selfe doo séeme to haue their confluence, and whose courses doo come a∣long from the west and northwest; the most souther∣lie being called Girch, and the other the Hellie: ex∣cept my memorie doo faile me. Then casting about toward the south (as the coast lieth) we saw the Aber∣soch or mouth of the Soch riuer vpon our right hand,* 1.971 in the mouth whereof, or not farre by south thereof lie two Ilands, of which the more northerlie is called Tudfall, and the other Penrtjn: as Leland did obserue. I would set downe the British names of such townes and villages as these waters passe by; but the writing of them (for want of the lan∣guage) is so hard to me, that I choose rather to shew their falles and risings, than to corrupt their denomi∣nations in the writing: and yet now and then I vse such words as our Englishmen doo giue vnto some of them, but that is not often, where the British name is easie to be found out and sounded.

After this, going about by the point, and leauing Gwelin Ile on the right hand, we come to Daron riuer,* 1.972 wherevpon standeth Aberdaron a quarter of a mile from the shore betwixt Aberdaron and Uorti∣gernes

Page 81

vale, where the compasse of the sea gathereth in a head, and entereth at both ends. Then come we about the point to Edarne becke,* 1.973 a mile and more south of Newin. And ten or twelue miles from hence is the Uennie brooke, whose course is little aboue so manie miles; and not farre from it is the Liuan, a farre lesse water, comming also from the east: and next vnto that another, wherinto the Willie by south and the Carrog by north after their coniunction doo make their common influence. Hauing passed this [unspec 10] riuer, we cast about toward the north east, and enter at Abermenaie ferrie, into the streicts or streame called Menaie, betweene Angleseie and the maine, méeting first of all with the Gornaie, which commeth from the Snowdonie out of the Treuennian lake, and passeth by Lanunda into the sea or Menaie streame at South crocke. Next of all we meet with the Saint, which commeth from Lin Lanbereie, pas∣seth by Lanihangle, and so falleth into the Me∣naie at Abersaint, which is on the southwest side of [unspec 20] Caernaruon: on the other side also of the said towne is the Skeuernocke, whereby it standeth betweene two riuers, of which this hath his head not farre from Dinas Orueg.

Then come we (saith Leland) to Gwiniwith mi∣rith (or Horsse brooke) two miles from Moilethon, and it riseth at a Well so called full a mile from thence. Moilethon is a bowe shot from Aberpowle, from whence ferrie botes go to the Termone or Angleseie. Aberpowle runneth thrée miles into the land,* 1.974 and [unspec 30] hath his head foure miles beyond Bangor in Me∣neie shore: and here is a little comming in for botes bending into the Meneie.* 1.975 Aber Gegeine commeth out of a mounteine a mile aboue,* 1.976 and Bangor (tho∣rough which a rill called Torronnen hath his course) almost a mile aboue it. Aber Ogwine is two miles aboue that;* 1.977 it riseth at Tale linne, Ogwine poole, fiue miles aboue Bangor in the east side of Wi∣thow. Aber Auon is two miles aboue Aberogwene,* 1.978 and it riseth in a poole called Lin man Auon, thrée [unspec 40] miles off.* 1.979 Auon lan var Uehan riseth in a moun∣teine therby, and goeth into the sea, two miles aboue Duegeuelth.* 1.980 Auon Duegeuelth is three miles aboue Conweie, which rising in the mounteins a mile off, goeth by it selfe into Meneie salt arme. On the said shore also lieth Conweie, and this riuer dooth run be∣twixt Penmaine Maur, and Penmaine Uehan. It riseth about three miles from Penmaclon hils which lie about sixtie miles from Conweie abbeie, now dis∣solued out of a lake called Lin Conweie, and on the [unspec 50] north and west of this riuer standeth the towne of Conweie, which taketh his name thereof.

This riuer (which Ptolomie calleth Toesobius,* 1.981 as I take it) after the deriuation thereof from the head, passeth on the west side by Spittieuan and Tiherio, beneath which it taketh in a streame comming from the east out of Denbighshire, deriued from thrée heads, and of the greatest called Nag. Soone after also another, and then the third, which commeth in from the west by Lanpen Mawr: next of all the Le∣der [unspec 60] on the same side, which commeth by Dolathelan castell: and aboue that from a Lin of the same deno∣mination. Beneath this and selfe hand lieth like∣wise the Ligow or Ligwie,* 1.982 proceeding from two lakes, that is, the Mumber and the Ligow. On the right hand as we still descend, is the Coid, then the Glin, & a little lower we méet with the Lin Ge∣rioneth: and after we be past another on the right side, we come to the Perloid, which commeth out of Lin Cowlid, to the Ygan, to the Idulin, to the castell Water on the left, & then to the Melandider on the right, without the sight of anie other, till we come almost to Conweie, where we find a notched streame comming from by west, and called Guffen or Gyffin into the same by one chanell on the norrtheast side of the towne, beneath Guffin or Gyffin, and ouer a∣gainst Lansanfraid in Denbighshire; so farre as I now remember. Some part of Carnaruonshire stretcheth also beyond Aber Conweie, or the fall of Conweie,* 1.983 & it is called Ormeshed point, wherein al∣so is a rill, whose fall into the sea is betwéene Penrin and Landright. And thus we haue made an end of the chéefe waters which are to be found in this countie.

The next is a corner of Denbigh, by which we doo as it were step ouer into Flintshire, and whose first water is not great, yet it commeth from south∣west, and falleth into the north or Irish sea called Virginium, beneath Landilas; as the next that commeth south from Bettas dooth the like thrée miles beneath Abergele,* 1.984 and is not onelie called Gele (as the name it selfe importeth) but also noted to take his course through the Canges. Hauing thus gone ouer the angle of Denbighshire, that lieth betwéene those of Carnaruon and Flint, we come next of all vnto Aber Cluide, or the fall of Clotha or Glota, which is a streame not to be shortlie intreated of. It riseth a∣mong certeine hilles, which lie not far distant from the confines of Merioneth and Denbighshires. Southeast from his fall, and hauing run foure or fiue miles from the head, it commeth about to Darwen, taking in the Maniton on the left hand,* 1.985 and the Mes∣pin on the right: and soone after the third from by∣west, whose head is not farre from Gloucanocke. Beneath Ruthen also it taketh in the Leueneie: and after that another, and the third, all on the right hand,* 1.986 and so holdeth on till it méet with the Clue∣doch, then with the Ystrade, which passeth by Whit∣church on the left hand. After which we come to the Whéeler on the right, and so to his ioining with the Elwie, which is beneath S. Asaphes, a bishops sée that is inuironed with them both.* 1.987 This Elwie ri∣seth aboue Gwitherne, & beneath Lanuair taketh in the Alode, which commeth from lin Alode, by Lan∣fannan, and ioineth with him fiue miles beneath Langrenew. The Cluda therefore and the Elwie being met, the confluence passeth on to the sea by Rutland castell, where it taketh in the Sarne, which commeth from by east, and hath a course almost of sixteene miles. From hence we tooke sea toward the Dée mouth: and as we passed by the rest of the shore, we saw the fall of a little brooke néere Basing Werke, of another néere to Flint, of the third at Yowleie castell, which with his two armes in maner includeth it; and the fourth beneath Hawarden hold, which in like sort goeth round about the same, & from whence we came to the Dée, where we landed and tooke vp our lodging in Chester. In this place also it was no hard matter to deliuer & set downe the names of such riuers and streames as are also to be found in Angleseie, finding my selfe to haue some leasure and fit opportunitie for the same: and i∣magining a iourneie thither also, as vnto the other places mentioned in this description, whither as yet it hath not béene my hap to trauell: I thought it not amisse to take it also in hand, and performe it after this maner.

Ferrieng therefore ouer out of Carnaruon∣shire to Beaumarise, I went by land without cros∣sing of anie riuer or streame worthie memorie, till I came to the Brant, which hath his fall not farre from the southest point of that Iland. This Brant riseth farre vp in the land, not farre from Lauredenell, and holding on his course southward to Lanthoniell Uaall, it goeth on to Bodoweruch, Langainwen, and so into the sea.

The next fall we came vnto was called Maltrath, and it is producted by the confluence of two riuers,

Page 82

the Geuennie and the Gint, who ioine not farre from Langrestoll. This also last rehearsed hath his head neere to Penmoneth, the other being forked riseth in the hillie soile aboue Tregaion and Langwithlog: so that part of the Iland obteineth no small commodi∣tie and benefit by their passage. Next vnto this we came vnto the Fraw,* 1.988 whose head is neere to Langi∣newen, and passage by Cap Maer; after which it falleth into a lake, from whence it goeth east of Aber∣fraw, and so into the sea. The next riuer hath no name [unspec 10] to my knowledge: yet hath it a longer course than that which I last described. For it riseth two or thrée miles aboue Haneglosse: and passing from thence to Treualghmaie, after the descent of foure miles, it falleth into the sea. After this we came to an other, which riseth more to Cap legan ferwie, and falleth in∣to the sea; southeast of the little Iland, which is called Ynis Wealt, it is namelesse also as the other was: and therefore hauing small delight to write thereof, we passed ouer the salt créeke by a bridge [unspec 20] into Cair Kibie, which by the same, is as it were cut from the maine Iland, and in some respect not vn∣worthie to be taken for an Ile. In the north side therefore of Cair Kibie is a little rill or créeke: but whether the water thereof be fresh or salt, as yet I doo not remember.

This place being viewed, I came backe againe by the aforesaid bridge, into the maine of Angleseie, and going northwards I find a fall inforced by thrée riuerets, each one hauing his course almost south [unspec 30] from other; and the last falling into the confluence of the two first, not halfe a mile from the west, where I first espied the streame: the name of the most nor∣therlie is Linon,* 1.989 of the second Allo;* 1.990 but the third is altogither namelesse for aught that I can learne, wherefore it shall not be necessarie to spend anie time in the further searching of his course. Being past this, we went northwards till we came to the point, and then going eastward, we butted vpon the fall of a certeine confluence growing by the ioining of the [unspec 40] Nathanon and the Geger, which méet beneath and néere to the Langechell. And after the same we pas∣sed on somewhat declining southward by the Hilla∣rie point, toward the southeast, till we came to the Dulesse: and from thence to Pentraeth water: af∣ter which we turned northward, then eastward; and finallie southward, till we came to Langurdin; from whence vnto Beaumarise (where began our voiage) we find not anie water worthie to be re∣membred. And thence I go forward with the descrip∣tion [unspec 50] of the Dee.

The Dee or Deua (as Ptolomie calleth it) is a noble riuer,* 1.991 & breeder of the best trout, whose head is in Me∣rioneth shire, about thrée miles aboue the lake, situate in the countie of Penthlin, and called Lin Tegnis, whose streame yet verie small, by reason of the short∣nesse of his course, falleth into the said lake, not far from Lanullin. There are sundrie other waters which come also into the said lake, which is foure or flue miles in length, and about two miles ouer; as one [unspec 60] from by south, whose fall is east, and not manie fur∣longs from the Dee: another hath his issue into the same by Langower: the third on the north side of Lanullin, named Leie: the fourth at Glanlintegid called the Iauerne, the lake it selfe ending about Bala,* 1.992 and from thence running into the Trowerin, a pretie streame, and not a little augmented by the Kelme and Monach which fall by north into the same, and ioineth with the Dée south of Lanuair; from whence forth it looseth the name, and is afterward cal∣led Dée. East of Bala in like sort, it receiueth the Ruddoch, then the Cleton, and so passing on by Land∣right to Langar,* 1.993 it méeteth with a confluence pro∣céeding from the Alwen and the Giron,* 1.994 of which this riseth in the hils aboue Langham, the other in the mounteins about fiue or six miles by northwest of Lanihangle in Denbighshire, where (as I gesse) it falleth into the ground; and afterward rising againe betwéene Lanihangle and Bettus, it holdeth on a∣bout two miles, and then ioineth with the Giron, full six miles aboue Dole, and before it come to the Dee. From hence the Dee goeth by Lansanfraid, and the marches of Merioneth into Denbighshire, and so to Langellon, Dinas, Bren, &c: kéeping his course by certeine windlesses;* 1.995 till he receiue the Gristioneth, descending by Rubon, then another est of the same; the third,* 1.996 from by west called Keriog (whose head is not farre from the bounds of Merioneth and course by Lanarmon, Lansanfraid, and Chirke) the fourth from south east out of Shropshire, called Morlais, and so passeth as bounds betwéene Denbighshire, and the Outliggand of Flintshire, to wit by Bistocke on the one side and Bangor on the other, till it come to Worthenburie: whereabout it receiueth a chanell descending from foure influences, of which one com∣meth by Penlie chappell, the second from Hamnere, which goeth downe by Emberhall, and falleth in a little by east of the other; the third from Blackmere (by Whitchurch) &c: and the fourth from betwéene Chad and Worsall. These two later méeting aboue nether Durtwich, doo hold on to Talerne, as mine information instructeth me.

From Wrothenburie the Dee goeth northwest∣wards toward Shocklige, méeting by the waie with the confluence of the Cluedoch* 1.997 (or Dedoch originall mother to those trouts for which the Dée is commen∣ded) and descendeth from Capell Moinglath) and the Gwinrogh,* 1.998 that runneth through Wrexham, both ioining a mile and more beneath Wrexham, not far from Hantwerne. Soone after also our maine riuer receiueth another becke from by east, which is bound on the northwest side to the Outliggand of Flint∣shire, and so passeth on betwéene Holt castell and Ferneton, Almere and Pulton, as march betwéene Denbighshire and Cheshire, and then taketh in the Alannus or Alen;* 1.999 a pretie riuer and worthie to be described. The head of this Alen the refore is in Den∣bighshire, and so disposed that it riseth in two seue∣rall places, ech being two miles from other, the one called Alen Mawr, the other Alen Uehan, as I doo find reported. They méet also beneath Landegleie, and run northwards till they come beyond Lanuer∣res, where meeting with a rill comming from by west, it runneth on to the Mold to Horsheth, and so in and out to Greseford, taking the Cagidog from southwest with it by the waie; then to Traue Alen, and so into the Dée, a mile and more aboue the fall of Powton becke, which also descendeth from south∣west out of Flintshire, and is march vnto the same, euen from the verie head. After which confluence the Dée hauing Chestershire on both sides, goeth to Ald∣ford with a swift course, where it méeteth with the Beston brooke, whereof I doo find this description following.

The Beston water riseth in the wooddie soile be∣twéene* 1.1000 Spruston and Beston castell with a forked head, and leauing Beston towne on the northeast, it goeth to Tarneton, and to Hakesleie, where it di∣uideth it selfe in such wise, that one branch thereof runneth by Totnall, Goldburne, and Léehall, to Alford, and so into the Dée, the other by Stapleford, Terwine, Barrow, Picton, and Therton, where it brancheth againe, sending foorth one arme by Stan∣neie poole, and the parke side into Merseie arme, toward the northwest, and another by southwest, which commeth as it were backe againe, by Stoke, Croughton, Backeford, Charleton, Upton, the Baites, and so vnder a bridge to Chester ward,

Page 83

where it falleth into the Dée arme at Flockes brooke, excluding Wirall on the northwest as an Iland, which lieth out like a leg betwéene the Merseie and the Dée armes, and including and making another fresh Iland within the same, whose limits by north∣west are betwéene Thorneton, Chester, & Aldford, on the northeast Thorneton and Hakesleie, and on the southeast Hakesleie and Aldford, whereby the forme thereof dooth in part resemble a triangle.
And thus much of the Dee, which is a troublesome streame [unspec 10] when the wind is at southwest, and verie dangerous, in so much that few dare passe thereon. Sometimes also in haruest time it sendeth downe such store of water, when the wind bloweth in the same quarter, that it drowneth all their grasse and corne that gro∣weth in the lower grounds néere vnto the bankes thereof. Certes it is about thrée hundred foot, at his departure from the Tignie, and worthilie called a litigious streame; because that by often alteration of chanell, it inforceth men to séeke new bounds [unspec 20] vnto their lands, for here it laieth new ground, and there translateth and taketh awaie the old, so that there is nothing more vnconstant than the course of the said water. Of the monasterie Bangor also, by which it passeth after it hath left Orton bridge, I find this note, which I will not omit, because of the slaughter of monks made sometime néere vnto the same. For although the place require it not, yet I am not willing altogither to omit it.

This abbeie of Bangor stood sometime in Eng∣lish [unspec 30] Mailor,* 1.1001 by hither and south of the riuer Dée. It is now ploughed ground where that house stood, by the space of a Welsh mile (which reacheth vnto a mile and an halfe English) and to this day the tillers of the soile there doo plow vp bones (as they saie) of those monks that were slaine in the quarrell of Au∣gustine, and within the memorie of man some of them were taken vp in their rotten weeds, which were much like vnto those of our late blacke monks, as Leland set it downe: yet Erasmus is of the opini∣on, [unspec 40] that the apparell of the Benedictine monks was such as most men did weare generallie at their first institution. But to proceed. This abbeie stood in a val∣leie, and in those times the riuer ran hard by it. The compasse thereof likewise was as the circuit of a walled towne, and to this daie two of the gates may easilie be discerned, of which the one is named Port Hogan lieng by north, the other Port Clais situat vpon the south. But the Dée hauing now changed his chanell, runneth through the verie middest of the [unspec 50] house betwixt those two gates, the one being at the left a full halfe mile from the other. As for the squa∣red stone that is found hereabout, and the Romane coine, there is no such necessitie of the rehersall ther∣of, but that I may passe it ouer well inough without anie further mention.

Being past the Dée we sailed about Wirall, pas∣sing by Hibrie or Hilbrée Iland, and Leuerpole, Nasse, making our entrie into Merseie arme by Le∣uerpole hauen, where we find a water falling out be∣twéene [unspec 60] Seacombe and the Ferie, which dooth in ma∣ner cut off the point from the maine of Wirall. For rising néere to the northwest shore, it holdeth a course directlie toward the southeast by Wallaseie and Po∣ton, and so leaueth all the north part beyond that wa∣ter a peninsula, the same being three square, inuiro∣ned on two sides with the Ocean, & on the third with the aforesaid brooke, whose course is well néere three miles except I be deceiued. Frō hence entring fur∣ther into the hauen, we find another fall betwéene Bebington and Brombro chappell, descending from the hilles, which are seene to lie not farre from the shore, and thence crossing the fall of the Beston wa∣ter, we come next of all vnto the Wiuer,* 1.1002 than the which I read of no riuer in England that fetcheth more or halfe so many windlesses and crinklings, before it come at the sea. It riseth at Buckle hilles, which lie betwéene Ridleie and Buckle townes, and soone after making a lake of a mile & more in length called Ridleie poole, it runneth by Ridleie to Chal∣mondlie.

Thence it goeth to Wrenburie, where it taketh in a water out of a moore that commeth from Marbu∣rie: and beneth Sandford bridge the Combrus from Combermer or Comber lake:* 1.1003 and finallie the third that commeth from about Moneton, and runneth by Langerslaw, then betweene Shenton and Atherlie parkes, and so into the Wiuer, which watereth all the west part of England, and is no lesse notable than the first Auon or third Duze, whereof I haue spoken alreadie. After these confluences it hasteth also to Audlem, Hawklow, and at Barderton crosseth the Betleie water,* 1.1004 that runneth by Duddington, Wid∣denberie, and so by Barderton into the aforesaid streame. Thence it goeth to Nantwich, but yer it come at Marchford bridge, it meeteth with a rill cal∣led Salopbrooke (as I gesse) comming from Caluer∣leie ward,* 1.1005 and likewise beneath the said bridge,* 1.1006 with the Lée and the Wuluarne both in one chanell, wher∣of the first riseth at Weston, the other goeth by Cop∣nall. From thence the Wiuer runneth on to Min∣chion and Cardeswijc, and the next water that fal∣leth into it is the Ashe* 1.1007 (which passeth by Darnall Grange) and afterward going to Warke, the vale Roiall, and Eaton, it commeth finallie to North∣wich where it receiueth the Dane, to be described as followeth.* 1.1008 The Dane riseth in the verie edges of Chester, Darbishire, & Staffordshire, and comming by Warneford, Swithamleie and Bosleie, is a li∣mit betwéene Stafford and Darbie shires, almost e∣uen from the verie head, which is in Maxwell forrest.

It is not long also yer it doo méet with the Bidle water,* 1.1009 that commeth by Congerton, and after the confluence goeth vnto Swetham, the Heremitage, Cotton and Croxton, there taking in two great waters,* 1.1010 whereof the one is called Whelocke, which comming from the edge of the countie by Morton to Sandbach, crosseth another that descendeth from church Cawhlton, and after the confluence goeth to Warmingham, ioining also beneath Midlewish with the Croco or Croxston, the second great water, whose head commeth out of a lake aboue Bruerton (as I heare) and thence both the Whelocke and the Croco go as one vnto the Dane,* 1.1011 at Croxton, as the Dane dooth from thence to Bostocke, Dauen∣ham, Shebruch, Shurlach, and at Northwich into the foresaid Wiuer. After this confluence the Wiuer runneth on to Barneton, and there in like sort recei∣ueth two brookes in one chanell, whereof one com∣meth from aboue Allostocke, by Holme & Lastocke, the other from beyond Birtles mill,* 1.1012 by Chelford (where it taketh in a rill called Piuereie) thence to ouer Peuer,* 1.1013 Holford, and there crossing the Water∣lesse brooke (growing of two becks and ioining at nether Tableie) it goeth foorth to Winshambridge, and then méeting with the other, after this conflu∣ence they procéed till they come almost at Barne∣ton, where the said chanell ioineth with a pretie water running thorough two lakes, whereof the greatest lieth betwéene Comberbach, Rudworth and Marbu∣rie. But to go forward with the course of the maine riuer. After these confluences our Wiuer goeth to Warham, Actonbridge, and Dutton, ouer against which towne, on the other side it méeteth with a rill, comming from Cuddington: also the second going by Norleie, and Gritton, finallie the third soone after from Kimfleie, and then procéedeth on in his passage by Asheton chappell, Frodesham, Rockesauage, and

Page 84

so into the sea: and this is all that I doo find of the Wiuer, whose influences might haue beene more largelie set downe, if mine iniunctions had béene amplie deliuered, yet this I hope may suffice for his description, and knowledge of his course.

The Merseie riseth among the Peke hils,* 1.1014 and from thence going downe to the Woodhouse, and taking sundrie rilles withall by the waie, it becommeth the confines betwéene Chester and Darbishires. Go∣ing also toward Goitehall,* 1.1015 it méeteth with a faire [unspec 10] brooke increased by sundrie waters called Goite, whereof I find this short and briefe description. The Goite riseth not far from the Shire méere hill (where∣in the Doue and the Dane haue their originall) that parteth Darbishire and Chestershire in sunder, and thence commeth downe to Goite houses, Ouerton, Taxhall, Shawcrosse, and at Weibridge taketh in the Frith,* 1.1016 and beneath Berdhall, the Set* 1.1017 that riseth aboue Thersethall and runneth by Ouerset. After this confluence also the Merseie goeth to Goite hall, [unspec 20] & at Stockford or Stopford towne méeteth with the Tame,* 1.1018 which diuideth Chestershire and Lancaster∣shire in sunder, and whose head is in the verie edge of Yorkeshire, from whence it goeth southward to Sadleworth Firth, then to Mukelhirst, Stalie hall, Ashdon Underline, Dunkenfield, Denton, Reddish, and so at Stockford into the Merseie streame, which passeth foorth in like sort to Diddesbirie, receiuing a brooke by the waie that commeth from Lime parke, by Brumhall parke and Chedle. [unspec 30]

From Diddesbirie it procéedeth to Norden,* 1.1019 Ash∣ton, Aiston, Flixston, where it receiueth the Irwell a notable water, and therefore his description is not to be omitted before I doo go forward anie further with the Merseie, although it be not nauigable by reason of sundrie rockes and shalowes that lie dispersed in the same. It riseth aboue Bacop, and goeth thence to Rosendale, and in the waie to Aitenfield it taketh in a water from Haselden. After this confluence it go∣eth to Newhall, Brandlesham, Brurie, and aboue [unspec 40] Ratcliffe ioineth with the Rache water,* 1.1020 a faire streame and to be described when I haue finished the Irwell, as also the next vnto it beneath Ratcliffe, bi∣cause I would not haue so manie ends at once in hand wherewith to trouble my readers. Being ther∣fore past these two, our Irwell goeth on to Clifton,* 1.1021 Hollond, Edgecroft, Strengwaies, and to Manche∣ster, where it vniteth it selfe with the Yrke,* 1.1022 that run∣neth thereinto by Roiton Midleton, Heaton hill, and Blackeleie. Beneath Manchester also it méeteth [unspec 50] with the Medlocke,* 1.1023 that commeth thither from the northeast side of Oldham, and betwéene Claiton and Garret Halles, and so betwéene two parkes, falling into it about Holne. Thence our Irwell go∣ing forward to Woodsall, Whicleswtc, Ecles Bar∣ton, and Deuelhom, it falleth néere vnto Flixton, in∣to the water of Merseie, where I will staie a while withall, till I haue brought the other vnto some passe, of which I spake before.

The Rache,* 1.1024 Rach or Rish consisteth of sundrie wa∣ters, [unspec 60] whereof ech one in maner hath a proper name, but the greatest of all is Rache it selfe, which riseth a∣mong the blacke stonie hils, from whence it goeth to Littlebrough, and being past Clegge, receiueth the Beile,* 1.1025 that commeth thither by Milneraw chappell. After this confluence also, it méeteth with a rill néere vnto Rachedale, and soone after with the Sprotton* 1.1026 water, and then the Sudleie* 1.1027 brooke, whereby his cha∣nell is not a little increased, which goeth from thence to Grisehirst and so into the Irewell, before it come at Ratcliffe.* 1.1028 The second streame is called Bradsha. It riseth of two heds, aboue Tureton church, whence it runneth to Bradsha, and yer long taking in the Walmesleie becke,* 1.1029 they go in one chanell till they come beneath Bolton in the More. From hence (re∣ceiuing a water that commeth from the roots of Ra∣uenpike hill by the way) it goeth by Deane and Bol∣ton in the More, and so into Bradsha water, which ta∣keth his waie to Leuermore, Farnworth, Leuer∣lesse, and finallie into the Irwell, which I before de∣scribed, and whereof I find these two verses to be ad∣ded at the last:

Irke, Irwell, Medlocke, and Tame, When they meet with the Merseie, do loose their name.

Now therefore to resume our Merseie, you shall vnderstand that after his confluence with the Ir∣well, he runneth to Partington, and not farre from thence interteineth the Gles,* 1.1030 or Glesbrooke water, increased with sundrie armes, wherof one commeth from Lodward, another from aboue Houghton, the third from Hulton parke, and the fourth from Sha∣kerleie: and being all vnited néere vnto Leigh, the confluence goeth to Holcroft, and aboue Holling gréene into the swift Merseie. After this increase the said streame in like sort runneth to Rigston, & there admitteth the Bollein or Bolling brooke water into* 1.1031 his societie, which rising néere the Chamber in Max∣well forrest goeth to Ridge, Sutton, Bollington, Prestbirie, and Newton, where it taketh in a water comming from about Pot Chappell, which runneth from thence by Adlington, Woodford, Wimesleie, Ringeie,* 1.1032 and Ashleie, there receiuing the Birkin brooke that commeth from betwéene Allerton and Marchall, by Mawberleie, and soone after the Ma∣rus or Mar,* 1.1033 that commeth thereinto from Mar towne, by Rawstorne, and after these confluences goeth on to Downham, and ouer against Rixton beneath Crosford bridge into the Merseie water, which procéeding on, admitteth not another that mée∣teth with all néere Lim before it go to Thelwall. Thence also it goeth by Bruche and so to Warring∣ton, a little beneath crossing a brooke that commeth from Par by Browseie, Bradleie, and Saukeie on the one side, and another on the other that commeth thither from Gropenhall, and with these it runneth on to nether Walton, Acton grange, and so to Pen∣kith, where it interteineth the Bold,* 1.1034 and soone after the Grundich* 1.1035 water on the other side, that passeth by Preston, and Daresbirie. Finallie our Merseie go∣ing by Moulton, it falleth into Lirepoole, or as it was called of old Liuerpoole hauen, when it is past Run∣corne. And thus much of the Merseie, comparable vnto the Wiuer, and of no lesse fame than most ri∣uers of this Iland.

Being past these two, we come next of all to the Tarbocke water,* 1.1036 that falleth into the sea at Har∣bocke, without finding anie mo till we be past all Wirall, out of Lirepoole hauen, and from the blacke rockes that lie vpon the north point of the aforesaid Iland. Then come we to the Altmouth,* 1.1037 whose fresh rising not far into the land, commeth to Feston, and soone after receiuing another on the right hand, that passeth into it by Aughton, it is increased no more before it come at the sea. Neither find I anie other falles till I méet with the mouth of the Yarrow and Duglesse, which haue their recourse to the sea in one chanell as I take it.* 1.1038 The Duglesse commeth from by west of Rauenspike hill, and yer long runneth by Andertonford to Worthington, and so (taking in two or thrée rilles by the waie) to Wigen, where it receiueth two waters in one chanell, of which one commeth in south from Brin parke, the other from northeast. Being past this, it receiueth one on the north side from Standish, and another by south from Hollond, and then goeth on toward Rufford chappell taking the Taud withall, that descendeth from a∣boue Skelmersdale towne,* 1.1039 and goeth through La∣than parke, belonging (as I heare) vnto the earle of

Page 85

Derbie.* 1.1040 It méeteth also on the same side, with Mer∣ton meere water, in which meere is one Iland called Netholme beside other, and when it is past the hang∣ing bridge, it is not long yer it fall into the Yarrow.

The Yarrow* 1.1041 riseth of two heads, whereof the se∣cond is called Bagen* 1.1042 brooke, and making a conflu∣ence beneath Helbie wood, it goeth on to Burgh, E∣glestan, Crofton, and then ioineth next of all with the Dugglesse, after which confluence, the maine streame goeth foorth to Bankehall, Charleton, How, [unspec 10] Hesket, and so into the sea. Leland writing of the Yarrow, saith thus of the same, so farre as I now remember. Into the Dugglesse also runneth the Yarrow, which commeth within a mile or therea∣bout of Chorleton towne, that parteth Lelandshire from Derbieshire. Under the foot of Chorle also I find a rill named Ceorle, and about a mile and a halfe from thence a notable quarreie of stones, whereof the inhabitants doo make a great boast and price. And hitherto Leland. [unspec 20]

The Ribble,* 1.1043 a riuer verie rich of salmon and Iam∣preie, dooth in manner inuiron Preston in Ander∣nesse, and it riseth neere to Kibbesdale aboue Gis∣borne, from whence it goeth to Sawleie or Salleie, Chathburne, Woodington, Clithero castell,* 1.1044 and be∣neath Mitton méeteth the Odder at northwest, which riseth not farre from the crosse of Gréet in Yorke∣shire, and going thence to Shilburne, Newton, Rad∣holme parke, and Stonie hirst, it falleth yer long in∣to the Ribble water. From hence the Ribble wa∣ter [unspec 30] hath not gone farre,* 1.1045 but it méeteth with the Cal∣der from southeast. This brooke riseth aboue Holme church in Yorkeshire, which lieth by east of Lanca∣stershire, and goeth by Towleie and Burneleie, where it receiueth a trifling rill, thence to Higham, and yer long crossing one water that commeth from Wicoler by Colne, and another by and by named Pidle brooke,* 1.1046 that runneth by New church in the Pi∣dle, it méeteth with the Calder, which passeth foorth to Paniam; and thence receiuing a becke on the o∣ther [unspec 40] side, it runneth on to Altham, and so to Mar∣tholme,* 1.1047 where the Henburne brooke dooth ioine with∣all, that goeth by Akington chappell, Dunkinhalgh, Rishton, and so into the Calder, as I haue said be∣fore. The Calder therefore being thus inlarged, runneth foorth to Reade, where maister Nowell dwelleth, to Whallie, and soone after into Ribble, that goeth from this confluence to Salisburie hall, Rib∣chester, Osbastin, Samburie, Keuerden, Law, Rib∣bles bridge, & then taketh in the Darwent,* 1.1048 before it [unspec 50] goeth by Pontwarth or Pentwarth into the maine sea. The Darwent diuideth Lelandshire from An∣dernesse, and it riseth by east aboue Darwent chap∣pell; and soone after vniting it selfe with the Blacke∣burne, and Rodlesworth water,* 1.1049 it goeth through Houghton parke, by Houghton towne, to Walton hall, and so into the Ribble. As for the Sannocke brooke,* 1.1050 it riseth somewhat aboue Longridge chappell, goeth to Broughton towne, Cotham, Lée hall, and so into Ribble. And here is all that I haue to saie of [unspec 60] this riuer.

The Wire riseth eight or ten miles from Gar∣stan,* 1.1051 out of an hill in Wiresdale forrest, from whence it runneth by Shireshed chappell, and then going by Wadland, or Waddiler, Grenelaw castell (which belongeth to the erle of Darbie) Garstan, and Kirk∣land hall, it first receiueth the second Calder, that commeth downe by Edmerseie chappell, then ano∣ther chanell increased with sundrie waters,* 1.1052 which I will here describe before I procéed anie further with the Wire. I suppose that the first water is called Plimpton brooke, it riseth south of Gos••••er, and com∣meth by Cawford hall,* 1.1053 and yer long receiuing the Barton* 1.1054 becke, it procéedeth forward till it ioineth with the Brooke rill that commeth from Bowland forrest,* 1.1055 by Clanghton hall, where master Brooke-hales dooth lie, & so through Mersco forrest. After this confluence the Plime or Plimpton water mée∣teth with the Calder, and then with the Wire, which passeth foorth to Michaell church, and the Raw cliffes, and aboue Thorneton crosseth the Skipton that go∣eth by Potton, then into the Wire rode,* 1.1056 and finallie through the sands into the sea, according to his na∣ture. When we were past the fall of the Wire, we coasted vp by the salt cotes, to Coker mouth,* 1.1057 whose head, though it be in Weresdale forrest, not far from that of the Wire, yet the shortnesse of course deser∣ueth no description. The next is Cowdar,* 1.1058 which is comming out of Wire dale, as I take it, is not in∣creased with anie other waters more than Coker, and therefore I will rid my hands thereof so much we sooner.

Being past these two,* 1.1059 I came to a notable ri∣uer called the Lune or Loine, or (as the booke of sta∣tutes hath) Lonwire Anno 13 Ric. 2. cap. 19, and gi∣ueth name to Lancaster, Lonecaster, or Luneca∣ster, where much Romane monie is found, and that of diuerse stamps, whose course dooth rest to be de∣scribed as followeth; and whereof I haue two de∣scriptions. The first being set downe by Leland, as master Moore of Catharine hall in Cambridge deli∣uered it vnto him. The next I exhibit as it was gi∣uen vnto me, by one that hath taken paines (as he saith) to search out and view the same, but verie late∣lie to speake of. The Lune (saith master Moore) of some commonlie called the Loine, riseth at Crosse∣ho, in Dent dale, in the edge of Richmondshire out of thrée heads. North also from Dent dale is Gars∣dale, an vplandish towne, wherein are séene manie times great store of red déere that come downe to feed from the mounteins into the vallies, and there∣by runneth a water, which afterward commeth to Sebbar vale, where likewise is a brooke méeting with Garsdale water, so that a little lower they go as one into Dent dale becke, which is the riuer that afterward is called Lune, or Lane, as I haue verie often noted it. Beside these waters also before men∣tioned, it receiueth at the foot of Sebbar vale, a great brooke, which commeth out of the Worth, betwéene Westmerland and Richmondshire, which taking with him the aforesaid chanels, dooth run seauen miles yer it come to Dent dale foot. From hence it entreth into Lansdale, corruptlie so called, perad∣uenture for Lunesdale, & runneth therein eight or nine miles southward, and in this dale is Kirbie. Hi∣therto master Moore, as Leland hath exemplified that parcell of his letters. But mine other note wri∣teth hereof in this manner.* 1.1060 Burbecke water riseth at Wustall head, by west, and going by Wustall foot to Skaleg,* 1.1061 it admitteth the Breder that descen∣deth thither from Breder dale. From hence our Burbecke goeth to Breder dale foot, & so to Tibarie, where it méeteth with foure rilles in one bottome, of which one commeth from besides Oxton, another from betwéene Rasebecke and Sunbiggin, the third and fourth from each side of Langdale: and after the generall confluence made, goeth toward Round∣swath,* 1.1062 aboue which it vniteth it selfe with the Bar∣row. Thence it runneth to Howgill, Delaker, Firrebanke, and Killington, beneath which it mee∣teth with a water comming from the Moruill hilles, and afterward crossing the Dent brooke,* 1.1063 that run∣neth thither from Dent towne, beneath Sebbar, they continue their course as one into the Burbecke, from whence it is called Lune. From hence it go∣eth to Burbon chappell, where it taketh in ano∣ther rill comming from by east, then to Kirbie, Lansdale, and aboue Whittenton crosseth a brooke

Page 86

comming from the countie stone by Burros, and soone after beneath Tunstall and Greteie,* 1.1064 which des∣cending from about Ingelborow hill, passeth by Twiselton, Ingleton, Thorneton, Burton, Wrat∣ton, and néere Thurland castell, toucheth finallie with the Lune, which brancheth, and soone after vniteth it selfe againe. After this also it goeth on toward New parke,* 1.1065 and receiueth the Wennie, and the Hinburne* 1.1066 both in one chanell, of which this riseth north of the crosse of Greteie, and going by Benthams and Ro∣berts [unspec 10] hill, aboue* 1.1067 Wraie taketh in the Rheburne that riseth north of Wulfecrag. After this conflu∣ence also aboue New parke, it maketh his gate by Aughton, Laughton, Skirton, Lancaster, Excliffe, Awcliffe, Soddaie, Orton, and so into the sea. Thus haue you both the descriptions of Lune, make your conference or election at your pleasure, for I am sworne to neither of them both.

The next fall is called Docker,* 1.1068 and peraduen∣ture the same that Leland dooth call the Kerie,* 1.1069 which [unspec 20] is not farre from Wharton, where the rich Kitson was borne, it riseth north of Docker towne, and go∣ing by Barwtjc hall, it is not increased before it come at the sea, where it falleth into the Lune water at Lunesands. Next of all we come to Bitham becke, which riseth not far from Bitham towne and parke, in the hilles, where about are great numbers of goates kept and mainteined, and by all likelihood resorteth in the end to Linsands.

Being past this, we find a forked arme of the [unspec 30] sea called Kensands: into the first of which diuerse waters doo run in one chanell, as it were from foure principall heads, one of them comming from Grar∣rig hall, another frō by west of Whinfield, & ioining with the first on the east side of Skelmere parke. The third called Sprot or Sprota riseth at Slod∣dale,* 1.1070 & commeth downe by west of Skelmer parke, so that these two brookes haue the aforesaid parke betwéene them, & fall into the fourth east of Barne∣side, not verie farre in sunder. The fourth or last cal∣led [unspec 40] Ken, commeth from Kentmers side,* 1.1071 out of Ken moore, in a poole of a mile compasse, verie well stored with fish, the head whereof, as of all the baronie of Kendall is in Westmerland, & going to Stauelope, it taketh in a rill from Chappleton Inges. Then lea∣uing Colnehead parke by east, it passeth by Barne∣side, to Kendall, Helston, Sigath, Siggeswijc, Le∣uenbridge, Milnethorpe, and so into the sea. Certes this Ken is a pretie déepe riuer, and yet not safelie to be aduentured vpon, with boates and balingers, [unspec 50] by reason of rolling stones, & other huge substances that off annoie & trouble the middest of the chanell there.* 1.1072 The other péece of the forked arme, is called Winstar, the hed wherof is aboue Winstar chappell, & going downe almost by Carpmaunsell, & Nether∣slake, it is not long yer it fall into the sea, or sands, for all this coast, & a gulfe from the Ramside point to the Mealenasse, is so pestered with sands, that it is al∣most incredible to sée how they increase. Those also which inuiron the Kenmouth, are named Kensands: [unspec 60] but such as receiue the descent from the Fosse, Wi∣nander, and Sparke, are called Leuesands, as I find by sufficient testimonie. The mouth or fall of the Dodon also is not farre from this impechment: wherefore it is to be thought, that these issues will yer long become verie noisome, if not choked vp al∣togither. The Winander water riseth about Cim∣barlrasestones,* 1.1073 from whence it goeth to Cangridge, where it maketh a méere: then to Ambleside, and ta∣king in yer it come there, two rilles on the left hand, and one on the right that commeth by Claper∣gate, it maketh (as I take it) the greatest méere, or fresh water in England; for I read it is ten miles in length. Finallie, comming to one small chanell a∣boue Newbridge, it reacheth not aboue six miles yer fall into the sea. There is in like sort a water, cal∣led the Fosse that riseth néere vnto Arneside,* 1.1074 and Tillerthwates, and goeth foorth by Grisdale, Satre∣thwate, Rusland, Powbridge, Bowth, and so falleth with the Winander water into the maine sea. On the west side of the Fosse also commeth another through Furnesse felles, and from the hilles by north thereof, which yer long making the Thurstan lake not far from Hollinhow, and going by Bridge end, in a narrow chanell, passeth foorth by Nibthwaits, Blareth, Cowlton, & Sparke bridge, and so into the sea.* 1.1075 Hauing passed the Leuen or Conisands, or Co∣nistonesands, or Winander fall (for all is one) I come to the Lew,* 1.1076 which riseth at Cewike chappell, and falleth into the sea beside Plumpton. The Rawther* 1.1077 descending out of low Furnesse, hath two heads, whereof one commeth from Penniton, the other by Ulmerstone abbeie, and ioining both in one chanell, they hasten into the sea, whither all waters direct their voiage,. Then come we to another rill south∣west of Aldingham, descending by Glaiston castell; and likewise the fourth that riseth néere Lindell, and running by Dawlton castell and Furnesse abbeie, not farre from the Barrow head, it falleth into the sea ouer against Waueie and Waueie chappell, ex∣cept mine aduertisements misleade me.

The Dodon,* 1.1078 which from the head is bound vn∣to Cumberland and Westmerland, commeth from the Shire stone hill bottome, and going by Blacke∣hill, Southwake, S. Iohns, Uffaie parke, & Brough∣ton, it falleth into the faltwater, betwéene Kirbie, and Mallum castell. And thus are we now come vnto the Rauenglasse point, and well entred into Cum∣berland countie.

Comming to Rauenglasse, I find hard by the towne a water comming from two heads, and both of them in lakes or pooles, whereof one issueth out of Denocke or Deuenocke méere,* 1.1079 and is called De∣nocke water, the other named Eske from Eske poole which runneth by Eskedale, Dalegarth, and soone af∣ter meeting with the Denocke,* 1.1080 betwéene Maw∣burthwate and Rauenglasse, falleth into the sea. On the other side of Rauenglasse also commeth the Mite brooke,* 1.1081 from Miterdale as I read. Then find we an∣other which commeth from the hils, and at the first is forked, but soone after making a lake, they gather a∣gaine into a smaller chanell: finallie meeting with the Brenge,* 1.1082 they fall into the sea at Carleton south∣east, as I wéene of Drig. The Cander,* 1.1083 or (as Leland nameth it) the Calder, commeth out of Copeland for∣rest, by Cander, Sellefield, and so into the sea. Then come we to Euer water, descending out of a poole a∣boue Coswaldhow, and thence going by Euerdale, it crosseth a water from Arladon, and after procéedeth to Egremond, S. Iohns, and taking in another rill from Hide, it is not long yer it méeteth with the sea.

The next fall is at Moresbie, whereof I haue no skill. From thence therefore we cast about by saint Bees to Derwentset hauen, whose water is truelie written Dargwent or Deruent.* 1.1084 It riseth in the hils about Borrodale, from whence it goeth vnto the Grange, thence into a lake, in which are certeine I∣lands, and so vnto Keswtjc, where it falleth into the Bure, whereof the said lake is called Bursemere,* 1.1085 or the Burthmere poole. In like sort the Bure or Burth∣mere water, rising among the hils goeth to Tegbur∣thesworth, Forneside, S. Iohns, and Threlcoe: and there méeting with a water from Grisdale, by Wa∣kethwate, called Grise, it runneth to Burnesse,* 1.1086 Kes∣wtjc, and there receiueth the Darwent. From Kes∣wtjc in like sort it goeth to Thorneswate (and there making a plash) to Armanswate, Isell, Huthwate and Cokermouth,* 1.1087 and here it receiueth the Cokar,

Page 87

which rising among the hils commeth by Lowse∣water, Brakenthwate, Lorton, and so to Cokar∣mouth towne, from whence it hasteth to Bridge∣ham, and receiuing a rill called the Wire, on the south side that runneth by Dein, it leaueth Sam∣burne and Wirketon behind it, and entereth into the sea.

Leland saith that the Wire is a créeke where ships lie oft at rode,* 1.1088 and that Wirketon or Wirkington towne dooth take his name thereof. He addeth also [unspec 10] that there iiron and coles, beside lead ore in Wire∣dale. Neuerthelesse the water of this riuer is for the most part fore troubled, as comming through a sud∣die or soddie more, so that little good fish is said to liue therein.* 1.1089 But to proceed. The Elme rieth in the mines aboue Amautrée, and from Amautre goeth to Yeresbie, Harbie, Brow, and there taking in a rill on the left hand comming by Torpennie, it goeth to Hatton castell, Alwarbie, Birthie, Dereham, and so into the sea. Thence we go about by the chappell at the [unspec 20] point, and come to a baie serued with two fresh wa∣ters, whereof one rising westward goeth by War∣ton, Rabbie, Cotes, and so into the maine, taking in a rill withall from by south, called Croco, that com∣meth from Crockdale, by Bromefield.* 1.1090 The second is named Wampoole brooke,* 1.1091 & this riseth of two heads, whereof one is about Cardew. Thence in like sort it goeth to Thuresbie, Croston, Owton, Gamlesbie, Wampall, the Larth, and betwéene Whiteridge and Kirbie into the saltwater. From hence we double the [unspec 30] Bowlnesse, and come to an estuarie, whither thrée notable riuers doo resort, and this is named the Sol∣ueie mouth. But of all, the first excéedeth, which is cal∣led Eden, and whose description dooth follow here at hand.

The Eden well fraught with famon,* 1.1092 descendeth (as I heare) from the hils in Athelstane moore at the foot of Husstat Moruell hill, where Swale also riseth, and southeast of Mallerstang forrest. From thence in like maner it goeth to Mallerstang towne, Pen∣dragon [unspec 40] castell, Wharton hall, Netbie, Hartleie ca∣stell, Kirkebie Stephan, and yer it come at great Musgrane, it receiueth thrée waters, whereof one is called Helbecke,* 1.1093 bicause it commeth from the Derne and Elinge mounteins by a towne of the same de∣nomination. The other is named Bellow,* 1.1094 and descen∣deth from the east mounteins by Sowarsbie, & these two on the northeast: the third falleth from Rauen∣standale, by Newbiggin, Smardale, Soulbie, Bla∣terne, and so into Eden, that goeth from thence by [unspec 50] Warcop;* 1.1095 and taking in the Orne about Burelles on the one side, and the Morton becke on the other, it ha∣steth to Applebie,* 1.1096 thence to Cowlbie, where it crosseth the Dribecke,* 1.1097 thence to Bolton, and Kirbie, and there méeting with the Trowt becke,* 1.1098 and beneath the same with the Liuenet* 1.1099 (whereinto falleth an other water from Thurenlie méeting withall beneath Cle∣bron) it runneth finallie into Eden. After the conflu∣ences also the Eden passeth to Temple, and soone af∣ter meeting with the Milburne and Blincorne* 1.1100 wa∣ters, [unspec 60] in one chanell, it runneth to Winderwarth and Hornebie, where we will staie till I haue described the water that meeteth withall néere the aforesaid place called the Ulse.* 1.1101

This water commeth out of a lake, which is fed with six rils,* 1.1102 whereof one is called the Marke, and néere the fall thereof into the plash is a towne of the same name;* 1.1103 the second hight Harteshop, & runneth from Harteshop hall by Depedale; the third is Pa∣terdale* 1.1104 rill; the fourth Glent Roden,* 1.1105 the fift Glenk∣guin,* 1.1106 but the sixt runneth into the said lake, south of Towthwate. Afterward when this lake commeth to∣ward Pole towne, it runneth into a small chanell, & going by Barton, Dalumaine, it taketh in a rill by the waie from Daker castell. Thence it goeth to Stockebridge, Yoneworth, and soone after méeteth with a pretie brooke called Loder,* 1.1107 comming from Thornethwate by Bauton, and héere a rill; then by Helton, and there another; thence to Askham, Clif∣ton, and so ioining with the other called Ulse, they go to Brougham castell, Nine churches, Hornebie, and so into Eden, taking in a rill (as it goeth) that com∣meth downe from Pencath. Being past Hornebie, our Eden runneth to Langunbie, and soone after re∣ceiuing a rill that commeth from two heads, and ioi∣ning beneath Wingsell, it hasteth to Lasenbie, then to Kirke Oswald (on ech side whereof commeth in a rill from by east) thence to Nonneie, and there a rill, Anstable, Cotchill, Corbie castell, Wetherall, New∣bie: where I will staie, till I haue described the Ir∣ding, and such waters as fall into the same before I go to Carleill.

The Irding ariseth in a moore in the borders of Tindale,* 1.1108 néere vnto Horsse head crag, where it is called Terne becke;* 1.1109 vntill it come to Spicrag hill, that diuideth Northumberland and Gillesland in sunder, from whence it is named Irding. Being therfore come to Ouerhall, it receiueth the Pultrose becke,* 1.1110 by east, and thence goeth on to Ouerdenton, Netherdenton, Leuercost, and Castelstead, where it taketh in the Cambocke,* 1.1111 that runneth by Kirke Cambocke, Askerton castell, Walton, and so into Irding, which goeth from thence to Irdington, Newbie, & so into Eden. But a little before it come there,* 1.1112 it crosseth with the Gillie that commeth by Tankin, and soone after falleth into it. After these confluences, our Eden goeth to Linstocke castell, (and here it interteineth a brooke, comming from Cotehill ward by Aglionbie) and then vnto Car∣leill, which is now almost inuironed with foure waters.

For beside the Eden it receiueth the Peder,* 1.1113 which Leland calleth Logus from southeast. This Peder riseth in the hils southwest of Penruddocke, from whence it goeth to Penruddocke, then to Gra∣stocke castell, Cateleie, and Kenderside hall, and then taking in a water from Unthanke, it goeth to Cath∣wade, Pettrelwaie, Newbiggin, Carleton, and so into Eden, northeast of Carleill. But on the north side the Bruferth brooke dooth swiftlie make his en∣trance, running by Leuerdale,* 1.1114 Scalbie castell, and Housedon; as I am informed. The third is named Candan (if not Deua after Leland) which rising about the Skidlow hils, runneth to Mosedale, Caldbecke, Warnell, Saberham, Rose castell, Dawston, Brounston, Harrington, and west of Carleill falleth into Eden, which going from thence by Grimsdale, Kirke Andros, Beaumont, falleth into the sea be∣neath the Rowcliffe castell. And thus much of the E∣den, which Leland neuerthelesse describeth after an∣other sort, whose words I will not let to set downe here in this place, as I find them in his commen∣taries.

The Eden, after it hath run a pretie space from his head,* 1.1115 méeteth in time with the Ulse water, which is a great brooke in Westmerland, and rising aboue Maredale, a mile west of Loder, it commeth by the late dissolued house of Shappe priorie,* 1.1116 théee miles from Shappe, and by Brampton village into Loder or Lodon. Certes this streame within halfe a mile of the head, becommeth a great lake for two miles course, and afterward waxing narrow againe, it runneth foorth in a meane and indifferent bottome. The said Eden in like sort receiueth the Aimote a∣bout thrée miles beneath Brougham castell,* 1.1117 and in∣to the same Aimote falleth the Dacor becke (alreadie touched) which riseth by northwest in Materdale hils, foure miles aboue Dacor castell,* 1.1118 and then going

Page 88

through Dacor parke, it runneth by east a good mile lower into Eimote, a little beneath Delamaine, which standeth on the left side of Dacor. In one of his bookes also he saith, how Carleill standeth betwéene two streames,* 1.1119 that is to saie the Deua, which com∣meth thither from by southwest, and also the Logus tha descendeth from the southeast. He addeth more∣ouer how the Deua in times past was named Uala or Bala,* 1.1120 and that of the names of these two, Lugiba∣la for Caerleill hath beene deriued, &c. and thus much [unspec 10] out of Leland. But where he had the cause of this his coniecture as yet I haue not read. Of this am I cer∣teine, that I vse the names of most riuers hete and else-where described, accordinglie as they are called in my time, although I omit not to speake here and there of such as are more ancient, where iust occasion mooueth me to remember them, for the better vn∣derstanding of our histories, as they doo come to hand.

Blacke Leuen* 1.1121 and white Leuen waters, fall in∣to [unspec 20] the sea in one chanell, and with them the Lamford* 1.1122 and the Eske,* 1.1123 the last confluence being not a full mile from the maine sea. The white and blacke Leuen ioi∣ning therfore aboue Bucknesse, the confluence goeth to Bracken hill, Kirkleuenton, and at Tomunt* 1.1124 water meeteth with the Eske. In like sort the Kirsop* 1.1125 ioining with the Lidde* 1.1126 out of Scotland at Kirsop foot, running by Stangerdike side, Harlow, Hath∣water, and taking in the Eske aboue the Mote, it looseth the former name, and is called Eske, vntill it [unspec 30] come to the sea.

Hauing thus gone thorough the riuers of Eng∣land, now it resteth that we procéed with those which are to be found vpon the Scotish shore, in such order as we best may, vntill we haue fetched a compasse about the same, and come vnto Barwike, whence af∣terward it shall be easie for vs to make repaire vnto the Thames, from which we did set forward in the be∣ginning of our voiage. The first riuer that I met withall on the Scotish coast,* 1.1127 is the Eske, after I [unspec 40] came past the Solueie, which hath his head in the Che∣uiot hilles, runneth by Kirkinton, and falleth into the sea at Borow on the sands. This Eske hauing receiued the Ewis falleth into the Solueie first at Atterith. After this I passed ouer a little créeke from Kirthell, and so to Anand, whereof the vallie Anan∣dale dooth séeme to take the name. There is also the Nide, whereof commeth Nidsdale, the Ken, the Dée, the Crale, and the Bladnecke, and all these (besides diuerse other small rilles of lesse name) doo lie vpon [unspec 50] the south of Gallowaie.

On the north side also we haue the Ruan, the Arde, the Cassile Dune, the Burwin, the Cluide (where∣vpon sometime stood the famous citie of Alcluide, and whereinto runneth the Carath) the Hamell, the Dourglesse, and the Lame. From hence in like ma∣ner we came vnto the Leuind mouth, wherevnto the Blake on the southwest and the Lomund lake, with his fléeting Iles and fish without finnes (yet verie holesone) dooth séeme to make his issue. This lake of [unspec 60] Lomund in calme weather ariseth sometimes so high, and swelleth with such terrible billowes, that it causeth the best marriners of Scotland to abide the leisure of this water, before they dare aduenture to hoise vp sailes on hie. The like is seene in windie weather, but much more perillous. There are cer∣teine Iles also in the same, which mooue and remooue, oftentimes by force of the water, but one of them e∣speciallie, which otherwise is verie fruitfull for pastu∣rage of cattell.

Next vnto this is the Leue,* 1.1128 the Rage, the Long,* 1.1129 the Goile, & the Heke,* 1.1130 which for the excéeding great∣nesse of their heads, are called lakes. Then haue we the Robinseie,* 1.1131 the Foreland, the Tarbat,* 1.1132 the Lean,* 1.1133 and the Abir,* 1.1134 wherevnto the Spanseie, the Loine, the Louth, the Arke,* 1.1135 and the Zefe* 1.1136 doo fall, there is also the Sell,* 1.1137 the Zord,* 1.1138 the Owin,* 1.1139 the Newisse,* 1.1140 the Orne* 1.1141 the Lang,* 1.1142 the Drun,* 1.1143 the Hew,* 1.1144 the Brun,* 1.1145 the Kell,* 1.1146 the Dowr,* 1.1147 the Faro,* 1.1148 the Nesse,* 1.1149 the Herre,* 1.1150 the Con,* 1.1151 the Glasse,* 1.1152 the Maur,* 1.1153 the Urdall,* 1.1154 the Fers (that com∣meth out of the Caldell) the Fairsoke, which two lat∣ter lie a little by west of the Orchades, and are pro∣perlie called riuers, bicause they issue onelie from springs; but most of the other takes, bicause they come from linnes and huge pooles, or such low bot∣tomes, fed with springs, as séeme to haue no accesse, but onelie recesse of waters, whereof there be manie in Scotland.

But to procéed. Hauing once past Dungisbie head in Cathnesse, we shall yer long come to the mouth of the Wifle, a prettie streame, comming by south of the mounteins called the Maidens pappes. Then to the Browre, the Clin, the Twin (where∣into runneth three riuers,* 1.1155 the Shin, the Sillan, and Carew) the Nesse,* 1.1156 which beside the plentie of sa∣mon found therein is neuer frosen,* 1.1157 nor suffereth yce to remaine there, that is cast into the poole.* 1.1158 From thence we come vnto the Narding,* 1.1159 the Fin∣derne, the Spaie (which receiues the Uine) the Fitch,* 1.1160 the Bulich,* 1.1161 the Arrian, the Leuin, and the Bogh, from whence we saile vntill we come about the Buquhan head,* 1.1162 and so to the Downe, and Dee: which two streames bring forth the greatest samons that are to be he had in Scotland,* 1.1163 and most plentie of the same.* 1.1164 Then to the north Eske, whereinto the Esmond runneth aboue Brechin,* 1.1165 the south Eske, then the Louen and the Taw,* 1.1166 which is the finest riuer for water that is in all Scotland,* 1.1167 and wherevnto most riuers and lakes doo run.* 1.1168 As Farlake, Yrth, Goure,* 1.1169 Loich, Cannach, Linell, Loion, Irewer, Erne, and diuerse other besides small rillets which I did neuer looke vpon.

Then is there the lake Londors, vpon whose mouth saint Andrewes dooth stand, the lake Lewin, vnto whose streame two other lakes haue recourse in Fifland, and then the Firth or Fortha, which some doo call the Pictish and Scotish sea, whither the king∣dome of the Northumbers was sometime extended, and with the riuer last mentioned (I meane that commeth from Londors) includeth all Fife, the said Fortha being full of oisters and all kinds of huge fish that vse to lie in the déepe. How manie waters run into the Firth, called by Ptolomie Loxa, it is not in my power iustlie to declare: yet are there both ri∣uers, rills, & lakes that fall into the same, as Clacke,* 1.1170 Alon,* 1.1171 Dune,* 1.1172 Kerie,* 1.1173 Cambell,* 1.1174 Cumer,* 1.1175 Tere,* 1.1176 Man,* 1.1177 Torkeson,* 1.1178 Rosham,* 1.1179 Mushell,* 1.1180 Blene,* 1.1181 and diuerse o∣ther which I call by these names, partlie after infor∣mation, and partlie of such townes as are neere vn∣to their heads. Finallie, when we are past the Haie, then are we come vnto the Twede,* 1.1182 whereinto we entred, leauing Barwike on the right hand and his appurtenances, wherein Halidon hill standeth, and conteineth a triangle of so much ground beyond the said riuer, as is well néere foure miles in length, and thrée miles in bredth in the broad end: except mine information doo faile me.

The Twede (which Ptolomie nameth Toualsis or Toesis, & betwéene which and the Tine the coun∣tie of Northumberland is in maner inclosed, and watred with sundrie noble riuers) is a noble streame and the limes or bound betwéene England & Scot∣land, wherby those two kingdomes are now diuided in sunder. It riseth about Drimlar in Eusbale (or rather out of a faire well (as Leland saith) standing in the mosse of an hill called Airstane, or Harestan in Twede dale ten miles from Pibble) and so com∣ming by Pibble, Lander, Dribiwgh, Lelse, Warke,

Page 89

Norham and Hagarstone, it falleth into the sea be∣neath Barwike, as I heare. Thus saith Leland. But I not contented with this so short a discourse of so long a riuer & briefe description of so faire a streame, will ad somewhat more of the same concerning his race on the English side, and rehearsall of such ri∣uers as fall into it. Comming therefore to Ridam, it receiueth betwéene that and Carham a becke, which descendeth from the hilles that lie by west of Windram. Going also from Ridam by Longbridg∣ham [unspec 10] (on the Scotish side) and to Carham, it hasteth immediatlie to Warke castell on the English, and by Spilaw on the other side, then to Cornewall, Cald streame, and Tilmouth, where it receiueth sundrie waters in one botome which is called the Till, and whose description insueth here at hand.

Certes there is no head of anie riuer that is na∣med Till,* 1.1183 but the issue of the furthest water that com∣meth hereinto, riseth not farre from the head of Us∣waie in the Cheuiot hilles, where it is called Bren∣nich, [unspec 20] whereof the kingdome of Brennicia did some∣time take the name. From thence it goeth to Hart∣side, Ingram, Branton, Crawleie, Hedgeleie, Be∣ueleie, and Bewije, beneath which it receiueth one water comming from Rodham by west, and soone after a second descending from the Middletons, and so they go as one with the Bromish,* 1.1184 by Chatton to Fowbreie (where they crosse the third water falling downe by north from Howborne by Hescibridge) thence to Woller, there also taking in a rill that ri∣seth [unspec 30] about Middleton hall, and runneth by Hardleie, Whereleie, and the rest afore remembred, wherby the water of Bromis is not a little increased, and after this latter confluence beneath Woller, no more cal∣led Bromis but the Till, vntill it come at the Twede. The Till passing therefore by Wetel and and Dedington, méeteth soone after with a faire streame comming from by southwest, which most men call the Bowbent or Bobent.

It riseth on the west side of the Cocklaw hill,* 1.1185 and [unspec 40] from thence hasteth to Hattons, beneath the which it ioineth from by southeast with the Hellerborne, and then goeth to Pudston, Downeham, Kilham, and a little by north of Newton Kirke, and betwéene it and west Newton, it taketh in another water called Glin, comming from the Cheuiot hilles by Heth poole, and from thenseforth runneth on without anie further increase, by Copland, Euart, and so in the Till. The Till for his part in like sort after this con∣fluence goeth to Broneridge, Fodcastell, Catall ca∣stell, [unspec 50] Heaton, & north of Tmouth into the Twede, or by west of Wesell, except my memori dooth faile me. After this also our aforesaid water of Twede descendeth to Grotehugh, the Newbiggins, Nor∣ham castell, Foord, Lungridge,* 1.1186 & crossing the Whita∣ker on the other side from Scotland beneath Caw∣mill, it runneth to Ordo, to Barwike, and so into the Ocean, leauing (as I said) so much English ground on the northwest ripe, as lieth in manner of a trian∣gle betwéene Cawmils, Barwike, and Lammeton, [unspec 60] which (as one noteth) is no more but two miles and an halfe euerie waie, or not much more; except he be deceiued.

Being past this noble streame, we came by a rill that descendeth from Bowsden by Barington. Then by the second which ariseth betwéene Middleton and Detcham or Dereham, and runneth by Eskill and the Rosse, next of all to Warnemouth of whose backe water I read as followeth. The Warne or Gwerne riseth southwest of Crokelaw, and going by Warneford,* 1.1187 Bradford, Spindlestone, and Bud••••, it leaueth Newton on the right hand, and so falleth in∣to the Ocean after it hath run almost nine miles from the head within the land, and receiued a rill be∣neath Yessington, which commeth downe betwéene Newland and Olchester, and hath a bridge beneath the confluence, which leadeth ouer the same. From Warnemouth, we sailed by Bamborow castell, and came at last to a fall betweene Bedwell and New∣ton. The maine water that serueth this issue, riseth aboue Carleton from the foot of an hill, which séemeth to part the head of this and that of Warne in sun∣der. It runneth also by Carleton, Tonleie, Oxford, Brunton, and Tuggell, and finallie into the sea, as to his course apperteineth.

From this water we went by Dunstanbugh ca∣stell,* 1.1188 vnto the Chalne or Alnemouth, which is serued with a pretie riueret called Alne, the head whereof ri∣seth in the hils west of Alnham towne, and called by Ptolomie, Celnius. From thense also it runneth by Rile, Kile, Estington, and Whittingham, where it crosseth a rill comming from by south, and beneath the same, the second that descendeth from Eirchild at Brone, & likewise the third that riseth at Newton, and runneth by Edlingham castell and Lemmaton (all on the southeast side or right hand) and so passeth on further, till it meet with the fourth, comming from aboue Shipleie from by north, after which confluence it goeth to Alnewije, & then to Denntie, receiuing there a rillet from by south and a rill from by north, and thence going on to Bilton, betweene Ailmouth towne and Wooddon, it sweepeth into the Ocean.

The Cocket* 1.1189 is a goodlie riuer, the head also there∣of is in the roots of Kemblespeth hils, from whence it goeth to Whiteside, and there meeting with the Us∣waie* 1.1190 (which descendeth from the north) it goeth a little further to Linbridge, and there receiueth the Ridleie by southwest, and after that with another, called (as I thinke) the Hoc, which commeth from the Woodland and hillie soile by Allington, & falleth into the same, west of Parke head. It ioineth also yer long with the Ridland,* 1.1191 which commeth in north by Bilstone, and then hieth to Sharpton, to Harbotle, where it crosseth the Yardop water by south,* 1.1192 then to Woodhouse, and swallowing in a litle becke by the waie from south∣west, to Bickerton, to Tossons, Newton, and run∣ning apace toward Whitton towre, it taketh a brooke withall that commeth in northwest of Alnham, néere Elthaw, and goeth by Skarnewood, ouer nether Trewhet, Snitter, and Throxton, and soone after vni∣teth it selfe with the Cocket,* 1.1193 from whence they go to∣gether to Rethburie, or Whitton towre, to Halie, to Brinkehorne, Welden, taking withall soone after the Tod or burne called Tod, which falleth in from by south, then to Elihaw, Felton (receiuing thereabout the Fareslie brooke, that goeth by Wintring by south east, and Sheldike water, that goeth by Hason, to Brainsaugh by north) and from thence to Morricke Warkworth ca••••ell, and so into the sea.

There is furthermore a little fall, betwéene Hawkeslaw and Drurith, which riseth about Stokes wood goeth by east Cheuington, and Whittington ca∣stell, and afterward into the Ocean.* 1.1194 The Lune is a pretie brooke rising west of Espleie, from whence it goeth to Tritlington, Ugham, Linton, and yer long in the sea. Wansbecke (in old time Diua) is far grea∣ter than the Lune.* 1.1195 It issueth vp west and by north of west Whelpington, thence it runneth to Kirke Whelpington, Wallington, Middleton, and Anger∣ton. Heere it méeteth with a water running from a∣bout Farnelaw by the grange, and Hartburne on the north, and then going from Angerton, it runneth by Moseden to Mitforth, and there in like maner cros∣seth the Font,* 1.1196 which issuing out of the ground about Newbiggin, goeth by Nonneie Kirke, Witton ca∣stell, Stanton, Nunriding, Newton, and so into the Wansbecke, which runneth in like maner from Mit∣ford to Morpheth castell (within two miles whereof it

Page 90

ebbeth and floweth) the new Chappell, Bottle castell, Shepwash, and so into the sea, thrée miles from the next hauen which is called Blithe.

Blithe water riseth about kirke Heaton, and go∣eth by Belfe,* 1.1197 Ogle, and (receiuing the Port aliàs the Brocket, that springeth east of S. Oswolds) passeth by Portgate, Whittington, Fennike hall, Madfen∣nes, Hawkewell, the Grange, & Dis••••ngtons. After it hath taken in the Pont from the east (whose head is not farre from that of Hartleie streame) and is past* 1.1198 [unspec 10] Barwijc on the hill, it runneth by Harford, Bed∣lington, Cowpon, and at Blithes nuke, into the deepe Ocean. Hartleie streamelet riseth in Wéete∣slade parioch, goeth by Haliwell, and at Hartleie towne yeeldeth to the sea.

The Time or Tinna,* 1.1199 a riuer notablie stored with samon, and other good fish, and in old time cal∣led Alan, riseth of two heads, whereof that called north Tine, is the first that followeth to be described. It springeth vp aboue Belkirke in the hils,* 1.1200 & thence [unspec 20] goeth to Butterhawgh (where it receiueth a con∣fluence of Kirsop and the Shele) thence to Crag∣sheles, Leapelish (receiuing on the south a rill out of Tindale) then to Shilburne, against which it taketh in a becke that commeth out of Tindale called Shill, also two other on the same side, betweene Yarro and Fawston hall, and the third at Thorneburne, and so goeth on to Grenested, and there carrieth withall a fall, from by north also made by the confluence of one rill comming by Thecam, and another that pas∣seth [unspec 30] by Holinhead, and likewise another on the south comming from Tindale, by Chuden, Dalacastell, and Brokes: after which our north Tine goeth by Hellaside, to Billingham, and at Rhedes mouth méeteth with the Ridde, a verie prettie water, whose description is giuen me after this maner.* 1.1201

The Ridde therefore riseth within thrée miles of the Scotish march, as Leland saith, & commeth through Riddesdale, wherevnto it giueth the name. Another writeth how it riseth in the roots of the Carter, and [unspec 40] Redsquibe hilles, and yer it hath gone farre from the head, beside a few little rilles it taketh in the Spel∣hop* 1.1202 or Petop from the north and the Cheslop* 1.1203 on the south, beside sundrie other wild rits namelesse and obscure, as one on the north side next vnto the Potop or Spelhop; another by south out of Riddesdale, the third west of Burdop, the fourth runneth by Wul∣law to Rochester, then two from southwest, another from by north which goeth by Durtburne, and is cal∣led Durt or Durth, then the Smalburne from the [unspec 50] west. Next to the same is the Otter or Otterburne on the north side also the Ouereie, and finallie the last which descendeth from Ellesdon hilles, by Munkrige and ioineth with our Ridde, northwest of Nud∣howgh, after which the said Ridde goeth by Wood∣burne, Risingham, Leame, and so into the Tine, a little lower than Belingham or Bilingham, which standeth some what aloofe from north Tine, and is (as I take it) ten miles at the least aboue the towne of Hexham. After this confluence it passseth to Léehall,* 1.1204 [unspec 60] to Carehouse (crossing Shitlington* 1.1205 becke by west which also receiueth the Yare on the south side of Shitlington) another also beneath this on the same side, made by the confluence of Workes burne, and Middle burne, at Roseburne, beside the third called Morleis or Morelée aboue, and Simons burne be∣neath Shepechase, and likewise the Swine from by forth that runneth by Swinburne castell, next of all the Riall from the northeast, which commeth by E∣rington, & so holding his course directlie southwarde, it goeth by S. Oswolds through the Pictithwall, to Wall, and so into south Tine, beneath Accam, and northwest (as I doo wéene) of Hexham.

The south Tine ariseth in the Cheuiot hils,* 1.1206 and yet it hath gone farre from the head, it méeteth with Esgill on the east,* 1.1207 and another rill on the west, and so going by the houses toward Awsten moore, it ometh with Schud from by west, and soone after with the Uent from by east aboue Lowbier. From Low∣bier it goeth to Whitehalton,* 1.1208 to Kirke Haugh (cros∣sing the Gilders becke* 1.1209 on the one side, and the Alne on the other) to Thornehope, where it is inlarged with a water on each side, to Williamstone, and al∣most at Knaresdale,* 1.1210 taketh in the Knare, and then runneth withall to Fetherstone angle. At Fether∣stone angle likewise it méeteth with Hartleie water, by southwest comming from Sibins or Sibbenes, another a little beneath from southeast, and thence when it commeth to Billester castell, it carieth ano∣ther withall from by west, Thirlewall called Rippall which riseth in the forrest of Lowes, and goeth by the Waltowne, Blinkinsop, & Widon, and after which confluence it taketh in another from by north rising west of Swinsheld, which goeth by Grenelegh to Haltwestell: thence going by Unthanke, it crosseth a∣nother rill from by south, descending from thee hilles that lie north of Todlewood, and then proceeding vn∣to Wilmotteswije, it admitteth the Wilmots becke from the south, and another running by Bradleie hall on the north side of Beltingham; after which it mée∣teth with the Alen a proper water, and described af∣ter this maner.

The Alen or Alon hath two heads,* 1.1211 whereof one is called east Alen, the other west Alen. The first of them riseth southeast of Sibton Sheles, & going by Sun∣dorp, it taketh in a rill withall from by est; after which confluence it runneth to Newshele, Allington, Cad∣don, Old towne, & in the course to Stauertpele, mée∣teth with the west Alen. The west Alen riseth in Kil∣lop low hilles aboue Wheelee sheles,* 1.1212 from whence it goeth to Spartwell, Hawcopole, Owston, and ta∣king in a rill thereabouts, if procéedeth on to Per∣mandbie, and crossing there another rill in like ma∣ner from by west, it goeth by Whitefield, and ioining soone after with the est Alen, they run as one to Sta∣uert poole, Plankford, and so into the Tine betweene Beltingham and Lées, from whence the Tine run∣neth on by Lees Haddon, Woodhall, Owners, Whernebie, Costleie, & so by Warden, till it crosse the north Tine, and come to Hexham, from whence it goeth to Dilstan, crossing two waters by the waie, whereof one commeth from by south, and is called the Wolsh, which holdeth hir course by Sielehall, and Newbiggin receiueth another comming from Grimbridge: the other called Dill so me what lower descending from Hedleie, and running by Rising, till it fall into the south side of our streame from Dilstan, it goeth to Bywell castell, ouer against which it receiueth a rill that runneth by Hindleie, thence it hasteth to Eltingham, Pruddo, Willam, (and there it meeteth with another becke) then to Re∣ton, Blaidon, and next of all ioineth with the Dar∣went, from by south.

This riuer riseth aboue Knewdon, and Rudlam∣hope in Northumberland,* 1.1213 from two heads: the nor∣therlie being called Dere, and the southerlie the Guent: and ioining so well yer long in chanell as in name, they runne on to Humsterworth, new Big∣gin, Blankeland, Acton, Aspersheles, Blackheadlie, Brentfield side, Pansheles, Echester, and there ta∣king in a water from Hedlere in Northumberland, néere to Blacke hall in the bishoprike, it goeth on to Spen, Holl inside, Wickham Swalwell, and so into Tine, which passeth from thence by Elswijc, and mée∣ting with another water comming from Shildraw, by Rauensworth castell to Redhugh, it goeth on to Newcastell, Fellin, Netherheworth, Walker, Waswon, Hedburne, and next to Ierco or Girwie,

Page 91

where Beda dwelled in an abbeie; now a gentlemans place (although the church be made a parish church, wherevnto diuerse townes resort, as moonke Eaton where Beda was borne, which is a mile from thence, Southsheles, Harton, Westhow, Hebburne, Hed∣worth, Wardleie, Fellin, Follinsbie, the Heworthes) and from thence to the south and Northsheles, and so into the sea, fiue miles by northwest of Weremouth, and (as I gesse) some what more.

Beneath the confluence in like sort of both the [unspec 10] Tines, standeth Corbridge, a towne sometime inha∣bited by the Romans, and about twelue miles from Newcastell, and hereby dooth the Corue run, that meeteth yer long with the Tine. Not farre off also is a place called Colchester, wherby Leland gesseth that the name of the brooke should rather be Cole than Corue,* 1.1214 and in my iudgement his coniecture is verie likelie; for in the life of S. Oswijn (otherwise a féeble authoritie) the word Colbridge is alwaies vsed for Corbridge, whereof I thought good to leaue this short [unspec 20] aduertisement. In this countrie also are the thrée vales or dales, whereof men haue doubted whether théeues or true men doo most abound in them, that is to saie, Riddesdale, Tuidale, and Liddesdale: this last being for the most part Scotish, and without the marches of England. Neuerthelesse, sithens that by the diligence cheefelie of maister Gilpin, and finallie of other learned preachers, the grace of God work∣ing with them, they haue béene called to some obedi∣ence and zeale vnto the word, it is found that they [unspec 30] haue so well profited by the same, that at this present their former sauage demeanour is verie much aba∣ted, and their barbarous wildnesse and fiercenesse so qualified, that there is great hope left of their reduc∣tion vnto ciuilitie, and better order of behauiour than hitherto they haue béene acquainted withall. But to procéed with the rest.

Ptolomie, writing of the Were, calleth it Uedra, a riuer well knowne vnto Beda the famous préest, who was brought vp in a monasterie that stood vpon [unspec 40] the bankes thereof.* 1.1215 It riseth of thrée heads in Kellop∣peslaw hill, whereof the most southerlie is called Burdop,* 1.1216 the middlemost Wallop,* 1.1217 and the northerli∣est Kellop,* 1.1218 which vniting themselues about S. Iohns chappell, or a little by west thereof, their confluence runneth through Stanhope parke, by east Yare, and so to Frosterleie. But yer it come there, it receiueth thrée rilles from the north in Weredale, whereof one commeth in by Stanhope, another west of Wood∣croft hall, and the third at Frosterleie afore mentio∣ned. [unspec 50] And a little beneath these, I find yet a fourth on the south side, which descendeth from southwest by Bolliop, Bishopsleie, Milhouses, and Landew, as I haue béene informed. Being therefore vnited all with the Were, this streame goeth on to Walsing∣ham,* 1.1219 there taking in the Wascropburne, beside ano∣ther at Bradleie, the third at Harpleie hall (and these on the north side) and the fourth betwéene Witton and Witton castell called Bedburne, comming by Hamsterleie,* 1.1220 whereby this riuer dooth now wax ve∣rie [unspec 60] great. Going therefore from hence, it hasteth to Bishops Akeland, and beneath it receiueth the Ga∣rondlesse, which (as Leland saith) riseth six miles by west of Akeland castell, and running south thereof, passeth by west Akeland, S. Helens Akeland, S. An∣drewes Akeland, and bishops Akeland, and then into the Were which goeth to Newfield, and Willing∣ton. Neere vnto this place also and somewhat beneath Sunderland, the Were, crosseth one brooke from southest by Het, Croxseie, Cronefurth, Tursdale, and Coxdale, and two other from by northwest in one botome, whereof the first commeth from aboue Ash by Langleie: the other called Coue, from aboue Kinchleie by Newbiggin, Lanchester, north Langlie, and through Beare parke, & so méeting beneath Rel∣leie or Hedleie with the other, they fall both as one into the Were, betweene south Sunderland and Burnall. From hence our riuer goeth on to Howgh∣well, Shirkeleie, old Duresme (and there taking in the Pidding brooke* 1.1221 by northeast) it goeth to Dures∣me, Finkeleie, Harbarhouse, Lumleie castell (where it méeteth with the Pilis,* 1.1222 whose heads are vnited be∣tweene Pelton and Whitwell (and after called Hed∣leie) and from thence to Lampton, Harroton, the Be∣dikes, Ufferton, Hilton parke, Bishops, Were∣mouth, and so into the sea, betweene north Sunder∣land and north Weremouth towne, which now is called moonke Weremouth of the monasterie some∣time standing there, wherein Beda read & wrote manie of his bookes, as to the world appeareth. This mouth of Were is eight miles from Durham, and six from Newcastell. Being thus passed the Were, & entered into the Bishoprijc, yer we come at the mouth of the These, almost by two miles, ouer passing a rill that runneth by castell Eden, and Hardwijc, and likewise Hartlepoole towne, which lieth ouer into the sea in maner of a byland or peninsula, we meet with a pret∣tie fall, which groweth by a riuer that is increased with two waters, whereof one riseth by northwest a∣bout Moretons, and goeth by Stotfeld and Claxton, the other at Dawlton, going by Breerton, Ow∣tham, and Grettam, finallie ioining within two miles of the sea, they make a prettie portlet: but I know not of what securitie.

The These,* 1.1223 a riuer that beareth and féedeth an ex∣cellent samon, riseth in the Blacke lowes, aboue two miles flat west of the southerlie head of Were called Burdop, and south of the head of west Alen, and thence runneth through Tildale forrest: and ta∣king in the Langdon water from northwest it run∣neth to Durtpit chappell, to Newbiggin, and so to Middleton, receiuing by west of each of these a rill comming from by north (of which the last is called Hude) and likewise the Lune afterward by southwest* 1.1224 that riseth at thrée seueral places, whereof the first is in the borders of Westmerland and there called Arnegill becke, the second more southerlie, named Lunebecke, and the third by south at Bandor Skarth hill,* 1.1225 and méeting all aboue Arnegill* 1.1226 house, they run togither in one bottome to Lathekirke bridge, and then into the These. Hauing therefore met with these, it runneth to Mickelton (& there taking in the Skirkwith water) it goeth to Rombald kirke (cros∣sing* 1.1227 there also one rill and the Bander brooke by south* 1.1228 west) and then going to Morewood hag, and More∣wood parke, till it come to Bernards castell.

Here also it receiueth the Thuresgill water com∣ming east of Rere crosse in Yorkeshire,* 1.1229 from the spittle in Stanmore by Crag almost southwest, and being vnited with the These, it goeth by Stratford, Eglesdon, Rokesbie, Thorpe, Wickliffe, Ouington, Winston, and betweene Barfurth and Gainfurth méeteth with another rill, that commeth from Lang∣leie forest, betwéene Rabie castell and Standorpe, of whose name I haue no knowledge. But to procéed. The These being past Ramforth, runneth betwéene Persore and Cliffe, and in the waie to Croffs bridge taketh in the Skerne a pretie water, which riseth a∣bout Trimdon,* 1.1230 and goeth by Fishburne, Bradburie, Preston, Braforton, Skirmingham, the Burdons, Haughton and Darlington, & there finallie meeting with the Cocke becke or Dare, it falleth in the These beneath Stapleton, before it come at Croffs bridge, and (as it should séeme) is the same which Leland cal∣leth Gretteie or Grettie. From thence it runneth to Sockburne, nether Dunsleie, Middleton row, New∣sham, Yarne (crossing a brooke from Leuen bridge) called Leuen or Leuinus in Latine, whose crinkling

Page 92

course is notable, and the streame of some called Thorpe, which I find described in this maner.

The Thorpe riseth of sundrie heads,* 1.1231 wereof one is aboue Pinching Thorpe, from whence it goeth to Nonnethorpe, and so to Stokesleie. The second hath two branches, and so placed, that Kildale standeth be∣tweene them both: finallie, méeting beneath Easbie they go by Eaton, and likewise vnto Stokesleie. The last hath also two branches, whereof one com∣meth from Inglesbie, and méeteth with the second [unspec 10] beneath Broughton; & going from thence to Stokes∣leie, they méet with the Thorpe aboue the towne, as the other fall into it somewhat beneath the same. From hence it goeth to Ridleie,* 1.1232 and there taketh in another rill comming from Potto, thence to Craw∣thorne brooke, Leuanton, Milton, Hilton, Inglesbie, and so into the These, betwéene Yarne and Bar∣wtjc, whereof I made mention before. After this confluence our These hasteth on to Barwtjc, Pres∣ston, Thorne abbeie, and Arsham, which standeth on [unspec 20] the southeast side of the riuer almost betweene the falles of two waters, whereof one descendeth from west Hartburne by long Newton, Elton, & Stock∣ton; the other from Stillington, or Shillington, by Whitton, Thorpe, Blackestone, Billingham, and Norton. From Arsham finallie it goeth to Bella∣sis, Middleburgh, and so into the sea. Leland de∣scribing this riuer speaketh of the Wiske, which should come thereinto from by south vnder Wiske bridge, by Danbie, and Northalarton, and should [unspec 30] ioine with a greater streame: but as yet I find no certeine place where to bestow the same.

Next of all we come vnto the high Cliffe water, which rising aboue Hutton, goeth by Gisborow, and there receiueth another streame comming from by southeast, and then continuing on his course, it is not long yer it fall into the sea. The next is the Sca∣ling water, which descendeth from Scaling towne, from whence we come to the Molemouth, not farre from whose head standeth Molgraue castell: then to Sandford creeke,* 1.1233 and next of all to Eske mouth, [unspec 40] which riseth aboue Danbie wood, and so goeth to Ca∣stelton, there méeting by the waie with another rill comming from about Westerdale by Danbie, and so they go on togither by Armar and Thwate castell, till they ioine with another water aboue Glasdule chappell, thence to new Biggin, taking yet another brooke with them, running from Goodland ward, and likewise the Ibur, and so go on without anie further increase by Busworth,* 1.1234 yer long into the sea. [unspec 50]

There is also a créeke on each side of Robin Whoodes baie, of whose names and courses I haue no skill, sauing that Fillingale the towne dooth stand betwéene them both. There is another not far from Scarborow, on the north side called the Har∣wood brooke. It runneth through Harwood dale by Cloughton, Buniston, and soone after méeting with another rill on the southwest, they run as one into the ocean sea. From Scarborow to Bridlington, by Flamborow head, we met with no more falles. [unspec 60] This water therefore that we saw at Bridlington, riseth at Dugglebie, from whence it goeth to Kirbie, Helperthorpe, Butterwtjc, Boithorpe, Foxhole, (where it falleth into the ground, and riseth vp a∣gaine at Rudston) Thorpe, Cathorpe, Bridlington, and so into the Ocean.

Being come about the Spurne head, I meete yer long with a riuer that riseth short of Withersie, and goeth by Fodringham and Wisted, from thence to another that commeth by Rosse, Halsham, Car∣mingham: then to the third, which riseth aboue Hum∣bleton, and goeth to Esterwtjc, Heddon, and so into the Humber. The fourth springeth short of Sprot∣leie, goeth by Witton, and falleth into the water of Humber at Merslete, as I heare.

The next of all is the Hull water,* 1.1235 which I will describe also here, and then crosse ouer vnto the sou∣therlie shore. The furthest head of Hull water ri∣seth at Kilham, from whence it goeth to Lewthorpe créeke, and so to Fodringham, a little beneath which it meeteth with sundrie waters, whereof one falleth in on the northest side, comming from about Lisset; the second on the northwest banke from Nafferton; the third from Emmeswell and Kirkeburne: for it hath two heads which ioined beneth little Drifield, and the fourth which falleth into the same: so that these two latter run vnto the maine riuer both in one chanell, as experience hath confirmed. From hence then our Hull goeth to to Ratseie, to Goodale∣house, and then taking in a water from Hornesie mere, it goeth on through Beuerleie medowes, by Warron, Stoneferrie, Hull, and finallie into the Humber. Of the rill that falleth into this water from south Netherwijc, by Skirlow, and the two rilles that come from Cottingham and Woluer∣ton, I saie no more, sith it is enough to name them in their order.

The description of the Humber or Isis, and such water-courses as doo increase hir chanell. Chap. 15.

THere is no riuer called Humber from the hed.* 1.1236 Wher∣fore that which we now call Humber, Ptolomie Abie, Le∣land Aber, as he gesseth, hath the same denomination no higher than the confluence of Trent with the Ouze, as be∣side Leland sundrie ancient writers haue noted be∣fore vs both. Certes it is a noble arme of the sea, and although it be properlie to be called Ouze or Ocellus euen to the Nuke beneath Ancolme, yet are we con∣tented to call it Humber of Humbrus or Umar, a king of the Scithians, who inuaded this Ile in the time of Locrinus, thinking to make himselfe mo∣narch of the same. But as God hath from time to time singularlie prouided for the benefit of Bri∣taine, so in this businesse it came to passe, that Hum∣ber was put to flight, his men slaine: and further∣more, whilest he attempted to saue himselfe by hast∣ing to his ships (such was the prease of his nobilitie that followed him into his owne vessell, and the rage of weather which hastened on his fatall daie) that both he and they were drowned togither in that arme. And this is the onelie cause wherefore it hath béene called Humber, as our writers saie; and wher∣of I find these verses:

Dum fugit obstat ei flumen submergitur illic, Déque suo tribuit nomine nomen aquae.

This riuer in old time parted Lhoegres or Eng∣land from Albania, which was the portion of Alba∣nactus, the yongest sonne of Brute. But since that time the limits of Lhoegres haue béene so inlarged, first by the prowesse of the Romans, then by the con∣quests of the English, that at this present daie, the Twede on the one side, & the Solue on the other, be taken for the principall bounds betweene vs and those of Scotland. In describing therefore the Hum∣ber, I must néeds begin with the Ouze, whose water bringeth foorth a verie sweet, fat and delicat sa∣mon, as I haue beene informed, beside sundrie o∣ther kinds of fish, which we want here on the south

Page 93

and southwest coasts & riuers of our land, whereof I may take occasion to speake more at large heerafter.

The Ure therfore riseth in the furthest parts of all Richmondshire,* 1.1237 among the Coterine hilles, in a mosse, toward the west fourtéene miles beyond Mi∣dleham. Being therefore issued out of the ground, it goeth to Holbecke, Hardraw, Hawshouse, Butter∣side, Askebridge (which Leland calleth the Askaran, and saith thereof and the Bainham, that they are but obscure bridges) then to Askarth, through Wanlesse [unspec 10] parke, Wenseleie bridge (made two hundred yeares since, by Alwin, parson of Winslaw) New parke, Spennithorne, Danbie, Geruise abbeie, Clifton and Masham. When it is come to Masham, it recei∣ueth the Burne,* 1.1238 by south west (as it did the Wile,* 1.1239 from verie déepe scarrie rockes, before at Askaran) and diuerse other wild rilles not worthie to be re∣membred. From Masham, it hasteth vnto Tanfield (taking in by the waie a rill by southwest) then to an∣other Tanfield, to Newton hall, and Northbridge, at [unspec 20] the hither end of Rippon, and so to Huickes bridge. But yer it come there it meeteth with the Skell,* 1.1240 which being incorporat with the same, they run as one to Thorpe, then to Alborow, and soone after re∣ceiue the Swale.* 1.1241

Here (saith Leland) I am brought into no little streict, what to coniecture of the méeting of Isis and Ure, for some saie that the Isis and the Ure doo méet at Borowbridge, which to me dooth séeme to be verie vnlikelie, sith Isurium taketh his denomination of [unspec 30] Isis and Vro, for it is often séene that the lesse riuers doo mingle their names with the greater, as in the Thamesis and other is easie to be found. Neither is there any more mention of the Ure after his passage vnder Borowbridge, but onelie of Isis or the Ouze in these daies, although in old time it held vnto Yorke it selfe, which of the Ure is truelie called Ure∣wtjc (or Yorke short) or else my persuasion dooth faile me. I haue red also Ewerwtjc and Yorwtjc. But to procéed, and leaue this superfluous discourse. [unspec 40]

From Borowbridge, the Ouze goeth to Aldbo∣rough, and (receiuing the Swale by the waie) to Ald∣worke, taking in Usburne water, from the south∣west, then to Linton vpon Ouze, to Newton vpon Ouze, and to Munketun, méeting with the Nid yer long, and so going withall to the Redhouses, to Po∣pleton,* 1.1242 Clifton, Yorke (where it crosseth the Fosse) to Foulfoorth, Middlethorpe, Acaster, & Acaster, Kelfléet, Welehall, Barelebie, Selbie, Turmonhall, Skurt∣hall, Hokelath, Hoke, Sandhall, Rednesse, White∣gift, [unspec 50] Uslet, Blacketoff, Foxfléet, Brownfléet, and so into Humber.

The course of the Ouze being thus described,* 1.1243 and as it were simplie without his influences, now will I touch such riuers as fall into the same also by them∣selues, contrarie to my former proceeding, imagi∣ning a voiage from the Rauenspurne, vntill I come néere to the head of These, & so southwards about a∣gaine by the bottome of the hillie soile vntill I get to Buxston, Sheffeld, Scrobie, & the verie south point [unspec 60] of Humber mouth, whereby I shall crosse them all that are to be found in this walke, & leaue (I doubt) some especiall notice of their seuerall heads and courses.* 1.1244 The course of the Hull, a streame aboun∣ding with sturgeon and lampreie, as also the riuers which haue their issue into the same, being (as I say) alreadie described, I thinke it not amisse, as by the waie to set downe what Leland saith thereof, to the end that his trauell shall not altogither be lost in this behalfe; and for that it is short, and hath one or two things worthie to be remembred conteined in the same.

The Hulne (saith he) riseth of thrée seuerall heads, whereof the greatest is not far from Oriefield, now a small village sixtéene miles from Hull. Certes it hath beene a goodlie towne, and therein was the pa∣lace of Egbright king of the Northumbers, and place of sepulture of Alfred the noble king sometime of that nation, who died there 727, the ninetéene Cal. of Iulie, the twentith of his reigne, and whose toombe or monument dooth yet remaine (for ought that I doo know) to the contrarie with an inscription vpon the same written in Latine letters. Néere vn∣to this towne also is the Danefield, wherein great numbers of Danes were slaine, and buried in those hils, which yet remaine there to be séene ouer their dones and carcasses. The second head (saith he) is at Estburne, and the third at Emmeswell, and mée∣ting all togither not farre from Orifield, the water there beginneth to be called Hulne, as I haue said alreadie.

From hence also it goeth through Beuerleie me∣dowes, and comming at the last not farre from an arme led from the Hulne by mans hand (and able to beare great vessels) almost to Beuerleie towne, which in old time either hight or stood in Deirwald, vntill Iohn of Beuerleie (whom Leland nameth out of an old author to be the first doctor or teacher of di∣uinitie that euer was in Oxford, and (as it should séeme also by an ancient monument yet remaining) to be of an hostell where the vniuersitie college now standeth; & therefore they write him, Somtime fellow of that house) began to be of fame, of whom it is cal∣led Beuerleie (as some affirme) to this daie. In déed all the countrie betwéene the Deirwent & the Hum∣ber was sometime called Deira, and the lower part Caua Deira in respect of the higher soile, but now it is named the east Riding. But what is this to my purpose? The Hulne therefore being come almost to Beuerleie towne, & méeting thereabout also with the Cottingham* 1.1245 becke comming from Westwood by the waie, it hasteth to Kingston vpon Hulne or Hull, and so into the Humber without anie maner impeachment.

The Fowlneie riseth about Godmanham,* 1.1246 from whence it goeth by Wighton, Hareswell, Seton, Williams bridge, and soone after spreading it selfe, one arme called Skelfleet goeth by Cane Cawseie to Brownefléet and so into the Ouze.* 1.1247 The other pas∣seth by Sandholme, Gilberts dike, Scalbie chappell, Blacketoff, and so into the aforesaid Ouze, leauing a verie pretie Iland, which is a parcell (as I heare) of Walding fen more, though otherwise obscure to vs that dwell here in the south.

The Darwent riseth in the hilles that lie west of Robin Whoodes baie,* 1.1248 or two miles aboue Aiton bridge, west from Scarborow as Leland saith: and yer it hath run farre from the head, it receiueth two rilles in one bottome from by west, which ioine with∣all about Longdale end. Thence they go togither to Broxeie, and at Hacknesse take in another water comming from about Silseie. Afterward it com∣meth to Aiton, then to Haibridge, and there crosseth the Kenford that descendeth from Roberteston.* 1.1249 Af∣ter this also it goeth on to Potersbrumton where it taketh in one rill, as it dooth another beneath run∣ning from Shirburne, and the third yet lower on the further banke, that descendeth from Brumton. From these confluences it runneth to Fowlbridge, Axbridge, Yeldingham bridge, & so to Cotehouse, re∣ceiuing by the waie manie waters, & yéelding great plentie of delicate samons to such as fish vpon the same. Leland reckoning vp the names of the seue∣rall brookes, numbreth them confusedlie after his ac∣customed order. The Darwent (saith he) receiueth di∣uerse streames, as the Shirihutton.* 1.1250 The second is the Crambecke,* 1.1251 descending from Hunderskell castell (so called Tanquam à centum fontibus, or multitude of

Page 94

springs that rise about the same) and goeth the Rie,* 1.1252 which comming out of the Blackemoore, passeth by Riuers abbeie, taking in the Ricoll* 1.1253 on the left hand, then the Seuen,* 1.1254 the Costeie,* 1.1255 and Pickering* 1.1256 brooke. The Seuin also (saith he) riseth in the side of Blacke∣moore, and thence goeth by Sinnington foure miles from Pickering, and about a mile aboue a certeine bridge ouer Rie goeth into the streame. The Costeie in like sort springeth in the verie edge of Pickering towne, at a place called Keld head, and goeth into the [unspec 10] Rie two miles beneath Pickering, about Kirbie minster, Finallie, Pickering water ariseth in Blackemoore, and halfe a mile beneath Pickering falleth into Costeie, meeting by the way with the Pocklington becke,* 1.1257 and an other small rill or two, of whose names I haue no knowledge. Hitherto Le∣land. But in mine opinion, it had béene far better to haue described them thus. Of those waters that fall into the Darwent beneath Cotehouse, the first com∣meth from Swenton, the second from Ebberston, [unspec 20] the third from Ollerston, the fourth from Thorneton & Pickering, and the fift on the other side that com∣meth thither from Wintringham. For so should he haue dealt in better order, and rid his hands of them with more expedition, referring the rest also vnto their proper places.

But to procéed after mine owne maner. Being past Cotehouse, & yer the Darwent come at Wick∣ham,* 1.1258 it crosseth the Rie, which riseth of two heads, and ioining west of Locton they run through Glans∣bie [unspec 30] parke. Finallie, receiuing the Costeie,* 1.1259 it mée∣teth at the last with an other streame increased by the fals of six waters and more yer it come into the Darwent. The most easterlie of these is called Se∣uen,* 1.1260 and riseth (as is aforesaid) in Blackemoore, from whence it goeth by Sinnington, Murton, Norman∣bie, Newsound, How, and so into the Rie. The se∣cond named Dou hath his originall likewise in Blackemoore,* 1.1261 and descending by Rasmore, Keldon and Edston (where it receiueth the Hodgebecke,* 1.1262 that [unspec 40] commeth by Bernesdale, Kirkedale, & Welburne) it goeth to Sawlton, and there taketh in first the Ri∣coll,* 1.1263 that goeth by Careton, and whereof Ridall (as some thinke, but falslie) doth séeme to take the name. Then Fesse,* 1.1264 which riseth aboue Bilisdale chappell, and méeteth with the Rie at the Shaking bridge, from whence they go togither vnder the Rie bridge, to Ri∣uis abbeie, and thence (after it hath crossed a becke from the west) through a parke of the earle of Rut∣lands to Newton, Muniton, and so to Sawton or [unspec 50] Sawlton, as I doo find it written. Here also it ta∣keth in the Holbecke brooke,* 1.1265 that commeth thithex from by west by Gilling castell, and Stangraue, from whence it goeth on to Brabie, next into the Se∣uen, then into the Rie, and so into the Darwent, which from thence dooth run to Wickham.

Being past Wickham, it méeteth with a water that commeth thereinto from Grinston to Sette∣rington at southeast, and thence it goeth on the Mal∣ton and Malton (where the prouerbe saith that a bu∣shell [unspec 60] of rie and an other of malt is woorth but six pence, carie awaie whilest you may, so as you can kéepe them from running through the sarkes) Sut∣ton, Wellam, Furbie, and Kirkeham, receiuing by the waie one rill on the one side and an other on the other, whereof this commeth from Burdfall, that o∣ther from Conisthorpe. From Kirkeham it goeth to Cramburne and Owsham bridge (crossing by the waie an other brooke comming from saint Edwards gore, by Faston) then to Aldbie, Buttercram (aliàs Butterham) bridge, Stamford bridge, Kexbie bridge Sutton, Ellerton, Aughton, Bubwith, Wresill, Babthorpe, and so into the Ouze, wherewith I finish the description of Darwent: sauing that I haue to let you vnderstand how Leland heard that an arme ran some time from the head of Darwent also to Scarborow, till such time as two hils betwixt which it ran, did shalder and so choke vp his course.

The Fosse (a slow streame yet able to beare a good vessell) riseth in Nemore Calaterio,* 1.1266 that is, Galters wood or Cawood, among the wooddie hilles, and in his descent from the higher ground, he leaueth Crake castell, on his west side: thence he goeth by Marton abbeie, Marton, Stillington, Farling∣ton, Towthorpe, Erswtjc, Huntington, & at Yorke into the Ouze. The Kile riseth flat north at New∣borow,* 1.1267 from whence it goeth by Thorneton on the hill, Ruskell parke, Awne, Tollerton, and so into the Ouze about Newton vpon Ouze.* 1.1268 The Swale is a right noble riuer, & march in some places betwéene Richmondshire and Westmerland, it riseth not far from Pendragon castell in the hilles aboue Kirke∣dale, and from this towne it goeth to Kelde chap∣pell, Carret house, Crackepot, Whiteside, and neere vnto Yalen taketh in the Barneie water,* 1.1269 which com∣meth from the north east. Thence it goeth by Harca∣side to Reth (where it méeteth with the Arcleie)* 1.1270 and so to Flemington, Grinton, Marrike (taking in the Holgate that commeth from by south:* 1.1271 and in the waie to Thorpe, the Mariske becke,* 1.1272 or peraduenture Applegarth water, as Leland calleth it, that descen∣deth from the north) then to Thorpe, Applegarth, Rich∣mond, Easbie and Brunton.

Here by north it interteineth two or thrée waters in one chanell, called Rauenswath water, whereof the two furthest doo ioine not farre from the Dawl∣tons,* 1.1273 and so go by Rauenswath, Hartfoorth, Gil∣ling, and at Skebie méet with the third, comming from Richmond beaconward. By west also of Brunton, the Swale méeteth with the Rhe,* 1.1274 running from Resdale, and being past Brunton, it goeth to Caterijc bridge beneath Brunton, then to Ellerton, Kirkebie, Langton parua, Thirtoft, Anderbie stée∣ple: and before it come vnto Gatenbie, it meeteth with the Bedall brooke, aliàs Lemings becke,* 1.1275 that commeth west of Kellirbie, by Cunstable, Burton, Langthorpe, Bedall, and Leming chappell. From Gattenbie likewise it goeth to Mawbie, & at Bra∣kenbirie receiueth the Wiske,* 1.1276 which is a great wa∣ter, rising betwéene two parkes aboue Swanbie in one place, and southeast of Mountgrace abbeie in another; and after the confluence which is about Sid∣dlebridge, goeth on betwéene the Rughtons to Ap∣pleton, the Smetons, Birtbie, Hutton Coniers, Danbie, Wijc, Yafford, Warlabie, and taking in there a rill from Brunton Aluerton, it procéedeth to Otterington, Newlie, Kirbie Wiske, Newson, and Blackenburie, there méeting (as I said) with the Swale, that runneth frō thence by Skipton bridge, Catton, Topcliffe, and Raniton, and aboue Eldmire méeteth with sundrie other rilles in one bottome, whereof the northwesterlie is called Cawdebec:* 1.1277 the south easterlie Kebecke, which ioine est of Thorneton moore, and so go to Thorneton in the stréet, Kiluing∣ton, Thruske, Sowerbie, Grastwijc, and soone after crossing another growing of the mixture of the Wil∣low, and likewise of the Cuckewold beckes,* 1.1278 which ioine aboue Bridforth, and running on till it come almost at Dawlton, it maketh confluence with the Swale, and go thence as one with all their samons by Thorneton bridge, Mitton vpon Swale, and so into the Ouze.

The Skell riseth out of the west two miles from Founteines abbeie,* 1.1279 and commeth (as Leland saith) with a faire course by the one side of Rippon, as the Ure dooth on the other. And on the bankes hereof stood the famous abbeie called Founteines or Ad∣fontes, so much renowmed for the lustie monks that

Page 95

sometimes dwelled in the same. It receiueth also the Lauer water (which riseth three miles from Kirbie,* 1.1280 and meeteth withall néere vnto Rippon) and finallie falleth into the Ure, a quarter of a mile beneath Rip∣pon towne, & almost midwaie betwéene the North and Huicke bridges.

The Nidde,* 1.1281 which the booke of statutes called Ni∣dor (anno 13. Edw. 1) and thereto noteth it to be in∣riched with store of samon, as are also the Wheof and Aire, riseth among those hilles that lie by west north∣west [unspec 10] of Gnarresborow, fiue miles aboue Pakeleie bridge, and going in short processe of time by West∣houses, Lodgehouses, Woodhall, Newhouses, Mid∣lesmore, Raunsgill, Cowthouse, Gowthwall, Bure∣leie, Brimham, Hampeswale, and soone after mée∣ting with the Killingale becke,* 1.1282 it goeth after the con∣fluence by Bilton parke, Gnaresbridge, Washford, Cathall, Willesthorpe, Munketon, or Nonmocke, and so into the Ouze, fouretéene miles beneath Gna∣resborow, being increased by the waie with verie [unspec 20] few or no waters of anie countenauce. Leland ha∣uing said thus much of the Nidde, addeth here vnto the names or two other waters, that is to saie, the Couer* 1.1283 and the Burne,* 1.1284 which doo fall likewise into the Ure or Ouze. But as he saith little of the same, so a∣mong all my pamphlets, I can gather no more of them, than that the first riseth six miles aboue Couer∣ham by west, and falleth into the Ure, a little beneath Middleham bridge, which is two miles beneath the towne of Couerham. As for the Burne, it riseth at [unspec 30] More hilles, and falleth into the said riuer a little be∣neath Massham bridge. And so much of these two.

The Wharffe or Gwerfe ariseth aboue Ughter∣shaw,* 1.1285 from whence it runneth to Beggermons, Rosemill, Hubberham, Backden, Starbotton, Ket∣tlewell, Cunniston in Kettlewell, and here it mee∣teth with a rill comming from Haltongill chappell, by Arnecliffe, and ioining withall northeast of Kil∣neseie crag, it passeth ouer by the lower grounds to Girsington, and receiuing a rill there also from [unspec 40] Tresfeld parke, it proceedeth on to Brunfall bridge. Furthermore at Appletréewjc, it méeteth with a rill from by north, and thence goeth to Barden towre, Bolton, Beth and Misseie hall, where it crosseth a rill comming from by west, thence to Addingham, ta∣king in there also another from by west, and so to I∣keleie, and receiuing yer long another by north from Denton hall, it hasteth to Weston Uauasour, Ote∣leie, and Letheleie, where it taketh in the Padside,* 1.1286 & the Washburne* 1.1287 (both in one streame from Lind∣leie [unspec 50] ward) and thence to Casteie chappell, and there it crosseth one from by north, and another yer long from by south, and so to Yardwood castell, Kerebie, Woodhall, Collingham, Linton, Wetherbie, Thor∣patch, Newton, Tadeaster, and when it hath recei∣ued the Cockebecke from southwest, that goeth by Barwie,* 1.1288 Aberfoorth, Leadhall, and Grimston, it runneth to Exton, Kirbie Wharfe, Uskell, Rither, Nunapleton, & so into the Ouze beneath Cawood, a castell belonging to the archbishop of Yorke, where [unspec 60] he vseth oft to lie when he refresheth himselfe with change of aire and shift of habitation, for the auoi∣ding of such infection as may otherwise ingender by his long abode in one place, for want of due purga∣tion and airing of his house.

The Air or Arre riseth out of a lake or tarne south of Darnbrooke,* 1.1289 wherein (as I heare) is none o∣ther fish but red trowt, and perch. Leland saith it riseth néere vnto Orton in Crauen, wherfore the ods is but little. It goeth therefore from thence to Maw∣lam, Hamlith, Kirbie, Moldale, Calton hall, Are∣ton, and so foorth till it come almost to Gargraue, there crossing the Otterburne* 1.1290 water on the wst, and the Winterburne* 1.1291 on the north, which at Flasbie re∣ceiueth a rill from Helton, as I heare. Being past Gargraue, our Air goeth on to Eshton, Elswood, and so foorth on, first receiuing a brooke from south∣west (whereof one branch commeth by Marton, the o∣ther by Thorneton, which meete about Broughton) then another from northeast, that runneth by Skip∣ton castell. After this confluence it hasteth by ma∣nifold windlesses, which caused thirteene bridges at the last to be ouer the same within a little space, to Newbiggin, Bradleie, and Kildwijc, by south east whereof it méeteth with one water from Mawsis, and Glusburne or Glukesburne,* 1.1292 called Glike; ano∣ther likewise a little beneath from Seton, beside two rilles from by north, after which confluence it run∣neth by Reddlesden, and ouer against this towne the Lacocke* 1.1293 and the Woorth* 1.1294 doo meet withall in one cha∣nell, as the Moreton* 1.1295 water dooth on the north, al∣though it be somewhat lower. Thence it goeth to Rishfoorth hall, and so to Bungleie, where it taketh a rill from Denholme parke to Shipeleie, and there crossing another from Thorneton, Leuenthorpe, and Bradleie, it goeth to Caluerleie, to Christall, and so to Léedes, where one water runneth there into by north from Wettlewood, & two other from by south in one chanell, wherof the first hath two armes, of which the one commeth from Pudseie chappell, the other from Adwalton, their confluence being made aboue Farnesleie hall. The other likewise hath two heads, whereof one is aboue Morleie, the other commeth from Domingleie, and méeting with the first not far southwest of Leedes, they fall both into the Air, and so run with the same to Swillington, and there taking in the Rodwell becke south of the bridge, it proceedeth to Ollerton, Castleford, Brotherton & Ferribridge, there receiuing the Went, a becke from Pontefract or Pomfret,* 1.1296 which riseth of diuerse heads, wherof one is among the cole pits. Thence to Beall, Berkin, Kellington, middle Hodleseie, Templehirst, Gowl∣dall, Snath, Rawcliffe, Newland, Armie, and so into the Ouze with an indifferent course. Of all the ri∣uers in the north, Leland (in so manie of his bookes as I haue séene) saith least of this. Mine annotations also are verie slender in the particular waters wher∣bie it is increased: wherfore I was compelled of ne∣cessitie to conclude euen thus with the description of the same, and had so left it in déed, if I had not recei∣ued one other note more to ad vnto it (euen when the leafe was at the presse) which saith as followeth in maner word for word.

There is a noble water that falleth into Air, whose head (as I take it) is about Stanford. From whence it goeth to Creston chappell, to Lingfield, and there about receiuing one rill neere Elfrabright bridge, and also the Hebden by northwest, it goeth to Brear∣leie hall,* 1.1297 and so taking in the third by north, it procee∣deth on eastward by Sorsbie bridge chappell (and there a rill from southwest) and so to Coppeleie hall. Beneath this place I find also that it receiueth one rill from Hallifax, which riseth from two heads, and two other from southwest, of which one commeth by Baresland, and Staneland in one chanell, as I read. So that after this confluence the aforesaid water go∣eth on toward Cowford bridge, and as it taketh in two rilles aboue the same on the north side, so be∣neath that bridge there falleth into it a pretie arme increased by sundrie waters cōming from by south, as from Marsheden chappell, from Holinesworth chappell, and Kirke-Heton, each one growing of sun∣drie heads; whereof I would saie more, if I had more intelligence of their seuerall gates and passages.

But to proceed. From Cowford bridge it runneth to Munfeld, and receiuing yer long one rill from Leuersage hall, and another from Burshall by Dewesburie, it goeth on northeast of Thornehull,

Page 96

south of Horbirie thornes, and thereabout crossing one rill from by south from Woller by new Milner Dam, and soone after another from northwest, cal∣led Chald;* 1.1298 rising in the Peke hils, whereon Wake∣field standeth, and likewise the third from southeast, and Waterton hall, it goeth by Warmefield, New∣land, Alto••••es, and finallie into the Aire, west of Ca∣stelworth, as I learne. What the name of this riuer should be as yet I heare not, and therefore no mar∣uell that I doo not set it downe, yet is it certeine that [unspec 10] it is called Chald, after his cōfluence with the Chald, and finallie Chaldair or Chaldar after it hath ioined with the Air or Ar. But what is this for his denomi∣nations from the head? It shall suffice therefore thus farre to haue shewed the course thereof: and as for the name I passe it ouer vntill another time.

The Trent is one of the most excellent riuers in the land,* 1.1299 not onelie for store of samon, sturgeon, and sundrie other kinds of delicate fish wherewith it dooth abound, but also for that it is increased with so [unspec 20] manie waters, as for that onelie cause it may be compared wither with the Ouze or Sauerne, I meane the second Ouze, whose course I haue latelie described. It riseth of two heads which ioine beneath Norton in the moore, and from thence goeth to Hil∣ton abbeie, Bucknell church, and aboue Stoke recei∣ueth in the Foulebrooke water, which commeth thi∣ther from Tunstall,* 1.1300 by Shelton, and finallie making a confluence they go to Hanfleet, where they méet with another on the same side, that descendeth from [unspec 30] Newcastell vnder Line, which Leland taketh to be the verie Trent it selfe, saieng: that it riseth in the hils aboue Newcastell, as may be séene by his com∣mentaries.

But to proceed. At Trentham, or not farre from thence, it crosseth a riueret from northeast, whose name I know not, & thence going to Stone Aston, Stoke Burston, the Sandons and Weston, a little aboue Shubburne & Hawood, it receiueth the Sow, a great chanell increased with sundrie waters, which [unspec 40] I will here describe, leauing the Trent at Shub∣burne, till I come backe againe.* 1.1301 The Sow descen∣deth from the hilles, aboue Whitemoore chappell, and goeth by Charleton, and Stawne; and beneath Shal∣ford ioineth with another by northeast that commeth from bishops Offeleie, Egleshall, Chesbie, Raunton. After this confluence also it runneth by Bridgeford, Tillington, & Stafford, beneath which towne it cros∣seth the Penke becke, that riseth aboue Nigleton,* 1.1302 & Berwood, & aboue Penke bridge vniteth it selfe with [unspec 50] another comming from Knightleie ward, by Gnas∣hall church, Eaton: and so going foorth as one, it is not long yer they fall into Sow, after they haue pas∣sed Draiton, Dunstan, Acton, and Banswich, where loosing their names, they with the Sow & the Sow with them doo ioine with the Trent, at Shubburne, vpon the southerlie banke.

From Shubburne the Trent goeth on to little Harwood (meeting by the waie one rill at Ousleie bridge, and another south of Riddlesleie) thence by [unspec 60] Hawksberie, Mauestane, Ridware, and so toward Yoxhall; where I must state a while to consider of o∣ther waters, wherewith I meet in this voiage. Of these therefore the lesser commeth in by south from Farwall, the other from by west, a faire streame, and increased with two brooks, whereof the first riseth in Nedewood forrest, northeast of Haggersleie parke, whereinto falleth another west of Hamsteed Rid∣ware, called Blith,* 1.1303 which riseth among the hilles in Whateleie moore, aboue Weston Conie, and thence going to the same towne, it commeth to Druicote, aliàs Dracote, Painsleie, Gratwitch, Grimleie, Ald∣maston, Hamstéed, Ridware, and finallie into the Trent, directlie west of Yoxhall, which runneth also from thence, & leauing kings Bromleie in a parke (as I take it) on the left hand, and the Blacke water comming from Southton and Lichfield on the right, goeth streightwaie to Catton, where it mée∣teth with the Tame,* 1.1304 whose course I describe as fol∣loweth.

It riseth in Staffordshire (as I remember) not farre from Petteshall, and goeth foorth by Hamsted, toward Pirihall and Brimichams Aston, taking in by the waie a rill on each side, whereof the first grow∣eth through a confluence of two waters, the one of them comming from Tipton, the other from Aldbu∣rie, and so running as one by Wedburie till they fall into the same. The latter commeth from Woolfhall, and ioineth with it on the left hand. After this, and when it is past the aforesaid places, it crosseth in like sort a rill from Smethike ward: thence it goeth to Yarneton hall, beneath which it méeteth with the Rhée, and thence through the parke, at Parke hall by Watercote,* 1.1305 crossing finallie the Cole, whose head is in the forrest by Kingesnorton wood, and hath this course, whereof I now giue notice. It riseth (as I said) in the forrest by Kingesnorton wood, and going by Yareleie and Kingeshirst, it méeteth betweene that and the parke, with a water running betwéene Helmedon and Sheldon.

Thence it passeth on to Coleshull, by east where∣of it ioineth with a brooke,* 1.1306 mounting southwest of Golthull called Blith, which going by Henwood and Barston, crosseth on ech side of Temple Balshall, a rill, whereof one commeth thorough the Quéenes parke or chase that lieth by west of Kenelworth, & the other by Kenelworth castell it selfe, from about Hase∣lie parke. After which confluences it procéedeth in like maner to Hampton in Arden, and the Pac∣kingtons, and so to Coleshull, where it meeteth with the Cole, that going a little further, vniteth it selfe with the Burne on the one side (whereinto runneth a water comming from Ansleie on the east)* 1.1307 and soone after on the other dooth fall into the Tame, that which some call the Rhee,* 1.1308 a common name to all waters that mooue and run from their head. For 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 in Gréeke is to flow and run, although in truth it is proper to the sea onelie to flow. Leland nameth the Brimicham water, whose head (as I heare) is a∣boue Norffield, so that his course shuld be by Kinges∣norton, Bremicham, Budston hall, till it fall beneath Yarneton into the Tame it selfe, that runneth after these confluences on by Lée, Kingesbirie parke, and going by east of Oraiton, Basset parke, to Falkes∣leie bridge, it méeteth with another water called Burne, also comming from Hammerwich church, by Chesterford, Shenton, Thickebrowne, and the north side of Oraition, Basset parke, wherof I spake before. From hence our Tame runneth on to Tam∣worth, there taking in the Anchor by east, whose de∣scription I had in this maner deliuered vnto me.

It riseth aboue Burton, from whence it goeth by Nonneaton,* 1.1309 Witherleie and Atherstone. Yer long also it taketh in a water from northeast, which com∣meth by Huglescote, Shapton, Cunston, Twicrosse (vniting it selfe with a water from Bosworth) Rat∣cliffe, & so to the Anchor, which after this confluence passeth by Whittendon, Crindon, Pollesworth, Ar∣mington, Tamworth, & so into Tame, that hasteth to Hopwash, Comberford hall, Telford, and soone af∣ter crossing a rill that riseth short of Swinfield hall, and commeth by Festirike, it runneth not farre from Eroxhall, and so to Catton, thereabout receiuing his last increase not worthie to be omitted. This brooke is named Mese,* 1.1310 and it riseth in the great parke that li∣eth betwéene Worthington, and Smothike, from whence also it goeth by Ashhie de la Souche, Pac∣kington, Mesham, and Stretton, and therabout cros∣sing

Page 97

a rill about Nethersale grange, from Ouer∣sale by east, it proceedeth by Chilcote, Clifton, Crox∣all, into the Thame, and both out of hand into the maine riuer a mile aboue Repton. Leland writing of this riuer (as I earst noted) saith thereof in this wise. Into the Thame also runneth the Bremicham brooke, which riseth foure or fiue miles about Bremi∣cham in the Blacke hils in Worcestershire, and go∣eth into the aforesaid water a mile aboue Crud∣worth bridge. Certes (saith he) this Bremicham is a [unspec 10] towne mainteined chieflie by smiths, nailers, cut∣lers, edgetoole forgers, lorimers or bitmakers, which haue their iron out of Stafford and Warwjc shires, and oles also out of the first countie. Hitherto Le∣land. Now to resume the Trent, which being grow∣en to some greatnesse, goeth on to Walton, Drake∣low, and there crossing a water that commeth by Nowbold hall, it runneth to Stapenell, Winshull, Wightmere, and Newton South, where it recei∣ueth two chanels within a short space, to be described [unspec 20] apart.

The first of these is called the Dou or Doue, it ri∣seth about the thrée shires méere,* 1.1311 and is as it were limes betweene Stafford and Darbishires, vntill it come at the Trent. Descending therefore from the head, it goeth by Earlesbooth, Pilsburie grange; Hartington, Wolscot, Eaton, Hunsington grange; and aboue Thorpe receiueth the Manifold water,* 1.1312 so called, bicause of the sundrie crinckling rills that it receiueth, and turnagaines that it selfe sheweth be∣fore [unspec 30] it come at the Dou. Rising therefore not farre from Are edge crosse (in the bottome thereby) it run∣neth from thence to Longmore, Shéene, Warslow chappell, and Welton, Beneath Welton also it ta∣keth in the Hansleie water▪ that commeth out of Blackemoore hilles to Watersall,* 1.1313 where it falleth in∣to the ground: and afterward mounting againe is receiued into the Manifold, north of Throwleie (as I heare) which goeth from thence to Ilam, and aboue Thorpe dooth cast it selfe into Dou. Hauing therefore [unspec 40] met togither after this maner, the Dou procéedeth on to Maplington, beneath which it crosseth one water descending from Brassington by Fennie Bentleie, and another somewhat lower that commeth from Hooston hall by Hognaston and Ashburne, and then going to Matterfield, Narburie, Ellaston, Rawston Rowcester, it meeteth with the Churne,* 1.1314 euen here to be described before I go anie further. It riseth a good waie aboue Delacrasse abbie, and comming thither by Hellesbie wood, it taketh in the Dunsmere,* 1.1315 be∣tweene [unspec 50] Harracrasse and Leike.

Thence it goeth to the Walgrange, and a little beneath receiueth the Yendor that commeth from a∣boue Harton,* 1.1316 thence to Cheddleton, and hauing cros∣sed the Ashenhirst brooke aboue Cnutes hall,* 1.1317 it run∣neth by Ypston, Froghall, Below hill, Alton castell, Préestwood, and at Rowcester falleth into the Dou, which yer long also receiueth a rill from Crowsden,* 1.1318 and then going to Eton méeteth first with the Teine that commeth thither from each side of Chedleie by [unspec 60] Teinetwone, Bramhirst and Stranehill. Secondlie with the Uncester or Uttoxeter water,* 1.1319 and then go∣ing on to Merchington, Sidberie, Cawlton, it cros∣seth a brooke from Sidmister college, by Saperton. From this confluence in like sort it passeth foorth to Tilberie castell, Marson, and at Edergton méeteth with the water that commeth from Yeldersleie by Longford (where into runneth another that commeth from Hollington) and so to Hilton. These waters be∣ing thus ioined, and manie ends brought into one, the Dou it selfe falleth yer long likewise into the Trent, aboue Newton Souch. So that the maine riuer being thus inlarged, goeth onwards with his course, and betwéene Willington and Repton mee∣teth with two waters on sundrie sides, whereof that which falleth in by Willington, riseth néere Dawbe∣rie Lies, and runneth by Trusselie and Ashe: the o∣ther that entereth aboue Repton, descendeth from Hartesburne, so that the Trent being past these, ha∣steth to Twiford, Inglebie, Staunton, Weston, Newton, and Aston, yer long also méeting with the Darwent; next of all to be dispatched.* 1.1320 The Dar∣went, or (to vse the verie British word) Dowrgwine (but in Latine Fluuius Dereuantanus) riseth plaine west, néere vnto the edge of Darbishire, aboue Blackwell a market towne, and from the head run∣neth to the New chappell, within a few miles after it be risen. From hence moreouer it goeth by Howden house, Darwent chappell, Yorkeshire bridge, and at Witham bridge dooth crosse the Neue or Nouius that commeth from Newstole hill,* 1.1321 by Netherburgh, Hope (crossing there one rill from Castelton, ano∣ther from Bradwell, and the third at Hathersage, from Stonie ridge hill) and so goeth on to Padleie, Stockehall, receiuing a rill by the waie from by west, to Stonie Middleton, and Baslow, and hauing here taken in the Burbrooke on the one side, and an∣other from Halsop on the other,* 1.1322 it goeth to Chat∣worth and to Rowseleie, where it is increased with the Wie comming from by west, and also a rill on the east, a little higher. But I will describe the Wie before I go anie further.

The Wie riseth aboue Buxston well,* 1.1323 and there is increased with the Hawkeshow,* 1.1324 and the Wile* 1.1325 brooke, whose heads are also further distant from the edge of Darbishire than that of Wie, and races som∣what longer, though neither of them be worthie to be accompted long. For the Wile, hauing two heads, the one of them is not farre aboue the place where Wilebecke abbeie stood, the other is further off by west, about Wilebecke towne: and finallie ioining in one they runne to Cuckneie village, where recei∣uing a becke that commeth downe from by west, it holdeth on two miles further, there taking in the se∣cond rill, and so resort to Rufford, or the Manbecke. Unto this also doo other two rills repaire,* 1.1326 wherof the one goeth through and the other hard by Maunsfield, of which two also this latter riseth west about foure miles, and runneth foorth to Clipston (three miles lower) and so likewise to Rufford, whereof I will speake hereafter. In the meane time to returne a∣gaine to the Wie. From Buxston well, it runneth to Staddon, Cowdale, Cowlow, New medow, Mil∣houses, Bankewell, and Haddon hall, beneath which it receiueth the Lath kell,* 1.1327 that runneth by Ouerhad∣don, and the Bradford,* 1.1328 both in one bottome after they be ioined in one at Alport. And this is the first great water that our Darwent dooth méet withall. Being therefore past the Rowsleies, the said Darwent go∣eth to Stancliffe, Darleie in the peake, Wensleie, Smitterton hall, and at Matlocke taketh in a rill by northeast, as it dooth another at Crumford that go∣eth by Boteshall.

From Mattocke, it procéedeth to Watston, or Watsond, Well bridge, Alderwash, and ioineth with another streame called Amber comming in from by north by Amber bridge,* 1.1329 whose description shall insue in this wise, as I find it. The head of Am∣ber is aboue Edleston hall, or (as Leland saith) est of Chesterfield, and comming from thence by Middle∣ton to Ogston hall, it taketh withall another brooke, descending from Hardwijc wood, by Alton and Streton. Thence it goeth to Higham, Brackenfield, and aboue Dale bridge meeteth with a brooke run∣ning from Hucknalward to Shireland parke side, there crossing the Moreton becke,* 1.1330 and so to Alferton, except I name it wrong. From Dale bridge it go∣eth by Wingfeld, to Hedge, Fritchlin, and so into

Page 98

Darwent, taking the water withall that descendeth from Swanswtjc by Pentridge, as Leland doth re∣member. From this confluence likewise it runneth to Belper, where it méeteth with a rill comming from Morleie parke: thence to Makenie, and at Duf∣feld,* 1.1331 receiueth the Eglesburne, which ariseth about Wirkesworth or Oresworth, but in the same parish out of a rocke, and commeth in by Turnedich. From Duffeld, it passeth to Bradsall, Darleie abbeie, and at Darbie taketh in a rill comming from Mirkaston [unspec 10] by Weston vnderwood, Kidleston and Merton. If a man should say that Darwent riuer giueth name to Darbie towne, he should not well know how euerie one would take it, and peraduenture therby he might happen to offend some. In the meane time I beleeue it, let other iudge as pleaseth them, sith my coniec∣ture can preiudice none. To proceed therefore. From Darbie it runneth on by Aluaston, Ambaston, the Welles, and so into Trent, which goeth from hence to Sawleie, and north of Thrumpton taketh in the [unspec 20] Sore, a faire streame, and not worthie to be ouerpas∣sed.* 1.1332

It riseth in Leicestershire aboue Wigton, and thence goeth to Sharneford, Sapcote, and beneath Staunton taketh in a rill that commeth by Doun∣ton and Broughton Astleie. Thence to Marleborow, and before it come to Eston, crosseth another on the same side (descending by Burton, Glen, Winstow, Kilbie and Blabie) then to Leircester towne, Bel∣graue, Burstall, Wanlip; and yer it come at Cus∣sington or Cositon, crosseth the Eie,* 1.1333 which riseth néere [unspec 30] Occam aboue Bramston,* 1.1334 going by Knawstow, So∣merbie; Pickwell, Whitesonden; and beneath (a litle) receiueth a rill on the right hand from Coldnorton. Thence to Stapleford, & soone after crossing a brooke from aboue Sproxton, Coson, Garthorpe and Sax∣bie, it runneth to Wiuerbie, Brentingbie; and yer it come at Milton, meeteth with two other small rilles, from the right hand whereof one commeth from a∣bout Caldwell by Thorpe Arnold, and Waltham in the Would; the other from Skaleford ward, and [unspec 40] from Melton goeth by Sisonbie, there méeting with another from northeast ouer against Kirbie Hellars, after which time the name of Eie is changed into Warke or Urke, and so continueth vntill it come at the Soure.* 1.1335 From hence also it goeth to Asterbie, Radgale, Habie, Trussington, Ratcliffe; and soone after crosseth sundrie waters not verie farre in sun∣der, whereof one commeth from Oueston, by Twi∣ford, Ashbie, and Gadesbie; another from Losebie, by Baggraue, and Crawston, and ioining with the first [unspec 50] at Ouennihow, it is not long yer they fall into the Warke. The second runneth from Engarsbie, by Barkeleie, and Sison. But the third and greatest of the thrée, is a chanell increased with thrée waters, whereof one commeth from Norton by Burton, Kil∣bie, Foston and Blabie, the other from Dounton by Broughton and Astleie, and méeting with the third from Sapcoth, and stonie Staunton, they run togi∣ther by Narborow, and soone after ioining aboue El∣ston, with the first of the thrée, they go as one by El∣ston [unspec 60] to Leircester, Belgraue, Wanlip, and aboue Cussington doo fall into the Warke, and soone after into the Soure. The Soure in like sort going from thence to mount Sorrell, & taking in another brooke southwest from Leircester forrest, by Glenfield, Au∣stie, Thurcaston and Rodelie, ioineth with the Soure, which goeth from thence to mount Sorrell, and Qua∣rendon (where it taketh in a water comming from Charnewood forrest, and goeth by Bradegate and Swithland) and then procéedeth to Cotes, Lughbo∣row and Stanford, there also taking in one rill out of Notinghamshire by northeast; and soone after an∣other from southwest, comming from Braceden to Shepesheued, Garrington, & Dighlie grange, and likewise the third from Worthington, by Disworth, long Whitton, and Wathorne. Finallie, after these confluences, it hasteth to Sutton, Kingston, and Ratcliffe, and so into the Trent.

These things being thus brought togither, and we now resuming the discourse of the same riuer, it dooth after his méeting with the Some, proceed with∣all to Barton, where it taketh in the Erwash, which riseth about Kirbie,* 1.1336 and thence goeth to Sel••••on, Wansbie, Codnor castell, Estwood, and crossing a water from Beall, runneth to Coshall, Trowe (and there taking in another rill comming from He∣nor by Shipleie) it proceedeth on to Stapleford, long Eaton, and so into the Trent. This bring soone it goeth to Clifton, and yer it come at Wilford, it mee∣teth with a brooke that passeth from Staunton by Bonnie and Rodington, and thence to Notingham, where it crosseth the Line, wh•••• riseth aboue New∣sted; and passing by Papple 〈◊〉〈◊〉, Heknall, Bafford, Radford and Linton, next of all to Thorpe & Farm∣don, where it brancheth and maketh an Iland, and into the smaller of them goeth a brooke from Beuer castell, which rising betweene east Well and Eaton in Leircester is called the Dene,* 1.1337 and from thence runneth by Bramston to Knipton, & beneath Knip∣ton méeteth with a brooke that commeth by west of roxston, and thence holdeth on with his course, be∣twéene Wille••••horpe and Beuer castell aforesaid▪ and so to Bottesworth, Normanton, Killington▪ Shilton, there receiuing the Snite from by south (whose head is néere Clauston,* 1.1338 & course from thence by Hickling, Langer, Whalton, Orston, and Flare∣borow) and yer long another comming from Bing∣ham, and Sibthorpe. Thence our Trent runneth to Coxam, Hawton, Newarke castell, and so to Win∣thorpe, where the branches are reunited, and thence go on by Holme to Cromwell (and soone after taking in a brooke comming from Bilsthorpe, by Kersall, Cawnton, Norwell and Willowbie) to Carlton, and to Sutton, there making a litle Ile, then to Grinton, where it toucheth a streame on ech side, whereof one commeth from Morehouse by Weston & Gresthorpe, another from Langthorpe, by Collingham, and Bos∣thorpe. From hence likewise it passeth to Clifton, Newton, Kettlethorpe, Torkeseie, Knath, Guinsbo∣row, Waltrith, Stockwith; and leauing Axholme on the left hand, it taketh withall Hogdike water out of the Ile, and so goeth foorth to Wildsworth, East∣ferrie, Frusworth, Burringham, Guinmeis, Hix∣burgh, Burton, Walcote, and at Ankerburie into the Humber, receiuing the swift Doue by the waie, which for his noblenesse is not to be ouerpassed, espe∣ciallie for that Anno 1536 Hen. 8, 28, it was (by Gods prouidence) a staie of great bloudshed like to haue fallen out betwéene the kings side and the rebelles of the north, in a quarrell about religion. For the night before the battell should haue béene stricken, and without anie apparent cause (a little showre of raine* 1.1339 excepted farre vnpossible vpon such a sudden to haue made so great a water) the said riuer arose so high, & ran with such vehemencie, that on the morow the ar∣mies could not ioine to trie & fight it out: after which a pacification insued, and those countries were left in quiet. Secondlie, the description hereof is not to be ouerpassed, bicause of the fine grasse which grow∣eth vpon the banks thereof, which is so fine and bata∣ble, that there goeth a prouerbe vpon the same; so oft as a man will commend his pasture, to say that there is no better féed on Doue banke: that maketh it al∣so the more famous.

The Doue therefore riseth in Yorkeshire among* 1.1340 the Peke hilles, and hauing receiued a water com∣ming by Ingbirchworth (where the colour thereof is

Page 99

verie blacke) it goeth to Pennistone, which is foure miles from the head: then by Oxspring to Thurgo∣land, and soone after (ioining by the waie with the Midhop water,* 1.1341 that runneth by Midhop chappell, and Hondshelfe) it méeteth with another comming from Bowsterston chappell. Then goeth it by Waddesleie wood to Waddesleie bridge, and at Aluerton recei∣ueth the Bradfeld water. Then passeth it to Crokes, and so to Sheffeld castell (by east whereof it receiueth a brooke from by south that commeth through Shef∣feld [unspec 10] parke.) Thence it procéedeth to Westford bridge, Briksie bridge; and southwest of Timsleie receiueth the Cowleie streame that runneth by Ecclefield.* 1.1342 Next of all it goeth to Rotheram, where it méeteth with the Rother,* 1.1343 a goodlie water, whose head is in Darbieshire about Pilsleie, from whence it goeth vnder the name of Doleie, till it come at Rotheram, by north Winfield church, Wingerworth, and Fore∣land hall, twelue miles from Rotheram, to Chester∣ford, where it méeteth with the Iber,* 1.1344 and Brampton* 1.1345 [unspec 20] water that commeth by Holme hall, both in one cha∣nell. Thence it runneth to Topton castell, and yer long crossing one water comming from Dronefeld by Whittington on the one side, and the second from aboue Brimington on the other, it goeth through Stalie parke, and soone after méeteth with the Craw∣leie becke, whereof I find this note.

The Crawleie riseth not farre from Hardwjc,* 1.1346 and going by Stanesbie and Woodhouse, it receiueth aboue Netherhorpe, one water on the one side com∣ming [unspec 30] from the Old parke, and another from Barlbo∣row hill on the other, that runneth not farre from Woodthorpe. After this confluence likewise they run as one into the Rother, which hasteth from thence to Eckington (there crossing a rill that runneth by Bir∣leie hill) and so to Kilmarsh, in the confines of Dar∣bieshire,* 1.1347 where it taketh in the Gunno from by east. Thence to Boughton, vniting it selfe therabout with another by west from Gledles, called Mesebrooke,* 1.1348 which diuideth Yorkeshire from Darbieshire, and so [unspec 40] runneth to Treton, Whiston, there taking in a rill from Aston, and so to Rotheram, where it méeteth with the Doue, and from whence our Doue (yéelding plentie of samon all the waie as it passeth) hasteth to Aldwake, Swaiton, Mexburge, there taking in the Darne, which I will next describe, and staie with the Doue, vntill I haue finished the same. It riseth at Combworth, and so commeth about by Bretton hall, to Darton ward, where it crosseth a water that run∣neth from Gonthwake hall, by Cawthorne vnited of [unspec 50] two heads. From hence it goeth to Burton grange, then to Drax, where it toucheth with a water from southwest, & then goeth to Derfield and Goldthorpe: but yer it come to Sprotborow, it vniteth it selfe with a faire riuer, increased by diuerse waters, before it come at the Doue, & whereinto it falleth (as I heare) northeast of Mexburgh. After this confluence like∣wise the Doue goeth by Sprothorow, to Warnes∣worth, Doncaster, Wheatleie (there méeting with the Hampall créeke on the northeast side,* 1.1349 which riseth east [unspec 60] of Kirbie) thence to Sandall, Kirke Sandall, Bran∣with ferrie, Stanford, Fishlake, and so to Thuorne or Thurne, where it crosseth the Idle (whose description followeth) and finallie into Trent, and so into the Humber.

But before I deale with the description of the Idle, I will adde somewhat of the Rume, a faire water. For though the description thereof be not so exactlie deliuered me as I looked for; yet such as it is I will set downe, conferring it with Lelands booke, and hel∣ping their defect so much as to me is possible. It ri∣seth by south of Maunsfield, fiue miles from Rumford abbeie, and when the streame commeth neere the ab∣beie, it casteth it selfe abroad and maketh a faire lake. After this it commeth againe into a narrow chanell, and so goeth on to Rumford village, carrieng the Budbie and the Gerberton waters withall.* 1.1350 From thence, and with a méetlie long course, it goeth to Bawtrie or Uautrie, a market towne in Notting∣hamshire, fiue miles from Doncaster, and so into the Trent. Beneath Rumford also commeth in the Girt, which goeth vnto Southwell milles,* 1.1351 and so into the Trent. Now as concerning our Idle.

The Idle, which some call Brier streame,* 1.1352 riseth at Sutton in Ashfield, from whence it runneth to Maunsfield, Clipston & Allexton, where it taketh in a water that riseth in the forrest, one mile north of Bledworth, and runneth on by Rughford abbeie, till it come to Allexton.* 1.1353 The forresters call this Man∣becke, whereof Leland also speaketh, who describeth it in this maner. Manbrooke riseth somewhere about Linthirst wood, from whence it goeth to Blisthorpe, and so to Allerton. But to procéed. The Idle hauing taken in the Manbecke, it runneth to Bothomsall, by Boughton, & Perlethorpe: but yer it come there, it méeteth the Meding Maiden, or Midding brooke, which rising about Teuersall,* 1.1354 goeth to Pleasleie, Nettleworth, Sawcan, Warsop, Budleie, Thursbie, Bothomsall, and so into the Idle. After this it procee∣deth to Houghton, west Draiton, but yer it touch at Graunston or Gaunston, it taketh in the Wilie,* 1.1355 which commeth from Clowne, to Creswell, Hol∣becke, Woodhouse, Wilebecke, Normenton, Elsleie, Graunston, and so into the Idle. Being thus increa∣sed, the Idle runneth on to Idleton, Ordsall, Retford, Bollam, Tilneie, Matterseie abbeie, and so to Baw∣trie, where it méeteth another from the shire Okes, that riseth aboue Geitford, passeth on to Worksop (or Radfurth) Osberton,* 1.1356 Bilbie, and Blith, there vni∣ting it selfe with thrée rilles in one bottome, whereof one commeth from Waldingwell to Careleton, and so thorough a parke to Blith towne, another from by west Furbecke thrée miles, and so to Blith: but the third out of the White water néere to Blith, and there being vnited they passe on to Scrobie, and so into the Idle.

From hence it runneth on to Missen, to Sad∣lers bridge, and next of all to Santoft, where it mée∣teth with the Sandbecke,* 1.1357 which rising not farre from Sandbecke towne, passeth by Tickhill, Ro∣sington bridge, Brampton, Rilholme, Lindholme, and one mile south of Santoft into the Idle water, which runneth from thence to Thorne, where it mée∣teth with the Doue, and so with it to Crowleie. Fi∣nallie, inuironing the Ile of Areholme, it goeth vn∣to Garthorpe, Focorbie, & so into the Trent. Leland writing of the Wilie, Wile, or Gwilie (as some write it) saith thus therof. The Wile hath two heads, whereof one is not farre aboue the place where Wil∣becke abbeie stood; the other riseth further off by west aboue Welbecke or Wilebecke towne: finallie ioi∣ning in one, they runne to Cuckeneie village, where crossing a becke that commeth in from by west, it holdeth on two miles further, there taking in the se∣cond rill, and so resort to Rufford. To this riuer like∣wise (saith he) doo two other waters repaire, whereof the one goeth hard by Maunsfield (rising foure miles from thence by west) and then com∣meth thrée miles lower to Rufford; the other (so far as I remem∣ber) goeth quite through the towne.

Page 100

Of such falles of waters as ioine with the sea, betweene Hum∣ber and the Thames. Chap. 16.

HAuing in this maner descri∣bed the Ouze, and such riuers as fall into the same: now it resteth that I procéed in my [unspec 10] voiage toward the Thames, according to my former or∣der. Being therefore come a∣gaine into the maine sea, I find no water of anie countenance or course (to my remembrance) till I come vnto the Ancolme a good∣lie water,* 1.1358 which riseth east of Mercate Rafing, and from thence goeth by middle Rafing. Then receiuing a short till from by south, it runneth on vnder two bridges, by the waie, till it come to Wingall, north∣east; [unspec 20] where also it méeteth with another brooke, from W••••••bie that commeth thither by Uresbie, goeth by Cadneie (taking in the two rilles in one bottome, that descend from Howsham, and north Leiseie) and thence to Newsted, Glanford, Wardeleie, Thorne∣ham, Applebie, Horflow, north Ferribie, and so into the sea.

Being past Ancolme,* 1.1359 we go about the Nesse, and so to the fall of the water which commeth from Kele∣die, by Cotham abbeie, Nersham abbeie, Thorneton, [unspec 30] and leauing Coxhill by west, it falleth into the Oce∣an. The next is the fall of another brooke comming from Fleting, all alongst by Stasingburne. Then crossed we Grimsbie gullet, which issuing aboue E∣rebie commeth to Lasebie, the two Cotes, and then into the sea. After this we passed by another portlet, whose backwater descendeth from Balesbie by Ash∣bie, Briggesleie, Wath, and Towneie, and finallie to the next issue, before we come at Saltflete, which branching at the last, leaueth a prettie Iland wherein [unspec 40] Comsholme village standeth. This water riseth short (as I heare) of Tathe well, from whence it goeth to Rathbie, Hallington, Estington, Lowth, Kidiring∣ton, Auingham, and then branching aboue north So∣merton, one arme méeteth with the sea, by Graue∣thorpe, the other by north of Somercote.

Saltflete water hath but a short course: for rising among the Cockeringtons, it commeth to the sea,* 1.1360 at Saltflete hauen: howbeit the next vnto it is of a longer race, for it riseth (as I take it) at Cawthorpe [unspec 50] paroch, and descendeth by Legburne, the Carletons, the west middle and east Saltfletes, and so into the Ocean. The water that riseth aboue Ormesbie and Oribie, goeth to Cawsbie, Swabie abbeie, Cla∣thorpe, Belew, Tattle, Witherne, Stane, and north∣cast of Thetilthorpe into the maine sea.

Maplethorpe water riseth at Tharesthorpe, and going by Markeleie, Folethorpe,* 1.1361 and Truthorpe, it is not long yer it méet with the Germane Ocean. Then come we to the issue that commeth from aboue [unspec 60] Hotost, and thence to Mumbie chappell, whither the water comming from Claxbie, Willowbie, and Slouthbie (and whereinto another rill falleth) dooth runne, as there to doo homage vnto their lord and so∣uereigne. As for Ingold mill créeke, I passe it ouer, and come streight to another water, descending from Burge by Skegnes. From hence I go to the issue of a faire brooke, which (as I heare) dooth rise at Tetford, and thence goeth by Somerbie, Bagender∣bie, Ashwardbie, Sawsthorpe, Partneie, Ashbie, the Stepings, Thorpe croft, and so into the sea. As for Wainflete water, it commeth from the east sea, and goeth betwéene S. Maries & Alhallowes by Wain∣flete towne, and treading the path of his predecessors, emptieth his chanell to the maintenance of the sea.

Now come I to the course of the Witham, a fa∣mous riuer, whereof goeth the beword, frequented of old, and also of Ancolme, which I before described:

Ancolme ele, and Witham pike, Search all England and find not the like.
Leland calleth it Lindis, diuerse the Rhe,* 1.1362 and I haue read all these names my selfe: and thereto that the Lincolneshire men were called in old time Corita∣ni, and their head citie Lindus, Lindon, or Linodu∣num, in which region also Ptolomie placeth Rage, which some take to be Notingham, except my memo∣rie doo faile me. It riseth among the Wickhams, in the edge of Lincolnshire, and (as I take it) in south-Wickham paroch, from whence it goeth to Coster∣worth, Easton, Kirkestoke Paunton, and Paunton Houghton, and at Grantham taketh in a rill from by southwest, as I heare. From Grantham it run∣neth to Man, Thorpe, Bolton, and Barneston, where crossing a becke from northeast, it procéedeth further southwest ward by Mereston, toward Faston (there also taking in a brooke that riseth about Denton, and goeth by Sidbrooke) it hasteth to Dodington, Cla∣pale, Barmebie, Beckingham, Stapleford, Bassing∣ham, Thursbie, and beneath Amburgh crosseth a wa∣ter that commeth from Stogilthorpe by Somerton castell.

After this confluence also, our Witham goeth still foorth on his waie to the Hickhams, Boltham, Bracebridge, and Lincolne it selfe, for which the Nor∣mans write Nicholl by transposition of the letters, or (as I may better saie) corruption of the word. But yer it come there, it maketh certeine pooles (whereof one is called Swan poole) and soone after diuiding it selfe into armes, they run both thorough the lower part of Lincolne, each of them hauing a bridge of stone ouer it, thereby to passe through the principall stréet: and as the bigger arme is well able to beare their fisher botes, so the lesser is not without his seue∣rall commodities. At Lincolne also this noble riuer méeteth with the Fosse dike, whereby in great floods vessels may come from the Trents side to Lin∣colne.* 1.1363 For betweene Torkseie, where it beginneth, and Lincolne citie, where it endeth, are not aboue se∣uen miles, as Leland hath remembred. Bishop At∣water began to clense this ditch, thinking to bring great vessels from Trent to Lincolne in his time: but sith he died before it was performed, there hath no man beene since so well minded as to prosecute his purpose. The course moreouer of this our streame following, from Lincolne to Boston is fiftie miles by water: but if you mind to ferrie, you shall haue but 24. For there are foure common places where men are ferried ouer; as Short ferrie, fiue miles from Lincolne, Tatersall ferrie, eight miles from Short ferrie, Dogdike ferrie a mile, Langreth fer∣rie fiue miles, and so manie finallie to Boston.

But to go forward with the course of Lindis (whereof the whole prouince hath béene called Lin∣deseie) when it is past Linclone, it goeth by Shepe∣wash, Wassingburg, Fiskerton, and soone after ta∣keth in sundrie riuers in one chanell, whereby his greatnesse is verie much increased. From this con∣fluence it goeth to Bardolfe, and there receiuing a rill (descending from betweee Sotbie and Randbie, and going by Harton) it slideth foorth by Tupham to Tatersall castell, taking vp there in like sort thrée small rills by the waie, whereof I haue small notice as yet: and therefore I referre them vnto a further consideration to be had of them hereafter, if it shall please God that I may liue to haue the filling of these rude pamphlets yet once againe, & somewhat more leasure to peruse them than at this time is gran∣ted. Finallie, being past Tatersall, and Dogdike

Page 101

ferrie, the Witham goeth toward Boston, & thence into the sea. Thus haue I briestie dispatched this no∣ble riuer Witham. But hauing another note deliue∣red me thereof from a fréend, I will yéeld so farre vn∣to his gratification, that I will remember his trauell here, and set downe also what he hath written there∣of, although the riuer be sufficientlie described al∣redie.

Into Witham therefore from by north, and seuen miles beneath Lincolne,* 1.1364 there falleth a faire water, [unspec 10] the head whereof is at Hakethorne, from whence it goeth by Hanworth,* 1.1365 Snarford, Resbie, Stainton, and at Bullington méeteth with a water on ech side, whereof one commeth from Haiton and Turxing∣ton, the other from Sudbrooke, and likewise beneath Birlings with the third comming from Barkeworth by Stansted, and ioining all in one, soone after it is not long yer it fall into the chanell of Witham, and so are neuer more heard of. There is also a brooke by southwest, that commeth from Kirbie to Cateleie, [unspec 20] Biltingams, and the Ferrie. At Taterfall it méeteth with the Bane,* 1.1366 which riseth aboue Burgh, and néere vnto Ludford goeth downe to Dunnington, Sta∣nigod, Hemmingsbie, Bamburgh, Fillington, Horne castell (where it crosseth a rill from Belch∣worth) Thornton, Marton, Halton, Kirkebie, Coms∣bie, Tatersall, and so to Dogdike ferrie.

Aboue Boston likewise it taketh in a water com∣ming from Lusebie by Bolingbrooke, Stickeford, Stickneie, Sibbeseie and Hildrike. And to Boston [unspec 30] towne it selfe doo finallie come sundrie brookes in one chanell, called Hammond becke, which rising at Do∣nesbie, runneth on to Wrightbold, where it casteth one arme into Holiwell water. Thence it hasteth to∣ward Dunnington, receiuing foure brookes by the waie, whereof the first commeth from Milshorpe, the second from Fokingham,* 1.1367 called Bollingborow, or (after some, I wote not vpon what occasion) Sem∣pringham water, the third from Bridge end, the [unspec 40] fourth from Sempringham, and afterwards the maine streame is found to run by Kirton holme, and so into the Witham. Into the Wiland likewise falleth the Holiwell, which riseth of a spring that runneth toward the east from Haliwell to Onebie, Esonden, Gretford, and so to Catbridge, where it re∣ceiueth another rising at Witham and west of Man∣thorpe, and the second comming from Laund, and so run from thence togither to Willesthorpe and Cat∣bridge, and then into the Haliwell, which after these confluences goeth to Tetford and Eastcote, where it [unspec 50] meeteth with a draine, comming from Bourne, and so through the sennes to Pinchbecke, Surfleet, and Fosdike, where it méeteth with the Welland, in the mouth of the Wash, as I haue noted vnto you.

Hauing thus set foorth the riuers that fall into the Witham,* 1.1368 now come we to the Wiland or Welland, wherevnto we repaire after we be past Boston, as drawing by litle and litle toward the Girwies, which inhabit in the fennes (for Gir in the old Saxon speach dooth signifie déepe fennes and marishes) and [unspec 60] these beginning at Peterborow eastward, extend themselues by the space of thrée score miles & more, as Hugh of Peterborow writeth. This streame ri∣seth about Sibbertoft, and running betwéene Bos∣worth and Howthorpe, it goeth to Féedingworth, Merson, Bubberham, Trussell, Herborow (recei∣uing there the Braie,* 1.1369 which commeth from Braie∣brooke castell) to Bowton, Weston, Wiland, Ashleie, Medburne, Rokingham, and Cawcot, where a riue∣ret called little Eie méeteth withall, comming from east Norton by Alexstone, Stocke, Faston, and Drie stocke. From Cawcot it goeth to Gritto, Harring∣worth, Seton, Wauerlie, Duddington, Collie We∣ston, Eston, and there ioineth with the third called Warke,* 1.1370 not far from Ketton, which commeth from Lie by Preston, Wing, Lindon, Luffenham, &c. Thence it goeth on by Tinwell, to Stanford (crossing the Brooke water,* 1.1371 and Whitnelbecke, both in one bottome) and from Stanford by Talington, Maxeie, to Mercate, Deeping, Crowland (where it almost meeteth with the Auon) then to Spalding, Whap∣land, and so into the sea.

Leland writing of this Wiland, addeth these words which I will not omit, sith in mine opinion they are worthie to be noted, for better consideration to be had in the said water and his course. The Wi∣land (saith he) going by Crowland, at Newdrene di∣uideth it selfe into two branches, of which one goeth vp to Spalding called Newdrene,* 1.1372 and so into the sea at Fossedike Stow: the other named the South* 1.1373 in∣to Wisbech. This latter also parteth it selfe two miles from Crowland,* 1.1374 & sendeth a rill called Writh∣lake by Thorneie, where it méeteth with an arme of the Nene, that commeth from Peterborow, and hol∣deth course with the broad streame, till it be come to Murho, six miles from Wisbech, where it falleth into the South.

Out of the South in like sort falleth another arme called Sheepes eie,* 1.1375 and at Hopelode (which is foure∣téene miles from Lin) did fall into the sea. But now the course of that streame is ceased, wherevpon the inhabitants susteine manie grieuous flouds, bicause the mouth is stanched, by which it had accesse before into the sea. Hitherto Leland. Of the course of this riuer also from Stanford, I note this furthermore out of another writing in my time. Being past Stanton (saith he) it goeth by Burghleie, Uffington, Tallington, Maxeie, Déeping, east Deeping, and comming to Waldram hall, it brancheth into two armes, whereof that which goeth to Singlesole, recei∣ueth the Nene out of Cambridgeshire, and then go∣ing by Dowesdale, Trekenhole, and winding at last to Wisbech, it goeth by Liuerington, saint Maries, and so into the sea. The other arme hasteth to Crow∣land, Clowthouse, Bretherhouse, Pikale, Cowbecke and Spalding. Here also it receiueth the Baston dreane, Longtost dreane, Déeping dreane, and thence goeth by Wickham into the sea, taking with∣all on the right hand sundrie other dreanes. And thus farre he.

Next of all, when we are past these, we come to another fall of water into the Wash, which descen∣deth directlie from Whaplade dreane to Whaplade towne in Holland: but bicause it is a water of small importance, I passe from thence, as hasting to the Nene, of both the more noble riuer: and about the middest thereof in place is a certeine swallow, so déepe and so cold in the middest of summer, that no man dare diue to the bottome thereof for coldnesse, and yet for all that in winter neuer found to haue béene touched with frost, much lesse to be couered with ise. The next therefore to be described is the A∣uon,* 1.1376 otherwise called Nene,* 1.1377 which the said author de∣scribeth after this maner. The Nene beginneth foure miles aboue Northampton in Nene méere, where it riseth out of two heads, which ioine about Northampton. Of this riuer the citie and countrie beareth the name, although we now pronounce Hampton for Auondune, which errour is commit∣ted also in south Auondune, as we may easilie see. In another place Leland describeth the said riuer after this maner. The Auon riseth in Nene méere field, and going by Oundale and Peterborow, it diuideth it selfe into thrée armes, whereof one goeth to Hor∣neie, another to Wisbech, the third to Ramseie: and afterward being vnited againe, they fall into the sea not verie farre from Lin. Finallie, the descent of these waters leaue here a great sort of Ilands, wher∣of

Page 102

of Elie, Crowland, and Merfland, are the chiefe. Hi∣therto Leland.

Howbeit, because neither of these descriptions touch the course of this riuer at the full, I will set downe the third, which shall supplie whatsoeuer the o∣ther doo want. The Auon therefore arising in Nene∣mere field, is increased with manie rilles, before it come at Northhampton, & one aboue Kings thorpe, from whence it goeth to Dallington, and so to North∣hampton, where it receiueth the Wedon. And here I [unspec 10] will staie,* 1.1378 till I haue described this riuer. The We∣don therefore riseth at Faulesse in master Knight∣lies pooles, and in Badbie plashes also are certeine springs that resort vnto this streame. Faulesse pooles are a mile from Chareton, where the head of Chare riuer is, that runneth to Banberie. There is but an hill called Alberie hill betwéene the heads of these two riuers.

From the said hill therefore the Weldon directeth his course to Badbie, Newenham, Euerton, We∣don, [unspec 20] betwixt which and Floretowne, it receiueth the Florus (a pretie water rising of foure heads,* 1.1379 whereof the one is at Dauentrie, another at Watford, the third at long Bucke, the fourth aboue Whilton) and then passeth on to Heiford, Kislingberie, Upton, and so to Northhampton, where it falleth into the Auon, receiuing finallie by the waie the Bugbrooke water at Heford,* 1.1380 Pathall water néere islingberie, and finallie Preston water beneath Upton, which run∣ning from Preston by Wootton, méeteth at the last [unspec 30] with Milton rill, and so fall into Auon. Now to re∣sume the tractation of our Auon. From North∣hampton therefore it runneth by Houghton, great Billing, Whitstone, Dodington, and Willingbo∣row, where we must staie a while: for betweene Wil∣lingborow and Higham Ferries, it receiueth a pre∣tie water comming from about Kilmarsh,* 1.1381 which go∣ing by Ardingworth, Daisborow, Rusheton, New∣ton, Gaddington, Boughton, Warketon, Kette∣ring, Berton, and Burton, méeteth there with Roth∣well [unspec 40] water,* 1.1382 which runneth west of Kettering to Hi∣sham, the greater Haridon, and then into the Auon.

Being therfore past Burton, our maine streame goeth to Higham Ferries, Artleborow, Kingsted, Woodford, and (méeting thereby with Cranford rill) to Thraxston, north whereof it ioineth also with the Ocleie water,* 1.1383 that commeth from Sudborow and Lowicke, to old Umkles, Waden ho, Pilketon, Toke (where it taketh in the Liueden becke) and so to Oundell, Cotterstocke, Tansoner, and betweene [unspec 50] Tothering and Warmington receiueth the Corbie water,* 1.1384 which rising at Corbie, goeth by Weldon, De∣neshap, Bulwich, Bletherwijc, Fineshed, Axthorpe, Newton, Tothering, and so into the Auon. After this, the said Auon goeth to Elton, Massington, Yer∣well, Sutton, Castor, Allerton, and so to Peterbo∣row, where it diuideth it selfe into sundrie armes, and those into seuerall branches and draines, among the fennes and medowes, not possible almost to be numbred, before it méet with the sea on the one side [unspec 60] of the countrie, and fall into the Ouze on the other.

The Ouze, which Leland calleth the third Isis,* 1.1385 fal∣leth into the sea betwéene Mersland & Downeham. The chiefe head of this riuer ariseth néere to Stanes, from whence it commeth to Brackleie (sometime a noble towne in Northampton shire, but now scarse∣lie a good village) and there taking in on the left hand one water comming from the parke betwéene Si∣sam and Astwell (which runneth by Whitfield and* 1.1386 Tinweston) and another on the right from Imleie, it goeth on by Westbirie,* 1.1387 Fulwell, water Stretford, Buckingham, and Berton, beneath which towne the Erin falleth into it, whereof I find this short descrip∣tion to be inserted here.* 1.1388 The Erin riseth not farre from Hardwijc Northamptonshire, from hence it goeth by Hth, Gunford, Godderington, Twiford, Stéeple Cadon, & yer it come at Padbirie, méeteth with the Garan••••brooke descending from* 1.1389 Garan∣burge, and so they go togither by Padbirie, till they fall into the Ouze, which carieth them after the con∣fluence to Thorneton bridge (where they crosse ano∣ther fall of water comming from Whitlewood for∣rest by Luffed, Leamsted and Fosent) and so to Beachampton, Culuerton, Stonie Stratford, and Woluerton.

Here the Ouze méeteth with a water (called,* 1.1390 as Leland coniectureth, the Uere or Were) on the left hand, as you go downewards, that commeth be∣twéene Wedon and Wexenham in Northampton∣shire, and goeth by Towcester, and Alderton, and not farre from Woluerton and Hauersham into the foresaid Ouze, which goeth also from hence to New∣portpaganell, where in like sort I must staie a while till I haue described another water, named the Clée, by whose issue the said streame is not a little increa∣sed.* 1.1391 This riuer riseth in the verie confines betwéene Buckingham and Bedfordshires, not farre from Whippesnade, and going on toward the northwest, by Eaton and Laiton, it commeth to Linchlade, where it entreth wholie into Buckinghamshire, and so goeth on by Hammond, Brickle, Fennie Strat∣ford, Simpson, Walton and Middleton, beneath which it receiueth the Saw from aboue Halcot, and so goeth on till it meet with the Ouze néere vnto* 1.1392 Newport, as I haue said. Being vnited therefore, we set forward from the said towne, and follow this noble riuer, to Lathbirie, Thuringham, Filgrane, Lawndon, Newington, Bradfield on the one side, and Turueie on the other, till it come at length to Bedford after manie windlesses, and then méeteth with another streame, which is increased with so ma∣nie waters, that I was inforced to make an imagi∣ned staie here also, and view their seuerall courses, supposing my selfe to looke downe from the highest steeple in Bedford, whence (as best meane to view anie countrie wheresoeuer) I note the same as fol∣loweth.

Certes on the east side, where I began this specu∣lation, I saw one that came from Potton, and met withall néere Becliswade: another that grew of two waters, wherof one descended from Baldocke, the other from Hitchin, which ioined beneth Arleseie, and thence went to Langford and Edworth. The third which I beheld had in like sort two heads, wher∣of one is not farre from Wood end,* 1.1393 the other from Wooburne (or Howburne) and ioining about Flit∣wijc, they go to Flitton (where they receiue Antill brooke) and so by Chiphill, and Chicksand, they come to Shafford, from whence taking the aforsaid Lang∣ford water with them, they go foorth by Becliswade, Sandie, Blumham, and neere vnto Themisford are vnited with the Ouze. And now to our purpose a∣gaine.

After this the Ouze goeth by Berkeford, to Win∣teringham (méeting there with the Wareslie becke) and so runneth to S. Neotes (or saint Nedes,* 1.1394 in old time Goluesburg, as Capgraue saith In vita Neoti) to Paxston, Offordes,* 1.1395 and so to Godmanchester, in old time called Gumicester, which (as it should séeme) hath béene a towne of farre greater countenance than at this present it is; for out of the ruines thereof much Romane coine is found, and sometimes with the image of C. Antius which hath long haire, as the Romans had before they receiued barbars into their citie, and therevnto the bones of diuerse men of farre greater stature than is credible to be spo∣ken of in these daies. But what stand I vpon these things? From hence therfore our water goeth on to

Page 103

Huntingdon,* 1.1396 Wilton, saint Iues, Holiwell, and E∣rith, receiueth in the meane time the Stow (néere vnto little Paxton) and likewise the Ellen, and the Emmer,* 1.1397 in one chanell a little by west of Hunting∣don.

Finallie, the maine streame spreading abroad into the Fennes, I cannot tell into how manie branches, neither how manie Ilets are inforced by the same; although of Iles, Marshland, Ancarig or Ancarie be the chiefe, and of which this later is called [unspec 10] Crowland (as Crowland also hight thornie A cruda terra, or store of bushes saith Hugo le Blanc) some∣time growing in the same, and Ancartjc because sun∣drie Ancres haue liued & borne great swaie therein. But howsoeuer this case standeth, this is certeine, that after it hath thus delited it selfe with ranging a while about the pleasant bottoms & lower grounds, it méeteth with the Granta, from whence it goeth with a swift course vnto Downeham. Betwéene it also and the Auon, are sundrie large meeres or pla∣shes, [unspec 20] by southwest of Peterborow full of powts and carpes, whereof Whittleseie méere, and Ramseie méere (whereinto the Riuall falleth,* 1.1398 that commeth from aboue Broughton, Wiston, and great Riuel∣leie) are said to be greatest. Of all the riuers that run into this streame, that called Granta (whereof the whole countie in old time was called Granta∣brycshire,* 1.1399 as appéereth by the register of Henrie prior of Canturburie) is the most noble and excellent, which I will describe euen in this place, notwith∣standing [unspec 30] that I had earst appointed it vnto my se∣cond booke. But for somuch as a description of Ouze and Granta were deliuered me togither, I will for his sake that gaue them me, not separate them now in sunder.

The verie furthest head and originall of this riuer is in Henham, a large parke belonging to the earle of Sussex, wherein (as the townesmen saie) are foure springs that run foure sundrie waies in∣to the maine sea. Leland sought not the course of [unspec 40] this water aboue Newport pond, and therefore in his commentaries vpon the song of the swan, he writeth thereof after this maner insuing. Although doctor Iohn Caius the learned physician, and some o∣ther are of the opinion, that this riuer comming from Newport, is properlie to be called the Rhée: but I may not so easilie dissent from Leland, whose iudgement in my mind is by a great deale the more likelie. Harken therefore what he saith.

The head of Grantha or Granta, is in the pond at [unspec 50] Newport, a towne of the east Saxons, which going in a bottome beside the same, receiueth a pretie rill, which in the middest thereof dooth driue a mill, and descendeth from Wickin Bonhant, that standeth not farre from thence. Being past Newport, it go∣eth alongst in the lower ground, vntill it come to Broke Walden, west of Chipping Walden (now Saffron Walden) hard by the lord Awdleis place, where the right honorable Thomas Howard with his houshold doo soiourne, and sometime stood an abbeie [unspec 60] of Benedictine moonks, before their generall suppres∣sion. From Awdleie end it goeth to Littleburie, the lesse and greater Chesterfords, Yealdune, Hinc∣stone, Seoston or Sawson, and néere vnto Shale∣ford receiueth the Babren that commeth by Linton, Abbington, Babrenham, and Stapleford: and so go∣ing forward it commeth at the last to Tromping∣ton,* 1.1400 which is a mile from Cambridge. But yer it come altogither to Trompington, it méeteth with the Barrington water, as Leland calleth it, but some other the Rhee* 1.1401 (a common name to all waters in the Saxon speech) whereof I find this description, to be touched by the waie. The Rhée riseth short of Ashwell in Hertfordshire, and passing vnder the bridge be∣tweene Gilden Mordon and Downton, and leauing Tadlow on the west side (as I remember) it goeth to∣ward Crawden, Malton, Barrington, Haseling∣field, and so into Granta, taking sundrie rills with him from south and southwest, as Wendie water southwest of Crawden, Whaddon brooke southwest of Orwell, Mildred becke southwest of Malton, and finallie the Orme which commeth out of Armington or Ormendum well, and goeth by Fulmere and Fox∣ton, and falleth into the same betweene Barrington and Harleston, or Harston; as they call it.

Now to procéed with our Granta. From Trom∣pington on the one side, and Grantcester on the o∣ther, it hasteth to Cambridge ward, taking the Burne with it by the waie, which descendeth from a castell of the same denomination, wherein the Pi∣cotes and Peuerels sometime did inhabit. Thence it goeth by sundrie colleges in Cambridge, as the queenes college, the kings college, Clare hall, Tri∣nitie college, S. Iohns, &c: vnto the high bridge of Cambridge, and betwéene the towne and the castell to Chesterton, and receiuing by and by the Stoure, or Sture (at whose bridge the most famous mart in England is yearelie holden and kept) from Chester∣ton it goeth to Ditton,* 1.1402 Milton, and yer long méeting with two rilles (from Bottesham and Wilberham, in one bottome) it runneth to Horningseie, & Wa∣ter Bech: and finallie here ioining with the Bul∣becke water, it goeth by Dennie, and so forth into the Ouze,* 1.1403 fiftéene miles from Cambridge, as Leland hath set downe. And thus much of the third Isis or Ouze, out of the aforesaid author: wherevnto I haue not onelie added somewhat of mine owne experi∣ence, but also of other mens notes, whose diligent obseruation of the course of this riuer hath not a little helped me in the description of the same. Now it resteth that we come neerer to the coast of North∣folke, and set foorth such waters as we passe by vpon the same, wherein I will deale so preciselie as I may: and so farre will I trauell therein, as I hope shall content euen the curious reader: or if a∣nie fault be made, it shall not be so great, but that after some trauell in the finding, it shall with ease be corrected.

The first riuer that therefore we come vnto, after we be past the confluence of Granta, and the Ouze, and within the iurisdiction of Northfolke, is called the Burne.* 1.1404 This streame riseth not ve∣rie farre from Burne Bradfield, aboue the grea∣ter Wheltham, and from thence it goeth on to Nawnton, Burie, Farneham Martin, Farne∣ham Alhallowes, Farneham Genouefa, Hen∣graue, Flemton, Lackeford, Icklingham, and to Milden hall: a little beneath which, it meeteth with the Dale water,* 1.1405 that springeth not farre from Catilege, and going by Asheleie, Moul∣ton (a benefice as the report goeth not verie well prouided for) to Kenford, Kenet, Bradingham, Frekenham, it falleth at the last not farre from Iselham into the Burne, from whence they go togither as one into the Ouze. With the Burne also there ioineth a water comming from about Lid∣gate, a little beneath Iselham, and not verie far from Mildenhall.

The Dune head,* 1.1406 and rising of Wauenheie, are not much in sunder: for as it is supposed, they are both not farre distant from the bridge betweene Lo∣pham and Ford, wherby the one runneth east and the other west, as I haue béene informed. The Dune goeth first of all by Feltham, then to Hopton, & to Kinets hall, where it méeteth with a water cōming out of a lake short of Banham (going by Quidden∣ham, Herling, Gasthorpe) and so on, both in one chanell, they run to Ewston. Here they méet in like

Page 104

sort, with another descending from two heads, wher∣of the one is néere vnto Pakenham, the other to Tauestocke, as I heare. Certes these heads ioine a∣boue Ilesworth, not farre from Stow Langtoft, from whence they go to Yxworth, Thorpe, Berdwell, Hunnington, Fakenham, and so into the Dune at Ewston; as I said. From hence also they hasten to Downeham, which of this riuer doth seeme to borow his name. South Rée rill I passe ouer as not wor∣thie the description, because it is so small. [unspec 10]

Next vnto this riuer on the south side is the Bra∣den, or Bradunus,* 1.1407 which riseth at Bradenham, and goeth by Necton, north Peckenham, south Pecken∣ham, Kirsingham, Bedneie, Langford, Igbor, Mun∣ford, North Old, Stockebridge, Ferdham, Helgie, and so into the Ouze.* 1.1408 The néerest vnto this is ano∣ther which riseth about Lukeham, and from thence commeth to Lexham, Massingham, Newton, the castell Acre, Acres, Nerboe, Pentneie, Wrongeie, Rounghton (which at one time might haue béene my [unspec 20] liuing if I would haue giuen sir Thomas Rugband monie inough, but now it belongeth to Gundeuill and Caius college in Cambridge) Westchurch, and so to Linne. As so dooth also another by north of this, which commeth from the east hilles by Congenham, Grimston,* 1.1409 Bawseie, Gaiwood, whereof let this suf∣fice. And now giue eare to the rest sith I am past the Ouze. Being past the mouth or fall of the Ouze, we méet next of all with the Rising chase water,* 1.1410 which Ptolomie (as some thinke) doth call Metaris, and [unspec 30] descendeth from two heads,* 1.1411 and also the Ingell that commeth from about Snetsham. From hence we go by the point of saint Edmund, and so hold on our course till we come vnto the Burne, which falleth in∣to the sea by south from Waterden, and going be∣twéene the Crakes to Burnham Thorpe, and Burn∣ham Norton, it striketh at the last into the sea; east of Burnham Norton a mile at the least, except my con∣iecture doo faile me.* 1.1412 The Glow or Glowie riseth not far from Baconsthorpe, in the hundred of Tunsted; [unspec 40] & going by and by into Holt hundred, it passeth by Hunworth, Thornage, Glawnsford, Blackneie, Clare, and so into the sea, receiuing there at hand al∣so a rill by east, which descendeth from the hilles li∣eng betwéene Killing towne and Waiburne.

The Wantsume riseth in Northfolke at Gales∣end in Holt hundred,* 1.1413 from whence it goeth to Wa∣tersend. Townton, Skelthorpe, Farneham, Pens∣thorpe, Rieburg, Ellingham, and Billingsford. And here it receiueth two waters in one bottome, of [unspec 50] which the first goeth by Stanfield and Beteleie, the other by Wandling and Gressonhall, and so run on ech his owne waie, till they méet at Houndlington, southwest of Billingsford with the Wantsume. From hence they go all togither to Below, Ieng, Weston, and Moreton; but yer it come to Moreton, it méeteth with the Yowke, which (issuing about Yex∣ham) goeth by Matteshall and Barrow.* 1.1414 After this th said Wantsume goeth on by Ringland, and so to Norwich the pontificall sée of the bishop, to whome [unspec 60] that iurisdiction apperteineth, which seemeth by this memoriall yet remaining in the corrupted name of the water, to be called in old time Venta or (as Le∣land addeth) Venta Icenorum. But to procéed. Be∣neath Norwich also it receiueth two waters in one chanell, which I will seuerallie describe, according to their courses, noting their confluence to be at Bix∣leie, within two miles of Norwich, except my anno∣tation deceiue me. The first of these hath two heads wherof one mounteth vp southwest of Whinborow, goeth by Gerneston,* 1.1415 and is the verie Hiere or Yare that drowneth the name of Wantsume,* 1.1416 so soone as he meeteth withall. The other head riseth at Woo in Mitford hundred, and after confluence with the Hi∣ere at Caston, going by Brandon, Bixton, Berford, Erleham, Cringlefield (not farre from Bixleie as I said) doth méet with his companion, which is the se∣cond to be described as followeth. It hath two heads also that méet northwest of Therstane; and hereof the one commeth from Findon hall, by Wrenningham from about Wotton, by Hemnall, Fretton, Stret∣ton, and Tasborow, till they ioine at Therston, as I gaue notice aforehand. From Therston therefore they go togither in one to Newton, Shotesham, Dunston, Castor, Arminghale, Bixleie, Lakenham, and Trowse, and then fall into the Wantsume be∣neath Norwich, which hereafter is named Hiere. The Hiere, Yare, or Gare therefore proceeding in his voiage, as it were to salute his grandame the Oce∣an, goeth from thence by Paswijc, Surlingham, Claxton, and Yardleie; and here it meeteth againe with another riueret descending from about Shote∣sham to Therstane, Shedgraue, Hockingham, and so into Gare or Yare, whereof Yardleie the towne re∣ceiueth denomination. After this it goeth to Fre∣thorpe, and aboue Burgh castell meeteth with the Waueneie,* 1.1417 and so into the sea.

Into this riuer also falleth the Bure,* 1.1418 which ri∣sing at a towne of the same name, passeth by Milton, Buresdune, Corpesteie, Marington, Blekeling, Bure, Alesham, Brampton, Buxton, Horsted, Werxham bridge, Horning, Raneworth; and be∣neath Bastewijc receiueth the Thurine which riseth aboue Rolesbie;* 1.1419 then to Obie, Clipsbie (there also receiuing another from Filbie) Rimham, Castor, and by Yarmouth into the Ocean. The Waueneie afore mentioned, riseth on the south side of Brising∣ham, and is a limit betweene Northfolke and Suf∣folke. Going therefore by Dis, Starten, not farre from Octe, it méeteth with the Eie, which riseth néere Ockold, or betwéene it and Braisworth, & goeth on by Brome,* 1.1420 Octe, and so into the Waueneie. From thence our Waueneie runneth by Silam, Brodish, Nedam, Harleston, Rednam, Alborow, Flixton, Bungeie, Sheepemedow, Barsham, Beckles, Albie, & at Whiteacre (as I heare) parteth in twaine, or re∣ceiuing Milford water (which is most likelie) it go∣eth along by Somerleie, Hormingfléet, S. Olaues, (there receiuing the Frithstane or Fristan brooke,* 1.1421 out of low or litle England) Fristan* 1.1422 & Burgh castell, where it méeteth with the Hiere, & from thencefoorth accompanieth it (as I said) vnto the sea. Willing∣ham water commeth by Hensted, Einsted, or Eni∣state, and falleth into the sea by south of Kesland.

The Cokell riseth south southwest of Cokeleie towne in Blithe hundred,* 1.1423 & neere vnto Hastelworth it meeteth with the rill that commeth from Wisset, and so going on togither by Wenhaston, and Blibo∣row, it falleth into the sea at an hauen betwéene Roidon and Walderswicke. A little rill runneth also thereinto from Eston by Sowold, and another from Dunwich, by Walderswijke: and hereby it wanteth little that Eston Nesse is not cut off and made a pretie Iland.

The Ford riseth at Poxford,* 1.1424 and going by For∣derleie, and Theberton, it falleth at last into the Mis∣mere créeke.* 1.1425 Into the Oreford hauen runneth one water comming from Aldborow ward, by a narrow passage from the north into the south. By west wher∣of (when we are past a little Ile) it receiueth the se∣cond, descending from betwéene Talingston and Framingham in Plomes hundred;* 1.1426 which cōming at last to Marleford, meeteth with a rill southwest of Farnham called the Gleme (that commeth by Ren∣dlesham,* 1.1427 the Gleinhams) and so passing foorth, it ta∣keth another at Snapesbridge, comming from Carleton by Saxmundham, Sternefield & Snape. Then going to Iken (where it méeteth with the third

Page 105

rill at the west side)* 1.1428 it fetcheth a compasse by Sud∣burne east of Orford, and so into the hauen. Next vnto this by west of Orford, there runneth vp ano∣ther créeke by Butleie, whereinto the waters com∣ming from Cellesford, and from the Ike, doo run both in one bottome. And thus much of Orford hauen.

The Deue riseth in Debenham,* 1.1429 in the hundred of Hertesméere, and from thence goeth to Mickford, Winston, Cretingham, Lethringham, Wickham, [unspec 10] hitherto still creeping toward the south: but then go∣ing in maner full south, it runneth neere vnto Ash, Rendlesham, Ufford, Melton, and Woodbridge, be∣neath which it receiueth on the west side, a water comming of two heads, wherof one is by north from Otelcie, and the other by south from Henleie, which ioining west of Mertelsham, go vnto the said towne and so into the Deue, east of Mertelsham abouesaid. From thence the Deue goeth by Waldringfield and Henleie,* 1.1430 and méeting soone after with Brightwell [unspec 20] brooke, it hasteth into the maine sea, leauing Bawd∣seie on the east, where the fall therof is called Bawd∣seie hauen.

Ure riseth not farre from Bacton,* 1.1431 in Hertesmeere hundred, and thense descendeth into Stow hundred by Gipping Newton, Dagworth, Stow (beneath which it méeteth with a water comming from Rat∣tlesden, by one house) and so going on to Nedeham (through Bosméere and Claidon hundreds) to Bla∣kenham, Bramford, Ypswich, receiuing beneath [unspec 30] Stoke, which lieth ouer against Ypswich, the Chat∣sham water, that goeth by Belsted, and so into the Ure, at the mouth whereof is a maruellous deepe and large pit, whereof some marriners saie that they could neuer find the bottome, and therefore calling it a well, and ioining the name of the riuer withall, it commeth to passe that the hauen there is called Ure∣well, for which in these daies we doo pronounce it Or∣well. Into this hauen also the Sture or Stoure hath readie passage, which remaineth in this treatise next [unspec 40] of all to be described.

The Sture or Stoure parteth Essex from Suf∣folke,* 1.1432 as Houeden saith, and experience confirmeth. It ariseth in Suffolke, out of a lake neere vnto a towne called Stourméere. For although there come two rilles vnto the same, whereof the one de∣scendeth from Thixlo, the Wratings and Ketton, the other from Horshed parke, by Hauerill, &c: yet in summer time they are often drie, so that they cannot be said to be perpetuall heads vnto the aforesaid ri∣uer. [unspec 50] The Stoure therefore (being, as I take it, called by Ptolomie, Edomania, for thereon toward the mouth standeth a prettie towne named Manitrée, which carieth some shadow of that ancient name thereof vnto this daie, if my coniecture be any thing) ariseth at Stouremeere, which is a poole conteining twentie acres of ground at the least, the one side whereof is full of alders, the other of réeds, wherin the great store of fish there bred, is not a little succoured. From this méere also it goeth to Bathorne bridge, to [unspec 60] Stocke clare, Cawndish, Pentlo, Paules Beau∣champe, Milford, Foxerth, Buresleie, Sudburie, Bu∣res, Boxsted, Stoke, Nailand, Lanham, Dedham, Strotford, east Baxfold, Brampton, Manitree, Catwade bridge, and so into the sea, where in the vexie fall also it ioineth with Orwell hauen, so néere that of manie they are reputed as one, and parted but by a shingle that dooth run along betwéene them: neither dooth it passe cléere in this voiage, but as it were often occupied by the waie, in receiuing sun∣drie brookes and rilles not héere to be omitted.

For on Essex side it hath one from Hemsted, which goeth by Bumsted, and Birdbrooke: another rising short of Foxerth, that runneth by water Beauchampe, Brundon, and falleth into the same at Badlington, west of Sudburie: and the third that glideth by Horkesleie, and méeteth withall west of Boxsted. On the north, or vpon Suffolke side, it re∣ceiueth one descending from Catiledge, by Brad∣leie, Thurlow, Wratting, Kiddington, and at Haue∣rell falleth into this Sture. The second descendeth northward from Posling field, and ioineth therewith east of Clare. It was in old time called Cicux or Ceuxis, and it méeteth with the Stoure in such wise that they séeme to make a right angle, in the point almost wherof standeth a ruinous castell. Howbeit as sithence which time this water (in some mens iudgement) hath béene named Clarus (not so much for the greatnesse as cleerenesse of the streame) euen so the Stoure it selfe was also called Ens as they say, and after their confluence the whole Clarens, which giueth denomination to a duchie of this Iland of no small fame and honour. But these are but meere fa∣bles, sith the word Clare is deriued from the towne, wherein was an house of religion erected to one Clara, and Clarens brought from the same, because of an honour the prince had in those parties: which may suffice to know from whence the name procee∣deth. The third ariseth of two heads, whereof one commeth from Wickham brooke, the other from Chedbar in Risbie hundred, and ioining about Stan∣field, it goeth by Hawton, Somerton, Boxsted, Stansted, and north of Foxerth falleth into Stoure. The fourth issueth from betwéene the Waldingfields, and goeth by Edwardstone, Boxsted, Alington, Pol∣sted, Stoke, and so at south Boxsted falleth into the same. The fift riseth northwest of Cockefield, and goeth to Cockefield, Laneham, Brimsleie, Midling,* 1.1433 and receiuing Kettle Baston water southwest of Chelsworth (and likewise the Breton that commeth from Bretenham, by Hitcheham, and Bisseton stréet on the south east of the same towne) it goeth in by Nedging, Aldham, Hadleie, Lainham, Shellie, Hi∣gham, and so into the Stoure. The sixt is a little rill descending southwest from Chappell. The seuenth ri∣seth betweene Chappell and Bentleie, and going be∣twéene Tatingston, and Whetsted, Holbrooke, and Sutton, it falleth at length into Stoure, and from thence is neuer heard of.

As for Ocleie Drill, that riseth betweene Ocleie,* 1.1434 and Wikes parkes, and so goeth into the Stoure, on Essex side, west of Harwich, and east of Ree Ile; I passe it ouer, because it is of it selfe but a rill, and not of anie greatnesse, till it come to the mill aboue Ramseie bridge, where I was once almost drowned (by reason of the ruinous bridge which leadeth ouer the streame being there verie great) as an arme of the sea that continuallie ebbeth & floweth. Next vn∣to this,* 1.1435 we came to another that runneth south of Beaumont by Mosse, and falleth into the sea about the middest of the Baie, betwixt Harwich and the Naze. Betwixt the Naze also and the mouth of Colne, is another rill, which riseth at little Bentleie, and thence goeth to Tendring thorpe, through Clac∣ton parke by great Holland,* 1.1436 and east of little Hol∣land, into the déepe sea.

The Colne hath three heads,* 1.1437 whereof one is at O∣uington that goeth by Tilberie, and east of Yeldam falleth into the chiefe head which riseth about Redge∣well in Essex, from whence also it goeth to Yeldam and Hedingham, otherwise called Yngham: also Hedningham or Heuedingham, or Heuedingham of the superoritie which accrued therevnto, because the chiefe lords of the same from time to time kept residence in the towne. For Heued or Hed signifieth The chiefe, in the old English language, which in the name of this and manie other townes and villages yet standing in England cannot esilie be forgotten.

Page 106

The third falleth in south of Yeldam, and being once met all in one chanell, and called the Colne, it goeth (as I said) to Hedningham, Hawsted, Erles Colne, Wakes Colne, Fordon, Bardfold, Colchester, in old time Camalodunum, and so into the sea at Brick∣leseie. Some thinke that Colchester and Camalodu∣num are sundrie cities and situat in diuerse, places whereby Maldon (or Ithancester out of whose ruines the said towne of Maldon was erected) should rather be Camalodunum than Colchester, but hereof I can∣not [unspec 10] iudge. Indeed if (as Leland saith) Maldon should be written Malodunum, it were a likelihood that there assertions should be probable. Some reason also may be gathered for the same out of Dion, and such as make the Thames mouth to take his beginning at Colchester water. But I dare not presume to con∣clude any thing hereof, least I should séeme rashlie to take hold of euerie coniecture. This I relie vpon rather as a more certeintie, that in the first edition of this treatise I was persuaded, that the sea entring [unspec 20] by the Colne made thrée seuerall passages frō thence into the land: but now I vnderstand that these are seuerall entrances and streames, of which the Colne is one, another is the Salcote water, which commeth in beneath the Stroud (a causeie that leadeth vnto Merseie Ile, ouer which the sea méeteth with a con∣trarie course) and the third the faire arme that flow∣eth vnto Maldon, and all these thrée haue their falles either ouer against or néere vnto the aforesaid Ile, which at a low water is not halfe a mile from the [unspec 30] shore. Into the Colne or Colunus also (whereof Le∣land thinketh Colchester to take his name, and not A colonia Romanorum, although I may not con∣sent to him herein) doo run manie salt creekes be∣neath Fingering ho, of whose names sith I doo not know, nor whether they be serued with anie backe∣waters or not, I giue ouer to intreat anie further & likewise of their positions. Into that of Maldon runneth manie faire waters, whereof I will saie so much as I know to be true in maner by experience. [unspec 40]

There is a pretie water that beginneth néere vn∣to Gwinbach or Winbeche church in Essex,* 1.1438 a towne of old, and yet belonging to the Fitzwaters, taking name of Gwin, which is beautifull or faire, & Bahe that signifieth a wood: and not without cause, sith not onelie the hilles on ech side of the said rillet, but all the whole paroch hath sometime abounded in woods; but now in manner they are vtterlie decaied, as the like commoditie is euerie where, not onelie tho∣rough excessiue building for pleasure more than pro∣fit, [unspec 50] which is contrarie to the ancient end of building; but also for more increase of pasture & commoditie to the lords of the soile, through their sales of that emolument, whereby the poore tenants are inforced to buie their fewell, and yet haue their rents in tri∣ple maner inhanced. This said brooke runneth di∣rectlie from thence vnto Radwinter, now a parcell of your lordships possessions in those parts, descen∣ded from the Chamberleins, who were sometime chéefe owners of the same. By the waie also it is in∣creased [unspec 60] with sundrie pretie springs, of which Pant∣well is the chéefe (whereof some thinke the whole brooke to be named Pant) and which (to saie the truth) hath manie a leasing fathered on the same. Certes by the report of common fame it hath béene a pretie water, and of such quantitie, that botes haue come in time past from Bilie abbeie beside Maldon vnto the moores in Radwinter for corne. I haue heard also that an anchor was found there neere to a red willow, when the water-courses by act of parlement wers surueied and reformed throughout England, which maketh not a little with the aforesaid relation. But this is strangest of all, that a lord sometime of Winbech (surnamed the great eater, because he would breake his fast with a whole calfe, and find no bones therein as the fable goeth) falling at conten∣tion with the lord Iohn of Radwinter, could worke him none other iniurie, but by stopping vp the head of Pantwell, to put by the vse of a mill which stood by the church of Radwinter, and was serued by that brooke abundantlie. Certes I know the place where the mill stood, and some posts thereof do yet remaine. But sée the malice of mankind, whereby one becom∣meth a woolfe vnto the other in their mischeeuous moodes. For when the lord saw his mill to be so spoi∣led, he in reuenge of his losse, brake the necke of his aduersarie, when he was going to horsebacke, as the constant report affirmeth. For the lord of Radwin∣ter holding a parcell of his manour of Radwinter hall of the Fitzwaters, his sonne was to hold his stirrop at certeine times when he should demand the same. Shewing himselfe therefore prest on a time to doo his said seruice, as the Fitzwater was readie to lift his leg ouer the saddle, he by putting backe his foot, gaue him such a thrust that he fell backward, and brake his necke: wherevpon insued great trou∣ble, till the matter was taken vp by publike autho∣ritie; and that seruile office conuerted into a pound of pepper, which is truelie paid to this daie. But to leaue these impertinent discourses, and returne a∣gaine to the springs whereby our Pant or Gwin is increased. There is likewise another in a pasture belonging to the Grange, now in possession of Wil∣liam Bird esquier, who holdeth the same in the right of his wife, but in time past belonging to Til∣teie abbeie. The third commeth out of the yard of one of your lordships manors there called Radwin∣ter hall. The fourth from Iohn Cockswets house, named the Rotherwell, which running vnder Ro∣thers bridge, méeteth with the Gwin or Pant on the northwest end of Ferrants meade, southeast of Radwinter church, whereof I haue the charge by your honours fauourable preferment.

I might take occasion to speake of another rill which falleth into the Rother from Bendish hall: but bicause it is for the most part drie in summer I passe it ouer. Yet I will not omit to speake also of the ma∣nor which was the chiefe lordship sometime of a pa∣rish or hamlet called Bendishes, now worne out of knowledge, and vnited partlie to Radwinter, and partlie to Ashdon. It belonged first to the Bendishes gentlemen of a verie ancient house yet extant, of which one laieng the said manour to morgags to the moonks of Feuersham, at such time as K. Edward the third went to the siege of Calis, thereby to fur∣nish himselfe the better toward the seruice of his prince, it came to passe that he staied longer beyond the sea than he supposed. Wherevpon he came before his daie to confer with his creditors, who commen∣ding his care to come out of debt, willed him in friendlie maner not to suspect anie hard dealing on their behalfes, considering his businesse in seruice of the king was of it selfe cause sufficient, to excuse his delaie of paiment vpon the daie assigned. Herevpon he went ouer againe vnto the siege of Calis. But when the day came, the moonks for all this made sei∣sure of the manour, and held it continuallie without anie further recompense, maugre all the friendship that the aforsaid Bendish could make. The said gen∣tleman also tooke this cousening part in such choler, that he wrote a note yet to be séene among his eui∣dences, whereby he admonisheth his posteritie to be∣ware how they trust either knaue moonke or knaue frier, as one of the name and bescended from him by lineall descent hath more than once informed me. Now to resume our springs that méet and ioine with our Pant.

The next is named* 1.1439 Froshwell. And of this spring

Page 107

dooth the whole hundred beare the name▪ & after this confluenc the riuer it selfe wher vnto it falleth (from by north) so farre as I remember. Certes, all thse, sauing the first and second, are within your lordships towne aforesaid. The streame therfore running from hence (& now, as I said, called Froshwell, of Frosh, which signifieth a frog) hasteth immediatlie vnto old Sandford, then through new Sandford parke, and afterward with full streame (receiuing by the waie, the Finch brooke that commeth thorough Finching∣field) [unspec 10] to Shalford, Borking, Stisted, Paswijc, and so to Blackewater, where the name of Freshwell cea∣seth, the water being from hencefoorth (as I heare) commonlie called Blackwater, vntill it come to Maldon, where it falleth into the salt arme of the sea that beateth vpon the towne; and which of some (except I be deceiued) is called also Pant: and so much the rather I make this coniecture, for that I∣thancester stood somewhere vpon the banks thereof, & in the hundred of Danseie, whose ruines (as they [unspec 20] saie) also are swalowed vp by the said streame, which can not be verified in our riuer that runneth from Pantwell, which at the mouth and fall into the great current, excéedeth not (to my coniecture) aboue one hundred foot. But to returne to our Pant, aliàs the Gwin. From Blackwater it goeth to Corall, Ea∣sterford, Braxsted and Wickham, where it méeteth with the Barus, and so going togither as one, they descend to Heiebridge, and finallie into the salt wa∣ter aboue Maldon, and at hand as is aforesaid. As [unspec 30] for the Barus,* 1.1440 it riseth in a statelie parke of Essex called Bardfield, belonging to sir Thomas Wroth whilest he liued, who hath it to him and his heires males for euer, from the crowne. Being risen, it hasteth directlie to old Saling Brainctrée, crossing a rillet by the waie comming from Raine, blacke Notleie, white Notleie, Falkeburne, Wittham, and falleth into the Blackewater beneath Braxsted on the south.

Beside this,* 1.1441 the said Pant or Gwin receiueth the [unspec 40] Chelme or Chelmer, which ariseth also in Wimbech aforesaid, where it hath two heads: of which the one is not farre from Brodockes (where master Thomas Wiseman esquier dwelleth) the other nigh vnto a farme called Highams in the same paroch, and ioin∣ing yer long in one chanell, they hie them toward Thacsted vnder Prowds bridge, méeting in the waie wish a rill comming from Boiton end, whereby it is somewhat increased. Being past Thacsted, it goeth by Tilteie, and soone after receiueth one rill which [unspec 50] riseth on the north side of Lindsell,* 1.1442 & falleth into the Chelmer by northeast at Tilteie aforesaid, & another cōming from southwest, rising southeast from Lind∣sell at much Eiston. From thence then holding on still with the course, it goeth to Candfield the more, Dunmow, litle Dunmow, Falsted, Lies, both Wal∣tams, Springfield, and so to Chelmeresford. Here vpon the south side I find the issue of a water that ri∣seth fiue miles (or thereabouts) south and by west of the said towne, from whence it goeth to Munasing, [unspec 60] Buttesburie (there receiuing a rill from by west, to Ingatstone, Marget Inge, Widford bridge, Writ∣tle bridge, and so to Chelmeresford (crossing also the second water that descendeth from Roxford south west of Writtle by the waie)* 1.1443 whereof let this suffice.

From hence the Chelmer goeth directlie toward Maldon by Badow, Owting, Woodham water, Bilie, and so to Blackwater northwest of Maldon, receiuing neuerthelesse yer it come fullie thither, a becke also that goeth from Lée parke, to little Lées, great Lées,* 1.1444 Hatfield, Peuerell, Owting, and so in∣to Blackwater (whereof I spake before) as Maldon streame dooth a rill from by south ouer against saint Osithes, and also another by Bradwell. After which the said streame growing also to be verie great, pas∣seth by the Tolshunts, Tollesbie, and so foorth into the maine sea néere vnto Merseie: betwéene which fall and the place where Salute water entreth into the land, Plautus abode the comming of Claudius some∣time into Britaine, when he being hardlie beeset, did ••••nd unto him for aid and spéedie succour, who also be∣ing come did not onelie rescue his legat, but in like manner wan Colchester, and put it to the spoile, if it be Camalodunum.

The Burne riseth somewhere about Ronwell,* 1.1445 and thence goeth to Hull bridge, south Fambridge, Kirke shot ferrie, and so to Foulnesse. And as this is the short course of that riuer, so it brancheth, and the south arme thereof receiueth a water comming from Haukewell, to great Stanbridge, and beneath Pakesham dooth méet by south with the said arme, and so finish vp his course, as we doo our voiage also about the coast of England.

Thus haue I finished the description of such ri∣uers and streames as fall into the Ocean, according to my purpose, although not in so precise an order and manner of handling as I might, if information promised had been accordinglie performed; or others would, if they had taken the like in hand. But this will I saie of that which is here done, that from the Solueie by west, which parteth England & Scotland on that side; to the Twede, which separateth the said kingdoms on the east: if you go backeward, contra∣rie to the course of my description, you shall find it so exact, as beside a verie few by-riuers, you shall not need to vse anie further aduise for the finding and falles of the aforesaid streames. For such hath beene my helpe of maister Sackfords cardes, and confe∣rence with other men about these, that I dare pro∣nounce them to be perfect and exact. Furthermore, this I haue also to remember, that in the courses of our streames, I regard not so much to name the ve∣rie towne or church, as the limits of the paroch. And therefore if I saie it goeth by such a towne, I thinke my dutie discharged, if I hit vpon anie part or par∣cell of the paroch. This also hath not a little troubled me, I meane the euill writing of the names of ma∣nie townes and villages: of which I haue noted some one man, in the description of a riuer, to write one towne two or thrée manner of waies, whereby I was inforced to choose one (at aduenture most commonlie) that séemed the likeliest to be sound in mine opinion and iudgement.

Finallie, whereas I minded to set downe an especiall chapter of ports and créeks, lieng on ech coast of the English part of this Ile; and had proui∣ded the same in such wise as I iudged most conue∣nient: it came to passe, that the greater part of my labour was taken from me by stealth, and therefore as discouraged to meddle with that argument, I would haue giuen ouer to set downe anie thing therefore at all: and so much the rather, for that I sée it may prooue a spurre vnto further mischéefe, as things come to passe in these daies. Neuerthelesse, because a little thereof is passed in the beginning of the booke, I will set downe that parcell thereof which remaineth, leauing the supplie of the rest either to my selfe hereafter, (if I may come by it) or to some other that can better performe the same.

Page 108

Of such ports and creeks as our sea∣faring-men doo note for their benefit vpon the coasts of England. Chap. 17.

IT maie be that I haue in these former chapters omit∣ted sundrie hauens to be found [unspec 10] vpon the shore of England, and some of them serued with backe waters, through want of sound and sufficient infor∣mation from such as haue written vnto me of the same. In recompense where∣of I haue thought good to adde this chapter of ports and creekes, whereby (so farre as to me is possible) I shall make satisfaction of mine ouersights. And albe∣it I cannot (being too too much abused by some that [unspec 20] haue béerest me of my notes in this behalfe) bring my purpose to passe for all the whole coast of Eng∣land round about, from Berwike to the Solue: yet I will not let to set downe so much as by good hap remaineth, whereby my countriemen shall not alto∣gither want that benefit, hoping in time to recouer also the rest, if God grant life and good successe thereto.

In Northumberland therefore we haue Berwike,* 1.1446 Holie Iland, Bamborow, Bedwell, Donstanborow, [unspec 30] Cocket Iland, Warkeworth, Newbiggin, Almow, Blithes nuke, and Tinmouth hauen.

In the bishoprijc,* 1.1447 Sonderland, Stocketon, Har∣tlepoole, These.

In Yorkeshire,* 1.1448 Dapnam sands, Steningreene, Staies, Runswike, Robinhoods baie, Whitbie, Scar∣borow, Fileie, Flamborow, Bricklington, Horne∣seie becke, Sister kirke, Kelseie, Cliffe, Pattenton, Holmes, Kenningham, Pall, Hidon, Hulbrige, Be∣uerleie, Hull, Hasell, Northferebie, Bucke creeke, [unspec 40] Blacke cost, Wrethell, Howden.

In Lincolneshire,* 1.1449 Selbie, Snepe, Turnebrige, Rodiffe, Catebie, Stockwith, Torkeseie, Gainsbo∣row, Southferebie, Barton a good point, Barrow a good hauen, Skatermill a good port, Penningham, Stalingborow a good hauen, Guimsbie a good port, Clie, March chappell, Saltfléete, Wilgripe, Maple∣ford, saint Clements, Wenfléete, Friscon, Toft, Skerbike, Boston, Frompton, Woluerton, Fosse∣dike a good hauen. [unspec 50]

In Northfolke,* 1.1450 Linne a good hauen, Snatch∣ham, Hitchham, Desingham good, Thunstone, Thorneham good, Brankester good, Burnham good, with diuers townes and villages thereto belonging, Welles good, Strikeie, Marston, Blakeleie towne, Withon Claie, Blakelie hauen good, Salthouse créeke, Sheringham hith, Roughton, Cromer, Beston, Trinningham, Mounsleie, Bromwall, Haseborow, Wakesham, Eckelles, Winterton, Custer, Helmesleie, Okell, Upton, Waibridge, [unspec 60] Yarmouth, good all the waie to Norwich, with di∣uerse villages on the riuer side.

In Suffolke,* 1.1451 Becles, Bongeie, Southton, Cor∣ton, Gorton, Laistow a good port, Kirtill, Pakefield, Kasseldon, Bliborow, Coffe hith, Eston, Walders∣wijc, Donewich, Swold hauen, Sisewell, Thorpe, Al∣borow, Orford a good hauen, Balseie good, Felixstow, Colneie, Sproten, Ypswich, Downambridge good, Pinnemill, Shoteleie, Cataweie, Barfold.

In Esse we haue Dedham,* 1.1452 Maning trée, Thorne, Wrabbesnes, Ramseie, Harwich, Douercourt, Handford, Okeleie, Kirbie, Thorpe, Brichwill, Wal∣ton mill, Walton hall, Ganfléete, Newhauen good, S. Osithes, Bentleie good, Bricleseie, Thorlington (where good ships of a hundred tun or more be made) Alsford, Wiuenhall, Colchester, Cold hith, Rough hedge, Fingering ho, east Merseie, west Merseie, Salcot, Goldanger, Borow, Maldon, Stanesgate, Sudmester, S. Peters, Burnham, Crixseie, Aldon, Clements gréene, Hulbridge, Pacleston, Barling, litle Wakering, much Wakering, south Sudburie, Wakeringham, Melton, Papper hill, or Lee, Bea••••∣fléete, Pidseie range, Fobbing, Hadleie good, Muck∣ing, Stanford, and Tilberi ferrie.

In Kent,* 1.1453 Harling, Cliffe, Tanfleete, Stokehow, Snodlond, Melhall, Maidston, Ailessord, New hith, Rochester, Gelingham, Reinham, Upchurch, Hal∣sted, Quinborow, Milton, Feuersham, Whit••••aple, Herne, Margate, Brodestaier, Ramsgate; and ma∣nie of these good créekes: also Sandwich, Douer, Hide, reasonable ports, although none of the best.

In Sussex we haue Smalade with the créekes adioining to the same,* 1.1454 Ridon, Appledoure, Rie a good hauen, and Winchelseie nothing at all inferiour to the same, and so manie shires onelie are left vnto me at this time, wherefore of force I must abruptlie leaue off to deale anie further with the rest, whose knowledge I am right sure would haue beene proff∣table: and for the which I hoped to haue reaped great thankes at the hands of such sea-faring-men, as should haue had vse hereof.

Desunt caetera.

Of the aire, soile, and commodities of this Iland. Cap. 18.

THe aire (for the most part) throughout the Iland is such,* 1.1455 as by reason in maner of con∣tinuall clouds, is reputed to be grosse, and nothing so plea∣sant as that is of the maine. Howbeit, as they which af∣firme these things, haue one∣lie respect to the impediment or hinderance of the sunne beames, by the interposition of the clouds and oft ingrossed aire: so experience teacheth vs, that it is no lesse pure, wholesome, and commodious, than is that of other countries, and (as Caesar himselfe here∣to addeth) much more temperate in summer than that of the Galles, from whom he aduentured hither. Neither is there anie thing found in the aire of our region, that is not vsuallie seene amongst other na∣tions lieng beyond the seas. Wherefore, we must néeds confesse, that the situation of our Iland (for be∣nefit of the heauens) is nothing inferiour to that of anie countrie of the maine, where so euer it lie vnder the open firmament. And this Plutarch knew full well, who affirmeth a part of the Elistan fields to be found in Britaine, and the Iles that are situate a∣bout it in the Ocean.

The soile of Britaine is such,* 1.1456 as by the testimonies and reports both of the old and new writers, and ex∣perience also of such as now inhabit the same, is ve∣rie fruitfull; and such in deed as bringeth foorth manie commodities, whereof other countries haue néed, and yet it selfe (if fond nicenesse were abolished) néed∣lesse of those that are dailie brought from other pla∣ces. Neuerthelesse it is more inclined to féeding and grasing, than profitable for tillage, and bearing of corne; by reason whereof the countrie is woonderful∣lie replenished with neat, and all kind of cattell: and such store is there also of the same in euerie place, that the fourth part of the land is scarselie manured for the prouision and maintenance of graine. Certes

Page 109

this fruitfulnesse was not vnknowne vnto the Bri∣tons long before Caesars time, which was the cause wherefore our predecessors liuing in those daies in maner neglected tillage, and liued by féeding and gra∣sing onelie. The grasiers themselues also then dwel∣led in mooueable villages by companies, whose cu∣stome was to diuide the ground amongst them, and each one not to depart from the place where his lot laie (a thing much like to the Irish Criacht) till by ea∣ting vp of the countrie about him,* 1.1457 he was inforced [unspec 10] to remooue further, and séeke for better pasture. And this was the British custome (as I learne) at first. It hath béene commonlie reported, that the ground of Wales is neither so fruitfull as that of England, neither the soile of Scotland so bountifull as that of Wales: which is true, for corne and for the most part: otherwise, there is so good ground in some parts of Wales, as is in England, albeit the best of Scotland be scarselie comparable to the meane of either of both. Howbeit, as the bountie of the Scotish dooth [unspec 20] faile in some respect, so dooth it surmount in other; God and nature hauing not appointed all countries to yéeld foorth like commodities.

But where our ground is not so good as we would wish, we haue (if néed be) sufficient helpe to cherish our ground withall, and to make it more fruitfull, For beside the compest that is carried out of the hus∣bandmens yards, ditches, ponds, doouehouses, or ci∣ties and great townes: we haue with vs a kind of white marle, which is of so great force, that if it be [unspec 30] cast ouer a péece of land but once in thrée score years, it shall not need of anie further compesting. Hereof also dooth Plinie speake,* 1.1458 lib. 17. cap. 6, 7, 8, where he affirmeth that our marle indureth vpon the earth by the space of fourescore yeares: insomuch that it is laid vpon the same but once in a mans life, whereby the owner shall not need to trauell twise in procuring to commend and better his soile. He calleth it Mar∣ga, and making diuerse kinds thereof, he finallie commendeth ours, and that of France, aboue all o∣ther, [unspec 40] which lieth sometime a hundred foot déepe, and farre better than the scattering of chalke vpon the same, as the Hedui and Pictones did in his time, or as some of our daies also doo practise: albeit diuerse doo like better to cast on lime, but it will not so long indure, as I haue heard reported.

There are also in this Iland great plentie of fresh riuers and streames,* 1.1459 as you haue heard alreadie, and these throughlie fraught with all kinds of delicate fish accustomed to be found in riuers. The whole Ile [unspec 50] likewise is verie full of hilles,* 1.1460 of which some (though not verie manie) are of exceeding heigth, and diuerse extending themselues verie far from the beginning; as we may see by Shooters hill, which rising east of London, and not farre from the Thames, runneth a∣long the south side of the Iland westward, vntill it come to Cornewall. Like vnto these also are the Crowdon hils, which though vnder diuers names (as also the other from the Peke) doo run into the borders of Scotland. What should I speake of the Cheniot [unspec 60] hilles, which reach twentie miles in length? of the blacke mounteines in Wales, which go from* 1.1461 to* 1.1462 miles at the least in length? of the Cle hilles in Shropshire, which come within foure miles of Lud∣low, and are diuided from some part of Worcester by the Teme? of the Grames in Scotland, and of our Chiltren, which are eightéene miles at the least from one end of them, which reach from Henlie in Oxford∣shire to Dunstable in Bedfordshire, and are verie well replenished with wood and corne? notwithstan∣ding that the most part yéeld a sweet short grasse, profitable for shéepe. Wherein albeit they of Scot∣land doo somewhat come behind vs, yet their out∣ward defect is inwardlie recompensed, not onelie with plentie of quarries (and those of sundrie kinds of marble, hard stone, and fine alabaster) but also rich mines of mettall, as shall be shewed hereafter.

In this Iland likewise the winds are commonlie more strong and fierce,* 1.1463 than in anie other places of the maine, which Cardane also espied: and that is of∣ten séene vpon the naked hilles, not garded with trées to beare and kéepe it off. That grieuous incon∣uenience also inforceth our nobilitie,* 1.1464 gentrie, and communaltle, to build their houses in the vallies, lea∣uing the high grounds vnto their corne and cattell, least the cold and stormie blasts of winter should bréed them greater annoiance: whereas in other re∣gions each one desireth to set his house aloft on the hill, not onlie to be seene a farre off, and cast forth his beames of statelie and curious workemanship into euerie quarter of the countrie; but also (in hot ha∣bitations) for coldnesse sake of the aire, sith the heat is neuer so vehement on the hill top as in the vallie, because the reuerberation of the sunne beames ei∣ther reacheth not so farre as the highest, or else be∣commeth not so strong as when it is reflected vpon the lower soile.

But to leaue our buildings vnto the purposed place (which notwithstanding haue verie much in∣creased,* 1.1465 I meane for curiositie and cost, in England, Wales, and Scotland, within these few yeares) and to returne to the soile againe. Certeinelie it is euen now in these our daies growne to be much more fruitfull, than it hath béene in times past. The cause is for that our countriemen are growne to be more painefull, skilfull, and carefull through recompense of gaine, than heretofore they haue béene: insomuch that my Synchroni or time fellows can reape at this present great commoditie in a little roome; whereas of late yeares, a great compasse hath yéelded but small profit, and this onelie through the idle and ne∣gligent occupation of such, as dailie manured and had the same in occupieng. I might set downe exam∣ples of these things out of all the parts of this Iland, that is to saie, manie of England, more out of Scot∣land, but most of all out of Wales: in which two last rehearsed, verie little other food and liuelihood was woont to be looked for (beside flesh) more than the soile of it selfe, and the cow gaue; the people in the meane time liuing idelie, dissolutelie, and by picking and stealing one from another. All which vices are now (for the most part) relinquished, so that each nation manureth hir owne with triple commoditie, to that it was before time.

The pasture of this Iland is according to the na∣ture and bountie of the soile,* 1.1466 whereby in most places it is plentifull, verie fine, batable, and such as either fatteth our cattell with speed, or yéeldeth great abun∣dance of milke and creame: whereof the yellowest butter and finest chéese are made. But where the blue claie aboundeth (which hardlie drinketh vp the winters water in long season) there the grasse is spearie, rough, and verie apt for bushes: by which oc∣casion it commeth nothing so profitable vnto the owner as the other. The best pasture ground of all England is in Wales, & of all the pasture in Wales that of Cardigan is the cheefe. I speake of the same which is to be found in the mounteines there, where the hundred part of the grasse growing is not eaten, but suffered to rot on the ground, whereby the soile becommeth matted, and diuerse bogges and quicke moores made withall in long continuance: because all the cattell in the countrie are not able to eat it downe. If it be to be accompted good soile, on which a man may laie a wand ouer night, and on the mor∣row find it hidden and ouergrowen with grasse: it is not hard to find plentie thereof in manie places of this land. Neuertheles, such is the fruitfulnes of the

Page 110

aforsaid countie that it farre surmounteth this pro∣portion, whereby it may be compared for batable∣nesse with Italie, which in my time is called the paradise of the world, although by reason of the wickednesse of such as dwell therein it may be cal∣led the sinke and draine of hell: so that whereas they were woont to saie of vs that our land is good but our people euill, they did but onlie speake it; whereas we know by experience that the soile of Italie is a no∣ble soile, but the dwellers therein farre off from anie [unspec 10] vertue or goodnesse.

Our medowes,* 1.1467 are either bottomes (whereof we haue great store, and those verie large, bicause our soile is hillie) or else such as we call land meads, and borowed from the best & fattest pasturages. The first of them are yearelie & often ouerflowen by the rising of such streames as passe through the same, or vio∣lent falles of land-waters, that descend from the hils about them. The other are seldome or neuer ouer∣flowen, and that is the cause wherefore their grasse is [unspec 20] shorter than that of the bottomes, and yet is it farre more fine, wholesome, and batable, sith the haie of our low medowes is not onelie full of sandie cinder, which breedeth sundrie diseases in our cattell, but also more rowtie, foggie, and full of flags, and therefore not so profitable for stouer and forrage as the higher meads be. The difference furthermore in their commodities is great, for whereas in our land mea∣dowes we haue not often aboue one good load of haie, or peraduenture a little more in an acre of [unspec 30] ground (I vse the word Carrucata or Carruca which is a waine load, and, as I remember, vsed by Plinie lib. 33. cap. 11.) in low meadowes we haue some∣times thrée, but commonlie two or vpward, as expe∣rience hath oft confirmed.

Of such as are twise mowed I speake not, sith their later math is not so wholsome for cattell as the first; although in the mouth more pleasant for the time: for thereby they become oftentimes to be rot∣ten, or to increase so fast in bloud, that the garget and [unspec 40] other diseases doo consume manie of them before the owners can séeke out any remedie, by Phlebotomie or otherwise. Some superstitious fooles suppose that they which die of the garget are ridden with the night mare, and therefore they hang vp stones which na∣turallie haue holes in them, and must be found vn∣looked for; as if such a stone were an apt cockeshot for the diuell to run through and solace himselfe with∣all, whilest the cattell go scotfree and are not molested by him. But if I should set downe but halfe the toies [unspec 50] that superstition hath brought into our husband∣mens heads in this and other behalfes, it would aske a greater volume than is conuenient for such a pur∣pose, wherefore it shall suffice to haue said thus much of these things.

The yéeld of our corne-ground is also much after this rate folowing.* 1.1468 Through out the land (if you please to make an estimat thereof by the acre) in meane and indifferent yeares, wherein each acre of rie or wheat, well tilled and dressed, will yeeld commonlie [unspec 60] sixtéene or twentie bushels, an acre of barlie six and thirtie bushels, of otes and such like foure or fiue quarters, which proportion is notwithstanding oft abated toward the north, as it is oftentimes sur∣mounted in the south. Of mixed corne, as peason and beanes, sowen togither, tares and otes (which they call bulmong) rie and wheat named miscelin here is no place to speake, yet their yéeld is neuerthe∣lesse much after this proportion, as I haue often marked. And yet is not this our great foison com∣parable to that of hoter countries of the maine. But of all that euer I read, the increase which Eldred Da∣nus writeth of in his De imperio Iudaeorum in Aethio∣pia surmounteth, where he saith that in the field néere to the Sabbatike riuer, called in old time Gosan, the ground is so fertile, that euerie graine of barleie growing dooth yéeld an hundred kernels at the least vnto the owner.

Of late yeares also we haue found and taken vp a great trade in planting of hops, whereof our moorie hitherto and vnprofitable grounds doo yeeld such plentie & increase, that their are few farmers or oc∣cupiers in the countrie, which haue not gardens and hops growing of their owne, and those farre better than doo come from Flanders vnto vs. Certes the corruptions vsed by the Flemings, and forgerie dai∣lie practised in this kind of ware, gaue vs occasion to plant them here at home: so that now we may spare and send manie ouer vnto them. And this I know by experience, that some one man by conuersion of his moorie grounds into hopyards, wherof before he had no commoditie, dooth raise yearelie by so little as twelue acres in compasse two hundred markes; all charges borne toward the maintenance of his fami∣lie. Which industrie God continue! though some se∣cret fréends of Flemings let not to exclaime a∣gainst this commoditie, as a spoile of wood, by reason of the poles, which neuerthelesse after three yeares doo also come to the fire, and spare their other fewell.

The cattell which we breed are commonlie such,* 1.1469 as for greatnesse of bone, swéetnesse of flesh, and other benefits to be reaped by the same, giue place vnto none other: as may appeare first by our oxen, whose largenesse, height, weight, tallow, hides, and hornes are such, as none of anie other nation doo common∣lie or may easilie excéed them. Our shéepe likewise for good tast of flesh, quantitie of lims, finesse of fléece caused by their hardnesse of pasturage, and a∣bundance of increase (for in manie places they bring foorth two or thrée at an eaning) giue no place vnto a∣nie, more than doo our goates, who in like sort doo fol∣low the same order, and our déere come not behind. As for our conies, I haue séene them so fat in some soiles, especiallie about Meall and Disnege,* 1.1470 that the grease of one being weighed, hath peised verie néere six or seuen ounces. All which benefits we first refer to the grace and goodnesse of God, and next of all vn∣to the bountie of our soile, which he hath indued with so notable and commodious fruitfulnesse.

But as I meane to intreat of these things more largelie hereafter, so will I touch in this place one benefit which our nation wanteth,* 1.1471 and that is wine; the fault whereof is not in our soile, but the negli∣gence of our countriemen (especiallie of the south partes) who doo not inure the same to this commodi∣tie, and which by reason of long discontinuance, is now become vnapt to beare anie grapes almost for pleasure & shadow, much lesse then the plaine fields or seuerall vineyards for aduantage and commodi∣tie. Yet of late time some haue assaied to deale for wine, as to your lordship also is right well knowen. But sith that liquor when it commeth to the drinking hath bin found more hard, than that which is brought from beyond the sea, and the cost of planting and kee∣ping thereof so chargeable, that they may buie it far better cheape from other countries: they haue gi∣uen ouer their enterprises without anie considerati∣on, that as in all other things, so neither the ground it selfe in the beginning, nor successe of their trauell can answer their expectation at the first, vntill such time as the soile be brought as it were into acquain∣tance with this commoditie, and that prouision may be made for the more easinesse of charge, to be im∣ploied vpon the same.

If it be true, that where wine dooth last and indure well, there it will grow no worse: I muse not a little wherefore the planting of vines should be neglected in England. That this liquor might haue growne in

Page 111

this Iland heretofore, first the charter that Probus the emperour gaue equallie to vs, the Galles, and Spaniards, is one sufficient testimonie. And that it did grow here, beside the testimonie of Beda lib. 1. cap. 1. the old notes of tithes for wine that yet re∣maine in the accompts of some parsons and vicars in Kent, & elsewhere, besides the records of sundrie sutes, commensed in diuerse ecclesiasticall courts, both in Kent, Surrie, &c: also the inclosed parcels al∣most in euerie abbeie yet called the vineyardes, may [unspec 10] be a notable witnesse, as also the plot which we now call east Smithfield in London giuen by Canutus sometime king of this land, with other soile there a∣bout vnto certeine of his knights, with the libertie of a Guild which therof was called Knighten Guild. The truth is (saith Iohn Stow our countrie man, and diligent traueller in the old estate of this my natiue citie) that it is now named Port soken ward, and gi∣uen in time past to the religious house within Al∣gate. Howbeit first Otwell, the Archouell, Otto, & fi∣nallie [unspec 20] Geffrie erle of Essex constables of the Tower of London, withheld that portion frō the said house, vntill the reigne of king Stephan, and thereof made a vineyard to their great commoditie and lucre. The Ile of Elie also was in the first times of the Nor∣mans called Le Ile des vignes. And good record ap∣péereth, that the bishop there had yearelie thrée or foure tunne at the least giuen him Nomine decimae, be∣side whatsoeuer ouer-summe of the liquor did accrue to him by leases and other excheats, whereof also I [unspec 30] haue seene mention. Wherefore our soile is not to be blamed, as though our nights were so exceeding short, that in August and September the moone which is ladie of moisture, & chiefe ripener of this li∣quor, cannot in anie wise shine long inough vpon the same: a verie méere toie and fable right worthie to be suppressed, because experience conuinceth the vpholders thereof euen in the Rhenish wines.

The time hath béene also that wad,* 1.1472 wherwith our countrie men died their faces (as Caesar saith) that they might seeme terrible to their enimies in the [unspec 40] field, and also women & their daughters in law did staine their bodies & go naked, in that pickle to the sacrifices of their gods,* 1.1473 coueting to resemble therin the Ethiopians,* 1.1474 as Plinie saith li. 22. cap. 1. and also madder haue béene (next vnto our tin and woolles) the chiefe commodities, and merchandize of this realme. I find also that rape oile hath beene made within this land. But now our soile either will not or at the leastwise may not beare either wad or mad∣der: I saie not that the ground is not able so to doo, [unspec 50] but that we are negligent, afraid of the pilling of our grounds, and carelesse of our owne profit, as men rather willing to buie the same of others than take anie paine to plant them here at home. The like I may saie of flax,* 1.1475 which by law ought to be sowen in euerie countrie-towne in England, more or lesse: but I sée no successe of that good and wholesome law, sith it is rather contemptuouslie reiected than other∣wise dutifullie kept in anie place of England.

Some saie that our great number of lawes doo [unspec 60] bréed a generall negligence and contempt of all good order; bicause we haue so manie, that no subiect can liue without the transgression of some of them, and that the often alteration of our ordinances dooth much harme in this respect, which (after Aristotle) doth séeme to carie some reason withall, for (as Cornelius Gallus hath:)

Euentus varios res noua semper habet.* 1.1476

But verie manie let not to affirme, that the grée∣die corruption of the promoters on the one side, faci∣litie in dispensing with good lawes, and first breach of the same in the lawmakers & superiors, & priuat re∣spects of their establishment on the other, are the grea∣test causes whie the inferiours regard no good order, being alwaies so redie to offend without anie facul∣tie one waie,* 1.1477 as they are otherwise to presume, vpon the examples of their betters when anie hold is to be taken. But as in these things I haue no skill, so I wish that fewer licences for the priuat commoditie but of a few were granted (not that thereby I denie the maintenance of the prerogatiue roiall, but rather would with all my hart that it might be yet more honorablie increased) & that euerie one which by féeed friendship (or otherwise) dooth attempt to procure oughts from the prince, that may profit but few and proue hurtfull to manie, might be at open assizes and sessions denounced enimie to his countrie and com∣mon-wealth of the land.

Glasse also hath beene made here in great plentie before, and in the time of the Romans; and the said stuffe also, beside fine scissers, shéeres, collars of gold and siluer for womens necks, cruses and cups of am∣ber, were a parcell of the tribute which Augustus in his daies laid vpon this Iland. In like sort he char∣ged the Britons with certeine implements and ves∣sels of iuorie (as Strabo saith) Wherby it appéereth that in old time our countriemen were farre more industrious and painefull in the vse and application of the benefits of their countrie, than either after the comming of the Saxons or Normans, in which they gaue themselues more to idlenesse and following of the warres.

If it were requisit that I should speake of the sundrie kinds of moold, as the cledgie or claie, where∣of are diuerse sorts (red, blue, blacke and white) also the red or white sandie, the lomie,* 1.1478 rosellie, grauellie, chal∣kie or blacke, I could saie that there are so manie di∣uerse veines in Britaine, as else where in anie quar∣ter of like quantitie in the world. Howbeit this I must néeds confesse, that the sandie and cledgie doo beare great swaie: but the claie most of all, as hath beene, and yet is alwaies séene & felt through plentie and dearth of corne. For if this latter (I meane the claie) doo yeeld hir full increase (which it dooth com∣monlie in drie yeares for wheat) then is there gene∣rall plentie: wheras if it faile, then haue we scarsitie, according to the old rude verse set downe of Eng∣land, but to be vnderstood of the whole Iland, as ex∣perience dooth confirme:

When the sand dooth serue the claie, Then may we sing well a waie, But when the claie dooth serue the sand, Then is it merie with England.

I might here intreat of the famous vallies in En∣gland, of which one is called the vale of White horsse,* 1.1479 another of Eouesham, commonlie taken for the gra∣narie of Worcestershire, the third of Ailesbirie that goeth by Tame, the rootes of Chilterne hils, to Don∣stable, Newport panell, Stonie Stratford, Buck∣hingham, Birstane parke, &c. Likewise of the fourth of Whitehart or Blackemoore in Dorsetshire. The fift of Ringdale or Renidale, corruptlie called Ring∣taile, that lieth (as mine author saith) vpon the edge of Essex and Cambridgeshire, and also theo Marshwood vale: but for somuch as I know not well their seue∣rall limits, I giue ouer to go anie further in their de∣scription. In like sort it should not be amisse to speake of our fennes,* 1.1480 although our countrie be not so full of this kind of soile as the parties beyond the seas, to wit, Narbon, &c: and thereto of other plea∣sant botoms, the which are not onelie indued with excellent riuers and great store of corne and fine fod∣der for neat and horsses in time of the yeare (whereby they are excéeding beneficiall vnto their owners) but also of no small compasse and quantitie in ground. For some of our fens are well knowen to be either of ten, twelue, sixtéene, twentie, or thirtie miles in

Page 112

length, that of the Girwies yet passing all the rest, which is full 60 (as I haue often read.) Wherein also Elie the famous Ile standeth, which is seuen miles euerie waie, and wherevnto there is no accesse but by thrée causies, whose inhabitants in like sort by an old priuilege may take wood, sedge, turfe, &c; to burne: likewise haie for their cattell, and thatch for their houses of custome, and each occupier in his appoin∣ted quantitie through out the Ile; albeit that coue∣tousnesse hath now begun somewhat to abridge this [unspec 10] large beneuolence and commoditie, aswell in the said Ile as most other places of this land.

Finallie, I might discourse in like order of the large commons,* 1.1481 laid out heretofore by the lords of the soiles for the benefit of such poore, as inhabit with∣in the compasse of their manors. But as the true in∣tent of the giuers is now in most places defrauded, in so much that not the poore tenants inhabiting vp∣on the same, but their landlords haue all the commo∣ditie and gaine, so the tractation of them belongeth [unspec 20] rather to the second booke. Wherfore I meane not at this present to deale withall, but reserue the same wholie vnto the due place whilest I go forward with the rest; setting downe neuerthelesse by the waie a generall commendation of the whole Iland, which I find in an ancient monument, much vnto this effect.

Illa quidem longè celebris splendore, beata, Glebis, lacte, fauis, supereminet insula cunctis, Quas regit ille Deus, spumanti cuius ab ore [unspec 30] Profluit oceanus, &c. And a little after. Testis Lundonia ratibus, Wintonia Baccho, Herefordia grege, Worcestria fruge redundans, Batha lacu, Salabyra feris, Cantuaria pisce, Eboraca syluis, Excestria clara metallis, Norwicum Dacis hybernis, Cestria Gallis, Cicestrum Norwagenis, Dunelmia praepinguis, Testis Lincolnia gens infinita decore, Testis Eli formosa situ, Doncastria visu, &c. [unspec 40]

Of the foure high waies sometime made in Britaine by the princes of this Iland. Cap. 19.

THere are, which indeuoring to bring all things to their Saxon originall, doo affirme, [unspec 50] that this diuision of waies, (whereof we now intreat) should apperteine vnto such princes of that nation as reigned here, since the Ro∣manes gaue vs ouer: and herevpon they inferre, that Wattling street was builded by one Wattle from the east vnto the west. But how weake their coniectures are in this behalfe, the antiquitie of these streets it selfe shall easilie declare, whereof some par∣celles, [unspec 60] after a sort, are also set downe by Antoninus; and those that haue written of the seuerall iournies from hence to Rome: although peraduenture not in so direct an order as they were at the first establish∣ed. For my part, if it were not that I desire to be short in this behalfe, I could with such notes as I haue alreadie collected for that purpose, make a large confutation of diuerse of their opinions concerning these passages, and thereby rather ascribe the origi∣nall of these waies to the Romans than either the British or Saxon princes. But sith I haue spent more time in the tractation of the riuers than was allotted vnto me, and that I sée great cause (notwith∣standing my late alledged scruple) wherfore I should hold with our Galfride before anie other; I will omit at this time to discourse of these things as I would, and saie what I maie for the better knowledge of their courses, procéeding therein as followeth.

First of all I ind, that Dunwallon king of Britaine, about 483 yeares before the birth of our sauiour Iesus Christ, séeing the subiects of his realme to be in sundrie wise oppressed by théeues and rob∣bers as they trauelled to and fro; and being wil∣ling (so much as in him laie) to redresse these incon∣ueniences, caused his whole kingdome to be suruei∣ed; and then commanding foure principall waies to be made, which should leade such as trauelled into all parts thereof, from sea to sea, he gaue sundrie large priuileges vnto the same, whereby they became safe, and verie much frequented. And as he had regard herein to the securitie of his subiects, so he made sharpe lawes grounded vpon iustice, for the suppres∣sion of such wicked members as did offer violence to anie traueler that should be met withall or found within the limits of those passages. How and by what parts of this Iland these waies were conueied at the first, it is not so wholie left in memorie: but that some question is mooued among the learned, concerning their ancient courses. Howbeit such is the shadow remaining hitherto of their extensions, that if not at this present perfectlie, yet hereafter it is not vnpossible, but that they may be found out, & let certeine vnto posteritie. It seemeth by Galfride, that the said Dunwallon did limit out those waies by dooles and markes, which being in short time alte∣red by the auarice of such irreligious persons as dwelt néere, and incroched vpon the same (a fault yet iustlie to be found almost in euerie place, euen in the time of our most gratious and souereigne Ladie Elizabeth, wherein the lords of the soiles doo vnite their small occupieng, onelie to increase a greater proportion of rent; and therefore they either remooue, or giue licence to erect small tenements vpon the high waies sides and commons; wherevnto, in truth, they haue no right: and yet out of them also doo raise a new commoditie) and question mooued for their bounds before Belinus his sonne, he to auoid all further controuersie that might from thencefoorth insue, caused the same to be paued with hard stone of eightéene foot in breadth, ten foot in depth, and in the bottome thereof huge flint stones also to be pitch∣ed, least the earth in time should swallow vp his workemanship, and the higher ground ouer-grow their rising crests. He indued them also with larger priuileges than before, protesting that if anie man whosoeuer should presume to infringe his peace, and violate the lawes of his kingdome in anie maner of wise, neere vnto or vpon those waies, he should suffer such punishment without all hope to escape (by freendship or mercie) as by the statutes of this realme latelie prouided in those cases were due vnto the offendors. The names of these foure waies are the Fosse, the Gwethelin or Watling, the Erming, and the Ikenild.

The Fosse goeth not directlie but slopewise ouer the greatest part of this Iland,* 1.1482 beginning at Dot∣nesse or Totnesse in Deuonshire, where Brute som∣time landed, or (as Ranulphus saith, which is more likelie) at the point of Cornwall, though the eldest writers doo séeme to note the contrarie. From hence it goeth thorough the middle of Deuonshire & Sum∣mersetshire, and commeth to Bristow, from whence it runneth manifestlie to Sudberie market, Tetbu∣rie, and so foorth holdeth on as you go almost to the midde waie betweene Glocester and Cirnecester, (where the wood faileth, and the champeigne coun∣trie appeareth toward Cotteswald) streight as a line vntill you come to Cirnecester it selfe. Some hold

Page 113

opinion that the waie, which lieth from Cirnecester to Bath, should be the verie Fosse; and that betwixt Cirnecester and Glocester to be another of the foure waies, made by the Britons. But ancient report grounded vpon great likelihood, and confirmed also by some experience, iudgeth that most of the waies crossed ech other in this part of the realme. And of this mind is Leland also, who learned it of an abbat of Cirnecester that shewed great likelihood by some records thereof. But to procéed. From Cirnece∣ster, [unspec 10] it goeth by Chepingnorton to Couentrie, Leir∣cester, Newarke, and so to Lincolne ouerthwart the Watlingstreet: where, by generall consent of all the writers (except Alfred of Beuerleie, who extendeth it vnto Cathnesse in Scotland) it is said to haue an end.

The Watlingstréet begun (as I said) by Dun∣wallo, but finished by Gutheline,* 1.1483 of whome it is di∣rectlie to be called Gutheline stréet, though now cor∣rupted into Watlingstréet, beginneth at Douer in [unspec 20] Kent, and so stretcheth through the middest of Kent vnto London, and so foorth (peraduenture by the mid∣dest of the citie) vnto Verolaminm or Uerlamcester, now saint Albons, where, in the yeare of grace, one thousand fiue hundred thirtie & one, the course there∣of was found by a man that digged for grauell wher∣with to mend the high waie. It was in this place eighteene foot broad, and about ten foot déepe, and stoned in the bottome in such wise as I haue noted a∣fore, and peraduenture also on the top: but these [unspec 30] are gone, and the rest remaine equall in most places, and leuell with the fields. The yelow grauell also that was brought thither in carts two thousand yéeres passed, remained there so fresh and so strong, as if it had béene digged out of the naturall place where it grew not manie yéeres before. From hence it goeth hard by Margate, leauing it on the west side. And a little by south of this place, where the priorie stood, is a long thorough fare vpon the said street, méetly well builded (for low housing) on both sides. After this [unspec 40] it procéedeth (as the chronicle of Barnwell saith) to Caxton, and so to Huntingdon, & then forward, still winding in and out till it not onelie becommeth a bound vnto Leicestershire toward Lugbie, but also passeth from Castleford to Stamford, and so foorth by west of Marton, which is but a mile from Tor∣keseie.

Here by the waie I must touch the opinion of a traueller of my time, who noteth the said stréet to go another waie, insomuch that he would haue it to [unspec 50] crosse the third Auon, betwixt Newton and Dow∣bridge, and so go on to Binford bridge, Wibtoft, the High crosse, and thence to Atherston vpon Ancre. Certes it may be, that the Fosse had his course by the countrie in such sort as he describeth; but that the Watlingstréet should passe by Atherston, I can∣not as yet be persuaded. Neuerthelesse his coniec∣ture is not to be misliked, sith it is not vnlikelie that thrée seuerall waies might méet at Alderwaie (a towne vpon Tame, beneath Salters bridge) for I [unspec 60] doo not doubt that the said towne did take his name of all three waies, as Aldermarie church in London did of all thrée Maries, vnto whom it hath béene de∣dicated: but that the Watlingstréet should be one of them, the compasse of his passage will in no wise permit And thus much haue I thought good to note by the waie. Now to returne againe to Leland, and other mens collections.

The next tidings that we heare of the Watling∣stréet, are that it goeth thorough or neere by the parke at Pomfret, as the common voice also of the coun∣trie confirmeth. Thence it passeth hastilie ouer Ca∣stelford bridge to Aberford, which is fiue miles from thence, and where are most manifest tokens of this stréet and his broad crest by a great waie togither, al∣so to Yorke, to Witherbie, and then to Borowbridge, where on the left hand thereof stood certeine monu∣ments, or pyramides of stone, sometimes placed there by the ancient Romanes. These stones (saith Leland) stand eight miles west from Bowis, and al∣most west from Richmond is a little thorough fare called Maiden castell, situate apparantlie vpon the side of this stréet. And here is one of those pyrami∣des or great round heapes, which is three score foot compasse in the bottome. There are other also of lesse quantities, and on the verie top of ech of them are sharpe stones of a yard in length; but the greatest of all is eighteene foot high at the least, from the ground to the verie head. He addeth moreouer, how they stand on an hill in the edge of Stanes m••••e, and are as bounds betwéene Richmondshire, and West∣merland. But to procéed. This stréet lieng a mile from Gilling, and two miles from Richmond com∣meth on from Borowbridge to Catericke, eightéene miles; that is, twelue to Leuing, & six to Catericke; then eleuen miles to Greteie or Gritto, fiue miles to Bottles, eight miles to Burgh on Stanes moore, foure miles from Applebie, and fiue to Browham, where the said stréet commeth thorough Winfoll parke, and ouer the bridge on Eiemouth and Lo∣der, and leauing Perith a quarter of a mile or more on the west side of it, goeth to Carleill seuenteene miles from Browham, which hath béene some nota∣ble thing. Hitherto it appeareth euidentlie, but going from hence into Scotland, I heare no more of it, vn∣till I come to Cathnesse, which is two hundred and thirtie miles or thereabouts out of England.

The Erming stréet, which some call the Lelme, stretcheth out of the east,* 1.1484 as they saie, into the south∣east, that is, from Meneuia or S. Dauids in Wales vnto Southampton, whereby it is somewhat likelie indeed that these two waies, I meane the Fosse and the Erming, should méet about Cirnecester, as it commeth from Glocester, according to the opinion conceiued of them in that countrie. Of this waie I find no more written, and therefore I can saie no more of it, except I should indeuor to driue awaie the time, in alleging what other men say thereof, whose minds doo so farre disagrée one from another, as they doo all from a truth, and therefore I giue them ouer as not delighting in such dealing.

The Ikenild or Rikenild began somewhere in the south,* 1.1485 and so held on toward Cirnecester, then to Worcester, Wicombe, Brimcham, Lichfield, Dar∣bie, Chesterfield; and crossing the Watlingstréet somewhere in Yorkeshire, stretched foorth in the end vnto the mouth of the Tine, where it ended at the maine sea, as most men doo confesse. I take it to be called the Ikenild, because it passed thorough the kingdome of the Icenes. For albeit that Leland & other following him doo séeme to place the Icenes in Norffolke and Suffolke; yet in mine opinion that can not well be doone, sith it is manifest by Tacitus, that they laie néere vnto the Silures, and (as I gesse) either in Stafford and Worcester shires, or in both, except my coniecture doo faile me. The author of the booke, intituled Eulogium historiarum, doth call this stréet the Lelme. But as herein he is deceiued, so haue I dealt withall so faithfullie as I may among such diuersitie of opinions; yet not denieng but that there is much confusion in the names and courses of these two latter, the discussing whereof I must leaue to other men that are better learned than I.

Now to speake generallie of our common high waies through the English part of the Ile (for of the rest I can saie nothing) you shall vnderstand that in the claie or cledgie soile they are often verie déepe and troublesome in the winter halfe. Wherfore by

Page 114

authoritie of parlement an order is taken for their yearelie amendment, whereby all sorts of the com∣mon people doo imploie their trauell for six daies in summer vpon the same. And albeit that the intent of the statute is verie profitable for the reparations of the decaied places, yet the rich doo so cancell their portions, and the poore so loiter in their labours, that of all the six, scarcelie two good days works are well performed and accomplished in a parish on these so necessarie affaires. Besides this, such as haue [unspec 10] land lieng vpon the sides of the waies, doo vtterlie neglect to dich and scowre their draines and water∣courses, for better auoidance of the winter waters (except it may be set off or cut from the meaning of the statute) whereby the stréets doo grow to be much more gulled than before, and thereby verie noisome for such as trauell by the same. Sometimes also, and that verie often, these daies works are not imploied vpon those waies that lead from market to market, but ech surueior amendeth such by-plots & [unspec 20] lanes as séeme best for his owne commoditie, and more easie passage vnto his fields and pastures. And whereas in some places there is such want of stones, as thereby the inhabitants are driuen to seeke them farre off in other soiles: the owners of the lands wherein those stones are to be had, and which hitherto haue giuen monie to haue them borne awaie, doo now reape no small commoditie by raising the same to excessiue prices, whereby their neighbours are driuen to grieuous charges, which is another cause [unspec 30] wherefore the meaning of that good law is verie much defrauded. Finallie, this is another thing like∣wise to be considered of, that the trées and bushes growing by the stréets sides; doo not a little keepe off the force of the sunne in summer for drieng vp of the lanes. Wherefore if order were taken that their boughs should continuallie be kept short, and the bushes not suffered to spread so far into the narrow paths, that inconuenience would also be remedied, and manie a slough proue hard ground that yet is [unspec 40] déepe and hollow. Of the dailie incroching of the co∣uetous vpon the hie waies I speake not. But this I know by experience, that wheras some stréets with∣in these fiue and twentie yeares haue béene in most places fift foot broad according to the law, whereby the traueller might either escape the théefe, or shift the mier, or passe by the loaden cart without danger of himselfe and his horsse; now they are brought vnto twelue, or twentie, or six and twentie at the most, which is another cause also whereby the waies be the [unspec 50] worse, and manie an honest man encombred in his iourneie. But what speake I of these things where∣of I doo not thinke to heare a iust redresse, because the error is so common, and the benefit thereby so swéet and profitable to manie, by such houses and co∣tages as are raised vpon the same.

Of the generall constitution of the bodies of the Britons. [unspec 60] Chap. 20.

SUch as are bred in this Iland are men for the most part of a good complexion, tall of sta∣ture, strong in bodie, white of colour, and thereto of great boldnesse and courage in the warres. As for their generall comelinesse of person, the te∣stimonie of Gregorie the great, at such time as he saw English capteins sold at Rome, shall easilie confirme what it is, which yet dooth differ in sundrie shires and soiles, as also their proportion of mem∣bers, as we may perceiue betwéene Herefordshire and Essex men, or Cambridge shire and the Londo∣ners for the one, and Pokington and Sedberrie for the other; these latter being distinguished by their no∣ses and heads, which commonlie are greater there than in other places of the land. As concerning the stomachs also of our nation in the field, they haue al∣waies beene in souereigne admiration among for∣ren princes: for such hath béene the estimation of our souldiers from time to time, since our Isle hath béene knowne vnto the Romans, that wheresoeuer they haue serued in forren countries, the cheefe brunts of seruice haue beene reserued vnto them. Of their con∣quests and bloudie battels woone in France, Ger∣manie, and Scotland, our histories are full: & where they haue beene ouercome, the victorers themselues confessed their victories to haue béene so déerelie bought, that they would not gladlie couet to ouer∣come often, after such difficult maner. In martiall prowesse, there is little or no difference betwéene Englishmen and Scots: for albeit that the Scots haue beene often and verie gréeuouslie ouercome by the force of our nation, it hath not béene for want of manhood on their parts, but through the mercie of God shewed on vs, and his iustice vpon them, sith they alwaies haue begun the quarels, and offered vs méere iniurie with great despite and crueltie.

Leland noting somewhat of the constitution of our bodies, saith these words grounding (I thinke vpon Aristotle, who writeth that such as dwell neere the north, are of more courage and strength of bodie than skilfulnesse or wisdome.) The Britons are white in colour, strong of bodie, and full of bloud, as peo∣ple inhabiting neere the north, and farre from the equinoctiall line, where the soile is not so fruitfull, and therefore the people not so feeble: whereas contrari∣wise such as dwell toward the course of the sunne, are lesse of stature, weaker of bodie, more nice, deli∣cate, fearefull by nature, blacker in colour, & some so blacke in déed as anie crow or rauen. Thus saith he. Howbeit, as those which are bred in sundrie places of the maine, doo come behind vs in constitution of bo∣die, so I grant, that in pregnancie of wit, nimble∣nesse of limmes, and politike inuentions, they gene∣rallie exceed vs: notwithstanding that otherwise these gifts of theirs doo often degenerate into méere subtiltie, instabilitie, vnfaithfulnesse, & crueltie. Yet Alexander ab Alexandro is of the opinion, that the fertilest region dooth bring foorth the dullest wits, and contrariwise the harder soile the finest heads. But in mine opinion, the most fertile soile dooth bring foorth the proudest nature, as we may see by the Campani∣ans, who (as Cicero also saith) had Penes eos ipsum domi∣cilium superbiae. But nether of these opinions do iustlie take hold of vs, yet hath it pleased the writers to saie their pleasures of vs. And for that we dwell northward, we are commonlie taken by the forren historiographers, to be men of great strength and little policie, much courage and small shift, bicause of the weake abode of the sunne with vs, whereby our braines are not made hot and warmed, as Pachy∣merus noteth lib. 3: affirming further, that the people inhabiting in the north parts are white of colour, blockish vnciuill, fierce and warlike, which qualities increase, as they come neerer vnto the pole; whereas the contrarie pole giueth contrarie gifts, blacknesse wisdome, ciuilitie, weakenesse, and cowardise, thus saith he. But alas, how farre from probabilitie or as if there were not one and the same conclusion to be made of the constitutions of their bodies, which dwell vnder both the poles. For in truth his assertion hol∣deth onelie in their persons that inhabit néere vnto and vnder the equinoctiall. As for the small tariance of the sunne with vs, it is also confuted by the length

Page 115

of our daies.* 1.1486 Wherefore his reason seemeth better to vphold that of Alexander ab Alexandro afore alled∣ged, than to prooue that we want wit, bicause our brains are not warmed by the tariance of the sunne. And thus also dooth Comineus burden vs after a sort in his historie, and after him Bodinus. But thanked be God, that all the wit of his countriemen, if it may be called wit, could neuer compasse to doo so much in Britaine, as the strength and courage of our Englishmen (not without great wisedome and fore∣cast), [unspec 10] haue brought to passe in France, The Galles in time past contemned the Romans (saith Caesar) bi∣cause of the smalnesse of their stature: howbeit, for all their greatnesse (saith he) and at the first brunt in the warres, they shew themselues to be but féeble, neither is their courage of any force to stand in great calamities. Certes in accusing our wisedome in this sort, he dooth (in mine opinion) increase our commen∣dation. For if it be a vertue to deale vprightlie with singlenesse of mind, sincerelie and plainlie, without [unspec 20] anie such suspicious fetches in all our dealings, as they commonlie practise in their affaires, then are our countrimen to be accompted wise and ver∣tuous. But if it be a vice to colour craftinesse, sub∣tile practises, doublenesse, and hollow behauiour, with a cloake of policie, amitie and wisedome: then are Comineus and his countrimen to be reputed vicious, of whome this prouerbe hath of old time beene vsed as an eare marke of their dissimulation,

Galli ridendo fidem frangunt. &c.

[unspec 30]

How these latter points take hold in Italie, I meane not to discusse. How they are dailie practised in manie places of the maine, & he accompted most wise and politike, that can most of all dissemble; here is no place iustlie to determine (neither would I wish my countrimen to learne anie such wisedome) but that a king of France could saie; Qui nescit dissi∣mulare, nescit regnare, or viuere, their owne histories are testimonies sufficient. Galen, the noble physician, transferring the forces of our naturall humors from [unspec 40] the bodie to the mind, attributeth to the yellow co∣lour, prudence; to the blacke, constancie; to bloud, mirth; to phlegme, courtesie: which being mixed more or lesse among themselues, doo yéeld an infinit varietie. By this means therefore it commeth to passe, that be whose nature inclineth generallie to phlegme, cannot but be courteous: which ioined with strength of bodie, and sinceritie of behauiour (quali∣ties vniuersallie granted to remaine so well in our nation, as other inhabitants of the north) I cannot [unspec 50] see what may be an hinderance whie I should not ra∣ther conclude, that the Britons doo excell such as dwell in the hoter countries, than for want of craft and subtilties to come anie whit behind them. It is but vanitie also for some to note vs (as I haue often heard in common table talke) as barbarous, bicause we so little regard the shedding of our bloud, and ra∣ther tremble not when we sée the liquor of life to go from vs (I vse their owne words.) Certes if we be barbarous in their eies, bicause we be rather infla∣med [unspec 60] than appalled at our wounds, then are those ob∣iectors flat cowards in our iudgement: sith we thinke it a great péece of manhood to stand to our tackling, vntill the last drop, as men that may spare much bicause we haue much: whereas they hauing lesse are afraid to lose that little which they haue: as Frontinus also noteth. As for that which the French write of their owne manhood in their histories, I make little accompt of it: for I am of the opinion, that as an Italian writing of his credit; A papist in∣treating of religion, a Spaniard of his méekenesse, or a Scot of his manhood, is not to be builded on; no more is a Frenchman to be trusted in the report of his owne affaires, wherein he dooth either dissemble or excéed, which is a foule vice in such as professe to deale vprightlie, Neither are we so hard to stran∣gers as Horace wold séeme to make vs, sith we loue them so long as they abuse vs not, & make accompt of them so far foorth as they despise vs not. And this is generallie to be verified, in that they vse our priui∣leges and commodities for diet, apparell and trade of gaine, in so ample manner as we our selues enioy them: which is not lawfull for vs to doo in their coun∣tries, where no stranger is suffered to haue worke, if an home-borne be without. But to procéed with our purpose.

With vs (although our good men care not to liue long, but to liue well) some doo liue an hundred yéers, verie manie vnto foure score: as for thrée score, it is taken but for our entrance into age, so that in Bri∣taine no man is said to wax old till he draw vnto thréescore, at which time God spéed you well commeth in place; as Epaminondas sometime said in mirth, af∣firming that vntill thirtie yeares of age, You are welcome is the best salutation;* 1.1487 and from thence to thréescore, God kéepe you; but after thréescore, it is best to saie, God spéed you well: for at that time we begin to grow toward our iournies end, whereon manie a one haue verie good leaue to go. These two are also noted in vs (as things apperteining to the firme constitutions of our bodies) that there hath not béene séene in anie region so manie carcasses of the dead to remaine from time to time without corrupti∣on as in Britaine: and that after death by slaughter or otherwise, such as remaine vnburied by foure or fiue daies togither, are easie to be knowne and dis∣cerned by their fréends and kindred; whereas Tacitus and other complaine of sundrie nations, saieng, that their bodies are Tam fluidae substantiae, that within certeine houres the wife shall hardlie know hir hus∣band, the mother hir sonne, or one fréend another af∣ter their liues be ended. In like sort the comelinesse of our liuing bodies doo continue from midle age (for the most) euen to the last gaspe, speciallie in mankind. And albeit that our women through bearing of chil∣dren doo after fortie begin to wrinkle apace, yet are they not commonlie so wretched and hard fauoured to looke vpon in their age, as the French women, and diuerse of other countries with whom their men also doo much participate; and there to be so often wai∣ward and peeuish, that nothing in maner may con∣tent them.

I might here adde somewhat also of the meane stature generallie of our women, whose beautie commonlie excéedeth the fairest of those of the maine, their comlinesse of person and good proporti∣on of limmes, most of theirs that come ouer vnto vs from beyond the seas. This neuerthelesse I vtterlie mislike in the poorer sort of them, for the wealthier doo sildome offend herein: that being of themselues without gouernement, they are so carelesse in the education of their children (wherein their husbands also are to be blamed) by means whereof verie ma∣nie of them neither fearing God, neither regarding either maners or obedience, doo oftentimes come to confusion, which (if anie correction or discipline had béene vsed toward them in youth) might haue proo∣ued good members of their common-wealth & coun∣trie, by their good seruice and industrie. I could make report likewise of the naturall vices and vertues of all those that are borne within this Iland, but as the full tractation herof craueth a better head than mine to set foorth the same, so will I giue place to other men that list to take it in hand. Thus much therefore of the constitutions of our bodies: and so much may suffice.

Page 116

How Britaine at the first grew to be diuided into three portions. Cap. 21.

AFter the comming of Brutus into this Iland (which was, as you haue read in the foresaid treatise, about the yeare of [unspec 10] the world, 2850, or 1217 be∣fore the incarnation of Christ, although Goropius after his maner doo vtterlie denie our historie in this behalfe) he made a generall surueis of the whole Iland from side to side, by such means to view and search out not onelie the limits and bounds of his dominions, but also what commodities this new atchiued conquest might yéeld vnto his people. Ferthermore, finding out at the last also a conuena∣ble [unspec 20] place wherin to erect a citie, he began there euen the verie same which at this daie is called London, naming it Trenouanton, in remembrance of old Troie, from whence his ancestors proceeded, and for which the Romans pronounced afterward Trino∣bantum, although the Welshmen doo call it still Tre∣newith. This citie was builded (as some write) much about the tenth yeare of his reigne, so that he liued not aboue fiftéene yeares after he had finished the same. But of the rest of his other acts attempted and [unspec 30] doone, before or after the erection of this citie, I find no certeine report, more than that when he had reig∣ned in this Iland after his arriuall by the space of foure and twentie yeares, he finished his daies at Trenouanton aforesaid, being in his yoong and flo∣rishing age, where his carcase was honourablie interred. As for the maner of his death, I find as yet no mention thereof among such writers as are ex∣tant; I meane whether it grew vnto him by defect of nature, or force of gréeuous wounds receiued in his [unspec 40] warres against such as withstood him from time to time in this Iland, and therefore I can saie nothing of that matter. Herein onelie all agree, that during the time of his languishing paines, he made a dispo∣sition of his whole kingdome, diuiding it into three parts or portions, according to the number of his sonnes then liuing, whereof the eldest excéeded not eight and twentie yeares of age, as my coniecturs giueth me.

To the eldest therefore,* 1.1488 whose name was Locrine, [unspec 50] he gaue the greatest and best region of all the rest, which of him to this daie is called Lhoegres among the Britons,* 1.1489 but in our language England: of such English Saxons as made conquest of the same. This portion also is included on the south with the British sea, on the est with the Germane Ocean, on the north with the Humber, and on the west with the Irish sea, and the riuers Dee and Sauerne, whereof in the generall description of this Iland I haue spo∣ken more at large. To Camber* 1.1490 his second sonne he [unspec 60] assigned all that lieth beyond the Sauerne and Dee,* 1.1491 toward the west (which parcell in these daies contei∣neth Southwales and Northwales) with sundrie I∣lands adiacent to the same, the whole being in maner cut off and separated from England or Lhoegria by the said streams, wherby it séemeth also a peninsula or by-land, if you respect the small hillie portion of ground that lieth indifferentlie betweene their maine courses, or such branches (at the least) as run and fall into them. The Welshmen or Britons call it by the ancient name still vnto this day, but we Eng∣lishmen terme it Wales: which denomination we haue from the Saxons, who in time past did vse the word Walsh in such sort▪ as we doo Strange: for as we call all those strangers that are not of our nati∣on, so did they name them Walsh which were not of their countrie.

The third and last part of the Iland he allotted vn∣to Albanact his yoongest sonne (for he had but three ill all,* 1.1492 as I haue said before) whose portion séemed for circuit to be more large than that of Camber, and in maner equall in greatnesse with the dominions of Locrinus. But if you haue regard to the seuerall commodities that are to be reaped by each, you shall find them to be not much discrepant or differing one from another: for what soeuer the first & second haue in plentie of corne, fine grasse, and large cattell, this latter wanteth not in excéeding store of fish, rich met∣tall, quarries of stone, and abundance of wild foule: so that in mine opinion, there could not be a more e∣quall partition then this made by Brute, and after the aforesaid maner. This later parcell at the first, tooke the name of Albanactus, who called it Albania. But now a small portion onelie of the region (being vnder the regiment of a duke) reteineth the said de∣nomination, the rest being called Scotland, of cer∣teine Scots that came ouer from Ireland to inha∣bit in those quarters.* 1.1493 It is diuided from Lhoegres also by the Solue and the Firth, yet some doo note the Humber; so that Albania (as Brute left it) conteined all the north part of the Iland that is to be found be∣yond the aforesaid streame, vnto the point of Cath∣nesse.

To conclude, Brute hauing diuided his king∣dome after this maner, and therein contenting him∣selfe as it were with the generall title of the whole, it was not long after yer he ended his life; and being solemnelie interred at his new citie by his thrée chil∣dren, they parted each from other, and tooke possessi∣on of their prouinces.* 1.1494 But Scotland after two yeares fell againe into the hands of Locrinus as to the chiefe lord, by the death of his brother Albanact, who was slaine by Humber king of the Scithians, and left none issue behind him to succéed him in that kingdome.

After what maner the souereigntie of this Ile dooth remaine to the princes of Lhoegres or kings of England. Chap. 22.

IT is possible that some of the Scotish nation, reading the former chapter, will take of∣fense with me for meaning that the principalitie of the north parts of this Ile hath alwais belonged to the kings of Lhoegres.* 1.1495 For whose more ample satisfaction in this behalfe, I will here set downe a discourse thereof at large, written by di∣uerse, and now finallie brought into one treatise, suf∣ficient (as I thinke) to satisfie the reasonable, al∣though not halfe enough peraduenture to content a wrangling mind, sith there is (or at the leastwise hath beene) nothing more odious among some, than to heare that the king of England hath ought to doo in Scotland.

How their historiographers haue attempted to shape manie coloured excuses to auoid so manifest a title, all men may see that read their bookes indiffe∣rentlie, wherevnto I referre them. For my part there is little or nothing of mine herein, more than onelie the collection and abridgement of a number of fragments togither, wherein chéeflie I haue vsed the helpe of Nicholas Adams a lawier, who wrote

Page 117

thereof (of set purpose) to king Edward the sixt, as Leland did the like to king Henrie the eight, Iohn Harding vnto Edward the fourth; beside thrée other, whereof the first dedicated his treatise to Henrie the fourth, the second to Edward the third, and the third to Edward the first, as their writings yet extant doo abundantlie beare witnesse. The title also that Le∣land giueth his booke, which I haue had written with his owne hand, beginneth in this maner:

These re∣membrances following are found in chronicles au∣thorised, [unspec 10] remaining in diuerse monasteries both in England and Scotland, by which it is euidentlie knowne and shewed, that the kings of England haue had, and now ought to haue the souereigntie ouer all Scotland, with the homage and fealtie of the kings there reigning from time to time, &c.
Herevn∣to you haue heard alreadie, what diuision Brute made of this Iland not long before his death, wherof ech of his children, so soone as he was interred, tooke seisure and possession. Howbeit, after two yeares it [unspec 20] happened that Albanact was slaine, wherevpon Lo∣crinus and Camber raising their powers, reuenged his death: and finallie the said Locrinus made an entrance vpon Albania, seized it into his owne hands (as excheated wholie vnto himselfe) without yéelding anie part thereof vnto his brother Camber, who made no claime nor title vnto anie portion of the same. Hereby then (saith Adams) it euidentlie appeareth, that the entire seigniorie ouer Albania consisted in Locrinus, according to which example [unspec 30] like law among brethren euer since hath continued, in preferring the eldest brother to the onelie benefit of the collaterall ascension from the youngest, as well in Scotland as in England vnto this daie.

Ebranke the lineall heire from the bodie of this Locrine, that is to saie, the sonne of Mempris, sonne of Madan, sonne of the same Locrine builded in Al∣bania the castell of Maidens, now called Edenbo∣rough (so called of Aldan somtime king of Scotland, but at the first named Cair Minid Agnes. 1. the ca∣stell [unspec 40] on mount Agnes, and the castell of virgins) and the castell of Alcluith or Alclude, now called Dunbriton, as the Scotish Hector Boetius confes∣seth: whereby it most euidentlie appeareth, that our Ebranke was then thereof seized. This Ebranke reigned in the said state ouer them a long time; after whose death Albania (as annexed to the empire of Britaine) descended to the onelie king of Britons, vntill the time of the two sisters sonnes, Morgan and Conedage, lineall heires from the said Ebranke, [unspec 50] who brotherlie at the first diuided the realme betwéen them; so that Morgan had Lhoegres, and Conedage had Albania. But shortlie after Morgan the elder brother, pondering in his head the loue of his brother with the affection to a kingdome, excluded nature, and gaue place to ambition, and therevpon denoun∣cing warre, death miserablie ended his life (as the reward of his vntruth) whereby Conedage obteined the whole empire of all Britaine: in which state he remained during his naturall life. [unspec 60]

From him the same lineallie descended to the onelie king of Britons, vntill (and after) the reigne of Gorbodian, who had issue two sonnes, Ferrex, and Porrex. This Porrex requiring like diuision of the land, affirming the former partitions to be rather of law than fauor, was by the hands of his elder brother (best loued of queene mother) both of his life and hoped kingdome beereaed at once. Wherevpon their vnnaturall mother, vsing hir na∣turall malice for the death of hir one sonne (without regard of the loosing of both) miserablie slue the other in his bed mistrusting no such treason.

Cloten, by all writers, as well Scotish as other, was the next inheritour to the whole empire: but lacking power (the onelie meane in those daies to obteine right) he was contented to diuide the same among foure of his kinsmen; so that Scater had Albania. But after the death of this Cloten, his sonne Dunwallo Mulmutius made warre vpon these foure kings, and at last overcame them, and so recouered the whole dominion. In token of which victorie, he caused himselfe to be crowned with a crowne of gold, the verie first of that mettall (if anie at all were before in vse) that was worne among the kings of this nation. This Dunwallo erected tem∣ples, wherein the people should assemble for praier; to which temples he gaue benefit of sanctuarie. He made the law for wager of battell, in cases of mur∣der and felonie, whereby a théefe that liued and made his art of fighting, should for his purgation fight with the true man whom he had robbed, beléeuing as∣suredlie, that the gods (for then they supposed manie) would by miracle assigne victorie to none but the in∣nocent partie. Certes the priuileges of this law, and benefit of the latter, as well in Scotland as in England, be inioied to this daie, few causes by late positiue laws among vs excepted, wherin the benefit of wager of battell is restreined. By which obedi∣ence to his lawes, it dooth manifestlie appéere, that this Dunwallo was then seized of Albania, now called Scotland. This Dunwallo reigned in this estate ouer them manie yeares.

Beline and Brenne the sonnes also of Dunwallo, did after their fathers death fauourablie diuide the land betweene them; so that Beline had Lhoegres, & Brenne had Albania: but for that this Brenne (a subiect) without the consent of his elder brother and lord, aduentured to marrie with the daughter of the king of Denmarke; Beline seized Albania into his owne hands, and thervpon caused the notable waies priuileged by Dunwallons lawes to be newlie wrought by mens hands, which for the length exten∣ded from the further part of Cornewall, vnto the sea by north Cathnesse in Scotland. In like sort to and for the better maintenance of religion in those daies, he constituted ministers called archflamines, in sun∣drie places of this Iland (who in their seuerall functi∣ons resembled the bishops of our times) the one of which remained at Ebranke now called Yorke, and the whole region Caerbrantonica (whereof Ptolomie also speaketh but not without wresting of the name) whose power extended to the vttermost bounds of Albania, wherby likewise appeareth that it was then within his owne dominion. After his death the whole Ile was inioied by the onelie kings of Britaine, vn∣till the time of Uigenius & Peridurus lineall heires from the said Beline, who fauourablie made partiti∣on, so that Uigenius had all the land from Humber by south, and Peridurus from thence northwards all Albania, &c. This Uigenius died, and Peridurus suruiued, and thereby obteined the whole, from whom the same quietlie descended, and was by his posteri∣tie accordinglie inioied, vntill the reigne of Coell the first of that name. In his time an obscure nation (by most writers supposed Scithians) passed by seas from Ireland, and arriued in that part of Britaine called Albania: against whome this Coell assembled his power, and being entred Albania to expell them, one Fergus in the night disguised, entered the tent of this Coell, and in his bed traitorouslie slue him.

This Fergus was therfore, in reward of his great prowesse, made there king, whervpon they sat downe in that part, with their wiues and children, and called it Scotland, and themselues Scots: from the begin∣ing of the world, foure thousand six hundred and sea∣uentéene yeares after the Scotish accompt, which by iust computation and confession of all their owne writers, is six hundred yeares lacking ten, after that

Page 118

Brutus had reigned ouer the whole Iland, the same land being inioied by him and his posteritie before their comming, during two and fiftie descents of the kings of Britaine, which is a large prescription. Cer∣tes this intrusion into a land so manie hundred yeares before inhabited, and by so manie descents of kings quietlie inioied, is the best title that all their owne writers can alledge for them. But to proceed. Fergus herevpon immediatlie did diuide Albania also among his capteins and their souldiers: where∣by [unspec 10] it most euidentlie appeareth, that there were no people of that nation inhabiting there before, in proofe whereof the same partition shall follow.

The lands of Cathnes lieng against Orkneie,* 1.1496 be∣twéene Dummesbeie and the water of Thane, was giuen vnto one Cornath, a capteine and his people. The lands betwéene the water of Thane & Nes, now called Rosse, being in bredth from Cromart to the mouth of the water of Locht, were giuen to Lu∣torke, another capteine and his people. The lands be∣twéene [unspec 20] Spaie and Nes, from the Almane seas to the Ireland seas, now called Murraie land, were gi∣uen to one Warroch and his people. The land of Tha∣lia, now called Boin Ainze, Bogewall, Gariot, For∣martine, and Bowguhan, were giuen to one Thalis and his people. The lands of Mar Badezenoch, and Lochquhaber, were giuen to Martach and his peo∣ple. The lands of Lorne and Kintier, with the hilles and mounteins thereof, lieng from Mar to the Ire∣land seas, were giuen to capteine Nanance and his [unspec 30] people. The lands of Athole were giuen to Atholus, another capteine and his people. The lands of Stra∣braun, & Brawdawane lieng west from Dunkell, were giuen to Creones & Epidithes two capteins. The lands of Argile, were giuen to Argathelus a cap∣teine. The lands of Linnox & Clidisdale were allot∣ted to Lolgona a capteine. The lands of Siluria now called Kile, Carrike & Cuningham, were giuen to Silurth another capteine. The lands of Brigance now called Gallowaie, were giuen to the companie [unspec 40] called Brigandes, which (as their best men) were ap∣pointed to dwell next the Britons, who afterward ex∣pelled the Britons from Annandale in Albanie, whereby it is confessed to be before inhabited by Bri∣tons. The residue of the land now called Scotland, that is to saie: Meirnis, Angus, Steremond, Gow∣rie, Strahern, Pirth, Fiffe, Striueling, Callender, Calderwood, Lougthian, Mers, Teuedale, with o∣ther the Rement Dales, & the Sherifdome, of Ber∣wicke, were then enioied by a nation mingled in [unspec 50] marriage with the Britons,* 1.1497 and in their obedience, whose capteine called Beringer builded the castell and towne of Berwicke vpon Twede, & these peo∣ple were called Picts, vpon whome by the death of this Coell, these Scots had oportunitie to vse wars, whereof they ceased not, vntill such time as it plea∣sed God to appoint another Coell king of Britons, against whose name, albeit they hoped for a like vic∣torie to the first, yet he preuailed and ceased not his warre, vntill these Scots were vtterlie expelled out [unspec 60] of all the bounds of Britaine, in which they neuer da∣red to reenter, vntill the troublesome reigne of Si∣silt king of Britons, which was the twelft king af∣ter this Coell. During all which time the countrie was reinhabited by the Britons. But then the Scots turning the ciuill discord of this realme, be∣tweene this Sisilt and his brother Blede to their best aduantage, arriued againe in Albania, & there made one Reuther their king.

Upon this their new arriuall, new warre was made vpon them by this Sisilt king of Bri∣tons, in which warre Reuther their new king died, and Thereus succéeded, against whome the warre of Britons ceased not, vntill he freelie submitted him∣selfe to the said Sicill king of Britons at Ebranke, that is Yorke, where shortlie after the tenth yeare of his reigne he died. Finnane brother of Iosine succee∣ded by their election to the kingdome of Scots, who shortlie after (compelled by the warres of the same Sicill) declared himselfe subiect, and for the better as∣surance of his faith and obeisance to the king of Bri∣tons, deliuered his sonne Durstus into the hands of this Sicill: who fantasieng the child, and hoping by his owne succession to alter their subtiltie (I will not saie duplicitie saith Adams) married him in the end to Agasia his owne daughter.

This Durstus was their next king;* 1.1498 but for that he had married a Briton woman, (though indeed she was a kings daughter) the Scots hated him for the same cause, for which they ought rather to haue liked him the better, and therefore not onelie traito∣rouslie slue him; but further to declare the end of their malice, dishinherited (as much as in them was) the issues of the same Durstus and Agasia. Herevpon new warre sproong betwéene them and vs, which ceased not vntill they were contented to receiue Edeir to their king, the next in bloud then liuing, descended from Durstus and Agasia, and thereby the bloud of the Britons, of the part of the mother, was restored to the crowne of Albania: so that nature, whose law is immutable, caused this bond of loue to hold. For shortlie after this Edeir attended vpon Cassibelane king of Britons, for the repulse of Iulius Caesar, as their owne author Boeti∣us, confesseth, who commanded the same as his sub∣iect But Iulius Caesar, after his second arriuall, by treason of Androgeus preuailed against the Bri∣tons, and therevpon pursued this Edeir into Scot∣land; and (as himselfe saith in his commentaries) subdued all the Ile of Britaine. Which though the liuing Scots denie it, their dead writers confesse that he came beyond Calender wood, and cast downe Camelon, the principall citie of the Picts. And in to∣ken of this victorie, not farre from Carron, builded a round temple of stone, which remained in some per∣fection vntill the reigne of our king Edward called the first after the conquest, by whome it was subuer∣ted: but the monument thereof remaineth to this daie.

Marius the sonne of Aruiragus,* 1.1499 being king of all Britaine, in his time one Roderike a Scithian, with a great rabble of néedie souldiours, came to the water of Frith in Scotland, which is an arme of the sea, diuiding Pentland from Fiffe: against whome Marius assembled a power, by which he slue this Rodericke, and discomfited his people in Westmer∣land: but to those that remained aliue, he gaue the countrie of Cathnesse in Scotland, which prooueth it be within his owne dominion.

Coell the sonne of this Marius had issue Lucius,* 1.1500 counted the first christian king of this nation: he conuerted the three archflamines of this land into bi∣shopriks, and ordeined bishops vnto ech of them. The first remained at London, and his power extended from the furthest part of Cornewall to Humber wa∣ter. The second dwelled at Yorke, and his power stretched from Humber to the furthest part of all Scotland. The third aboded at Caerleon vpon the riuer of Wiske in Glamorgan in Wales, & his power extended from Seuerne through all Wales. Some write that he made but two, and turned their names to archbishops, the one to remaine at Can∣turburie, the other at Yorke: yet they confesse that he of Yorke had iurisdiction through all Scotland: either of which is sufficient to prooue Scotland to be then vnder his dominion.

Seuerus, by birth a Romane,* 1.1501 but in bloud a Briton (as some thinke) and the lineall heire of the

Page 118

bodie of Androges sonne of Lud, & nephue of Cassi∣belane, was shortlie after emperour & king of Bri∣tons, in whose time the people to whom his ancester Marius gaue the land of Cathnesse in Scotland, con∣spired with the Scots, & receiued them from the Iles into Scotland. But herevpon this Seuerus came into Scotland, and méeting with their faith and false harts togither, droue them all out of the maine land into Iles, the vttermost bounds of all great Bri∣taine. But notwithstanding this glorious victorie, [unspec 10] the Britons considering their seruitude to the Ro∣mans, imposed by treason of Androgeus, ancestor to this Seuerus, began to hate him, whome yet they had no time to loue, and who in their defense and suertie had slaine of the Scots and their confede∣rats in one battell thirtie thousand: but such was the consideration of the common sort in those daies, whose malice no time could diminish, nor iust desert appease.

Antoninus Bassianus borne of a Briton woman,* 1.1502 [unspec 20] and Geta borne by a Romane woman, were the sonnes of this Seuerus, who after the death of their father, by the contrarie voices of their people, conten∣ded for the crowne. Few Britons held with Bassia∣nus, fewer Romans with Geta: but the greater number with neither of both. In the end Geta was slaine, and Bassianus remained emperour, against whom Carautius rebelled, who gaue vnto the Scots, Picts, and Scithians, the countrie of Cathnesse in Scotland, which they afterward inhabited, whereby [unspec 30] his seison thereof appeareth.

Coill,* 1.1503 descended of the bloud of the ancient kings of this land, was shortlie after king of the Britons, whose onelie daughter and heire called Helen, was married vnto Constantius a Romane, who daunted the rebellion of all parts of great Britaine; and after the death of this Coill was in the right of his wife king thereof, and reigned in his state ouer them thirtéene or fouretéene yeares.

Constantine the sonne of this Constance, and [unspec 40] Helen,* 1.1504 was next king of Britons, by the right of his mother, who passing to Rome to receiue the empire thereof, deputed one Octauius king of Wales, and duke of the Gewisses (which some expound to be after∣ward called west Saxons) to haue the gouernment of this dominion. But abusing the kings innocent goodnesse, this Octauius defrauded this trust, and tooke vpon him the crowne. For which traitorie albe∣it he was once vanquished by Leonine Traheron, great vncle to Constantine: yet after the death of [unspec 50] this Traheron, he preuailed againe, and vsurped o∣uer all Britaine. Constantine being now emperor sent Marimius his kinsman hither (in processe of time) to destroie the same Octauius, who in singu∣lar battell discomfited him. Wherevpon this Max∣imius, as well by the consent of great Constantine, as by the election of all the Britons, for that he was a Briton in bloud, was made king or rather vicege∣rent of Britaine. This Maximius made warre vp∣on the Scots and Scithians within Britaine, [unspec 60] and ceassed not vntill he had slaine Eugenius their king, and expelled and driuen them out of the whole limits and bounds of Britaine. Finallie he inha∣bited all Scotland with Britons, no man, wo∣man, nor child of the Scotish nation suffered to remaine within it, which (as their Hector Boetius saith) was for their rebellion; and rebellion properlie could it not be, except they had béene subiects. He suffered the Picts also to remaine his subiects, who made solemne othes to him, neuer after to erect anie peculiar king of their owne nation, but to remaine vnder the old empire of the onelie king of Bri∣taine. I had once an epistle by Leland exemplified (as he saith) out of a verie ancient record which bea∣reth title of Helena vnto hir sonne Constantine, and entreth after this manner; Domino semper Augusto filio Constantino, mater Helena semper Augusta, &c. And now it repenteth me that I did not exemplifie and conueigh it into this treatise whilest I had his books. For thereby I might haue had great light for the e∣state of this present discourse: but as then I had no mind to haue trauelled in this matter; neuerthe∣lesse, if hereafter it come againe to light I would wish it were reserued. It followeth on also in this maner (as it is translated out of the Gréeke) Verita∣tem sapientis animus non recusat, nec fides recta aliquando patitur quamcunque iacturam, &c.

About fiue and fourtie yeares after this (which was long time after the death of this Maximius) with the helpe of Gouan or Gonan and Helga, the Scots newlie arriued in Albania, and there created one Fergus the second of that name to be there king. But bicause they were before banished the conti∣nent land, they crowned him king on their aduen∣ture in Argile, in the fatall chaire of marble, the yéere of our Lord, foure hundred and two and twentie, as they themselues doo write.

Maximian sonne of Leonine Traheron, brother to king Coill,* 1.1505 and vncle to Helene, was by lineall succession next king of Britons: but to appease the malice of Dionothus king of Wales, who also clai∣med the kingdome, he maried Othilia eldest daugh∣ter of Dionothus, and afterwards assembled a great power of Britons, and entered Albania, inuading Gallowaie, Mers, Annandale, Pentland, Carrike, Kill, and Cuningham, and in battell slue both this Fergus then king of Scots, and Durstus the king of Picts, and exiled all their people out of the conti∣nent land: wherevpon the few number of Scots then remaining a liue, went to Argile, and there made Eugenius their king. When this Maximian had thus obteined quietnesse in Britaine, he depar∣ted with his cousine Conan Meridocke into Armo∣rica, where they subdued the king, and depopulated the countrie, which he gaue to Conan his cousine, to be afterward inhabited by Britons, by the name of Britaine the lesse: and hereof this realme tooke name of Britaine the great, which name by consent of forren writers it keepeth vnto this daie.

After the death of Maximian, dissention being moo∣ued betweene the nobles of Britaine, the Scots swarmed togither againe, and came to the wall of Adrian, where (this realme being diuided in manie factions) they ouercame one. And herevpon their Hector Boetius (as an hen that for laieng of one eg, will make a great cakeling) solemnlie triumphing for a conquest before the victorie, alledgeth that here∣by the Britons were made tributaries to the Scots, and yet he confesseth that they won no more land, by that supposed conquest, but the same portion be∣twéene them and Humber, which in the old partiti∣ons before was annexed to Albania. It is hard to be beléeued, that such a broken nation as the Scots at that time were, returning from banishment with∣in foure yeares before, and since in battell loosing both their kings, and the great number of their best men, to be thus able to make a conquest of great Britaine; and verie vnlikelie if they had conquered it, they would haue left the hot sunne of the south parts, to dwell in the cold snow in Scotland. Incre∣dible it is, that if they had conquered it, they would not haue deputed officers in it, as in cases of con∣quest behooueth. And it is beyond all beliefe, that great Britaine, or any other countrie, should be woon without the comming of anie enimie into it: as they did not, but taried finallie at the same wall of A∣drian, whereof I spake before.

But what need I speake of these defenses, when

Page 120

the same Boecius scantlie trusteth his owne beliefe in this tale. For he saieth that Galfride, and sundrie other authentike writers, diuerslie varie from this part of his storie, wherein his owne thought accuseth his conscience of vntruth: herein also he further for∣getting how it behooueth a lier to be mindfull of his assertion, in the fourth chapter next following, wholie bewraieth himselfe, saieng that the confederat kings of Scots and Picts, vpon ciuill warres be∣twéene the Britons (which then followed) hoped short∣lie [unspec 10] to inioie all the land of great Britaine, from be∣yond Humber vnto the fresh sea, which hope had bene vaine, and not lesse than void, if it had béene their owne by anie conquest before.

Constantine of Britaine, descended from Conan king thereof, cousine of Brutes bloud to this Maxi∣mian, and his neerest heire was next king of Bri∣taine, he immediatlie pursued the Scots with wars, and shortlie in battell slue their king Dongard, in the first yeare of his reigne, whereby he recouered [unspec 20] Scotland out of their hands, and tooke all the holdes thereof into his owne possessions. Uortiger shortlie after obteined the crowne of Britaine, against whom the Scots newlie rebelled: for the repressing whereof (mistrusting the Britons to hate him for sundrie causes, as one that to auoid the smoke dooth oft fall into the fire) receiued Hengest a Saxon, and a great number of his countriemen, with whom and a few Britons he entred Scotland & ouercame them, wherevpon they tooke the Iles, which are their com∣mon [unspec 30] refuge. He gaue also much of Scotland, as Gallowaie, Pentland, Mers and Annandale, with sundrie other lands to this Hengest and his people to inhabit, which they did accordinglie inioie. But when this Hengest in processe of time thirsted after the whole kingdome of the south, he was banished, and yet afterward being restored, he conspired with the Scots against Aurilambrose the sonne of Constan∣tine, the iust inheritor of this whole dominion. But his vntruth and theirs were both recompensed togi∣ther,* 1.1506 [unspec 40] for he was taken prisoner by Eldulph de Samor a noble man of Britaine, and his head for his traito∣rie striken off at the commandement of Aurilam∣brose. In the field the Scots were vanquished: but Octa the sonne of Hengest was receiued to mercie, to whome and his people this Aurilambrose gaue the countrie of Gallowaie in Scotland, for which they became his subiects. And hereby appeareth that Scotland was then againe reduced into his hands.

Uter called also Pendragon, brother to Aurilam∣brose [unspec 50] was next king of the Britons, against whome, these sworne Saxons now foresworne subiects (con∣federate with the Scots) newlie rebelled: but by his power assembled against them in Gallowaie in Scotland, they were discomfited, & Albania againe recouered vnto his subiection. Arthur the sonne of of this Uter, begotten before the mariage, but law∣fullie borne in matrimonie, succéeded next to the crowne of great Britaine; whose noble acts, though manie vulgar fables haue rather stained than com∣mended: [unspec 60] yet all the Scotish writers confesse, that he subdued great Britaine, and made it tributarie to him, and ouercame the Saxons then scattered as far as Cathnesse in Scotland: and in all these wars against them, he had the seruice and obeisance of Scots and Picts. But at the last setting their féet in the guilefull paths of their predecessors, they rebel∣led and besieged the citie of Yorke, Howell king of the lesse Britaine cousine to king Arthur being therein. But he with an host came thither and dis∣comfited the Scots, chased them into a marsh, and besieged them there so long, that they were almost famished: vntill the bishops, abbats, and men of re∣ligion (for as much as they were christened people) besought him to take them to his mercie and grace, and to grant them a portion of the same countrie to dwell in vnder euerlasting subiection. Upon this he tooke them to his grace, homage and fealtie: and when they were sworne his subiects and liegemen, he ordeined his kinsman Anguisan to be their king and gouernour, Urian king of Iland, and Mure∣frence king of Orkeneie. He made an archbishop of Yorke also, whose authoritie extended through all Scotland.

Finallie, the said Arthur holding his roiall feast at Cairleon, had there all the kings that were sub∣iects vnto him, among which, Angusian the said king of Scots did his due seruice and homage, so long as he was with him for the realme of Scotland, & bare king Arthurs sword afore him. Malgo shortlie af∣ter succéeded in the whole kingdome of great Bri∣taine, who vpon new resistance made, subdued Ire∣land, Iland, the Orchads, Norwaie and Denmarke, and made Ethelfred a Saxon king of Bernicia, that is, Northumberland, Louthian, and much other land of Scotland, which Ethelfred by the sword obteined at the hands of the wilfull inhabitants, and continu∣ed true subiect to this Malgo.

Cadwan succéeded in the kingdome of great Britaine, who in defense of his subiects the Scots, made warre vpon this Ethelfred, but at the last they agréed, and Cadwan vpon their rebellion gaue all Scotland vnto this Ethelfred, which he therevpon subdued and inioied: but afterward in the reigne of Cadwallo that next succeeded in great Britaine, he rebelled. Whervpon the same Cadwallo came in∣to Scotland, and vpon his treason reseised the coun∣trie into his owne hands, and hauing with him all the vicerois of the Saxons, which then inhabited here as his subiects, in singular battell he slue the same Ethelfred with his owne hands.

Oswald was shortlie after by Cadwallos gift made king of Bernicia, and he as subiect to Cad∣wallo, and by his commandement discomfited the Scots and Picts, and subdued all Scotland. Oswie the brother of this Oswald, was by the like gift of Cadwallo, made next king of Bernicia, and he by like commandement newlie subdued the Scots and Picts, and held them in that obeisance to this Cad∣wallo, during eight and twentie yeares. Thus Cad∣wallo reigned in the whole monarchie of great Bri∣taine, hauing all the seuen kings thereof, as well Saxons as others his subiects: for albeit the num∣ber of Saxons from time to time greatlie increa∣sed, yet were they alwaies either at the first expelled, or else made tributarie to the onelie kings of Bri∣tons for the time being, as all their owne writers doo confesse.

Cadwallader was next king of the whole great Britaine, he reigned twelue yeares ouer all the kings thereof, in great peace and tranquillitie: and then vpon the lamentable death of his subiects, which died of sundrie diseases innumerablie, he departed into little Britaine. His sonne and cousine Iuor and Iue, being expelled out of England also by the Sax∣ons, went into Wales, where among the Britons they and their posteritie remained princes. Upon this great alteration, and warres being through the whole dominion betwéene the Britons and Saxons, the Scots thought time to slip the collar of obedi∣ence, and therevpon entred in league with Charles then king of France, establishing it in this wise.

1 The iniurie of Englishmen doone to anie of these people, shall be perpetuallie holden common to them both.

2 When Frenchmen be inuaded by English∣men, the Scots shall send their armie in defense of France, so that they be supported with monie and

Page 121

vittels by the French.

3 When Scots be inuaded by Englishmen, the Frenchmen shall come vpon their owne expenses, to their support and succour.

4 None of the people shall take peace or truce with Englishmen, without the aduise of other, &c.

Manie disputable opinions may be had of warre without the praising of it,* 1.1507 as onlie admittable by in∣forced necessitie, and to be vsed for peace sake onelie, where here the Scots sought warre for the loue of [unspec 10] warre onelie. For their league giueth no benefit to themselues, either in frée traffike of their owne com∣modities, or benefit of the French, or other priuilege to the people of both. What discommoditie riseth by loosing the intercourse and exchange of our commo∣dities (being in necessaries more aboundant than France) the Scots féele, and we perfectlie know. What ruine of their townes, destruction of coun∣tries, slaughter of both peoples, haue by reason of this bloudie league chanced, the histories be lamen∣table [unspec 20] to read, and horrible among christian men to be remembred: but God gaue the increase accor∣ding to their séed, for as they did hereby sowe dissen∣tion, so did they shortlie after reape a bloudie slaugh∣ter and confusion. For Alpine their king, possessing a light mind that would be lost with a little wind, ho∣ped by this league shortlie to subdue all great Bri∣taine, and to that end not onelie rebelled in his owne kingdome, but also vsurped vpon the kingdome of Picts. Whervpon Edwine king of England, made [unspec 30] one Brudeus king of Picts, whom he sent into Scot∣land with a great power, where in battell he tooke this Alpine king of Scots prisoner, and discomfited his people. And this Alpine being their king found subiect and rebell, his head was striken off at a place in Scotland, which thereof is to this daie called Pa∣salpine, that is to saie, the head of Alpine. And this was the first effect of their French league.

Osbright king of England, with Ella his subiect, and a great number of Britons and Saxons shortlie [unspec 40] after, for that the Scots had of themselues elected a new king, entered Scotland, and ceassed not his war against them, vntill their king and people fled into the Iles, with whome at the last vpon their submissi∣on, peace was made in this wise.

The water of Frith shall be march betwéene Scots and Englishmen in the east parts, and shall be named the Scotish sea.

The water of Cluide to Dunbriton, shall be march in the west parts betwéene the Scots and [unspec 50] Britons. This castell was before called Alcluide, but now Dunbriton, that is to say, the castle of Britons, and sometimes it was destroied by the Danes. So the Britons had all the lands from Sterling to the Ireland seas, and from the water of Frith & Cluide to Cumber, with all the strengths and commodities thereof: and the Englishmen had the lands be∣twéene Sterling and Northumberland. Thus was Cluide march betwéene the Scots and the Britons on the one side, and the water of Frith named the [unspec 60] Scotish sea, march betwéene them and Englishmen on the other side, and Sterling common march to thrée people, Britons, Englishmen, and Scots, how∣beit king Osbright had the castle of Sterling, where first he caused to be coined Sterling monie. The Englishmen also builded a bridge of stone, for pas∣sage ouer the water of Frith, in the middest where∣of they made a crosse, vnder which were written these verses:

I am free march, as passengers may ken, To Scots, to Britons, and Englishmen.

Not manie yeares after this, Hinguar and Hub∣ba, two Danes, with a great number of people, ar∣riued in Scotland, and slue Constantine, whom Os∣bright had before made king: wherevpon Edulfe or Ethelwulfe, then king of England, assembled his power against Hinguar and Hubba, and in one bat∣tell slue them both; but such of their people as would remaine and become christians, he suffered to tarie: the rest he banished or put to death, &c.

This Ethelwulfe granted the Peter pence, of which albeit Peter & Paule had little need and lesse right: yet the paiment thereof continued in this realme euer after vntill now of late yeares. But the Scots euer since vnto this daie haue, and yet doo paie it, by reason of that grant, which prooueth them to be then vnder his obeisance.

Alured or Alfred succéeded in the kingdome of England, and reigned noblie ouer the whole monar∣chie of great Britaine: he made lawes, that persons excommunicated should be disabled to sue or claime anie propertie; which law Gregour, whome this Alu∣red had made king of Scots, obeied; and the same law as well in Scotland as in England is holden to this daie, which also prooueth him to be high lord of Scotland.

This Alured constreined Gregour king of Scots also to breake the league with France, for generallie he concluded with him, and serued him in all his warres, as well against Danes as others, not reser∣uing or making anie exception of the former league with France.

The said Alured, after the death of Gregour, had the like seruice and obeisance of Donald king of Scots with fiue thousand horssemen, against one Gurmond a Dane that then infested the realme, and this Donald died in this faith and obeisance with Alured.

Edward the first of that name called Chifod sonne of this Alured succéeded his father, and was the next king of England: against whome Sithrtic a Dane and the Scots conspired; but they were subdued, and Constantine their king brought to obeisance. He held the realme of Scotland also of king Edward, and this dooth Marian their owne countrieman a Scot confesse: beside Roger Houeden, and William of Malmesberie.

In the yeare of our Lord 923, the same king Ed∣ward was president and gouernour of all the people of England, Cumberland, Scots, Danes, and Bri∣tons.

King Athelstane in like sort conquered Scotland, and as he laie in his tents beside Yorke, whilest the warres lasted, the king of Scots feined himselfe to be a minstrell, and harped before him onelie to espie his ordinance and his people. But being (as their writers confesse) corrupted with monie, he sold his faith and false heart together to the Danes, and ai∣ded them against king Athelstane at sundrie times. Howbeit he met with all their vntruthes at Bron∣ingfield in the west countrie, as is mentioned in the ninth chapter of the first booke of this description, where he discomfited the Danes, and slue Malcolme deputie in that behalfe to the king of Scots: in which battell the Scots confesse themselues to haue lost more people than were remembred in anie age be∣fore. Then Athelstane following his good lucke, went throughout all Scotland and wholie subdued it, and being in possession thereof, gaue land there lieng in Annandale by his deed, the copie wherof dooth follow:

I king Athelstane, giues vnto Paulam, Oddam and Roddam, als good and als faire, as euer they mine were, and thereto witnesse Mauld my wife.

By which course words, not onelie appeareth the plaine simplicitie of mens dooings in those daies: but also a full proofe that he was then seized of Scot∣land. At the last also he receiued homage of Mal∣colme king of Scots: but for that he could not be re∣stored

Page 122

to his whole kingdome, he entered into religi∣on, and there shortlie after died.

Then Athelstane, for his better assurance of that countrie there after, thought it best to haue two stringes to the bowe of their obedience, and therefore not onelie constituted on Malcolme to be their king, but also appointed one Indulph sonne of Con∣stantine the third, to be called prince of Scotland, to whome he gaue much of Scotland: and for this Malcolme did homage to Athelstane. [unspec 10]

Edmund brother of Athelstane succéeded next king of England, to whome this Indulph then king of Scots not onelie did homage, but also serued him with ten thousand Scots, for the expulsion of the Danes out of the realme of England.

Edred or Eldred brother to this Edmund succée∣ded next king of England:* 1.1508 he not onelie receiued the homage of Irise then king of Scots, but also the homage of all the barons of Scotland.

Edgar the sonne of Edmund, brother of Athel∣stane, [unspec 20] being now of full age, was next king of Eng∣land: he reigned onelie ouer the whole monarchie of Britaine, and receiued homage of Keneth king of Scots for the kingdome of Scotland, and made Malcolme prince thereof.

This Edgar gaue vnto the same Keneth the countrie of Louthian in Scotland, which was before seized into the hands of Osbright king of England for their rebellion, as is before declared. He inioi∣ned Keneth their said king also once in euerie yéere [unspec 30] at certeine principall feasts (whereat the king did vse to weare his crowne) to repaire vnto him into England for the making of lawes: which in those daies was doone by the noble men or péeres accor∣ding to the order of France at this daie. He allow∣ed also sundrie lodgings in England, to him and his successours, whereat to lie, and refresh themselues in their iourneies, whensoeuer they should come vp to doo their homages: and finallie a péece of ground lieng beside the new palace of Westminster, vpon [unspec 40] which this Keneth builded a house, that by him and his posseritie was inioied vntill the reigne of king Hen∣rie the second. In whose time, vpon the rebellion of William king of Scots, it was resumed into the king of Englands hand. The house is decaied, but the ground where it stood is called Scotland to this daie.

Moreouer,* 1.1509 Edgar made this law, that no man should succéed to his patrimonie or inheritance hol∣den by knights seruice, vntill he accomplished the [unspec 50] age of one and twentie yéeres: because by intend∣ment vnder that age, he should not be able in person to serue his king and countrie according to the tenor of his deed, and the condition of his purchase. This law was receiued by the same Keneth in Scotland; and as well there as in England is obserued to this daie: which prooueth also that Scotland was then vnder his obeisance.

In the yeere of our Lord 974, Kinald king of Scots, and Malcolme king of Cumberland, Macon [unspec 60] king of Man and the Iles, Duuenall king of South∣wales, Siferth and Howell kings of the rest of Wales, Iacob or Iames of Gallowaie, & Iukill of Westmerland did homage to king Edgar at Ches∣ter. And on the morrow going by water to the mo∣nasterie of saint Iohns to seruice, and returning home againe: the said Edgar sitting in a barge, and stirring the same vpon the water of Dée, made the said kings to row the barge, saieng that his succes∣sors might well be ioifull to haue the prerogatiue of so great honour, and the superioritie of so manie mightie princes to be subiect vnto their monar∣chie.

Edward, the sonne of this Edgar, was next king of England, in whose time this Keneth king of Scots caused Malcolme king of Scotland to be poi∣soned. Wherevpon king Edward made warre a∣gainst him, which ceased not vntill this Keneth sub∣mitted himselfe, and offered to receiue him for prince of Scotland, whome king Edward would appoint. Herevpon king Edward proclamed one Malcolme to be prince of Scotland, who immediatlie came in∣to England, and there did homage vnto the same king Edward.

Etheldred, brother of this Edward succéeded next ouer England, against whome Swaine king of Denmarke conspired with this last Malcolme then king of Scots. But shortlie after, this Mal∣colme sorrowfullie submitted himselfe into the de∣fense of Etheldred: who considering how that which could not be amended, must onelie be repented, be∣nignlie receiued him. By helpe of whose seruice at last Etheldred recouered his realme againe out of the hands of Swaine, and reigned ouer the whole monarchie eight and thirtie yéeres.

Edmund surnamed Ironside, sonne of this Ethel∣dred, was next king of England, in whose time Ca∣nutus a Dane inuaded the realme with much cruel∣tie. But at the last he married with Emme some∣time wise vnto Etheldred and mother of this Ed∣mund. Which Emme, as arbitratrix betweene hir naturall loue to the one, and matrimoniall dutie to the other, procured such amitie betwéene them in the end, that Edmund was contented to diuide the realme with Canutus: and keeping to himselfe all England on this side Humber, gaue all the rest be∣yond Humber, with the seigniorie of Scotland to this Canutus. Wherevpon Malcolme then king of Scots (after a little accustomable resistance) did ho∣mage to the same Canutus for the kingdome of Scotland. Thus the said Canutus held the same o∣uer of this Edmund king of England by the like seruices, so long as they liued togither. This Canu∣tus in memorie of this victorie, and glorie of his seig∣niorie ouer the Scots, commanded Malcolme their king to build a church in Buchquhan in Scotland, (where a field betweene him and them was fought) to be dedicated to Olauus patrone of Norwaie and Denmarke, which church was by the same Mal∣colme accordinglie performed.

Edward called the Confessour, sonne of Ethel∣dred, and brother to Edmund Ironside, was after∣ward king of England: he tooke from Malcolme king of Scots his life and his kingdome, and made Malcolme soone to the king of Cumberland and Northumberland king of Scots, who did him ho∣mage and fealtie.

This Edward perused the old lawes of the realme, and somewhat added to some of them: as to the law of Edgar for the wardship of the lands vntill the heire should accomplish the age of one and twen∣tie yeeres. He added,* 1.1510 that the marriage of such heire should also belong to the lord of whom the same land was holden. Also, that euerie woman marrieng a free man, should (notwithstanding she had no chil∣dren by that husband) enioie the third part of his in∣heritance during hir life: with manie other lawes which the same Malcolme king of Scots obeied, and which as well by them in Scotland, as by vs in Eng∣land be obserued to this day, and directlie prooueth the whole to be then vnder his obeisance.

By reason of this law, Malcolme the sonne of Duncane next inheritor to the crowne of Scotland, being within age, was by the nobles of Scotland deliuered as ward to the custodie also of king Ed∣ward. During whose minoritie, one Makebeth a Scot traitorouslie vsurped the crowne of Scotland. Against whome the said Edward made warre, in

Page 123

which the said Mackbeth was ouercome and slaine. Wherevpon the said Malcolme was crowned king of Scots at Scone, in the eight yeere of the reigne of king Edward aforesaid. This Malcolme also by tenor of the said new law of wardship, was married vnto Margaret the daughter of Edward sonne of Edmund Ironside and Agatha, by the disposition of the same king Edward, and at his full age did ho∣mage to this king Edward the Confessour for the kingdome of Scotland. [unspec 10]

Moreouer,* 1.1511 Edward of England, hauing no is∣sue of his bodie, and mistrusting that Harald the son of Goodwine, descended of the daughter of Harald Harefoot the Dane, would vsurpe the crowne, if he should leaue it to his cousine Edgar Eatling (being then within age) and partlie by the petition of his sub∣iects, who before had sworne neuer to receiue anie kings ouer them of the Danish nation, did by his sub∣stantiall will in writing (as all our clergie writers affirme) demise the crowne of great Britaine vnto [unspec 20] William Bastard, then duke of Normandie, and to his heires, constituting him his heire testamentarie. Also there was proximitie in bloud betwéene them: for Emme daughter of Richard duke of Norman∣die was wife vnto Etheldred, on whom he begat A∣lured and this Edward: and this William was son of Robert sonne of Richard, brother of the whole bloud to the same Emme. Whereby appeareth that this William was heire by title, and not by con∣quest, albeit that partlie to extinguish the mistrust of [unspec 30] other titles, and partlie for the glorie of his victorie, he chalenged in the end, the name of a conquerour, and hath béene so written euer since the time of his arriuall.

Furthermore,* 1.1512 this William, called the Bastard and the Conquerour, supposed not his conquest per∣fect till he had likewise subdued the Scots. Wherfore to bring the Scots to iust obeisance after his coro∣nation, as heire testamentarie to Edward the Con∣fessour; he entred Scotland, where after a little re∣sistance [unspec 40] made by the inhabitants, the said Malcolme then their king did homage to him at Abirnethie in Scotland for the kingdome of Scotland, as to his superiour also by meane of his late conquest.

William surnamed Rufus,* 1.1513 sonne to this Wil∣liam called the Conquerour, succéeded next in the throne of England, to whome the said Malcolme king of Scots did like homage for the whole king∣dome of Scotland. But afterward he rebelled, and was by this William Rufus slaine in plaine field. [unspec 50] Wherevpon the Scotishmen did choose one Donald or Dunwall to be their king. But this William Rufus deposed him, and created Dunkane sonne of Malcolme to be their king, who did like homage to him. Finallie, this Dunkane was slaine by the Scots, and Dunwall restored, who once againe by this William Rufus was deposed; and Edgar son of Malcolme, and brother to the last Malcolme, was by him made their king, who did like homage for Scotland to this William Rufus. [unspec 60]

Henrie called Beauelerke the sonne of William called the Conqueour,* 1.1514 after the death of his brother William Rufus, succéeded to the crowne of Eng∣land, to whome the same Edgar king of Scots did homage for Scotland: this Henrie Beauclerke ma∣ried Mawd the daughter of Malcome II. of Scots, and by hir had issue Mawd afterward empresse.

Alexander the sonne of Malcolme brother to this Mawd was next king of Scots, he did like homage for the kingdome of Scotland to this Henrie the first, as Edgar had doone before him.

Mawd called the empresse,* 1.1515 daughter and heire to Henrie Beauclerke and Mawd his wife, receiued homage of Dauid, brother to hir and to this Alexan∣der next king of Scots, before all the temporall men of England for the kingdome of Scotland. This Mawd the empresse gaue vnto Dauid in the marri∣age, Mawd the daughter and heire of Uoldosius earle of Huntingdon & Northumberland. And here∣in their euasion appeareth, by which they allege that their kings homages were made for the earledome of Huntingdon. For this Dauid was the first that of their kings was earle of Huntingdon, which was since all the homages of their kings before recited, and at the time of this mariage, & long after the said Alexander his brother was king of Scots, doing the homage aforesaid to Henrie Beauclerke son to the aforesaid ladie, of whome I find this epitaph worthie to be remembred:

Ortu magna, viro maior, sed maxima partu, Hic iacet Henrici filia, sponsa, parens.

In the yeere of our Lord 1136, and first yeere of the reigne of king Stephan, the said Dauid king of Scots being required to doo his homage, refused it: for so much as he had doone homage to Mawd the empresse before time; notwithstanding the sonne of the said Dauid did homage to king Stephan.

Henrie called Fitz empresse,* 1.1516 the sonne of Mawd the empresse daughter of Mawd, daughter of Mal∣colme king of Scots, was next king of England. He receiued homage for Scotland of Malcolme sonne of Henrie, sonne of the said Dauid their last king. Which Malcolme after this homage attended vpon the same king Henrie in his warres against Lewis then king of France. Whereby appeareth that their French league was neuer renewed after the last diuision of their countrie by Osbright king of England.

But after these warres finished with the French king, this Malcolme being againe in Scot∣land rebelled: wherevpon king Henrie immediat∣lie seized Huntingdon and Northumberland into his owne hands by confiscation, and made warres vpon him in Scotland: during which the same Malcolme died without issue of his bodie.

William brother of this Malcolme was next king of Scots, he with all the nobles of Scotland (which could not be now for anie earledome) did ho∣mage to the sonne of Henrie the second;
* 1.1517 with a re∣seruation of the dutie to king Henrie the second his father. Also the earledome of Huntingdon was (as ye haue heard) before this forfeited by Malcolme his brother, and neuer after restored to the crowne of Scotland.

This William did afterward attend vpon the same Henrie the second, in his warres in Norman∣die against the French king (notwithstanding their French league) and then being licenced to depart home in the tenth of this prince, and vpon the fif∣téenth of Februarie he returned, and vpon the six∣téenth of October did homage to him for the realme of Scotland. In token also of his perpetuall subiec∣tion to the crowne of England, he offered vp his cloake, his faddle, and his speare at the high altar in Yorke: wherevpon he was permitted to depart home into Scotland, where immediatlie he mooued cruell warre in Northumberland against the same king Henrie, being as yet in Normandie. But God tooke the defense of king Henries part, and deliue∣red the same William king of Scots into the hands of a few Englishmen, who brought him prisoner to king Henrie into Normandie in the twentith yeere of his reigne. But at the last, at the sute of Dauid his brother, Richard bishop of saint Andrews, and other bishops and lords, he was put to this fine for the amendment of his trespasse; to wit, to paie ten thousand pounds sterling, and to surrender all his title to the earldome of Huntingdon, Cumberland, & Northumberland into the hands of king Henrie,

Page 124

which he did in all things accordinglie, sealing his charters thereof with the great seale of Scotland, and signets of his nobilitie yet to be seene: wherein it was also comprised, that he and his successours should hold the realme of Scotland of the king of England and his successours for euer. And herevp∣on he once againe did homage to the same king Henrie, which now could not be for the earledome of Huntingdon, the right whereof was alreadie by him surrendred. And for the better assurance of this [unspec 10] faith also, the strengths of Berwike, Edenborough, Roxborough, and Striueling were deliuered into the hands of our king Henrie of England, which their owne writers confesse. But Hector Boetius saith, that this trespasse was amended by fine of twentie thousand pounds sterling, and that the erle∣dome of Huntingdon, Cumberland, and Northum∣berland were deliuered as morgage into the hands of king Henrie, vntill other ten thousand pounds sterling should be to him paid, which is so farre from [unspec 20] truth, as Hector was (while he liued) from well mea∣ning to our countrie. But if we grant that it is true, yet prooueth he not that the monie was paid, nor the land otherwise redéemed, or euer after came to anie Scotish kings hands. And thus it appeareth that the earledome of Huntingdon was neuer oc∣casion of the homages of the Scotish kings to the kings of England, either before this time or af∣ter.

This was doone 1175. Moreouer I read this note [unspec 30] hereof gathered out of Robertus Montanus or Mon∣tensis that liued in those daies, and was (as I take it) confessor to king Henrie.

The king of Scots dooth ho∣mage to king Henrie for the kingdome of Scot∣land, and is sent home againe, his bishops also did promise to doo the like to the archbishop of Yorke, and to acknowledge themselues to be of his prouince and iurisdiction. By vertue also of this composition the said Robert saith, that Rex Angliae dabat honores, e∣piscopatus, abbatias, & alias dignitates in Scotia, vel saltem [unspec 40] eius consilio dabantur, that is, The king of England gaue honors, bishopriks, abbatships, and other dig∣nities in Scotland, or at the leastwise they were not giuen without his aduise and counsell.

At this time Alexander bishop of Rome (supposed to haue generall iurisdiction ecclesiasticall through christendome) established the whole cleargie of Scot∣land (according to the old lawes) vnder the iurisdicti∣on of the archbishop of Yorke.

In the yeare of our Lord 1185, in the moneth of [unspec 50] August, at Cairleill, Rouland Talmant lord of Gal∣waie, did homage and fealtie to the said king Henrie with all that held of him.

In the two and twentith yeare of the reigne of king Henrie the second, Gilbert sonne of Ferguse prince of Galwaie, did homage and fealtie to the said king Henrie, and left Dunecan his sonne in hostage for conseruation of his peace.

Richard surnamed Coeur de Lion, because of his stoutnesse, and sonne of this Henrie was next king [unspec 60] of England, to whome the same William king of Scots did homage at Canturburie for the whole kingdome of Scotland.

This king Richard was taken prisoner by the duke of Ostrich, for whose redemption the whole realme was taxed at great summes of monie, vnto the which this William king of Scots (as a subiect) was contributorie, and paied two thousand markes sterling.

In the yeare of our Lord 1199, Iohn king of England sent to William king of Scots, to come and doo his homage, which William came to Lin∣colne in the moneth of December the same yeare, and did his homage vpon an hill in the presence of Hubert archbishop of Canturburie, and of all the people there assembled, and therevnto tooke his oth and was sworne vpon the crosse of the said Hubert: also he granted by his charter confirmed, that he should haue the mariage of Alexander his sonne, as his liegeman, alwaies to hold of the king of Eng∣land: promising moreouer that he the said king Wil∣liam and his sonne Alexander, should keepe and hold faith and allegiance to Henrie sonne of the said king Iohn, as to their chiefe lord against all maner of men that might liue and die.

Also whereas William king of Scots had put Iohn bishop of saint Andrew out of his bishoprike, pope Clement wrote to Henrie king of England, that he should mooue and induce the same William; and if néed required by his roiall power and preroga∣tiue ouer that nation, to compell him to leaue his rancor against the said bishop, and suffer him to haue and occupie his said bishoprike againe.

In the yeare of our Lord 1216, and fiue & twen∣tith of the reigne of Henrie, sonne to king Iohn, the same Henrie and the quéene were at Yorke at the feast of Christmasse, for the solemnization of a mar∣riage made in the feast of saint Stephan the martyr the same yeare, betwéene Alexander king of Scots, and Margaret the kings daughter, and there the said Alexander did homage to Henrie king of England for all the realme of Scotland.

In buls of diuerse popes were admonitions gi∣uen to the kings of Scots, as appeareth by that of Gregorie the fift and Clement his successor, that they should obserue and trulie kéepe all such appoint∣ments, as had béene made betwéene the kings of England and Scotland. And that the kings of Scot∣land should still hold the realme of Scotland of the kings of England, vpon paine of cursse and interdic∣tion.

After the death of Alexander king of Scots, A∣lexander his sonne, being nine yeares of age, was by the lawes of Edgar, in ward to king Henrie the third, & by the nobles of Scotland brought to Yorke, and there deliuered vnto him. During whose mino∣ritie king Henrie gouerned Scotland, and to subdue a commotion in this realme, vsed the aid of fiue thou∣sand Scotishmen. But king Henrie died during the nonage of this Alexander, whereby he receiued not his homage, which by reason and law was respited vntill his full age of one and twentie yeares.

Edward the first after the conquest, sonne of this Henrie was next king of England; immediatlie af∣ter whose coronation, Alexander king of Scots, be∣ing then of full age, did homage to him for Scotland at Westminster, swearing (as all the rest did) after this maner.

I. D. N. king of Scots shall be true and faithfull vn∣to you lord E. by the grace of God king of England, the noble and superior lord of the kingdome of Scot∣land, and vnto you I make my fidelitie for the same, kingdome, the which I hold and claime to hold of you. And I shall beare you my faith and fidelitie of life and lim, and worldlie honour against all men, faithfullie I shall knowlege and shall doo you seruice due vnto you of the kingdome of Scotland afore∣said, as God me so helpe and these holie euangelies.

This Alexander king of Scots died, leauing one onelie daughter called Margaret for his heire, who before had maried Hanigo, sonne to Magnus king of Norwaie, which daughter also shortlie after died, leauing one onelie daughter hir heire, of the age of two yeares, whose custodie and mariage by the lawes of king Edgar, and Edward the confessor, belonged to Edward the first: whervpon the nobles of Scot∣land were commanded by our king Edward to send into Norwaie, to conueie this yoong queene into

Page 125

England to him, whome he intended to haue mari∣ed to his sonne Edward: and so to haue made a per∣fect vnion long wished for betwéene both realmes. Herevpon their nobles at that time considering the same tranquillitie that manie of them haue since refused, stood not vpon shifts and delaies of minori∣tie nor contempt, but most gladlie consented, and therevpon sent two noble men of Scotland into Norwaie, for hir to be brought to this king Edward, but she died before their comming thither, and there∣fore [unspec 10] they required nothing but to inioie the lawfull liberties that they had quietlie possessed in the last king Alexanders time.

After the death of this Margaret, the Scots were destitute of anie heire to the crowne from this Alex∣ander their last king, at which time this Edward des∣cended from the bodie of Mawd daughter of Mal∣colme sometime king of Scots, being then in the greatest broile of his warres with France, minded not to take the possession of that kingdome in his [unspec 20] owne right, but was contented to establish Balioll to be king thereof, the weake title betwéene him, Bruse, & Hastings, being by the humble petition of all the realme of Scotland cōmitted to the determi∣nation of king Edward, wherein by autentike wri∣ting they confessed the superioritie of the realme to remaine in king Edward, sealed with the seales of foure bishops, seuen earles, and twelue barons of Scotland, and which shortlie after was by the whole assent of the three estates of Scotland, in their so∣lemne [unspec 30] parlement confessed and enacted according∣lie, as most euidentlie dooth appeare.

The Balioll in this wise made king of Scotland, did immediatlie make his homage and fealtie at Newcastell vpon saint Stéeuens daie (as did like∣wise all the lords of Scotland, each one setting his hand to the composition in writing) to king Edward of England for the kingdome of Scotland: but shortlie after defrauding the benigne goodnesse of his superiour, he rebelled, and did verie much hurt in [unspec 40] England. Herevpon king Edward inuaded Scot∣land, seized into his hands the greater part of the countrie, and tooke all the strengths thereof. Wher∣vpon Balioll king of Scots came vnto him to Mauntrosse in Scotland with a white wand in his hand, and there resigned the crowne of Scotland, with all his right, title, and interest to the same, into the hands of king Edward, and thereof made his charter in writing, dated and sealed the fourth yeare of his reigne. All the nobles and gentlemen of Scot∣land [unspec 50] also repaired to Berwike, and did homage and fealtie to king Edward, there becomming his sub∣iects. For the better assurance of whose oths also, king Edward kept all the strengths and holdes of Scotland in his owne hands; and herevpon all their lawes, processes, all iudgements, gifts of assises and others, passed vnder the name and authoritie of king Edward. Leland touching the same rehearsall, writeth thereof in this maner.

In the yeare of our Lord 1295, the same Iohn [unspec 60] king of Scots, contrarie to his faith and allegiance rebelled against king Edward, and came into Eng∣land, and burnt and siue without all modestie and mercie. Wherevpon king Edward with a great host went to Newcastell vpon Tine, passed the water of Twéed, besieged Berwike, and got it. Also he wan the castell of Dunbar, and there were slaine at this brunt 15700 Scots. Then he proceeded further, and gat the castell of Rokesborow, and the castell of E∣denborow, Striuelin and Gedworth, and his peo∣ple harried all the land. In the meane season, the said king Iohn of Scots, considering that he was not of power to withstand king Edward, sent his letters and besought him of treatie and peace, which our prince benignlie granted, and sent to him againe that he should come to the towre of Brechin, and bring thither the great lords of Scotland with him. The king of England sent thither Antonie Becke bishop of Durham, with his roiall power, to con∣clude the said treatise. And there it was agreed that the said Iohn and all the Scots should vtterlie sub∣mit themselues to the kings will. And to the end the submission should be performed accordinglie, the king of Scots laid his sonne in hostage and pledge vnto him. There also he made his letters sealed with the common scale of Scotland, by the which he knowledging his simplenes and great offense doone to his lord king Edward of England, by his full power and frée will yeelded vp all the land of Scot∣land, with all the people and homage of the same. Then our king went foorth to sée the mounteins, and vnderstanding that all was in quiet and peace, he turned to the abbeie of Scone, which was of chanons, regular, where he tooke the stone called the Regall of Scotland, vpon which the kings of that nation were woont to sit, at the time of their coronations for a throne,* 1.1518 & sent it to the abbeie of Westminster, com∣manding to make a chaire therof for the priests that should sing masse at the high altar: which chaire was made, and standeth yet there at this daie to be séene.

In the yeare of our Lord 1296, the king held his parlement at Berwike: and there he tooke homage singularlie of diuerse of the lords & nobles of Scot∣land. And for a perpetuall memorie of the same, they made their letters patents sealed with their seales, and then the king of England made William War∣reine earle of Surrie and Southsax lord Warden of Scotland, Hugh of Cressingham treasuror, and William Ormesbie iustice of Scotland, and foorth∣with sent king Iohn to the Tower of London, and Iohn Comin, and the earle Badenauth, the earle of Bohan and other lords into England to diuerse pla∣ces on this side of the Trent.

And after that, in the yeare of our Lord 1297, at the feast of Christmas, the king called before him the said Iohn king of Scots, although he had committed him to ward: and said that he would burne or de∣stroie their castels, townes and lands, if he were not recompensed for his costs and damages susteined in the warres; but king Iohn and the other that were in ward, answered that they had nothing, sith their liues, their deaths, and goods were in his hands. The king vpon that answer mooued with pitie, granted them their liues; so that they would doo their ho∣mage, and make their oth solemnelie at the high al∣tar (in the church of the abbeie of Westminster) vpon the eucharist, that they and euerie of them should hold and keepe true faith, obedience, and allegiance to the said king Edward and his heires kings of England for euer. And where the said king of Scots saw the kings banner of England displaied, he and all his power should draw therevnto. And that nei∣ther he or anie of his from thencefoorth should beare armes against the king of England or anie of his bloud. Finallie, the king rewarding with great gifts the said king Iohn and his lords, suffered them to depart. But they went into Scotland alwaie ima∣gining (notwithstanding this their submission) how they might oppresse king Edward, and disturbe his realme. The Scots sent also to the king of France for succour and helpe, who sent them ships to Ber∣wike furnished with men of armes, the king of En∣gland then being in Flanders.

In the yeare of our Lord 1298, the king went in∣to Scotland with a great host, and the Scots also as∣sembled in great number, but the king fought with them at Fawkirke on S. Marie Magdalens daie, where were slaine thréescore thousand Scots, & Wil∣lain

Page 126

Walleis that was their capteine fled, who be∣ing taken afterward, was hanged, drawen, & quar∣tered at London, for his trespasses.

After this the Scots rebelled againe, and all the lords of Scotland chose Robert Bruse to be king, except onelie Iohn Commin earle of Carrike, who would not consent thereto bicause of his oth made to the king of England.* 1.1519 Wherefore Robert Bruse slue him at Dumfrise, and then was crowned at Schone abbeie. Herevpon the king of England assembled a [unspec 10] great hoast, and rode through all Scotland, discomfi∣ted Robert Bruse, slue eight thousand Scots, & tooke the most part of all the lords of Scotland, putting the temporall lords to deth bicause they were forsworne.

Edward borne at Carnaruan sonne of this Ed∣ward, was next king of England, who from the be∣ginning of his reigne enioied Scotland peaceablie, dooing in all things as is aboue said of king Edward his father, vntill toward the later end of his reigne, about which time this Robert Bruse conspired a∣gainst [unspec 20] him, and with the helpe of a few forsworne Scots, forswore himselfe king of Scots. Herevpon this Edward with Thomas earle of Lancaster and manie other lords made warre vpon him, about the feast of Marie Magdalene, the said Bruse and his partakers being alreadie accurssed by the pope for breaking the truce that he had established betwixt them. But being infortunate in his first warres a∣gainst him, he suffered Edward the sonne of Balioll to proclame himselfe king of Scots; and neuerthe∣lesse [unspec 30] held foorth his warres against Bruse, before the ending of which he died, as I read.

Edward borne at Windsore sonne of Edward the second was next king of England, at the age of fifteene yeares, in whose minoritie the Scots practi∣sed with Isabell mother to this Edward, and with Roger Mortimer earle of the March to haue their homages released: whose good will therein they ob∣teined, so that for the same release they should paie to this king Edward thirtie thousand pounds star∣ling, [unspec 40] in three yeares next following, that is to saie, ten thousand pounds starling yeerelie. But bicause the nobilitie and commons of this realme would not by parlement consent vnto it, their king being with∣in age, the same release procéeded not, albeit the Scots ceased not their practises with this quéene and earle. But before those thrée yeares, in which their me∣nie (if the bargaine had taken place) should haue béene paied, were expired, our king Edward inua∣ded Scotland, and ceassed not the warre, vntill Da∣uid [unspec 50] the sonne of Robert le Bruse (then by their electi∣on king of Scotland) absolutelie submitted himselfe vntohim. But for that the said Dauid Bruse had be∣fore by practise of the quéene and the earle of March, married Iane the sister of this king Edward: he mooued by naturall zeale to his sister, was contented to giue the realme of Scotland to this Dauid Bruse, and to the heires that should be be gotten of the bodie of the said Iane (sauing the reuersion and meane ho∣mages to this king Edward and to his owne chil∣dren) [unspec 60] wherewith the same Dauid Bruse was right well contented, and therevpon immediatlie made his homage for all the realme of Scotland to him.

Howbeit, shortlie after causelesse conceiuing cause of displeasure, this Dauid procured to dissolue this same estate tailée, and therevpon not onelie rebelled in Scotland, but also inuaded England, whilest king Edward was occupied about his wars in France. But this Dauid was not onelie expelled England in the end, but also thinking no place a sufficient de∣fense to his vntruth, of his owne accord fled out of Scotland: whereby the countries of Annandale, Gallowaie, Mars, Teuidale, Twedale, and Ethrike were seized into the king of Englands hands, and new marches set betwéene England and Scotland at Cockbunes path & Sowtrie hedge. Which when this Dauid went about to recouer againe, his power was discomfited, and himselfe by a few Englishmen taken & brought into England, where he remained prisoner eleuen yeares after his said apprehension.

During this time, king Edward enioied Scot∣land peaceablie, and then at the contemplation and wearie suit of his sorowfull sister, wife of this Da∣uid, he was contented once againe to restore him to the kingdome of Scotland. Wherevpon it was con∣cluded, that for this rebellion Dauid should paie to king Edward, the summe of one hundred thousand markes starling, and there to destroie all his holdes and fortresses standing against the English borders, and further assure the crowne of Scotland to the children of this king Edward for lacke of heire of his owne bodie, all which things he did accordinglie. And for the better assurance of his obeisance also, he afterward deliuered into the hands of king Edward sundrie noble men of Scotland in this behalfe as his pledges. This is the effect of the historie of Dauid, touching his delings. Now let vs sée what was doone by Edward Balioll, wherof our chronicles doo report, that in the yéere of our Lord 1326, Edward the third, king of England, was crowned at Westminster, and in the fift yeare of his reigne Edward Balioll right heire to the kingdome of Scotland came in, and claimed it as due to him. Sundrie lords and gen∣tlemen also, which had title to diuerse lands there, ei∣ther by themselues, or by their wiues, did the like. Wherevpon the said Balioll and they went into Scotland by sea, and landing at Kinghorns with 3000 Englishmen, discomfited 10000 Scots, and flue 1200, and then went foorth to Dunfermeline, where the Scots assembled against them with 40000 men, and in the feast of saint Laurence, at a place called Gastmore (or otherwise Gladmore) were slaine fiue earls, thirtéene barons, a hundred and thrée score knights, two thousand men of armes, and ma∣nie other; in all fortie thousand: and there were staine on the English part but thirtéene persons onelie, if the number be not corrupted.

In the eight yeare of the reigne of king Edward, he assembled a great hoast, and came to Berwike vpon Twéed, and laid siege therto. To him also came Edward Balioll king of Scots, with a great power to strengthen & aid him against the Scots, who came out of Scotland in foure batels well armed & araied.

Edward king of England, and Edward king of Scots, apparrelled their people either of them in foure battels: and vpon Halidon hill, beside Ber∣wike, met these two hoasts, and there were discomfi∣ted of the Scots fiue and twentie thousand and sea∣uen hundred, whereof were slaine eight earles, a thousand and thrée hundred knights and gentlemen. This victorie doone, the king returned to Berwike, & then the towne with the castell were yéelded vp vn∣to him. In the eight yeare of the reigne of king Ed∣ward of England, Edward Balioll king of Scots came to Newcastell vpon Tine, and did homage for all the realme of Scotland.

In the yeare of our Lord 1346, Dauid Bruse by the prouocation of the king of France rebelled, and came into England with a great hoast vnto Neuils crosse: but the archbishop of Yorke, with diuerse temporall men, fought with him; and the said king of Scots was taken, and William earle of Duglas with Morrise earle of Strathorne were brought to London, and manie other lords slaine, which with Dauid did homage to Edward king of England.

And in the thirtith yeare of the kings reigne, and the yeare of our Lord 1355, the Scots woone the towne of Berwicke, but not the castell. Herevpon

Page 127

the king came thither with a great hoast, and anon the towne was yéelded vp without anie resistance.

Edward Balioll, considering that God did so ma∣nie maruellous and gratious things for king Ed∣ward, at his owne will gaue vp the crowne and the realme of Scotland to king Edward of England at Rokesborough, by his letters patents. And anon af∣ter the king of England, in presence of all his lords spirituall and temporall, let crowne himselfe king there of the realme of Scotland, & ordeined all things [unspec 10] to his intent, and so came ouer into England.

Richard the sonne of Edward, called the Blacke prince, sonne of this king Edward, was next king of England, who for that the said Iane, the wife of the said king Dauid of Scotland was deceassed without issue, and being informed how the Scots de∣uised to their vttermost power to breake the limita∣tion of this inheritance touching the crowne of Scotland, made foorthwith war against them, where∣in he burnt Edenbrough, spoiled all their countrie, [unspec 20] tooke all their holds, & held continuallie war against them vntill his death, which was Anno Dom. 1389.

Henrie the fourth of that name was next king of England, he continued these warres begun against them by king Richard, and ceassed not vntill Robert king of Scots (the third of that name) resigned his crowne by appointment of this king Henrie, and de∣liuered his sonne Iames, being then of the age of nine yeares, into his hands to remaine at his custo∣die, wardship and disposition, as of his superiour [unspec 30] lord, according to the old lawes of king Edward the confessor. All this was doone Anno Dom. 1404, which was within fiue yeares after the death of king Ri∣chard. This Henrie the fourth reigned in this estate ouer them fouretéene yeares.

Henrie the fift of that name, sonne to this king Henrie the fourth, was next king of England. He made warres against the French king, in all which this Iames then king of Scots attended vpon him, as vpon his superiour lord, with a conuenient num∣ber [unspec 40] of Scots, notwithstanding their league with France. But this Henrie reigned but nine yeares, whereby the homage of this Iames their king (ha∣uing not fullie accomplished the age of one & twentie yeares) was by reason and law respited. Finallie the said Iames with diuerse other lords attended vpon the corps of the said Henrie vnto Westminster, as to his dutie apperteined.

Henrie the sixt, the sonne of this Henrie the fift, was next king of England, to whome the seigniorie [unspec 50] of Scotland & custodie of this Iames by right, law, and reason descended, married the same Iames king of Scots to Iane daughter of Iohn earle of Sum∣merset, at saint Marie ouer Ise in Southwarke, and tooke for the value of this mariage, the summe of one hundred thousand markes starling.

This Iames king of Scots at his full age, did ho∣mage to the same king Henrie the sixt, for the king∣dome of Scotland at Windsore, in the moneth of Ianuarie. [unspec 60]

Since which time, vntill the daies of king Henrie the seuenth, grandfather to our souereigne ladie that now is, albeit this realme hath béene molested with diuersitie of titles, in which vnmeet time neither law nor reason admit prescription to the preiudice of anie right: yet did king Edward the fourth next king of England, by preparation of war against the Scots in the latter end of his reigne, sufficientlie by all lawes induce to the continuance of his claime to the same superioritie ouer them.

After whose death, vnto the beginning of the reigne of our souereigne lord king Henrie the eight, excée∣ded not the number of seauen and twentie yeares, about which time the impediment of our claime of the Scots part, chanced by the nonage of Iames their last king, which so continued the space of one and twentie yeares. And like as his minoritie was by all law and reason an impediment to himselfe to make homage; so was the same by like reason an im∣pediment to the king of this realme to demand anie, so that the whole time of intermission of our claime in the time of the said king Henrie the eight, is dedu∣ced vnto the number of thirteene yeares. And thus much for this matter.

Of the wall sometime builded for a partition betweene England and the Picts and Scots. Chap. 23.

HAuing hitherto discoursed vp∣on the title of the kings of England, vnto the Scotish kingdome: I haue now thought good to adde here vnto the description of two walles that were (in times past) li∣mits vnto both the said regi∣ons, and therefore to be touched in this first booke, as generallie appertinent vnto the estate of the whole Iland; and no lesse famous than that which Anasta∣sius Dicorus made afterward from the Euxine vnto the Thracian sea, conteining 420 furlongs in length, and twelue foot in bredth, & distant from Constantino∣ple 280 furlongs, albeit that of Hadrian was made of turffe and timber. The author therefore of the first wall was Hadrian the emperour,* 1.1520 who (as Aelius Spartianus saith) erected the same of foure score miles in length, twelue foot in heigth, and eight in bredth, to diuide the barbarous Britons from the more ciuill sort, which then were generallie called by the name of Romans ouer all.

After his time Seuerus the emperour comming* 1.1521 againe into this Ile (where he had serued before in repression of the tumults here begun, after the death of Lucius) amongst other things he made another wall (but of stone) betwéene eightie and a hundred miles from the first, & of thirtie two miles in length, reaching on both sides also to the sea, of whome the Britons called it S. Murseueri, or Gwall Seueri, that is, The wall of Seuerus, or Seuerus dale, which later indureth vntill these daies in fresh memorie, by reason of the ruines & square stones there oft found, whose inscriptions declare the authors of that worke. It is worthie the noting also, how that in this voiage he lost 50000 men in the Scotish side, by one occasi∣on and other, which hinderance so incensed him, that he determined vtterlie to extinguish their memorie from vnder heauen, and had so doone in déed, if his life had indured but vntill another yeare. Sextus Aureli∣us writing of Seuerus,* 1.1522 addeth, how that the wall made by this prince conteined two and thirtie miles, whereby the bredth of this Iland there, and length of the wall conteineth onelie so manie miles, as may be gathered by his words. But chéeflie for the length of the wall, Spartianus who touching it among other things saith of Seuerus as followeth: Britanniam (quod maximum eius imperij decus est) muro per transuersam insulam ducto, vtrin{que} ad finem oceani muniuit, that is, He fortified Britaine (which is one of the chéefe acts re∣corded of his time) with a wall made ouerthwart the Ile, that reached on both sides euen to the verie Ocean.

That this wall was of stone also,* 1.1523 the ruines therof (which haue ministred much matter to such as dwell néere therevnto in their buildings) is triall sufficient. Heereby in like sort it commeth to passe, that where

Page 128

the soile about it is least inhabited, there is most mention of the said wall, which was wrought of squared stone, as vntill this daie maie euidentlie be confirmed. Howbeit, these two walles were not the onelie partitions betwéene these two kingdoms, sith Iulius Capitolinus in vita. Antonini Pij dooth write of another that Lollius Vrbicus made beyond the same,* 1.1524 of turffe, in the time of the said prince, who (for his victories in Britaine) was also called Britannicus, which neuerthelesse was often throwne downe by [unspec 10] the Scots, and eftsoones repared againe, vntill it was giuen ouer and relinquished altogither. It run∣neth (as I take it) also within the wall about an ar∣row shot from that of stone: but how farre it went, as yet I cannot find.* 1.1525 This onlie remaineth certeine, that the walles made by Hadrian & Seuerus, were ditched with notable ditches and rampires made in such wise, that the Scotish aduersarie had much a doo to enter and scale the same in his assaults. And yet for all this, I read that the Scots oftentimes pulled [unspec 20] downe great parcels of the same, to make their ac∣cesse more easie into the south parts: but as it was eftsoons repared againe, so the last time of all it was amended by the Romane soldiors, which came ouer verie little before the time of Uortiger, at which sea∣son the land was in maner left void of soldiors and munition. Betwixt Thirlewall and the north Tine, are also in the waste grounds, manie parcels of that wall of Seuerus yet standing, whereof the common people doo babble manie things. [unspec 30]

Beginning therefore with the course thereof, from the west sea,* 1.1526 I find that it runneth from Bolnesse to Burgh, about foure miles, and likewise from thence within halfe a mile of Carleill, and lesse on the north side, and beneath the confluence of the Peder and the Eden. From hence it goeth to Terrebie, a village about a mile from Caerleill, then through the ba∣ronie of Linstocke, and Gillesland, on the north side of the riuer Irding or Arding, and a quarter of a mile from the abbeie of Leuercost. Thence thrée [unspec 40] miles aboue Leuercost, and aboue the confluence of Arding, and the Pultrose becke (which diuideth Gil∣lesland in Cumberland, from south Tindale in Nor∣thumberland) it goeth to Thirlwall castell, then to the wall towne, next of all ouer the riuer to Swensheld, Carraw (peraduenture Cairuoren tower) to Wal∣wtjc, and so ouer south Tine, to Cockelie tower, Portgate, Halton sheles, Winchester, Rutchester, Heddon, Walhottle, Denton, and to Newcastell, where it is thought that saint Nicholas church stan∣deth [unspec 50] on the same. Howbeit Leland saith, that it goeth within a mile of Newcastell, and then crooketh vp toward Tinmouth vnto Wallesend, three miles from the mouth of the said riuer, so called bicause the aforesaid wall did end at the same place. And thus much I read of the Pictish wall. As for the Romane coine that is often found in the course thereof, the cu∣rious bricks about the same néere vnto Caerleill, be∣side the excellent cornellines and other costlie stones alreadie intailed for seales oftentimes taken vp in [unspec 60] those quarters, I passe them ouer as not incident to my purpose.

In like maner I would gladlie also haue set downe the course of Offaes ditch, which was march betwéene the Mercian dominions, and the Welshmen in his time: but for so much as the trac∣tation thereof is not to be referred to this place, bi∣cause it is not a thing generall to the whole Iland, I omit to speake of that also. Yet thus much will I note here, as well by the report of one (who saith how he did tread it out) that he followed it from the Dee to Kirnaburgh hill through Treuelach forrest, by est of Crekith Cauch hill, Montgomerie castell, the New castell and Discoid, and hauing brought it hitherto, either lost it, or sought after it no further: as by the testimonie of another, who writing thereof, saith, that it stretched from the south side by Bristow, along vnder the mounteins of Wales northwards, ouer the riuer of Sauerne, and to the verie mouth also of the Dée, where it falleth into the sea. And so much of such things as concerne the generall estate of the whole Iland, which labour herein I could verie well haue spared, and would, if Quintus had performed the request of Cicero his brother, who promised to send him ouer a sound aduertisement of the condition of Britaine in those daies: as appeareth in the second booke of his familiar epistles, where he saith; Modò mihi date Britanniam, quam pingam coloribus tuis penicillo meo, &c. But sithence that was not performed, and the treatise of Demetrius and other of the same ar∣gument are perished, which were of some value, let this trifle (I beseech you) not be reiected, till some other man of better skill shall haue drawne a more abso∣lute péece of workemanship, wherevnto my vnskil∣fulnesse (I hope) shall prooue no hinderance.

Of the maruels of England. Chap. 24.

SUch as haue written of the woonders of our countrie in old time, haue spoken (no doubt) of manie things, which deserue no credit at all: and therefore in séeking thankes of their posteritie by thier trauell in this behalfe; they haue reaped the reward of iust reproch, and in stéed of fame purchased vnto themselues nought else but méere discredit in their better and more learned trea∣tises. The like commonlie happeneth also to such, as in respect of lucre doo publish vnprofitable and perni∣cious volumes, wherby they doo consume their times in vaine, and in manifold wise become preiudiciall vnto their common wealths. For my part I will not touch anie man herein particularlie, no not our Demetrius, of whom Plutarch speaketh in his oracles (if those bookes were written by him, for some thinke that Plutarch neuer wrote them, although Eusebius lib. 4. cap. 8. dooth acknowledge them to be his) which Demetrius left sundrie treatises behind him, contei∣ning woonderfull things collected of our Iland. But sith that in my time they are found to be false, it should be far vnmeet to remember them anie more: for who is he which will beléeue, that infernall spirits can die and giue vp their ghosts like mortall men? though Saxo séeme to consent vnto him in this be∣halfe. In speaking also of the out Iles, he saith thus: Beyond Britaine are manie desolate Ilands, where∣of some are dedicated to the Gods, some to the noble Heroes. I sailed (saith he) by the helpe of the king vn∣to one that laie néere hand, onelie to see and view the same, in which I found few inhabitants, and yet such as were there, were reputed and taken for men of great pietie and holinesse. During the time also that I remained in the same, it was vexed with great storme and tempest, which caused me not a little to doubt of my safe returne. In the end, demanding of the inhabitants what the cause should be of this so great and sudden mutation of the aire? they answe∣red, that either some of the Gods, or at the least of the Heroes were latelie deceased: for as a candle (said they) hurteth none whilest it burneth, but being stenderlie put out annoieth manie with the filthie sa∣uour: so these Gods, whilest they liued, were either

Page 129

not hurtfull, or verie beneficiall to mankind; but be∣ing once deceassed, they so mooue the heauens and aire, that much mischéefe dooth insue eftsoones vpon the same.

Being also inquisitiue of the state of other Iles not farre off, they told him further, how there was one hard by, wherin Saturne being ouertaken with a dead sléepe, was watched by Briarous as he laie, which Saturne also had manie spirits attending vpon him in sundrie functions and offices. By which [unspec 10] reports it is easie to conceiue, with what vaine stuffe that volume of Demetrius is interlaced. But of such writers as we haue too too manie, so among the said rable Geruase of Tilberie is not the least famous, a man as it were euen sold to vtter matters of more admiration than credit to the world. For what a tale telleth he in his De otio imperiali, of Wandleburie hilles, that lie within sight & by south of Cambridge (where the Uandals incamped sometime, when they entered into this Iland) and of a spirit that would of [unspec 20] custome in a moone shine night (if he were chalenged and called therevnto) run at tilt and turneie in com∣plet armor with anie knight or gentleman whomso∣euer, in that place: and how one Osbert of Barne∣well, hearing the report thereof, armed himselfe, and being well mounted, rode thither alone with one es∣quier, and called for him, who foorthwith appeared in rich armour, and answered his chalenge, so that run∣ning togither verie fiercelie, they met with such ri∣gor, that the answerer was ouerthrowne and borne [unspec 30] downe to the ground. After this they bickered on foot so long, till Osbert ouercame and draue him to flight, who departed, leauing his horsse behind him, which was of huge stature, blacke (as he saith) of co∣lour, with his furniture of the same hue, and where∣vpon he seized, giuing him vnto his page, who cari∣ed him home, and there kept him till it was néere daie, during which space he was seene of manie. But when the daie light began to shew it selfe some∣what cléere, the beast stamped and snorted, and foorth∣with [unspec 40] breaking his raine, he ran awaie, and was no more heard of to his knowledge in that countrie. In the meane season Osbert being verie faint, and wax∣ing wearie (for he was sore wounded in the thigh, which either he knew not of, or at the leastwise dis∣sembled to know it) caused his leg-harnesse or stéele∣bootes to be pulled off, which his fréends saw to be full of bloud spilled in the voiage. But let who so list be∣léeue it, sith it is either a fable deuised, or some diue∣lish illusion, if anie such thing were doone. And on [unspec 50] mine owne behalfe, hauing (I hope) the feare of God before my eies, I purpose here to set downe no more than either I know my selfe to be true, or am credi∣blie informed to be so, by such godly men, as to whom nothing is more deare than to speake the truth, and not anie thing more odious than to discredit them∣selues by lieng.* 1.1527 In writing therefore of the woon∣ders of England, I find that there are foure notable things, which for their rarenesse amongst the com∣mon sort, are taken for the foure miracles and woon∣ders [unspec 60] of the land.

The first of these is a vehement and strong wind, which issueth out of the hilles called the Peke, so vio∣lent and strong, that at certeine times if a man doo cast his cote or cloake into the caue from whence it issueth, it driueth the same backe againe, hoising it a∣loft into the open aire with great force and vehe∣mencie. Of this also Giraldus speaketh.

The second is the miraculous standing or rather hanging of certeine stones vpon the plaine of Salis∣burie, whereof the place is called Stonehenge. And to saie the truth, they may well be woondered at, not onelie for the manner of position, whereby they be∣come verie difficult to be numbred, but also for their greatnesse & strange maner of lieng of some of them one vpon another, which séemeth to be with so tickle hold, that few men go vnder them without feare of their present ruine. How and when these stones were brought thither, as yet I can not read; howbeit it is most likelie, that they were raised there by the Britons, after the slaughter of their nobilitie at the deadlie banket, which Hengist and his Saxons pro∣uided for them, where they were also buried, and Uortigerne their king apprehended and led awaie as captiue. I haue heard that the like are to be séene in Ireland; but how true it is as yet I can not learne. The report goeth also, that these were brought from thence, but by what ship on the sea, and cariage by land, I thinke few men can safelie imagine.

The third is an ample and large hole vnder the ground, which some call Carcer Aeoli, but in English Chedderhole, whereinto manie men haue entred & walked verie farre. Howbeit, as the passage is large and nothing nosome: so diuerse that haue aduentu∣red to go into the same, could neuer as yet find the end of that waie, neither sée anie other thing than pretie riuerets and streames, which they often cros∣sed as they went from place to place. This Chedder-hole or Chedder rocke is in Summersetshire, and thence the said waters run till they méet with the second Ax that riseth in Owkie hole.

The fourth is no lesse notable than anie of the o∣ther. For westward vpon certeine hilles a man shall sée the clouds gather togither in faire weather vnto a certeine thicknesse, and by and by to spread them∣selues abroad and water their fields about them, as it were vpon the sudden. The causes of which disper∣sion, as they are vtterlie vnknowne: so manie men coniecture great store of water to be in those hilles, & verie néere at hand, if it were néedfull to be sought for.

Besides these foure maruelles, there is a little rockie Ile in Aber Barrie (a riueret that falleth into the Sauerne sea) called Barrie, which hath a rift or clift next the first shore; wherevnto if a man doo laie his eare, he shall heare such noises as are common∣lie made in smiths forges, to wit, clinking of iron barres, beating with hammers, blowing of bellow∣ses, and such like: whereof the superstitious sort doo gather manie toies, as the gentiles did in old time of their lame god Uulcans pot. The riuer that run∣neth by Chester changeth hir chanell euerie moneth: the cause whereof as yet I can not learne; neither dooth it swell by force of anie land-floud, but by some vehement wind it oft ouer-runneth hir banks. In Snowdonie are two lakes, whereof one beareth a moouable Iland, which is carried to and fro as the wind bloweth. The other hath thrée kinds of fishes in it, as eeles, trowts, and perches: but herein re∣steth the woonder, that all those haue but one eie a péece onelie, and the same situate in the right side of their heads. And this I find to be confirmed also by authors: There is a well in the forrest of Gnares∣borow, whereof the said forrest dooth take the name; which water, beside that it is cold as Stix, in a cer∣teine period of time knowne, conuerteth wood, flesh, leaues of trées, and mosse into hard stone, without alteration or changing of shape. The like also is séene there in frogs, wormes, and such like liuing crea∣tures as fall into the same, and find no readie issue. Of this spring also Leland writeth thus; A little a∣boue March (but at the further banke of Nide riuer as I came) I saw a well of wonderfull nature called Dropping well, because the water thereof distilleth out of great rockes hard by into it continuallie, which is so cold, and thereto of such nature, that what thing soeuer falleth out of those rocks into this pit, or groweth néere thereto, or be cast into it by mans

Page 130

hand, it turneth into stone. It may be (saith he) that some sand or other fine ground issueth out with this water from these hard rocks, which cleauing vnto those things, giueth them in time the forme of stones &c. Neere vnto the place where Winburne monaste∣rie sometimes stood, also not farre from Bath there is a faire wood▪ whereof if you take anie péece, and pitch it into the ground thereabouts, or throw it into the water, within twelue moneths it will turne into hard stone. In part of the hilles east southeast of [unspec 10] Alderleie, a mile from Kingswood, are stones dailie found, perfectlie fashioned like cockles and mightie oisters, which some dreame haue lien there euer since the floud. In the clifts betwéene the Blacke head and Trewardeth baie in Cornwall, is a certeine caue, where things appeare like images guilded, on the sides of the same, which I take to be nothing but the shining of the bright ore of coppar and other mettals readie at hand to be found there, if anie diligence were vsed. Howbeit, because it is much maruelled [unspec 20] at as a rare thing, I doo not thinke it to be vnméet to be placed amongst our woonders. Maister Guise had of late, and still hath (for aught that I know) a manor in Glocestershire, where certeine okes doo grow, whose rootes are verie hard stone. And beside this, the ground is so fertile there (as they saie) that if a man hew a stake of anie wood, and pitch it into the earth, it will grow and take rooting beyond all expec∣tation. Siluecester towne also is said to conteine fourescore acres of land within the walles, whereof [unspec 30] some is corne-ground (as Leland saith) and the graine which is growing therein dooth come to verie good perfection till it be readie to be cut downe: but euen then, or about that time it vanisheth away & be∣commeth altogither vnprofitable. Is it any woonder (thinke you) to tell of sundrie causes neere to Brow∣ham, on the west side of the riuer Aimote, wherein are halles, chambers, and all offices of houshold cut out of the hard rocke? If it be, then may we increase the number of maruels verie much by a rehearsall [unspec 40] of other also. For we haue manie of the like, as one neere saint Assaphs vpon the banke of Elwie, and a∣bout the head of Uendrath Uehan in Wales, where∣into men haue often entred and walked, and yet found nothing but large roomes, and sandie ground vnder their féet, and other else-where. But sith these things are not strange, I let them alone, and go for∣ward with the rest.

In the parish of Landsarnam in Wales, and in the side of a stonie hill, is a place wherein are foure [unspec 50] and twentie seats hewen out of the hard rockes; but who did cut them, and to what end, as yet it is not learned. As for the huge stone that lieth at Pem∣ber in Guitherie parish, and of the notable carcasse that is affirmed to lie vnder the same, there is no cause to touch it here: yet were it well doone to haue it remoued, though it were but onlie to sée what it is, which the people haue in so great estimation & reue∣rence. There is also a poole in Logh Taw, among the blacke mounteins in Brecknockshire, where (as [unspec 60] is said) is the head of Taw that commeth to Swan∣seie, which hath such a propertie, that it will bréed no fish at all, & if anie be cast into it, they die without re∣couerie: but this peraduenture may grow throgh the accidentall corruption of the water, rather than the naturall force of the element it selfe. There is also a lin in Wales, which in the one side beareth trowts so red as samons, and in the other, which is the west∣erlie side, verie white and delicate. I heare also of two welles not far from Landien, which stand verie néere togither, and yet are of such diuersitie of na∣ture, that the one beareth sope, and is a maruellous fine water; the other altogither of contrarie quali∣ties. Which is not a litle to be mused at, considering (I saie) that they participate of one soile, and rise so nigh one to another. I haue notice giuen me more∣ouer of a stone not farre from saint Dauids, which is verie great, as a bed, or such like thing: and being raised vp, a man may stirre it with his thumbe; but not with his shoulder or force of his whole bodie.

There is a well not farre from stonie Stratford, which conuerteth manie things into stone; and an other in Wales, which is said to double or triple the force of anie edge toole that is quenched in the same. In Tegenia, a parcell of Wales, there is a noble well (I meane in the parish of Kilken) which is of maruellous nature, and much like to another well at Seuill in Spaine: for although it be six miles from the sea, it ebbeth and floweth twise in one daie, al∣waies ebbing when the sea dooth vse to flow, and in flowing likewise when the sea dooth vse to ebbe; wher∣of some doo fable, that this well is ladie and mistresse of the ocean. Not farre from thence also is a medi∣cinable spring called Schinant of old time, but now Wenefrides well, in the edges whereof dooth breed a verie odoriferous and delectable mosse, wherewith the head of the smeller is maruellouslie refreshed. O∣ther welles and water-courses we haue likewise, which at some times burst out into huge streames, though at other seasons they run but verie softlie, whereby the people gather some alteration of estate to be at hand. And such a one there is at Henleie, & an other at Croidon; & such a one also in the golden dale beside Anderne in Picardie, whereof the common sort imagine manie things. Some of the greater sort also giue ouer to run at all in such times, wherof they conceiue the like opinion. And of the same na∣ture, though of no great quantitie, is a pit or well at Langleie parke in Kent, whereof (by good hap) it was my lucke to read a notable historie in an anci∣ent chronicle that I saw of late. What the foolish people dreame of the hell Kettles, it is not worthie the rehearsall; yet to the end the lewd opinion con∣ceiued of them may grow into contempt, I will saie thus much also of those pits. There are certeine pits, or rather three little pooles, a mile from Darlington, and a quarter of a mile distant from the These banks which the people call the Kettles of hell, or the diuels Kettles, as if he should séeth soules of sinfull men and women in them. They adde also, that the spirits haue oft beene heard to crie and yell about them, with other like talke sauoring altogether of pagan infidelitie. The truth is, and of this opinion also was Cutbert Tunstall late bishop of Durham, a man (notwithstanding the basenesse of his birth, being be∣gotten by one Tunstall vpon a daughter of the house of the Commers, as Leland saith) of great learning and iudgement, that the cole-mines in those places are kindled, or if there be no coles, there may a mine of some other vnctuous matter be set on fire, which being here and there consumed, the earth falleth in, and so dooth leaue a pit. Indéed the water is now and then warme (as they saie) and beside that it is not cléere: the people suppose them to be an hundred fadam déepe. The biggest of them also hath an issue into the These, as experience hath confirmed. For doctor Bellowes aliàs Belzis made report, how a ducke marked after the fashion of the duckes of the bishoprike of Durham, was put into the same be∣twixt Darlington and These banke, and afterward séene at a bridge not farre from master Clereuar house. If it were woorth the noting, I would also make relation of manie wooden crosses found verie often about Halidon, whereof the old inhabitants conceiued an opinion that they were fallen from hea∣uen; whereas in truth, they were made and borne by king Oswald and his men in the battell wherein they preuailed sometimes against the British infidels,

Page 131

vpon a superstitious imagination, that those crosses should be their defense and shield against their ad∣uersaries. Beda calleth the place where the said field was fought, Heauen field; it lieth not far from the Pictish wall, and the famous monasterie of Ha∣golstad. But more of this elsewhere. Neither will I speake of the little hillets séene in manie pla∣ces of our Ile, whereof though the vnskilfull people babble manie things: yet are they nothing else but Tumuli or graues of former times, as appeareth by [unspec 10] such tooms & carcasses as be daily found in the same, when they be digged downe. The like fond ima∣gination haue they of a kind of lunarie, which is to be found in manie places, although not so well kno∣wen by the forme vnto them, as by the effect there∣of, because it now and then openeth the lockes hang∣ing on the horses féet as hit vpon it where it groweth in their féeding. Roger Bacon our countrieman no∣teth it to grow plentiouslie in Tuthill fields about London. I haue heard of it to be within compasse [unspec 20] of the parish where I dwell, and doo take it for none other than the Sfera Cauallo, whereof Mathiolus and the herbarists doo write, albeit that it hath not béene my lucke at anie time to behold it. Plinie calleth it Aethiopis: and Aelianus, Oppianus, Kyramis, and Trebius haue written manie superstitious things thereof, but especiallie our Chymists, who make it of farre more vertue than our smiths doo their ferne séed, whereof they babble manie woonders, and prate of such effects as may well be performed indéed when the ferne beareth séed, which is commonly Ad calendas Graecas, for before it will not be found. But to pro∣céed. There is a well in Darbieshire called Tides∣well (so named of the word tide, or to ebbe and flow) whose water often séemeth to rise and fall, as the sea which is fortie miles from it dooth vsuallie accustome to ebbe and flow. And hereof an opinion is growen that it keepeth an ordinarie course as the sea dooth. Howbeit, sith diuerse are knowne to haue watched the same, it may be that at sometimes it riseth, but not continuallie; and that it so dooth I am fullie per∣suaded to beléeue. But euen inough of the woonders of our countrie, least I doo séeme by talking longer of them, woonderouslie to ouershoot my selfe, and forget how much dooth rest behind of the description of my countrie. As for those that are to be touched of Scot∣land, the description of that part shall in some part remember them.

Notes

Do you have questions about this content? Need to report a problem? Please contact us.